UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


FORM 10-K


ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2003

Commission File No. 001-31720

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

(Exact Name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)
     
DELAWARE
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
  30-0168701
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
Incorporation or Organization)    
     
800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 800    
Minneapolis, Minnesota   55402
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

(612) 303-6000
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     
  Name of Each Exchange
Title of Each Class   On Which Registered

 
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   The New York Stock Exchange
Preferred Share Purchase Rights   The New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes þ      No o       (The registrant has not been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days)

     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.      o

     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).      Yes o      No þ

     The aggregate market value of the 19,328,772 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share, held by non-affiliates based upon the last sale price, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, of the Common Stock on February 6, 2004 was approximately $903,620,091.

     As of February 6, 2004, the Registrant had 19,334,261 shares of Common Stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

     Parts I, II, and IV of this Annual Report on Form 10–K incorporate by reference information from the Registrant’s 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders that is included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

     Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K incorporates by reference information (to the extent specific sections are referred to herein) from the Registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2004 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 28, 2004.



Page 1


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.
Index to Financial Statements
Statement of Financial Condition
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
Notes to Financial Statements
Separation and Distribution Agreement
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Amended and Restated Bylaws
Rights Agreement
Employee Benefits Agreement
Tax Sharing Agreement
Insurance Matters Agreement
Business Alliance Agreement
2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Subordinated Loan Agreement
Form of Cash Award Agreement
Selected Portions of the 2003 Annual Report
Significant Subsidiaries
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Power of Attorney
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CEO
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of CFO
Section 1350 Certifications
Risk Factors

PART I

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements. Statements that are not historical or current facts, including statements about beliefs and expectations, are forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements cover, among other things, the future prospects of Piper Jaffray Companies. Forward-looking statements involve inherent risks and uncertainties, and important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those anticipated, including the following: (1) we may experience increased costs resulting from decreased purchasing power and size compared to that previously provided by our association with U.S. Bancorp, (2) we compete with U.S. Bancorp with respect to clients we both serviced prior to our spin-off from U.S. Bancorp and may not be able to retain these clients, (3) the continued ownership of U.S. Bancorp common stock and options by our executive officers and some of our directors will create, or will appear to create, conflicts of interest, (4) we have agreed to certain restrictions to preserve the tax treatment of the spin-off, which reduce our strategic and operating flexibility, (5) we have agreed to indemnify U.S. Bancorp for taxes and related losses resulting from any actions we take that cause the spin-off to fail to qualify as a tax-free transaction, (6) the separation and distribution agreement entered into between U.S. Bancorp and us contains cross-indemnification obligations of U.S. Bancorp and us that either party may be unable to satisfy, (7) developments in market and economic conditions have in the past adversely affected, and may in the future adversely affect, our business and profitability, (8) we may not be able to compete successfully with other companies in the financial services industry, (9) our underwriting and market-making activities may place our capital at risk, (10) an inability to readily divest or transfer trading positions may result in financial losses to our business, (11) use of derivative instruments as part of our risk management techniques may place our capital at risk, while our risk management techniques themselves may not fully mitigate our market risk exposure, (12) an inability to access capital readily or on terms favorable to us could impair our ability to fund operations and could jeopardize our financial condition, (13) our technology systems are critical components of our operations and the failure of those systems may disrupt our business, cause financial loss and constrain our growth, (14) our business is subject to extensive regulation that limits our business activities, and a significant regulatory action against our company may have a material adverse financial effect or cause significant reputational harm, (15) regulatory capital requirements may adversely affect our ability to expand or maintain present levels of our business or impair our ability to meet our financial obligations, (16) our exposure to legal liability is significant, and could lead to substantial damages and restrictions on our business going forward, (17) we may suffer losses if our reputation is harmed,(18) provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and of Delaware law may prevent or delay an acquisition of our company, which could decrease the market value of common stock, and (19) other factors identified in the document entitled “Risk Factors” filed as Exhibit 99.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our subsequent reports filed with the SEC. These reports are available at our Web site at www.piperjaffray.com and at the SEC’s Web site at www.sec.gov. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date they are made, and we undertake no obligation to update them in light of new information or future events.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

Overview

     Originally founded in 1895 and headquartered in Minneapolis, Minnesota, Piper Jaffray Companies is a focused securities firm dedicated to delivering superior financial advice, investment products and transaction execution within targeted sectors of the financial services marketplace. Our employees seek to build long-term relationships with our clients and to use their expertise to provide value to our clients. We compete nationally in serving corporations, government and non-profit entities, and institutional investors. We compete predominantly across the western half of the United States in serving the financial advisory needs of private individuals. Our goals are to be a primary financial advisor to our investment banking and individual investor clients and to be a leading provider of advice, research and trading execution capabilities to institutional investors. We market our products and services under a single name—Piper Jaffray—which gives us a consistent brand across our businesses.

     Prior to 1998, Piper Jaffray was an independent public company. In 1998, the Piper Jaffray business was acquired by U.S. Bancorp and operated through various subsidiaries and divisions of U.S. Bancorp through 2003. On December 31, 2003, following U.S. Bancorp’s transfer of substantially all of the assets and liabilities of its capital markets business to us, Piper Jaffray again became an independent public company as a result of the tax-free distribution by U.S. Bancorp of our common stock to all of U.S. Bancorp’s shareholders. We were incorporated in Delaware on April 28, 2003, in anticipation of this distribution. In the distribution, each U.S. Bancorp shareholder received one share of our common stock for every 100 shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock held as of the December 22, 2003 record date. A total of 19,334,261 shares were distributed. For a more detailed description of our separation from U.S. Bancorp, refer to our Registration Statement on Form 10, as amended, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) on December 19, 2003.

     We operate through three reportable segments: Capital Markets, Private Client Services, and Corporate Support and Other. For the year ended December 31, 2003, the three segments contributed approximately 54.7 percent, or $430.4 million, 44.8 percent, or $352.1 million, and 0.5 percent, or $4.2 million, of our total net revenues, respectively. See Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements included in our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated herein by reference and is included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K, for financial information regarding each of our reportable segments. Separate from both Capital Markets and Private Client Services, we have established an Investment Research group that provides products and services to the clients of those business segments but reports directly to our chief executive officer. Along with certain other enterprise-wide functions such as

Page 2


 

operations, technology and compliance, the costs of our Investment Research group are allocated for financial reporting purposes to our Capital Markets and Private Client Services segments. All remaining enterprise-wide support functions and our venture capital results are included in our Corporate Support and Other reporting segment.

     Our principal executive offices are located at 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 800, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 and our general telephone number is (612) 303-6000. We maintain an Internet Web site at http://www.piperjaffray.com. Our Web site and the information contained on that site or connected to that site are not incorporated into this report. We make available free of charge on or through our Web site our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and all other reports we file with the SEC, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. “Piper Jaffray,” “registrant,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Piper Jaffray Companies and our subsidiaries. The Piper Jaffray logo and the other trademarks, tradenames and service marks of Piper Jaffray mentioned in this report, including Piper Jaffray®, are the property of Piper Jaffray.

Capital Markets

     Our Capital Markets business principally consists of equity and fixed income institutional sales and trading and investment banking activities in the United States that are conducted through our national network of offices. We offer public and private corporations, public entities, non-profit clients and institutional investors both equity and fixed income financial advisory, capital-raising and trade execution services. We raise capital through equity and debt offerings for our corporate clients in four focus industries, namely the consumer, financial institutions, health care and technology industries, primarily for middle-market clients. In addition, we provide financial advisory services relating to mergers and acquisitions to clients in these focus industries, as well as companies in other industries. For our government and non-profit clients, we underwrite debt issuances and provide financial advisory and interest rate risk management services. Integral to our capital markets efforts, we have equity sales and trading relationships with United States and European institutional investors who invest in our focus industries. Our fixed income sales and trading professionals have expertise in corporate, mortgage, agency and municipal securities and cover a range of institutional investors.

Private Client Services

     Through our branch distribution network in the midwest, mountain and west coast states, our Private Client Services business principally provides individual investors with financial advice and investment products and services, including equity and fixed income securities, mutual funds and annuities. Our financial advisors strive to apply the approach of listening to our clients, understanding their needs and delivering specific advice designed to help them achieve their long-term financial goals. Our financial advisors use a suite of financial planning, portfolio performance reporting and fixed income portfolio management software tools to help clients with wealth management, retirement planning, education funding, tax-advantaged investing and estate planning strategies.

Corporate Support and Other

     Our Corporate Support and Other segment principally represents business activities managed on an enterprise-wide basis, including administrative support functions such as finance, legal and human resources. This segment also includes our venture capital business and our company’s investments in limited partnerships that invest in venture capital funds.

     Through our venture capital business, we manage six venture capital funds: four that invest in the medical technologies, biotechnology and health care services segments of the health care industry and two that invest in alternative asset categories for institutional and high net worth investors. We have invested in two of these funds.

Financial Information About Geographic Areas

     We are principally engaged in providing securities brokerage, investment banking and related financial services to individuals, corporations, public sector and non-profit entities in the United States. To a lesser extent, we provide sales trading and investment banking services to selected companies in foreign jurisdictions, primarily in Europe through Piper Jaffray Ltd., our brokerage and investment banking subsidiary domiciled in London, England. Net revenues and long-lived assets, primarily representing premises and equipment, that are attributable to domestic and foreign operations are summarized in Note 20 to our consolidated financial statements which are included in our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders and incorporated herein by reference and also included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K.

Competition

     Our Capital Markets business is subject to intense competition. The industry is dominated by multiple large Wall Street and foreign firms. On a local level, we also compete with regional broker dealers and in some cases with small boutique firms. In addition, we compete with alternative trading systems via the Internet and other mediums through which securities transactions are effected.

Page 3


 

Competition is principally based on price, quality of service, reputation and financial resources. Many of our large competitors have greater financial resources and may be more willing to engage in lending activities to businesses in connection with the provision of financial advisory services than our company. We believe that scale is not as significant a factor in serving middle market issuer clients and that there are fewer competitors focused primarily on this segment.

     Our Private Client Services business is also subject to intense competition. Our primary competition is provided by national full-service firms and regional broker dealers in local geographic markets. We also compete for individual clients with discount brokerage services and online financial services firms, which typically provide lower levels of service. In addition, we compete against independent investment advisors and, increasingly, newer market entrants such as insurance companies, commercial banks, savings and loan associations and other firms offering financial services. Competition is principally based on personal relationships with the financial advisor, quality of service, reputation and price.

     In addition, there is significant competition within the securities industry for obtaining and retaining the services of qualified employees. Because the performance of our employees is critical to the performance of our business, our ability to compete effectively is dependent upon attracting and retaining qualified and motivated individuals. Our ability to attract and retain such persons depends, among other things, on geographical location, work environment, culture and compensation.

Employees

     As of February 6, 2004, we had approximately 2,992 employees, of whom approximately 1,004 were registered with the National Association of Securities Dealers (NASD) as investment executives involved in our retail and institutional sales activities.

Regulation

     As a participant in the financial services industry, we are subject to complex and extensive regulation of most aspects of our business by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies, self-regulatory organizations, securities exchanges and by foreign governmental agencies, regulatory bodies and securities exchanges. The regulatory framework of the financial services industry is designed primarily to safeguard the integrity of the capital markets and protect customers, not creditors or shareholders. The laws, rules and regulations comprising this regulatory framework are constantly changing, as are the interpretation and enforcement of existing laws, rules and regulations. The effects of any such changes cannot be predicted and may direct the manner of operation and profitability of our company.

     Our broker dealer subsidiary, Piper Jaffray & Co., is subject to regulations governing many aspects of its securities business, including the effecting of securities transactions, net capital requirements, record-keeping and reporting procedures, relationships with customers, such as the handling of cash and margin accounts, experience and training requirements for certain employees and business procedures with firms that are not members of these regulatory bodies.

     Our broker dealer subsidiary is registered as a securities broker dealer and as an investment advisor with the SEC and also is registered as a futures commission merchant under the Commodity Exchange Act with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission. The securities exchanges, the NASD and the National Futures Association are voluntary, self-regulatory bodies composed of members such as our broker dealer subsidiary which have agreed to abide by the respective bodies’ rules and regulations. Each of these organizations may expel, fine and otherwise discipline member firms and their employees. Our broker dealer subsidiary is also licensed as a broker dealer in each of the 50 states, requiring us to comply with the laws, rules and regulations of each state. Any state may revoke a license to conduct a securities business and fine or otherwise discipline broker dealers and their employees.

     Our broker dealer subsidiary is also subject to the SEC’s uniform net capital rule, Rule 15c3-1, and the net capital rule of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), both of which may limit our ability to make withdrawals of capital from our broker dealer subsidiary. The uniform net capital rule sets a minimum level of net capital a broker dealer must maintain and also requires that a portion of its assets be relatively liquid. The NYSE may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying cash dividends if resulting net capital falls below NYSE requirements. In addition, our broker dealer subsidiary is subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital.

     Our broker dealer subsidiary has six insurance agency subsidiaries that are allowed under certain states’ laws to conduct insurance business in those states. Each state imposes certain requirements on firms conducting insurance business in the state and may discipline insurance agencies, including the imposition of fines and the revocation of the license of insurance agencies and their employees.

     Certain investment funds of our venture capital subsidiary, Piper Jaffray Ventures, are small business investment companies and are governed in accordance with the Small Business Investment Act of 1958, as amended. In addition, these funds are subject to Rule 13 CFR, Parts 107 and 121, Small Business Investment Companies and Small Business Size Regulations, respectively. Failure to adhere to these regulations could result in the funds being prohibited from accessing additional capital, being restricted from making certain investments, losing their status as small business investment companies and other restrictions.

Page 4


 

     Piper Jaffray Ltd., our United Kingdom brokerage and investment banking subsidiary, is registered under the laws of England and Wales and is authorized and regulated by the U.K. Financial Services Authority. Accordingly, Piper Jaffray Ltd. is subject to regulations regarding, among other things, capital adequacy, customer protection and business conduct.

     Our broker dealer subsidiary is also subject to several recent changes in law and regulation. The USA Patriot Act of 2001 has imposed new obligations regarding the prevention and detection of money-laundering activities, including the establishment of customer due diligence, procedures for customer verification and other compliance policies and procedures. The conduct of research analysts is also the subject of recent rule-making by the SEC, NYSE, NASD and the federal government through the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. These regulations require certain disclosures by, and restrict the activities of, research analysts and broker dealers. Failure to comply with these new requirements may result in monetary, regulatory and, in the case of the USA Patriot Act, criminal penalties.

     Our broker dealer subsidiary was the subject of a recent enforcement action by the SEC, NYSE, NASD, the New York State Attorney General and other states concerning equity research and its relationship to investment banking. The settlement of the action was finalized on April 28, 2003, and included a significant monetary penalty and required various changes to our research and investment banking operations. See “Item 3. Legal Proceedings—Capital Markets—Regulatory Settlement—Research Conflicts of Interest” for more information regarding the settlement.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

     Information regarding our executive officers (all of whom have held their current positions with us since December 31, 2003), and their ages as of February 6, 2004, is as follows:

             
Name
  Age   Position(s)
 
           
Andrew S. Duff
    46     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Addison L. Piper
    57     Vice Chairman
Pamela L. Clayton
    56     Head of Human Resources
James L. Chosy
    40     General Counsel and Secretary
Michael D. Duffy
    54     Chief Information Officer
R. Todd Firebaugh
    45     Head of Planning and Communications
Paul D. Grangaard
    45     Head of Private Client Services
Barry J. Nordstrand
    41     Head of Fixed Income
Robert W. Peterson
    36     Head of Investment Research
Thomas P. Schnettler
    47     Head of Equities and Investment Banking
Sandra G. Sponem
    46     Chief Financial Officer

      Andrew S. Duff is our chairman and chief executive officer. Mr. Duff became chairman following completion of our spin-off from U.S. Bancorp on December 31, 2003. He also serves as our chief executive officer, a position he attained in 2000. Mr. Duff served as president of Piper Jaffray from 1996 through 2003. Prior to the spin-off from U.S. Bancorp, Mr. Duff also was a vice chairman of U.S. Bancorp from 1999 through 2003.

      Addison L. Piper is our vice chairman. Mr. Piper has worked for Piper Jaffray since 1969, serving as assistant syndicate manager, director of securities trading and director of sales and marketing. He served as chief executive officer from 1983 to 2000 and served as chairman from 1988 to 2003. Since 1998, Mr. Piper also has had responsibility for our venture and private capital fund activities. Mr. Piper also is a member of the board of directors of Renaissance Learning Corporation.

      Pamela L. Clayton is our head of human resources. She attained this position in May of 2002. During 2001 and early 2002, she was employed by U.S. Bancorp in the position of line of business director—Piper Jaffray. From 1998 until 2001, she was senior vice president of human resources at U.S. Bancorp.

      James L. Chosy is our general counsel and secretary. Mr. Chosy has served in these roles since joining Piper Jaffray in March of 2001. From 1995 until joining Piper Jaffray, he was vice president, associate general counsel of U.S. Bancorp. He also served as assistant secretary of U.S. Bancorp from 1995 through 2000 and as secretary as of 2001 and until his move to Piper Jaffray in March of 2001. Prior to that he was assistant secretary of U.S. Bancorp.

Page 5


 

      Michael D. Duffy is our chief information officer, a position he has held since 2002. From 1998 to 2002, Mr. Duffy served as our director of operations. From 1996 to 1998, he served Piper Jaffray as manager of system technologies.

      R. Todd Firebaugh is our head of planning and communications. Mr. Firebaugh joined Piper Jaffray in this role in December of 2003 after serving as a consultant with the company since March of 2002. Prior to joining us, he spent 17 years in marketing and strategy within the financial services industry. Most recently, from 1999 to 2002, he was executive vice president of the corporate management office at U.S. Bancorp, and previously served U.S. Bancorp as senior vice president of small business, insurance and investments.

      Paul D. Grangaard is our head of private client services, a position he has held since October of 2001. Prior to that, he served as head of our investment banking department from 1995 until 2001.

      Barry J. Nordstrand is our head of fixed income. He attained this position in May of 2002. From 2001 to 2002, he held the position of sales and trading managing director for our fixed income capital markets division. He served as institutional coverage trader from 1998 to 1999 and from 1987 to 1998, he served in various product management, trading management and trading roles in our fixed income capital markets division.

      Robert W. Peterson is our head of investment research, a position he attained in April of 2003. From November of 2000 until April of 2003, Mr. Peterson served as our head of equity research. From May of 2000 until November of 2000, he held the position of co-head of equity research. From 1995 until May of 2000, he was a senior research analyst for Piper Jaffray.

      Thomas P. Schnettler is our head of equities and investment banking. He has held this position since June of 2002. Mr. Schnettler previously served as co-head of our investment banking department from 2000 to October of 2001, and as head of this department from October of 2001 to June of 2002. From 1988 to 2000, he served Piper Jaffray as managing director, investment banking.

      Sandra G. Sponem is our chief financial officer. Ms. Sponem joined Piper Jaffray in 1992 as accounting manager and was promoted to controller in 1995. She has served as our chief financial officer since 1999.

     Each of our executive officers is a member of our management committee. Our management committee is composed of business line and department heads who report directly to our chief executive officer. Our management committee meets regularly to discuss matters of interest to its respective members and to review firm-wide strategy and other issues.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

     As of February 6, 2004, we conducted our operations through more than 112 offices, of which 95 included Private Client Services operations and 24 included Capital Markets operations, in 24 states and in London, England. All of our offices are leased. Our principal executive offices are located at 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 800, Minneapolis, Minnesota and, as of February 6, 2004, comprise approximately 320,000 square feet of leased space. We have entered into a sublease arrangement with U.S. Bancorp, as lessor, for our offices at 800 Nicollet Mall, the term of which expires on May 29, 2014.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

     We are involved in a number of complaints, legal actions, arbitrations, investigations and proceedings, including those described below, concerning matters arising in connection with our business. Some of these actions have been brought on behalf of various classes of plaintiffs and seek substantial or indeterminate damages. These matters include legal proceedings relating to our business that we assumed liability for pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement we entered into with U.S. Bancorp in connection with our spin-off from U.S. Bancorp in December of 2003. As a result, although U.S. Bancorp may remain as a named defendant in certain proceedings, we will manage the litigation and indemnify U.S. Bancorp for the costs, expenses and judgments in such litigation.

     We are also involved, from time to time, in investigations and proceedings by governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations, which can result in fines or other disciplinary action being imposed on us. The number of these investigations has increased in recent years. We believe that the increase in such matters may lead to increases in professional fees and litigation-related expenses.

Page 6


 

     We are named as defendants in various judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings in addition to the matters described below. Additionally, legal proceedings may be brought from time to time in the future. Although there can be no assurance as to the ultimate outcome of a particular matter, we have generally denied, or believe that we have meritorious defenses and will deny, liability in all significant actions pending against us and we intend to vigorously defend such actions. In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal proceedings, particularly where the plaintiffs seek substantial or indeterminate damages or where novel legal theories or a large number of parties are involved, we cannot state with confidence what the eventual outcome of currently pending matters will be, what the timing of the ultimate resolution of these matters will be or what the eventual result in each pending matter will be. Subject to the foregoing caveat, we believe, based upon our current knowledge, after appropriate consultation with outside legal counsel and taking into account our contingent loss reserves and the U.S. Bancorp indemnity agreement described in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements, included in our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders and incorporated herein by reference and also included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K, that pending judicial, regulatory and arbitration proceedings will be resolved with no material adverse effect on our financial condition, although the outcome of a particular matter may be material to our operating results for any particular period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for that period.

      Capital Markets

      Antigenics Litigation

     We have been named, along with certain present and former employees of our business, in an action entitled Antigenics, Inc. v. U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc., Scott Beardsley and Peter Ginsberg , No. 03 Civ. 971 (RCC), U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, that was filed on February 14, 2003. The complaint alleges violations of Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 thereunder and various common law claims, including breach of fiduciary duty, interference with economic relations, libel, injurious falsehood, breach of contract, unfair and deceptive trade practice, and tort, in connection with the discontinuation of research coverage of Antigenics on or about January 4, 2002 and seeks unspecified damages. Defendants filed a motion to dismiss this action on May 2, 2003. The Court entered its Memorandum and Order dismissing the complaint in its entirety on January 5, 2004. On February 9, 2004, plaintiff filed a notice of motion and motion for enlargement of time in which to file a motion for reconsideration. Plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of the dismissal of its claims on February 23, 2004.

      Regulatory Settlement—Research Conflicts of Interest

     On April 28, 2003, without admitting or denying the allegations, we reached a final settlement of a complaint filed by the SEC in U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, which included charges that we violated a number of different NASD and NYSE rules with respect to certain of our research practices, as well as a charge that we violated Section 17(b) of the Securities Act of 1933. Section 17(b) prohibits any person from publishing any research report with respect to a particular security in exchange for consideration received from an issuer, underwriter or dealer, without fully disclosing the receipt and the amount of such consideration. The essence of the SEC complaint was that during the period from June 1999 through 2001 we engaged in certain acts and practices that created or maintained inappropriate influence by our investment banking employees over our equity research analysts, which created conflicts of interest for our research analysts that we failed to manage in an appropriate manner. We reached this final settlement with the SEC at the same time that we reached similar settlements with the NASD, NYSE and state securities regulators concerning allegations similar to those that comprised the essence of the SEC complaint. As part of this regulatory settlement, we agreed upon a number of reforms that redefine the role of equity research and its relationship to investment banking. The reforms include various measures designed to further separate research from investment banking.

     In its complaint, the SEC made a number of specific allegations. First, the SEC alleged generally that our structure and procedures encouraged research analysts to contribute to investment banking revenues, thereby creating conflicts of interest. Second, the SEC alleged that we issued equity research on two companies that lacked a reasonable basis or was imbalanced in violation of the NASD and NYSE advertising rules. Third, the SEC alleged that we threatened to drop research coverage of one company if it did not award us with a lead manager role in an upcoming offering. Fourth, the SEC alleged that we received payments from proceeds of certain underwritten offerings, in part, to publish research regarding the issuer. Fifth, the SEC alleged that we failed to ensure public disclosure of payments that we made from the proceeds of certain underwritten offerings to other brokerage firms to issue research coverage on the companies making such offerings.

     Pursuant to the settlement, we agreed to pay an aggregate of $32.5 million, consisting of $12.5 million in fines and penalties to be paid to the states, $12.5 million to be paid to the SEC, NASD and NYSE for a distribution fund primarily representing disgorgement of profits and $7.5 million to fund independent third-party research to clients over the next five years. We also are required to adopt structural reforms relating to our equity research and investment banking operations. To implement these reforms, we have made a number of structural, operational and other changes to our business. The ongoing costs associated with these changes are not determinable. The required reforms are discussed below. The cost of the retrospective relief and independent research has previously been provided for in our consolidated financial statements. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements, included in our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders and incorporated herein by reference and also included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K, for information concerning charges related to the settlement and reserves for, and indemnification relating to, pending and potential litigation.

Page 7


 

     With respect to structural reforms, we and the other settling firms have agreed that research and investment banking will be physically separated, research analysts’ compensation will not be based directly or indirectly on investment banking revenues, investment banking will not participate in the analyst evaluation process, investment banking will have no role in determining companies covered in research, research analysts will be prohibited from participating in efforts to solicit investment banking business (including pitches and roadshows), research reports will disclose whether we do or are seeking to do business with the issuer, and upon termination of coverage we will issue a final research report discussing the reasons for the termination. Additionally, we will publish on our Web site certain information regarding our research to facilitate analysis of our analysts’ performance, and we will retain an independent monitor to conduct a review of our compliance with the agreed upon structural reforms. As part of the settlement, we will be subject to a final judgment entered in federal district court ordering us to comply with the terms of the settlement and enjoining us from violating certain securities laws and NASD and NYSE rules in the future. Failure to comply with the injunction could result in us being held in contempt of the court’s order and subject to sanctions. On October 31, 2003, the Court approved and entered the final judgment in the SEC action. Moreover, the settlements with the NYSE, NASD and approximately 48 states are final. We presently anticipate that approval of the settlement will be sought from the remaining states over the next several months. In connection with this settlement, we have joined the other leading securities firms that are part of the settlement in an initiative that generally prohibits the allocation of shares in initial public offerings to executives and directors of public companies.

     Following the settlement we have, together with the other firms involved in the investigations, received subpoenas and information requests from the SEC and NASD in connection with an investigation of conduct by officers and employees relating to the alleged violations of the federal securities laws and NASD and NYSE rules. We are cooperating fully with this investigation.

      Litigation Regarding Equity Research Conflicts of Interest

     Together with the other firms involved in the equity research conflicts of interest settlement, we have been named as a defendant in a pending lawsuit based, in part, on allegations substantially similar to those in the SEC action described above regarding violations of a number of different NASD and NYSE rules and Section 17(b) of the Securities Act. This action, entitled State of West Virginia v. Bear, Stearns & Company, Inc., et al. , Case No. 03-C-133M, Circuit Court of Marshall County, West Virginia, seeks unspecified civil penalties under the West Virginia Consumer Protection Act. The defendants have filed a motion to dismiss all claims. We did not settle any other litigation regarding equity research conflicts of interest as part of the research settlement with securities regulators.

      Initial Public Offering Allocation Litigation

     We have been named, along with other leading securities firms, as a defendant in many putative class actions filed in 2001 and 2002 in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York involving the allocation of securities in certain initial public offerings. The Court’s order, dated August 8, 2001, transferred all related class action complaints for coordination and pretrial purposes as In re Initial Public Offering Allocation Securities Litigation , Master File No. 21 MC 92 (SAS). These complaints assert claims pursuant to Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 10(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder. The claims are based, in part, upon allegations that between 1998 and 2000, in connection with acting as an underwriter of certain initial public offerings of technology and Internet-related companies, we obtained excessive compensation by allocating shares in these initial public offerings to preferred customers who, in return, purportedly agreed to pay additional compensation to us in the form of excess commissions that we failed to disclose. The complaints also allege that our customers who received favorable allocations of shares in initial public offerings agreed to purchase additional shares of the same issuer in the secondary market at pre-determined prices. These complaints seek unspecified damages. The defendants’ motions to dismiss the complaints were filed on July 1, 2002, and oral argument on the motions to dismiss was heard on November 14, 2002. The Court entered its order largely denying the motions to dismiss on February 19, 2003. A status conference was held with the Court on July 11, 2003 for purposes of establishing a case management plan setting forth discovery deadlines, selecting focus cases and briefing class certification. Discovery is proceeding at this time. With respect to certain claims, we and the other underwriter defendants have submitted a request that the Court set a schedule for filing a motion for reconsideration or motion for judgment on the pleadings based upon the argument that the complaints fail to sufficiently allege loss causation as recently articulated by the Second Circuit Court of Appeals.

      Initial Public Offering Fee Antitrust Litigation

     We have been named, along with other leading securities firms, as a defendant in several putative class actions filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York in 1998. The Court’s order, dated February 11, 1999, consolidated these purported class actions for all purposes as In re Public Offering Fee Antitrust Litigation , Case No. 98 CV 7890 (LMM). The consolidated amended complaint seeks unspecified compensatory damages, treble damages and injunctive relief. The consolidated

Page 8


 

amended complaint was filed on behalf of purchasers of shares issued in certain initial public offerings for U.S. companies and alleges that defendants conspired in offerings of an amount between $20 million and $80 million to fix the underwriters’ discount at 7.0 percent of the offering amount in violation of Section 1 of the Sherman Act. The Court dismissed this consolidated action with prejudice and denied plaintiffs’ motion to amend the complaint and include an issuer plaintiff. The Court stated that its decision did not affect any class actions filed on behalf of issuer plaintiffs. The Second Circuit Court of Appeals reversed the district court’s decision on December 13, 2002 and remanded the action to the district court. A motion to dismiss was filed with the district court on March 26, 2003 seeking dismissal of this action and the issuer plaintiff action described below in their entirety, based upon the argument that the determination of underwriting fees is implicitly immune from the antitrust laws because of the extensive federal regulation of the securities markets. Plaintiffs filed their opposition to the motion to dismiss on April 25, 2003. The underwriter defendants filed a motion for leave to file a supplemental memorandum of law in further support of their motion to dismiss on June 10, 2003. The Court denied the motion to dismiss based upon implied immunity in its memorandum and order dated June 26, 2003. A supplemental memorandum in support of the motion to dismiss, applicable only to this action because the purported class consists of indirect purchasers, was filed on June 24, 2003 and seeks dismissal based upon the argument that the proposed class members cannot state claims upon which relief can be granted. Plaintiffs filed a supplemental memorandum in opposition to defendants’ motion to dismiss on July 9, 2003. Defendants filed a reply in further support of the motion to dismiss on July 25, 2003. The Court entered its memorandum and order granting in part and denying in part the motion to dismiss on February 24, 2004. Plaintiffs’ damage claims were dismissed because they were indirect purchasers. The motion to dismiss was denied with respect to plaintiffs’ claim for injunctive relief. Discovery is proceeding at this time.

     Similar purported class actions have also been filed against us in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on behalf of issuer plaintiffs asserting substantially similar antitrust claims based upon allegations that 7.0 percent underwriters’ discounts violate the Sherman Act. These purported class actions were consolidated by the district court as In re Issuer Plaintiff Initial Public Offering Fee Antitrust Litigation , Case No. 00 CV 7804 (LMM), on May 23, 2001. These complaints also seek unspecified compensatory damages, treble damages and injunctive relief. Plaintiffs filed a consolidated class action complaint on July 6, 2001. The district court denied defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint on September 30, 2002. Defendants filed a motion to certify the order for interlocutory appeal on October 15, 2002. On March 26, 2003, the motion to dismiss based upon implied immunity was also filed in connection with this action. The Court denied the motion to dismiss on June 26, 2003, and discovery is proceeding at this time.

      Investigations

     We are currently involved in an investigation by the NASD relating to the allocation of IPO shares to directors and officers of existing or potential investment banking clients. We have been advised that the NASD staff has preliminarily determined to recommend the initiation of an enforcement proceeding against us. We are contesting this preliminary determination and maintain that no such proceeding is warranted. Discussions with NASD staff regarding this matter are continuing.

      Private Client Services

      Mutual Fund Regulatory Matters

     Various regulators, including the SEC, the NASD and state securities regulators and attorneys general, are conducting industry-wide investigations of certain practices relating to mutual funds. These investigations, which have been highly publicized, have involved mutual fund companies, broker dealers, hedge fund investors and others. Among the subjects being reviewed are breakpoint discounts, late trading, market timing, and marketing and compensation arrangements.

     With respect to breakpoint discounts, regulators are reviewing the extent to which brokerage firms may have failed to provide appropriate discounts on front-end sales charges available to customers who invest significant amounts in front-end load mutual funds. As part of this review we participated in an industry-wide self-assessment of breakpoint compliance and reported the results to the NASD. Based on those results, the NASD has directed us to undertake certain steps, including notifying customers and reviewing certain transactions to determine whether customers are entitled to a refund, and then reporting the results of the refund program to the NASD. The NASD has advised us that it does not intend to institute formal disciplinary proceedings against us based on any failures to provide appropriate breakpoint discounts, provided that we undertake the corrective measures outlined by the NASD. Based on information currently available to us, we do not believe that the breakpoint refund program will be material to our financial condition or results of operations.

     Late trading involves the practice of allowing investors to submit or cancel trades for mutual fund shares after the market close but at the closing price, thereby taking advantage of post-close information. Market timing involves rapid trading in mutual fund shares in an attempt to exploit discrepancies between fund share prices and the value of underlying fund assets, typically in international funds. In connection with the industry-wide investigation into late trading and market timing, the SEC and the NASD have requested information from various parties, including many broker dealers. We have received requests for information from the SEC and NASD related to late trading and market timing and continue to provide responsive documents and information. Additionally, we are conducting our own internal review of our policies, procedures and practices on these subjects and are taking remedial and other actions where we believe to be appropriate. Based on the information we have provided to regulators and our own internal review to date, at this time we are not aware of any instances of late trading involving the firm or its employees or, with

Page 9


 

respect to market timing, any instances where customers or employees entered into arrangements with any mutual fund to allow a customer to engage in market timing contrary to policies of the mutual fund. We are, however, aware of four situations in which firm customers appear to have been engaged in a market timing investment strategy, and on our own initiative we have taken disciplinary action against two employees related to one such situation. Based on our review of the facts involved in the other three instances, we did not believe that disciplinary action was necessary under the circumstances.

     We are aware that regulators are reviewing various industry practices relating to the marketing of mutual funds and compensation arrangements between fund companies and brokerage firms, including “directed brokerage” arrangements whereby fund companies direct trading business to broker dealers as part of a broader relationship in which the broker dealers distribute mutual funds of those companies. Specifically, we are aware that the SEC and the NASD are investigating approximately 12 brokerage firms with a view to possible violations of rules requiring adequate disclosure of compensation arrangements between fund companies and brokerage firms and prohibiting favoring the sale of mutual fund shares on the basis of trading commissions received or expected. While we are not currently among the firms being investigated, we have undertaken our own internal review of our policies, procedures and practices related to mutual fund marketing and compensation arrangements and are taking remedial and other actions where we believe it to be appropriate. In this regard we have voluntarily disclosed to the NASD facts related to a limited number of compensation arrangements and two directed brokerage arrangements between our firm and certain mutual fund companies. Although we believe that such arrangements were not uncommon within the industry, aspects of our arrangements may have been inconsistent with SEC or NASD rules, and we intend to work in cooperation with the NASD and other regulators to resolve any potential issues.

      Raul F.L. Pupo Arbitration

     We were served with a statement of claim commencing an arbitration proceeding entitled Raul F.L. Pupo v. U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. , NASD-DR Arbitration No. 03-2519, on April 22, 2003. The statement of claim asserts purported claims for breach of third-party contract, breach of contract, negligence and gross negligence, negligent failure to train and supervise, violation of federal securities law, breach of implied contract/unjust enrichment, common law fraud and breach of fiduciary duty. These claims are based upon the alleged mishandling of the claimant’s accounts. The claimant seeks actual damages in excess of $74 million and interest, punitive damages and costs. The claimant filed an Amended Statement of Claim on June 5, 2003. We filed our answer and affirmative defenses on July 2, 2003. At that time we also filed a motion to conduct the arbitration hearing in Omaha, Nebraska rather than Boca Raton, Florida, as preliminarily determined by NASD Dispute Resolution, Inc. The request to hold the arbitration hearing in Omaha, Nebraska was preliminarily denied by NASD Dispute Resolution, Inc. on August 5, 2003. A pre-hearing conference was held on December 8, 2003, at which the arbitration hearing was scheduled for September 27-October 1, November 15-20, 22 and 23, 2004. The week of January 24-28, 2005 has also been reserved for additional hearing dates, if necessary. Discovery is proceeding at this time.

      Investigations

     The NASD and SEC are investigating the activities of one former financial advisor in our Butte, Montana branch office. The NASD recently brought an enforcement action against this individual alleging that he engaged in certain sales practice violations prior to the termination of his employment in March 2001. These investigations also relate, in part, to our supervision of this former employee. We are cooperating fully with these investigations and have responded to requests for documents and information.

ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.

     During the fourth quarter of 2003, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Companies Inc., as our sole shareholder, approved the following actions by written consent:

    an amendment to our Certificate of Incorporation and the approval and adoption of our 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan (consent dated December 17, 2003); and
 
    amendments and restatements of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and the election of Andrew S. Duff, Addison L. Piper, Michael R. Francis, B. Kristine Johnson, Samuel L. Kaplan, Frank L. Sims and Richard A. Zona as our directors to be effective immediately following our spin-off from U.S. Bancorp (consent dated December 22, 2003).

Page 10


 

PART II

ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

     The section of our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders entitled “Market for Piper Jaffray Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters” is incorporated herein by reference and also is included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

     The section of our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders entitled “Selected Financial Data” is incorporated herein by reference and also is included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K.

ITEM 7.   MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

     The section of our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” is incorporated herein by reference and also is included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K.

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK.

     The section of our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Enterprise Risk Management” is incorporated herein by reference and also is included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K.

ITEM 8.   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

     The consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders are incorporated herein by reference and also are included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K.

ITEM 9.   CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

     Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.   CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

     As of the end of the period covered by this report, we conducted an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms. There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting during our most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART III

ITEM 10.   DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT.

     The information under the captions “Class I Directors—Nominees for Terms Ending in 2007,” “Class II Directors—Terms Ending in 2005,” “Class III Directors—Terms Ending in 2006,” “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance—Committees of the Board—Audit Committee,” “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance—Code of Ethics and Business Conduct” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the definitive proxy statement for our 2004 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 28, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

     The information under the captions “Executive Compensation” (excluding information under the caption “Executive Compensation—Report of the Compensation Committee”), “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Information Regarding the Board of Directors and Corporate Governance—Compensation Program for Non-Employee Directors” in the definitive proxy statement for our 2004 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 28, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.

Page 11


 

ITEM 12.   SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

     The information under the captions “Security Ownership of Beneficial Owners and Management” and “Item II—Outstanding Equity Awards” in the definitive proxy statement for our 2004 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 28, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.

     The information under the caption “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions—Related Transactions Involving Our Directors and Executive Officers” in the definitive proxy statement for our 2004 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 28, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14.   PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

     The information under the caption “Audit Committee Report and Payment of Fees to Auditors—Auditor Fees” in the definitive proxy statement for our 2004 annual meeting of shareholders to be held on April 28, 2004, is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15.   EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

    (a)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF THE COMPANY.
 
     The Consolidated Financial Statements incorporated herein by reference and filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K are listed on page F-1 by reference to the corresponding page numbers in our 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders.
 
    (a)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
 
     The financial statement schedule required to be filed hereunder is listed on page F-1. All other financial statement schedules are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
 
    (a)(3) EXHIBITS.

             
Exhibit       Method of
Number
  Description
  Filing
2.1
  Separation And Distribution Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and
Piper Jaffray Companies. #
  Filed
herewith
 
           
3.1
  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.   Filed
herewith
 
           
3.2
  Amended and Restated Bylaws.   Filed
herewith
 
           
4.1
  Form of Specimen Certificate for Piper Jaffray Companies Common Stock.     (1 )
 
           
4.2
  Rights Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2003, between Piper Jaffray Companies and Mellon
Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent. #
  Filed
herewith
 
           
10.1
  Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper
Jaffray Companies. #
  Filed
herewith
 
           
10.2
  Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper Jaffray
Companies. #
  Filed
herewith
 
           
10.3
  Insurance Matters Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper
Jaffray Companies. #
  Filed
herewith
 
           
10.4
  Business Alliance Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper
Jaffray Companies. #
  Filed
herewith
 
           
10.5
  Piper Jaffray Companies 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan.*   Filed
herewith

Page 12


 

10.6
  Subordinated Loan Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, between USB Holdings, Inc. and
U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.
  Filed
herewith
 
           
10.7
  Sublease Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and U.S. Bancorp
Piper Jaffray Inc.
    (2)
 
           
10.8
  Summary of Employment Arrangement with Addison L. Piper.*     (3)
 
           
10.9
  Form of Cash Award Agreement.*   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.10
  U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century 2000 Deferred Compensation Plan.*   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.11
  U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century Growth Deferred Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective September 30, 1998).*   Filed
herewith
 
           
13.1
  Selected Portions of the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders.   Filed
herewith
 
           
16.1
  Letter of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission, dated
October 17, 2003, regarding change in certifying accountant.
    (2)
 
           
21.1
  Significant Subsidiaries of Piper Jaffray Companies.   Filed
herewith
 
           
23.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.   Filed
herewith
 
           
23.2
  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.   Filed
herewith
 
           
24.1
  Power of Attorney.   Filed
herewith
 
           
31.1
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.   Filed
herewith
 
           
31.2
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.   Filed
herewith
 
           
32.1
  Section 1350 Certifications.   Filed
herewith
 
           
99.1
  Risk Factors.   Filed
herewith


*   Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this report.
 
#   The Company hereby agrees to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule.
 
(1)   Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10, filed with the Commission on June 25, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(2)   Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Amendment No. 2 to Form 10, filed with the Commission on October 23, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(3)   Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form 10, filed with the Commission on August 22, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(b)   REPORTS ON FORM 8-K.

     The following Current Reports on Form 8-K were filed during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2003:

    Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 19, 2003 (announcing the availability of a management presentation and a conference call with our management); and
 
    Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 31, 2003 (announcing our company’s separation from U.S. Bancorp).

Page 13


 

SIGNATURES

     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized on March 8, 2004.

           
    PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES
 
       
  By   /s/ Andrew S. Duff
  Its   Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on March 8, 2004.

     
SIGNATURE
  TITLE
     
/s/ Andrew S. Duff
Andrew S. Duff
  Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
     
/s/ Sandra G. Sponem
Sandra G. Sponem
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and
Accounting Officer)
     
*

Addison L. Piper
  Vice Chairman
     
*

Michael R. Francis
  Director
     
*

B. Kristine Johnson
  Director
     
*

Samuel L. Kaplan
  Director
     
*

Frank L. Sims
  Director
     
*

Richard A. Zona
  Director

*James L. Chosy, by signing his name hereto, does hereby sign this document on behalf of each of the above named directors of the Registrant pursuant to Powers of Attorney duly executed by such persons.

     
March 8, 2004
  /s/ James L. Chosy
James L. Chosy
Attorney-in-fact

Page 14


 

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

                 
    Page
    Form 10-K
  Annual Report
Consolidated Financial Statements
               
 
               
Report of Independent Auditors
            44  
 
               
Report of Independent Accountants
            45  
 
               
Consolidated Financial Statements
               
 
               
Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition
            46  
 
               
Consolidated Statements of Operations
            47  
 
               
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
            48  
 
               
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
            49  
 
               
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
            50  
 
               
Financial Statement Schedule
               
 
               
Schedule I — Piper Jaffray Companies (Parent Company Only) Financial Statements
 
               
Statement of Financial Condition
    F-2          
 
               
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
    F-3          
 
               
Notes to Financial Statements
    F-4          
 
               
Report of Independent Auditors
    F-5          

Page F-1


 

Piper Jaffray Companies
(Parent Company Only)
Statement of Financial Condition

         
    December 31,  
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)
  2003
 
Assets
       
Investment in and advances to subsidiaries
  $ 669,932  
 
   
 
 
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
       
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
  $ 137  
Shareholders’ equity:
       
Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized,
       
19,334,261 issued and outstanding
    193  
Additional paid-in capital
    669,602  
 
   
 
 
Total shareholders’ equity
    669,795  
 
   
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
  $ 669,932  
 
   
 
 

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-2


 

Piper Jaffray Companies
(Parent Company Only)
Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity

                                 
    Common           Additional   Total
    Shares   Common   Paid-In   Shareholders’
(Amounts in thousands, except share amounts)
  Outstanding
  Stock
  Capital
  Equity
Incorporation of entity on April 28, 2003
    100     $     $ 1     $ 1  
Issuance of common stock upon spin off from U.S. Bancorp
    19,334,161       193       669,601       669,794  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 
Balance at December 31, 2003
    19,334,261     $ 193     $ 669,602     $ 669,795  
 
   
 
     
 
     
 
     
 
 

See Notes to Financial Statements

F-3


 

Piper Jaffray Companies
(Parent Company Only)
Notes to Financial Statements

Note 1. Background and Basis of Presentation

Background

     On April 28, 2003, Piper Jaffray Companies was incorporated in Delaware as a subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp to effect the spin off of its capital markets business to its shareholders.

     On December 31, 2003, after receiving regulatory approval, U.S. Bancorp distributed to its shareholders all of its interest in Piper Jaffray Companies and its subsidiaries. On that date, 19,334,261 shares of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock were issued to U.S. Bancorp shareholders based on a distribution ratio of one share of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock for every 100 shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock owned. In lieu of receiving fractional shares of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock, shareholders received cash from U.S. Bancorp for their fractional interest.

     Piper Jaffray Companies is the parent company of Piper Jaffray & Co., a securities broker dealer and investment banking firm; Piper Jaffray Ventures Inc., a private equity venture capital firm managing investments in emerging growth companies; Piper Jaffray Ltd., a firm providing securities brokerage and investment banking services in Europe through an office located in London, England; and Piper Jaffray Financial Products Inc. and Piper Jaffray Financial Products II Inc., two entities that facilitate Piper Jaffray Companies customer derivative transactions.

     Piper Jaffray Companies (the “Parent Company”) had no operating activity during the period from its date of incorporation on April 28, 2003 to December 31, 2003 and thus, no Statement of Operations or Statement of Cash Flows are presented.

General

     The financial information of the Parent Company should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Piper Jaffray Companies and the notes thereto in the Piper Jaffray Companies 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders and also included in Exhibit 13.1 to this Form 10-K.

Use of Estimates

     The preparation of the financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Note 2. Dividend Restrictions

     Piper Jaffray & Co. is subject to the Securities and Exchange Commission’s uniform net capital rule, Rule 15c3-1, and the net capital rule of the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), which limits the Parent Company’s ability to make withdrawals of capital from Piper Jaffray & Co. The uniform net capital rule sets the minimum level of net capital a broker dealer must maintain and also requires that a portion of its assets be relatively liquid. The NYSE may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying cash dividends if resulting net capital falls below its requirements. In addition, Piper Jaffray & Co. is subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital.

F-4


 

Report of Independent Auditors

     To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Piper Jaffray Companies:

     We have audited the accompanying statement of financial condition of Piper Jaffray Companies (the “Parent Company”) as of December 31, 2003, and the related statement of changes in shareholders’ equity for the period from April 28, 2003 (date of incorporation) to December 31, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Parent Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

     We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Piper Jaffray Companies at December 31, 2003, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 27, 2004

F-5


 

Exhibit Index

             
Exhibit
Number
   
Description
  Method of
Filing

 
 
 
 
 
 
           
2.1
  Separation And Distribution Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper Jaffray Companies. #   Filed
herewith
 
           
3.1
  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.   Filed
herewith
 
           
3.2
  Amended and Restated Bylaws.   Filed
herewith
 
           
4.1
  Form of Specimen Certificate for Piper Jaffray Companies Common Stock.     (1 )
 
           
4.2
  Rights Agreement, dated as of December 31, 2003, between Piper Jaffray Companies and Mellon Investor Services LLC, as Rights Agent. #   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.1
  Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper Jaffray Companies. #   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.2
  Tax Sharing Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper Jaffray Companies. #   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.3
  Insurance Matters Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper Jaffray Companies. #   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.4
  Business Alliance Agreement, dated as of December 23, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and Piper Jaffray Companies. #   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.5
  Piper Jaffray Companies 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan.*   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.6
  Subordinated Loan Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2003, between USB Holdings, Inc. and U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.7
  Sublease Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2003, between U.S. Bancorp and U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.     (2 )
 
           
10.8
  Summary of Employment Arrangement with Addison L. Piper.*     (3 )
 
           
10.9
  Form of Cash Award Agreement.*   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.10
  U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century 2000 Deferred Compensation Plan.*   Filed
herewith
 
           
10.11
  U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century Growth Deferred Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective September 30, 1998).*   Filed
herewith
 
           
13.1
  Selected Portions of the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders.   Filed
herewith
 
           
16.1
  Letter of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP addressed to the Securities and Exchange Commission, dated October 17, 2003, regarding change in certifying accountant.     (2 )
 
           
21.1
  Significant Subsidiaries of Piper Jaffray Companies.   Filed
herewith
 
           
23.1
  Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.   Filed
herewith
 
           
23.2
  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.   Filed
herewith
 
           
24.1
  Power of Attorney.   Filed
herewith
 
           
31.1
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.   Filed
herewith
 
           
31.2
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.   Filed
herewith
 
           
32.1
  Section 1350 Certifications.   Filed
herewith
 
           
99.1
  Risk Factors.   Filed
herewith


*   Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this report.
 
#   The Company hereby agrees to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request a copy of any omitted exhibit or schedule.
 
(1)   Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Form 10, filed with the Commission on June 25, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(2)   Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Amendment No. 2 to Form 10, filed with the Commission on October 23, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.
 
(3)   Filed as an exhibit to the Company’s Amendment No. 1 to Form 10, filed with the Commission on August 22, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.

EXHIBIT 2.1

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

by and between

U.S. BANCORP

and

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

Dated as of December 23, 2003


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                        PAGE
                                                                                                        ----
ARTICLE I.          DEFINITIONS...................................................................        2

         1.1        Definitions...................................................................        2
         1.2        General.......................................................................       11
         1.3        References to Time............................................................       11

ARTICLE II.         THE MERGER AND THE CONTRIBUTION...............................................       11

         2.1        Merger........................................................................       11
         2.2        Contribution..................................................................       11
         2.3        Conditions Precedent to Consummation of the Merger and the Contribution.......       12
         2.4        Ancillary Agreements..........................................................       12
         2.5        Non-Transferability...........................................................       13
         2.6        Capital Contribution..........................................................       14

ARTICLE III.        THE DISTRIBUTIONS.............................................................       14

         3.1        The Distributions.............................................................       14
         3.2        Actions Prior to the Distribution.............................................       15
         3.3        Conditions to Obligations.....................................................       16
         3.4        Certificate of Incorporation; By-laws; Rights Plan............................       17

ARTICLE IV.         SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION..................................................       17

         4.1        Survival of Agreements........................................................       17
         4.2        Indemnification of Piper Jaffray..............................................       17
         4.3        Indemnification by Parent.....................................................       18
         4.4        Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts.......       19
         4.5        Procedures for Indemnification of Third Party Claims..........................       19
         4.6        Additional Matters............................................................       22
         4.7        Remedies Cumulative...........................................................       22
         4.8        Survival of Indemnities.......................................................       23

ARTICLE V.          CERTAIN ADDITIONAL COVENANTS..................................................       23

         5.1        Notices to Third Parties......................................................       23
         5.2        Licenses and Permits..........................................................       23
         5.3        Intercompany Agreements; Intercompany Accounts................................       23
         5.4        Guarantee Obligations.........................................................       24
         5.5        Further Assurances............................................................       25


ARTICLE VI.         ACCESS TO INFORMATION.........................................................       26

         6.1        Agreement for Exchange of Information.........................................       26
         6.2        Ownership of Information......................................................       26
         6.3        Compensation for Providing Information........................................       26
         6.4        Record Retention..............................................................       27
         6.5        Limitation of Liability.......................................................       27
         6.6        Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information........................       27
         6.7        Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation.................................       27
         6.8        Confidentiality...............................................................       28
         6.9        Protective Arrangements.......................................................       29

ARTICLE VII.        NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES..............................................       29

         7.1        No Representations or Warranties..............................................       29

ARTICLE VIII.       TERMINATION...................................................................       30

         8.1        Termination...................................................................       30
         8.2        Effect of Termination.........................................................       30

ARTICLE IX.         MISCELLANEOUS.................................................................       30

         9.1        Complete Agreement; Representations...........................................       30
         9.2        Expenses......................................................................       31
         9.3        Governing Law.................................................................       31
         9.4        Notices.......................................................................       31
         9.5        Amendment, Modification or Waiver.............................................       32
         9.6        Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries..........................       32
         9.7        Counterparts..................................................................       32
         9.8        Negotiation...................................................................       32
         9.9        Specific Performance..........................................................       32
         9.10       Minnesota Forum...............................................................       33
         9.11       Interpretation; Conflict with Ancillary Agreements............................       33
         9.12       Severability..................................................................       33

-ii-

Exhibits to Separation and Distribution Agreement

Exhibit A         Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws
Exhibit B         Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Exhibit C         Form of Business Alliance Agreement
Exhibit D         Form of Employee Benefits Agreement
Exhibit E         Form of Insurance Matters Agreement
Exhibit F         Form of Preferred Share Purchase Rights Agreement
Exhibit G         Sublease Agreement
Exhibit H         Form of Tax Sharing Agreement
Exhibit I         Form of $180,000,000 Subordinated Loan Agreement

-iii-

SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT

This SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of December 23, 2003, by and between U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and Piper Jaffray Companies, a Delaware corporation and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent ("Piper Jaffray").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Parent has determined that it is in the best interests of Parent and its stockholders to separate Parent's businesses into two independent public companies (the "Separation"), on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, to effect the Separation, Parent intends to cause, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the merger (the "Merger") of U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent ("USBI"), with and into U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Companies Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent ("USBPJC"), pursuant to which USBPJC will be the surviving corporation in the Merger and will be renamed "U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc." (the "Surviving Corporation");

WHEREAS, to effect the Separation, Parent further intends to cause the Surviving Corporation to transfer and contribute to Piper Jaffray all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of certain of its Subsidiaries (as defined below) and certain other assets of the Surviving Corporation relating to the Piper Jaffray Business, and in exchange therefor Piper Jaffray intends to assume certain liabilities of Parent and its Subsidiaries related to the Piper Jaffray Business and to issue shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Piper Jaffray ("Piper Jaffray Common Stock") to the Surviving Corporation (such transactions, collectively, the "Contribution"), each on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, to effect the Separation, Parent further intends to
(1) cause the Surviving Corporation to distribute to Parent all of the issued and outstanding shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock beneficially owned by the Surviving Corporation by means of a dividend of such Piper Jaffray Common Stock to Parent as its sole stockholder (the "Internal Distribution"), and (2) upon consummation of the Internal Distribution, distribute on a pro rata basis to holders of issued and outstanding shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Parent ("Parent Common Stock"), other than with respect to shares of Parent Common Stock held in the treasury of Parent, all of the issued and outstanding shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock beneficially owned by Parent by means of a dividend of such Piper Jaffray Common Stock to such stockholders (the "Distribution," and together with the Internal Distribution, the "Distributions"), each on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Parties that, for United States federal income tax purposes, the Merger shall qualify as a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as


amended (the "Code"), and the Contribution and the Distributions shall qualify as transactions that are generally tax free under Section 355 and/or Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;

WHEREAS, the Boards of Directors of Parent and Piper Jaffray have each determined that the Separation, the Merger, the Contribution, the Distributions and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements (as defined below) are in furtherance of and consistent with their respective business strategies and are in the best interests of their respective companies and stockholders or sole stockholder, as applicable, and have approved this Agreement and each of the Ancillary Agreements; and

WHEREAS, it is appropriate and desirable to set forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the Separation and certain other agreements that will govern certain matters relating to the Separation, the Merger, the Contribution and the Distributions and the relationship of Parent and Piper Jaffray and their respective Subsidiaries following the Distribution.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.1 Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below (such meanings to be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the terms defined):

"$180,000,000 Subordinated Loan Agreement" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.2(f) hereto.

"Action" means any demand, action, suit, countersuit, arbitration, inquiry, proceeding or investigation by or before any Governmental Authority or any arbitration or mediation tribunal or authority.

"Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such specified Person; provided, however, that, for purposes of this Agreement, no member of a Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the other Group. As used herein, "control" means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity, whether through ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise.

"Agent" means the distribution agent to be appointed by Parent to distribute the shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock to be distributed by Parent pursuant to the Distribution.

"Agreement" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

-2-

"Amended and Restated Bylaws" means the Amended and Restated Bylaws of Piper Jaffray substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with such changes as may be agreed to by the Parties.

"Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation" means the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Piper Jaffray substantially in the form of Exhibit B hereto, with such changes as may be agreed to by the Parties.

"Ancillary Agreements" means the Benefits Agreement, the Business Alliance Agreement, the Insurance Matters Agreement, the Sublease Agreement, the Tax Sharing Agreement and the other agreements to be entered into in connection with the Separation pursuant to Section 2.4.

"Asset" means any right, property or asset, whether real, personal or mixed, tangible or intangible, of any kind, nature and description, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, and wheresoever situated and whether or not carried or reflected, or required to be carried or reflected, on the books of any Person.

"Bank Contribution Agreement" has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of "Holdco Formation" below.

"Benefits Agreement" means the Employee Benefits Agreement to be entered into by and between Parent and Piper Jaffray, substantially in the form of Exhibit C hereto, with such changes as may be agreed to by the Parties.

"Business" means the Piper Jaffray Business or the Parent Business.

"Business Alliance Agreement" means the Business Alliance Agreement to be entered into by and between Parent and Piper Jaffray, substantially in the form of Exhibit D hereto, with such changes as may be agreed to by the Parties.

"Capital Contribution" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.6.

"Change in Control" means:

(1) the acquisition by any Person (it being understood that the use of the term "Person" in this definition shall be deemed to include any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of Persons) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act for the purposes of this definition) of securities of Piper Jaffray where such acquisition causes such Person, directly or indirectly, to beneficially own more than 50% of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of Piper Jaffray ("Outstanding Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of Piper Jaffray entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("Outstanding Voting Securities"); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), any acquisition by (A) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by Piper Jaffray or any corporation controlled by

-3-

Piper Jaffray or (B) any corporation, limited liability company or other entity pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (2) below, shall not be deemed to result in a Change of Control; or

(2) the consummation of, a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of Piper Jaffray (a "Business Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns Piper Jaffray or all or substantially all of Piper Jaffray's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, and (ii) no Person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation.

"Code" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

"Consents" means any consents, waivers or approvals from, or notification requirements to, any third parties.

"Contributed Shares" means all of the outstanding capital stock of the Piper Jaffray Entities, consisting of (1) 1,450,000 ordinary shares, par value (pound)1 per share, of Piper Jaffray Capital Markets Ltd.; (2) 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Piper Jaffray Financial Products; (3) 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Piper Jaffray Financial Products II; (4) 459 shares of common stock, par value $2,500.00 per share, of Piper Jaffray Inc.; and (5) 1,000 shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of Piper Jaffray Ventures.

"Contribution" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

"Contribution Effective Time" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.2.

"Covered Specified Liability" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.3(d).

"Distribution" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

"Distribution Date" means the date as of which the Distribution shall be effected, to be determined by, or under the authority of, the Board of Directors of Parent consistent with this Agreement.

-4-

"Distributions" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

"Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Excluded Liability" means all Liabilities listed on Schedule 1.1(a).

"Governmental Approvals" means any notices, reports or other filings to be made, or any consents, registrations, approvals, licenses, permits or authorizations to be obtained from, any Governmental Authority.

"Governmental Authority" means any federal, state, local, foreign or international court, government, department, commission, board, bureau or agency, or any other regulatory, administrative or governmental authority, including the NYSE and the National Association of Securities Dealers.

"Group" means the Parent Group or the Piper Jaffray Group, as applicable.

"Holdco Formation" means the contribution of (1) the capital stock of U.S. Bank National Association, a nationally chartered banking association and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, to USB Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent ("USB Holdings"), pursuant to that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2003, by and between Parent and USB Holdings (the "Bank Contribution Agreement"), (2) the capital stock of U.S. Bank National Association ND, a nationally chartered banking association and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent, to USB Holdings, pursuant to the Bank Contribution Agreement and (3) the other assets provided for in the Bank Contribution Agreement, in each case in exchange for shares of common stock of USB Holdings.

"Holdco Note" means the subordinated note to be issued at Parent's election by USB Holdings to Parent in exchange for a loan by Parent to USB Holdings on such terms and in such principal amount as determined by Parent.

"Indemnifying Party" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 4.4(a).

"Indemnitee" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.4(a).

"Indemnity Payment" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 4.4(a).

"Information" means all information, whether or not patentable or copyrightable, in written, oral, electronic or other tangible or intangible forms, stored in any medium, including studies, reports, records, books, contracts, instruments, surveys, discoveries, ideas, concepts, know-how, techniques, designs, specifications, drawings, blueprints, diagrams, models, prototypes, samples, flow charts, data, computer data, disks, diskettes, tapes, computer programs or other software, marketing plans, customer names, communications by or to attorneys, memos and other materials prepared by attorneys or under their direction (including attorney work product), and other technical, financial, legal, employee or business information or data.

-5-

"Information Statement" means the information statement and any related documentation to be distributed to holders of Parent Common Stock in connection with the Distribution, including any amendments or supplements thereto.

"Insurance Matters Agreement" means the Insurance Matters Agreement to be entered into by and between Parent and Piper Jaffray, substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, with such changes as may be agreed by the Parties.

"Insurance Proceeds" means amounts:

(a) received by an insured from an insurance carrier;

(b) paid by an insurance carrier on behalf of the insured; or

(c) received (including by way of set-off) from any third party in the nature of insurance, contribution or indemnification in respect of any Liability;

in any such case net of any applicable premium adjustments (including reserves and retrospectively rated premium adjustments) and net of any costs or expenses incurred in the collection thereof.

"Intellectual Property Rights" means any domestic and foreign patents and applications therefor, statutory, common law and registered copyrights and registrations therefor, trademarks and registrations and applications therefor, service marks and registrations and applications therefor, trade names and registrations and applications therefor, service names and registrations and applications therefor, trade styles and registrations and applications therefor, product registrations and licenses and applications therefor, and translations, adaptations, derivations and combinations of the foregoing; any mask works, inventions, discoveries, trade secrets, confidential information, know-how, data, proprietary processes and formulae (including any registrations, licenses and similar agreements and research, analysis and supporting documentation in respect of the foregoing); any unregistered trademarks, service marks, trade names, service names and trade styles; any income, royalties and payments that accrue as of the Distribution or thereafter with respect to any of the items listed in this paragraph, including payments for past, present or future infringements or misappropriation thereof, and the right to sue and recover for past infringements or misappropriation thereof; any goodwill associated with any of the foregoing; and any rights to use the foregoing and other rights in, to and under the foregoing.

"Internal Distribution" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

"Liabilities" means any and all losses, liabilities, claims, charges, debts, demands, actions, causes of action, suits, damages, obligations, payments, costs and expenses, sums of money, bonds, indemnities and similar obligations, covenants, contracts, controversies, agreements, promises, omissions, guarantees, make whole agreements and similar obligations, and other liabilities, including all contractual obligations, whether absolute or contingent, inchoate or otherwise, matured or unmatured, liquidated or unliquidated, accrued or unaccrued, known or unknown, whenever arising, and

-6-

including those arising under any law, rule, regulation, Action, threatened or contemplated Action (including the costs and expenses of demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and attorneys' fees and any and all costs and expenses (including allocated costs of in-house counsel and other personnel) reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any such Actions or threatened or contemplated Actions), order or consent decree of any Governmental Authority or any award of any arbitrator or mediator of any kind, and those arising under any contract, commitment or undertaking, including those arising under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, in each case, whether or not recorded or reflected or required to be recorded or reflected on the books and records or financial statements of any Person.

"Merger" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

"NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

"Parent" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

"Parent Assets" means all Assets of Parent and the Parent Group other than the Piper Jaffray Assets.

"Parent Business" means all businesses and operations (including related joint ventures and alliances) of Parent and the Parent Group, other than the Piper Jaffray Business.

"Parent Common Stock" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

"Parent Group" means Parent and its Subsidiaries other than Persons in the Piper Jaffray Group.

"Parent Indemnitees" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 4.2.

"Parent Liabilities" means all of the Liabilities of the Parent Group (including any Excluded Liabilities), other than (1) the Piper Jaffray Liabilities and (2) all Liabilities for which a Parent Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.

"Parent Subsidiaries" means all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of Parent other than Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Subsidiaries.

"Party" means Parent or Piper Jaffray and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

"Person" means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or other legal entity or a government or any department or agency thereof.

"Piper Jaffray" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Preamble hereto.

-7-

"Piper Jaffray Assets" means (1) the Assets of the Surviving Corporation set forth on Schedule 1.1(b) hereto, (2) the Piper Jaffray Intellectual Property Assets, (3) the Contributed Shares, and (4) the Capital Contribution.

"Piper Jaffray Balance Sheet" means the audited combined statement of financial position of Piper Jaffray, including the notes thereto, as of December 31, 2002.

"Piper Jaffray Business" means (1) all businesses and operations (including related joint ventures and alliances), whether historical or current, of the capital markets businesses of Parent and its Subsidiaries currently operated by USBPJC or its Subsidiaries, (2) all business and operations (including related joint ventures and alliances) of any member of the Piper Jaffray Group at any time on or after the Contribution Effective Time or the Distribution Date, and (3) all businesses and operations (including related joint venture and alliances) of USBI and its Subsidiaries that were managed by USBPJC or its Subsidiaries and that will not be contributed to Piper Jaffray in the Contribution, but only for any and all periods such businesses and operations were managed or operated by USBPJC or its Subsidiaries (for the avoidance of doubt, this clause (3) shall (a) include the entire fixed income capital markets business of USBI and its Subsidiaries that was managed by USBPJC or its Subsidiaries prior to the transfer of a portion of that business to Piper Jaffray Inc. that occurred on March 21, 2003 and (b) exclude all activities related to the Libra Division of USBI, and all of the USBI businesses and operations that were not managed or operated by USBPJC or its Subsidiaries at any time prior to the Distribution); provided, however, Piper Jaffray Business shall not include the asset management businesses and operations, whether historical or current, managed by U.S. Bancorp Asset Management or its predecessors.

"Piper Jaffray Capital Markets Ltd." means U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Capital Markets Ltd., a company incorporated in England and Wales (registered number 191657) whose registered office is at 18 King William Street, 1st Floor, Phoenix House, London, England EC4 N7 US and that is a wholly owned subsidiary of USBPJC.

"Piper Jaffray Common Stock" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

"Piper Jaffray Entities" means Piper Jaffray Capital Markets Ltd., Piper Jaffray Financial Products, Piper Jaffray Financial Products II, Piper Jaffray Inc., and Piper Jaffray Ventures.

"Piper Jaffray Financial Products" means U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Financial Products Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of USBPJC.

"Piper Jaffray Financial Products II" means U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Financial Products II Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of USBPJC.

"Piper Jaffray Group" means Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Subsidiaries.

"Piper Jaffray Inc." means U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc., a Delaware corporation and subsidiary owned by USBI and USBPJC.

-8-

"Piper Jaffray Indemnitees" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.3.

"Piper Jaffray Intellectual Property Assets" means Intellectual Property Rights owned by the Parent Group that are specifically set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) hereto.

"Piper Jaffray Liabilities" means (1) all Liabilities that are contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (or the Schedules hereto or thereto) as Liabilities of, or to be assumed by, Piper Jaffray or any other member of the Piper Jaffray Group, and all agreements, obligations and Liabilities of any member of the Piper Jaffray Group under this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements; (2) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any Piper Jaffray Asset; (3) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the operation of the Piper Jaffray Business or the operation of any business conducted by any member of the Piper Jaffray Group, in either case as conducted at any time prior to, on or after the Distribution Date, including any Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the offering or provision of any services or products of the Piper Jaffray Business; (4) all Liabilities to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the terminated, divested or discontinued businesses and operations that were part of the Piper Jaffray Business prior to such termination, divestiture or discontinuation, or otherwise; (5) all Liabilities reflected as liabilities or obligations of the Piper Jaffray Group in the Piper Jaffray Balance Sheet but that are not currently direct or indirect Liabilities of any of the members of the Piper Jaffray Group, subject to any discharge of such Liabilities subsequent to the date of the Piper Jaffray Balance Sheet; and (6) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Actions or any Actions involving similar allegations described on Schedule 1.1(d) (the "Specified Liabilities"), whether arising before, on or after the Distribution Date; provided that the Piper Jaffray Liabilities shall not include any Excluded Liability.

"Piper Jaffray Rights" means the preferred share purchase rights of Piper Jaffray to be issued pursuant to the Piper Jaffray Rights Plan.

"Piper Jaffray Rights Plan" means the Preferred Share Purchase Rights Agreement of Piper Jaffray, substantially in the form of Exhibit F hereto, with such changes as may be agreed by the Parties.

"Piper Jaffray Shares" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.2(a)(ii) hereto.

"Piper Jaffray Subsidiaries" means all direct and indirect Subsidiaries of Piper Jaffray, including the Piper Jaffray Entities and other Subsidiaries to be transferred to or formed by Piper Jaffray in connection with the Separation.

"Piper Jaffray Ventures" means U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Ventures Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of USBPJC.

"Plan of Merger" means the Agreement and Plan of Merger to be entered by and between USBI and USBPJC to effect the Merger.

-9-

"Record Date" means the close of business on the date to be determined by the Board of Directors of Parent as the record date for determining shareholders of Parent entitled to receive shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock in the Distribution.

"Registration Statement" means the Registration Statement on Form 10 of Piper Jaffray relating to registration under the Exchange Act of Piper Jaffray Common Stock and Piper Jaffray Rights, including any amendments or supplements thereto.

"Representative" means, with respect to any Person, any of such Person's directors, officers, employees, agents, consultants, advisors, accountants, attorneys and representatives.

"SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

"Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

"Separation" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals to this Agreement.

"Specified Claim" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 4.5(e).

"Specified Liabilities" has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of "Piper Jaffray Liability" above.

"Sublease Agreement" means the Sublease Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2003, by and between Parent, as lessee, and Piper Jaffray, as sublessee, attached as Exhibit G hereto.

"Subsidiary" means, with respect to any specified Person, any corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or other legal entity of which a Person (either alone or through or together with any other Subsidiary of such Person) owns, directly or indirectly, a majority of the stock or other equity interests the holders of which are generally entitled to vote for the election of the board of directors or other governing body of such corporation or other legal entity.

"Surviving Corporation" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

"Tax Sharing Agreement" means the Tax Sharing Agreement to be entered into by and between Parent and Piper Jaffray, substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, with such changes as may be determined by the Parties.

"Third-Party Claim" has the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 4.5(a).

"Transaction Agreements" has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.1(b)(i).

-10-

"USB Holdings" has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of "Holdco Formation" above.

"USBI" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

"USBPJC" has the meaning assigned to such term in the Recitals hereto.

SECTION 1.2 General. References to:

(a) "dollars" or "$" means United States dollars;

(b) the words "include" and "including" (and words of similar import) shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase "without limitation";

(c) the terms "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular article, section, paragraph, clause or subdivision;

(d) articles, sections, paragraphs, clauses and subdivisions not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such parts of this Agreement; and

(e) exhibits and schedules not attributed to a particular document shall be references to such exhibits and schedules to this Agreement.

SECTION 1.3 References to Time. All references in this Agreement to times of day shall be to New York City time.

ARTICLE II

THE MERGER AND THE CONTRIBUTION

SECTION 2.1 Merger. On or prior to the Distribution Date and prior to the Contribution, subject to satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 2.3, Parent shall effect the Merger by causing USBI to merge within and into USBPJC in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware and the Plan of Merger.

SECTION 2.2 Contribution. (a) On or prior to the Distribution Date (but in any event prior to the Distribution) and subject to the provisions of this Section 2.2 and Section 2.5 and the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 2.3, Parent shall effect the Contribution by causing the Surviving Corporation to contribute, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Piper Jaffray all of the Surviving Corporation's rights, title and interests in and to the Piper Jaffray Assets; provided, that the effective time of the Contribution (the "Contribution Effective Time") shall occur after the effective time of the Merger. In consideration therefor, Piper Jaffray shall simultaneously therewith (i) assume and agree faithfully to perform and discharge in due course in full all of the Piper Jaffray Liabilities in accordance with their respective terms and (ii) issue and deliver to the Surviving Corporation 19,333,029 duly and validly issued shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock (the "Piper Jaffray Shares"), free and clear of all liens, encumbrances and other restrictions on transfer or title, which Piper Jaffray

-11-

Shares, together with the 100 duly and validly issued shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock beneficially owned by USBPJC as of the date hereof, will constitute all of the issued and outstanding capital stock of Piper Jaffray. From and after the Contribution Effective Time, Piper Jaffray shall be responsible for all Piper Jaffray Liabilities, regardless of when or where such Piper Jaffray Liabilities arose or arise, or whether the facts on which they are based occurred prior to or subsequent to the date hereof, regardless of where or against whom such Piper Jaffray Liabilities are asserted or determined (including any Piper Jaffray Liabilities arising out of claims made by Parent's or Piper Jaffray's respective directors, officers, employees, agents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates against any member of the Parent Group or the Piper Jaffray Group) or whether asserted or determined prior to the date hereof, and regardless of whether arising from or alleged to arise from negligence, recklessness, violation of law, fraud or misrepresentation by any member of the Parent Group or the Piper Jaffray Group or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

(b) Intellectual Property. Except as provided in any Ancillary Agreement, any Intellectual Property Rights of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries that are Piper Jaffray Intellectual Property Assets shall be assigned, transferred and conveyed to the Piper Jaffray Group pursuant to the Contribution and in accordance with the procedures set forth on Schedule 2.2(b). As soon as practicable following the Distribution, the Parent Group shall expressly abandon any and all trademark or service mark registrations and/or applications that combine any Parent Group mark with any Piper Jaffray Group mark. Following the Distribution, Parent and the Parent Group, and Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Group, respectively, shall discontinue any and all use or exercise of the Intellectual Property Rights owned by any member of the other Group, unless, with respect to a particular Intellectual Property Right or group thereof, otherwise agreed in writing by the owner of such Intellectual Property Right.

SECTION 2.3 Conditions Precedent to Consummation of the Merger and the Contribution. The obligations of the Parties to consummate the Merger and the Contribution shall be conditioned on the satisfaction, or waiver by Parent in its sole discretion, of the following conditions:

(a) Final approval of the Merger and the Contribution shall have been given by the Board of Directors of Parent in its sole discretion.

(b) Each of the conditions precedent to the consummation of the Distributions set forth in Section 3.3 hereof (other than
Section 3.3(h) thereof) shall have been satisfied.

The obligation of the Parties to consummate the Contribution shall be conditioned upon the satisfaction, or waiver by Parent in its sole discretion, of the condition that the Merger shall have been consummated in accordance with
Section 2.1. Any determination made by Parent (including the Board of Directors of Parent) prior to the Merger or the Contribution concerning the satisfaction or waiver of any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 2.3 shall be conclusive and binding on the Parties for the purposes of this Section 2.3 only.

SECTION 2.4 Ancillary Agreements. On or prior to the Contribution Effective Time, each of Parent and Piper Jaffray shall enter into, or cause the appropriate members of the

-12-

Group of which it is a member to enter into, (i) such bills of sale, stock powers, certificates of title, assignments of contracts and other instruments of transfer, conveyance and assignment requested by Parent that are necessary to evidence the contribution, transfer, conveyance and assignment of all of the Surviving Corporation's right, title and interest in and to the Piper Jaffray Assets to Piper Jaffray pursuant to Section 2.2; (ii) such bills of sale, stock powers, certificates of title, assumptions of contracts and other instruments of transfer, conveyance, assignment and assumption requested by Parent that are necessary to evidence the valid and effective issuance and delivery of the Piper Jaffray Shares to the Surviving Corporation, and the assumption of the Piper Jaffray Liabilities, by Piper Jaffray pursuant to Section 2.2; and (iii) such other agreements, certificates and other documents as may be deemed to be advisable by Parent in connection with the Separation.

SECTION 2.5 Non-Transferability. (a) Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the contribution, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of any Piper Jaffray Assets or the assumption of any Piper Jaffray Liabilities that by their terms or operation of law cannot be contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed, delivered or assumed; provided, however, that Parent and Piper Jaffray shall, and shall cause the respective members of their Groups to, use their commercially reasonable efforts and cooperate to obtain any necessary consents, approvals or waivers for, and to resolve any impediments to, the contribution, assignment, transfer, conveyance or delivery of such Piper Jaffray Assets or assumption of such Piper Jaffray Liabilities contemplated to be contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed, delivered or assumed pursuant to this Article II.

(b) To the extent that any contribution, assignment, transfer, conveyance, delivery or assumption referred to in Section 2.5(a) shall not have been consummated as of the Contribution Effective Time, (i) Parent and Piper Jaffray shall, and shall cause the respective members of their Groups to, use reasonable best efforts and cooperate to effect such contribution, assignment, transfer, conveyance, delivery or assumption as promptly following the Contribution Effective Time as shall be practicable; and (ii) Parent shall thereafter, with respect to any such Piper Jaffray Asset, use reasonable best efforts, with the costs of Parent related thereto to be promptly reimbursed by Piper Jaffray, to hold such Asset in trust for the use and benefit of Piper Jaffray and, with respect to any such Piper Jaffray Liability, retain such Piper Jaffray Liability for the account of Piper Jaffray, and to take such other action, including as may be reasonably requested by Piper Jaffray, in order to place each Party, insofar as reasonably possible, in the same position as would have existed had such Piper Jaffray Asset or Piper Jaffray Liability been contributed, assigned, transferred, conveyed, delivered or assumed as contemplated hereby (it being understood that Parent shall not be required to take any action pursuant to this sentence that would, or could reasonably be expected to, result in a material financial obligation, or restriction on the business or operations, of Parent). To the extent that Piper Jaffray is provided the use or benefits of any Piper Jaffray Asset or has any Piper Jaffray Liability held for its account pursuant to this Section 2.5(b), Piper Jaffray shall perform at the direction of Parent and for the benefit of any third Person the obligations of Parent thereunder or in connection therewith; provided, that if Piper Jaffray shall fail to perform to the extent required herein, Piper Jaffray shall hold Parent harmless and indemnify Parent therefor. As and when any such Piper Jaffray Asset or Piper Jaffray Liability becomes contributable, assignable, transferable, conveyable, deliverable or assumable, such contribution, assignment, transfer, conveyance, delivery or assumption, as applicable, shall be effected as promptly as practicable thereafter.

-13-

(c) The Parties agree that, notwithstanding anything in this Section 2.5 to the contrary, Piper Jaffray shall be deemed to have acquired all of the Surviving Corporation's right, title and interest in and to the Piper Jaffray Assets, and shall be deemed to have assumed in full in accordance with the terms of this Agreement all of the Piper Jaffray Liabilities, in each case effective as of the Contribution Effective Time.

SECTION 2.6 Capital Contribution. Prior to the Contribution Effective Time, Parent shall determine the amount of the Capital Contribution to be made in connection with the Contribution. For the purposes of this Section 2.6, "Capital Contribution" means an amount of cash equal to the sum of (1) $23,500,000, and (2) any other amounts that the Parent and Piper Jaffray mutually agree to in writing prior to the Contribution. Piper Jaffray shall, with respect to the amount, if any, of the Capital Contribution contributed pursuant to clause (2) of the immediately preceding sentence, use such amount (or such lesser amount as the Parties may agree) to pay immediately upon receipt of the Capital Contribution the accounts payable, borrowings, notes and other indebtedness of members of the Piper Jaffray Group specified by Parent.

ARTICLE III

THE DISTRIBUTIONS

SECTION 3.1 The Distributions. (a) Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3.3, Parent shall effect the Distributions as follows:

(i) Parent shall effect the Internal Distribution by causing the Surviving Corporation to distribute all of the issued and outstanding shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock beneficially owned by the Surviving Corporation to Parent by means of a dividend of such Piper Jaffray Common Stock to its sole stockholder, and

(ii) Upon consummation of the Internal Distribution, Parent shall effect the Distribution by distributing all of the issued and outstanding shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock beneficially owned by Parent to holders of shares of Parent Common Stock, other than with respect to shares of Parent Common Stock held in the treasury of Parent, by means of a pro rata dividend of such Piper Jaffray Common Stock to such stockholders;

each on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Subject to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3.3, the Board of Directors of Parent shall establish the Record Date and the Distribution Date and any appropriate procedures in connection with the Distribution.

(b) Subject to Section 3.1(e) and to the satisfaction or waiver of the conditions set forth in Section 3.3, each holder of Parent Common Stock on the Record Date (or such holder's designated transferee or transferees), other than in respect of shares of Parent Common Stock held in the treasury of Parent, will be entitled to receive in the Distribution a number of shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock equal to the number of shares of Parent Common Stock held by such holder on the Record Date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the

-14-

number of shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock beneficially owned by Parent or any other member of the Parent Group on the Record Date and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Parent Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date (other than shares of Parent Common Stock held in the treasury of Parent).

(c) Prior to the Distribution, Parent shall enter into an agreement with the Agent providing for, among other things, the payment of the Distribution to the holders of Parent Common Stock in accordance with this Article III.

(d) Prior to the Distribution, Parent and Piper Jaffray shall deliver to the Agent a share certificate representing (or authorize the related book-entry transfer of) all of the outstanding shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock to be distributed in connection with the payment of the Distribution. After the Distribution, upon the request of the Agent, Piper Jaffray shall provide all certificates for shares (or book-entry transfer authorizations) of Piper Jaffray Common Stock that the Agent shall require in order to effect the Distribution.

(e) As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, Parent shall direct the Agent to determine the number of whole shares and fractional shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock allocable to each holder of record or beneficial owner of Piper Jaffray Common Stock as of the Record Date entitled to receive Piper Jaffray Common Stock in the Distribution, to aggregate all such fractional shares and sell the whole shares obtained thereby, at the direction of Parent, either to Parent, in open market transactions or otherwise, in each case at then prevailing trading prices, and to cause to be distributed to each such holder or for the benefit of each such beneficial owner, in lieu of any fractional share, such holder's or owner's ratable share of the proceeds of such sale, after making appropriate deductions of the amount required to be withheld for federal income tax purposes and after deducting an amount equal to all brokerage charges, commissions and transfer taxes attributed to such sale.

SECTION 3.2 Actions Prior to the Distribution. (a) Parent and Piper Jaffray shall use reasonable best efforts to (i) cause the Registration Statement to become effective under the Exchange Act and to keep the Registration Statement effective as long as is necessary to consummate the Distribution, and (ii) mail, promptly after effectiveness of the Registration Statement and the Record Date and in any event prior to the Distribution Date, to the holders of Parent Common Stock as of the Record Date, the Information Statement.

(b) Parent and Piper Jaffray shall take all such action as Parent may determine necessary or appropriate under federal or state securities or blue sky laws of the United States (and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdiction) in connection with the Distribution.

(c) Prior to the Distribution, each of Parent and Piper Jaffray shall enter into, or cause the appropriate members of the Group of which it is a member to enter into, each of the Benefits Agreement, the Business Alliance Agreement, the Insurance Matters Agreement, the Sublease Agreement and the Tax Sharing Agreement.

(d) Prior to the Distribution, Parent shall execute, or cause the appropriate members of the Parent Group to execute, and Piper Jaffray shall execute, or cause the appropriate members of the Piper Jaffray Group to execute, assignment documents that Parent

-15-

and Piper Jaffray agree to be necessary or appropriate to effect the transfer of the Piper Jaffray Intellectual Property Assets to the Piper Jaffray Group pursuant to the Contribution and in accordance with the procedures set forth on Schedule 2.2(b).

(e) Parent shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause the Holdco Formation to be effected prior to the effective time of the Distribution.

(f) Prior to the Distribution, each of Parent and Piper Jaffray shall cause the appropriate members of the Group of which it is a member to enter into the $180,000,000 Subordinated Loan Agreement by and between USB Holdings, Inc. and Piper Jaffray Inc., (the "$180,000,000 Subordinated Loan Agreement"), subject to approval by the NYSE of inclusion of amounts outstanding under the $180,000,000 Subordinated Loan Agreement as net capital of Piper Jaffray & Co. for the purposes of Rule 15c3-1 of the Exchange Act, which $180,000,000 Subordinated Loan Agreement will replace the $215,000,000 subordinated debt facility currently in place between Parent and Piper Jaffray Inc. and (2) such other financial arrangements, if any, that Parent and Piper Jaffray agree to enter into prior to the Distribution. The $180,000,000 Subordinated Loan Agreement will be substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto, with such changes as may be agreed to by the parties thereto.

(g) In the event that Parent determines to cause USB Holdings to issue the Holdco Note, Parent shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause USB Holdings to issue the Holdco Note prior to the effective time of the Distribution.

SECTION 3.3 Conditions to Obligations. The obligations of the Parties to consummate the Distributions are subject to the satisfaction, or waiver by Parent in its sole discretion, of each of the following conditions:

(a) Final approval of the Distributions shall have been given by the Board of Directors of Parent in its sole discretion.

(b) The Registration Statement shall have been filed and declared effective by the SEC, and there shall be no stop-order in effect with respect thereto.

(c) The actions and filings necessary or appropriate under federal and state securities laws and state blue sky laws of the United States (and any comparable laws under any foreign jurisdictions) in connection with the Distributions (including, if applicable, any actions and filings relating to the Registration Statement) shall have been taken and, where applicable, have become effective or been accepted.

(d) The Piper Jaffray Common Stock to be issued in the Distribution shall have been accepted for listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of issuance.

(e) No order, injunction or decree issued by any court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the Separation, the Merger, the Contribution or the Distributions or any of the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement shall be in effect.

-16-

(f) Parent shall have received an opinion of Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, in form and substance satisfactory to Parent, to the effect that the Contribution and the Internal Distribution and the Distribution will qualify as transactions that are generally tax-free under Section 355 and/or Section 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code.

(g) All Consents and Governmental Approvals required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby shall have been received.

(h) Each of the Merger, the Contribution and the Holdco Formation shall have been consummated in accordance with this Agreement.

(i) In the event that Parent determines to cause USB Holdings to issue the Holdco Note, USB Holdings shall have issued the Holdco Note in accordance with this Agreement.

(j) This Agreement shall not have been terminated.

Any determination made by Parent (including the Board of Directors of Parent) prior to the Distribution concerning the satisfaction or waiver of any or all of the conditions set forth in this Section 3.3 shall be conclusive and binding on the Parties.

SECTION 3.4 Certificate of Incorporation; Bylaws; Rights Plan. Parent and Piper Jaffray shall take all action necessary so that the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the Amended and Restated Bylaws and the Piper Jaffray Rights Plan shall be in effect prior to the closing of the Distributions.

ARTICLE IV

SURVIVAL AND INDEMNIFICATION

SECTION 4.1 Survival of Agreements. All covenants and agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive each of the Separation, the Merger, the Contribution and the Distributions.

SECTION 4.2 Indemnification by Piper Jaffray. Piper Jaffray shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Parent, each member of the Parent Group and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the "Parent Indemnitees"), from and against any and all Liabilities of the Parent Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items regardless of whether arising from or alleged to arise from negligence, recklessness, violation of law, fraud or misrepresentation (without duplication):

(a) the failure of Piper Jaffray or any other member of the Piper Jaffray Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any Piper Jaffray Liabilities or any contract, agreement or arrangement included in the Piper Jaffray Assets in accordance with their respective terms, whether prior to or after the Distribution Date or the date hereof;

-17-

(b) the Piper Jaffray Group, any Piper Jaffray Liability (except to the extent expressly provided in Section 4.3(d) below with respect to Covered Specified Liabilities) or any Piper Jaffray Asset;

(c) any breach by Piper Jaffray or any member of the Piper Jaffray Group of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements; and

(d) except to the extent set forth in Section 4.3(e), any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, contained in the Registration Statement or the Information Statement or in any registration statement on Form S-8 filed by Piper Jaffray in connection with the Separation (or related prospectus).

SECTION 4.3 Indemnification by Parent. Parent shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Piper Jaffray, each member of the Piper Jaffray Group and each of their respective directors, officers and employees, and each of the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of the foregoing (collectively, the "Piper Jaffray Indemnitees"), from and against any and all Liabilities of the Piper Jaffray Indemnitees relating to, arising out of or resulting from any of the following items regardless of whether arising from or alleged to arise from negligence, recklessness, violation of law, fraud or misrepresentation (without duplication):

(a) the failure of Parent or any other member of the Parent Group or any other Person to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any Parent Liabilities other than the Piper Jaffray Liabilities, whether prior to or after the Distribution Date or the date hereof;

(b) any Parent Liability other than the Piper Jaffray Liabilities;

(c) any breach by Parent or any member of the Parent Group of this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements;

(d) any Specified Liability up to, but not exceeding, an aggregate amount (when aggregated with all other such Specified Liabilities, including those previously paid pursuant to this Section 4.3(d)) equal to $17,500,000 (the "Covered Specified Liabilities"); and

(e) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent relating to the Parent Group (excluding for this purpose the Piper Jaffray Business and USBPJC and USBI to the extent related to the Piper Jaffray Business), contained in the Registration Statement or the Information Statement.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, Parent may, in its sole discretion, elect to terminate the indemnity obligation of Parent under clause (d) above in full in the event of a Change in Control. Any election by Parent to terminate such indemnity obligation shall be deemed to be effective immediately upon the occurrence of the applicable Change in Control,

-18-

regardless of whether such notice is given on, prior to or after such Change in Control, and all pending claims for indemnification under clause (d) above shall terminate in full as of the occurrence of such Change in Control; provided, however, that any pending obligation of Parent to indemnify Piper Jaffray in accordance with such clause (d) for a Covered Specified Liability that has been finally determined prior to the occurrence of such Change in Control, including (without limitation) by settlement, compromise or entry of a judgment or order and including related legal fees incurred through the date of such occurrence, shall not be terminated pursuant to this paragraph. In the event that a Change of Control is reasonably likely to occur or has occurred, Piper Jaffray shall promptly give Parent written notice of such Change in Control, specifying in reasonable detail the nature, parties and material terms of such Change in Control.

SECTION 4.4 Indemnification Obligations Net of Insurance Proceeds and Other Amounts. (a) The Parties intend that any Liability subject to indemnification or reimbursement pursuant to this Article IV will be net of Insurance Proceeds actually recovered by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in reduction of the related Liability, except as otherwise expressly provided in Article VI of the Insurance Matters Agreement. Accordingly, except as otherwise expressly provided in Article VI of the Insurance Matters Agreement, (i) the amount that any Party (an "Indemnifying Party") is required to pay to any Person entitled to indemnification hereunder (an "Indemnitee") will be reduced by any Insurance Proceeds theretofore actually recovered by or on behalf of the Indemnitee in reduction of the related Liability; and (ii) if an Indemnitee receives a payment (an "Indemnity Payment") required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying Party in respect of any Liability and subsequently receives Insurance Proceeds, then the Indemnitee will promptly pay to the Indemnifying Party an amount equal to the excess of the Indemnity Payment received over the amount of the Indemnity Payment that would have been due if the Insurance Proceeds had been received, realized or recovered before the Indemnity Payment was made.

(b) An insurer who would otherwise be obligated to pay any claim shall not be relieved of the responsibility with respect thereto or, solely by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof, have any subrogation rights with respect thereto, it being expressly understood and agreed that no insurer or any other third party shall be entitled to a "windfall" (i.e., a benefit it would not be entitled to receive in the absence of the indemnification provisions) by virtue of the indemnification provisions hereof.

(c) The existence of a claim by an Indemnitee for monies from an insurer or against a third party in respect of an indemnifiable loss shall not, however, delay any Indemnity Payment pursuant to the indemnification provisions contained herein and otherwise determined to be due and owning by an Indemnifying Party.

SECTION 4.5 Procedures for Indemnification of Third-Party Claims. (a) If an Indemnitee shall receive notice or otherwise learn of the assertion by a Person (including any Governmental Authority) who is not a member of the Parent Group or the Piper Jaffray Group of any claim, or of the commencement by any such Person of any Action, with respect to which an Indemnifying Party may be obligated to provide indemnification to such Indemnitee pursuant to Section 4.2 or 4.3, or any other Section of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (collectively, a "Third-Party Claim"), such Indemnitee shall give such Indemnifying Party and, if Parent is not the Indemnifying Party, Parent written notice thereof within 30 days after receiving

-19-

notice of such Third-Party Claim. If any Indemnitee shall receive notice of or otherwise learn of the assertion of a Third-Party Claim which may reasonably be determined to be in whole or in part a Covered Specified Liability, Parent or Piper Jaffray, as appropriate depending on which Group such Indemnitee is a member of or otherwise affiliated with, shall give the other Party written notice thereof within 30 days after such Indemnitee receives notice or otherwise learns of the assertion of such Third-Party Claim. Any such notice shall describe the Third-Party Claim in reasonable detail, including, if known, the amount of the Liability for which indemnification may be available. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of any Indemnitee or other Person to give notice as provided in this Section 4.5(a) shall not relieve the related Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Article IV, except to the extent that such Indemnifying Party is actually prejudiced by such failure to give notice.

(b) An Indemnifying Party may elect (but is not required) to assume the defense of and defend, at such Indemnifying Party's own expense and by such Indemnifying Party's own counsel, any Third-Party Claim. Within 30 days after the receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section
4.5(a) (or sooner, if the nature of such Third-Party Claim so requires), the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnitee of its election whether the Indemnifying Party will assume responsibility for defending such Third-Party Claim, which election shall specify any reservations or exceptions. After notice from an Indemnifying Party to an Indemnitee of its election to assume the defense of a Third-Party Claim, such Indemnitee shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in (but not control) the defense, compromise, or settlement thereof, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be the expense of such Indemnitee.

(c) If an Indemnifying Party elects not to assume responsibility for defending a Third-Party Claim, or fails to notify an Indemnitee of its election as provided in Section 4.5(b), such Indemnitee may defend such Third-Party Claim at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party; provided, that in the event of any such failure to notify, the Indemnifying Party may thereafter assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim upon notice to the Indemnitee (but the cost and expense of such Indemnitee in defending such Third-Party Claim incurred from the last day of the notice period under Section 4.5(c) until such date as the Indemnifying Party shall assume the defense of such Third-Party Claim shall be paid by the Indemnifying Party).

(d) Unless the Indemnifying Party has failed to assume the defense of the Third-Party Claim in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, no Indemnitee may settle or compromise any Third-Party Claim without the consent of the Indemnifying Party.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this
Section 4.5, Sections 4.5(b) - 4.5(d) shall not apply to any Third-Party Claim that is or may be a Covered Specified Liability (a "Specified Claim"), which Specified Claim shall be governed by this Section 4.5(e).

(i) Parent shall be entitled to participate in the defense, compromise and settlement, at Parent's own expense and with Parent's own counsel, of any Specified Claim; provided that in the event that each of the Indemnitees who may be entitled to seek any indemnity from Parent under Section 4.3 in respect of such Specified Claim shall elect not to seek any such indemnity from Parent, each such Indemnitee shall provide an executed written notice to Parent to such effect together with the written

-20-

notice required under Section 4.5(a) above, and upon receipt of all such notices Parent's rights under this Section 4.5(e), and obligation to indemnify such Indemnitees in respect of such Specified Claim under
Section 4.3, shall terminate in full. Within 30 days after the receipt of notice from an Indemnitee in accordance with Section 4.5(a), Parent shall notify the Indemnitee of its election to participate in the defense, compromise and settlement of such Specified Claim. If Parent elects not to participate in the defense, compromise and settlement of such Specified Claim, or fails to notify an Indemnitee of its election as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, such Indemnitee may proceed with the defense, compromise and settlement of such Specified Claim otherwise in accordance with this Section 4.5(e); provided, however, Parent shall have the right at any time to elect to participate in the defense, compromise and settlement, at Parent's own expense and with Parent's own counsel, of such Specified Claim upon notice to Indemnitee. Except as otherwise provided in the Insurance Matters Agreement, all fees and expenses related to Parent's participation in the defense, settlement and compromise of any Specified Claim in accordance with this Section 4.5(e) shall be borne by Parent.

(ii) In addition to, and not in limitation of, Parent's right to participate in the defense, compromise or settlement of any Specified Claim pursuant to Section 4.5(e)(i), Piper Jaffray and such Indemnitee shall, and shall cause their respective affiliates to, (1) cooperate with Parent, including in connection with any investigation or other inquiry, in respect of any Specified Claim, and (2) if requested by Parent, promptly notify Parent of any material developments regarding, or material communications to Piper Jaffray or such Indemnitee from any Governmental Authority or third party with respect to, any Specified Claim.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither Piper Jaffray nor any Indemnitee may settle or compromise any Specified Claim in any respect without the express prior written consent of Parent, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld. For purposes of this Section 4.5(e)(iii), the parties recognize that Parent's liability with respect to Specified Claims is limited to $17.5 million whereas Piper Jaffray's liability with respect to Specified Claims is potentially unlimited beyond $17.5 million. Accordingly, the withholding of Parent's consent as to any particular Specified Claim shall not be deemed reasonable if Parent does not give due consideration to the total possible financial exposure arising out of such Specified Claim, regardless of whether such exposure would be borne by Parent on the one hand, or Piper Jaffray or any Indemnitee on the other hand. For example, Parent must give due consideration to the total possible financial exposure arising out of a Specified Claim even though in the event of an adverse outcome substantially all of the liability would be borne by Piper Jaffray as opposed to Parent as a result of Parent's liability for Specified Claims being limited to $17.5 million.

(f) The Indemnifying Party shall have the right to compromise or settle a Third-Party Claim the defense of which it shall have assumed pursuant to Section 4.5(b) or Section 4.5(c) and any such settlement or compromise made or caused to be made of a Third-Party Claim in accordance with this Article IV shall be binding on the Indemnitee, in the same manner as if a final judgment or decree had been entered by a court of competent jurisdiction in the amount of such settlement or compromise. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, the

-21-

Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to admit Liability on behalf of the Indemnitee and shall not compromise or settle a Third-Party Claim unless the compromise or settlement includes, as a part thereof, an unconditional release of the Indemnitee from liability with respect to such Third-Party Claim and does not require the Indemnitee to make any payment that is not fully indemnified under this Agreement or to be subject to any non-monetary remedy, in each case without the express prior consent of the Indemnitee (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(g) The provisions of Sections 4.2 through 4.6 shall not apply to Spin-Off Tax Liabilities, Income Tax Liabilities, Other Tax Liabilities and Tax-Related Losses (as such terms are defined in the Tax Sharing Agreement), which are governed exclusively by the Tax Sharing Agreement.

SECTION 4.6 Additional Matters. (a) Any claim on account of a Liability that does not result from a Third-Party Claim shall be asserted by written notice given by the Indemnitee to the related Indemnifying Party. Such Indemnifying Party shall have a period of 30 days after the receipt of such notice within which to respond thereto. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30-day period, such Indemnifying Party shall be deemed to have agreed to accept responsibility to make payment. If such Indemnifying Party does not respond within such 30-day period or rejects such claim in whole or in part, such Indemnitee shall be free to pursue such remedies as may be available to such Party as contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

(b) In the event of payment by or on behalf of any Indemnifying Party to any Indemnitee in connection with any Third-Party Claim, such Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to and shall stand in the place of such Indemnitee as to any events or circumstances in respect of which such Indemnitee may have any right, defense or claim relating to such Third-Party Claim against any claimant or plaintiff asserting such Third-Party Claim or against any other Person. Such Indemnitee shall cooperate with such Indemnifying Party in a reasonable manner, and at the cost and expense of such Indemnifying Party, in prosecuting any subrogated right, defense or claim.

(c) In the event of an Action in which the Indemnifying Party is not a named defendant, if either the Indemnified Party or Indemnifying Party shall so request, the Parties shall endeavor to substitute the Indemnifying Party for the named defendant, if at all practicable. If such substitution or addition cannot be achieved for any reason or is not requested, the named defendant shall allow the Indemnifying Party to manage the Action as set forth in this Section.

(d) Piper Jaffray shall, and shall cause its other Indemnitees to, and Parent shall, and shall cause its other Indemnitees to, make available to each other, their counsel and other representatives, all information and documents reasonably available to them that relate to any Third-Party Claim, and otherwise cooperate as may reasonably be required in connection with the investigation, defense and settlement thereof, subject to the terms and conditions of a mutually acceptable joint defense agreement.

SECTION 4.7 Remedies Cumulative. The remedies provided in this Article IV shall be cumulative and shall not preclude assertion by any Indemnitee of any other rights or the

-22-

seeking of any and all other remedies against any Indemnifying Party; provided, that the procedures set forth in Section 4.5 shall be the exclusive procedures governing any indemnity action brought under this Agreement, except as otherwise specifically provided in any of the Ancillary Agreements.

SECTION 4.8 Survival of Indemnities. The rights and obligations of each of Parent and Piper Jaffray and their respective Indemnitees under this Article IV shall survive the sale or other transfer by any Party of any Assets or businesses or the assignment by it of any Liabilities.

ARTICLE V

CERTAIN ADDITIONAL COVENANTS

SECTION 5.1 Notices to Third Parties. In addition to the actions described in Section 5.2, the members of the Parent Group and the members of the Piper Jaffray Group shall cooperate to make all other filings and to give notice to and obtain any Consent or Governmental Approval that is required or advisable to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements.

SECTION 5.2 Licenses and Permits. Each Party shall cause the appropriate members of its Group to prepare and file with the appropriate Governmental Authorities applications for the transfer or issuance, as may be necessary or advisable in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, to its Group of all material Governmental Approvals required for the members of its Group to operate its Business after the Distribution Date. The members of the Piper Jaffray Group and the members of the Parent Group shall cooperate and use all reasonable efforts to secure the transfer or issuance of the Governmental Approvals.

SECTION 5.3 Intercompany Agreements; Intercompany Accounts.
(a) All contracts, licenses, agreements, commitments or other arrangements, formal or informal, between any member of the Parent Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Piper Jaffray Group, on the other hand, in existence as of the Distribution Date, shall terminate effective as of the Distribution Date, except
(i) as specifically provided herein, for this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (including each other agreement or instrument expressly contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement to be entered into by any of the Parties or any of the members of their respective Groups), (ii) for any contracts, licenses, agreements, commitments or other arrangements to which any Person other than the Parties or their respective wholly owned Subsidiaries is a party, or (iii) as otherwise agreed by the Parties in writing on or after the date hereof and prior to the Distribution Date. From and after the Distribution Date, no member of either Group shall have any rights under any such contract, license, agreement, commitment or arrangement with any member of the other Group, except as specifically provided herein or in the Ancillary Agreements.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 5.3(a), after the Distribution Date, the Parties shall be obligated to pay only those intercompany accounts between members of the Piper Jaffray Group and members of the Parent Group outstanding as of

-23-

the Distribution Date that arose in connection with transfers of goods and services in the ordinary course of business, consistent with past practices (which the Parties shall use reasonable efforts to settle prior to the Distribution Date) and any intercompany accounts payable or accounts receivable accrued as of the Distribution Date that are reflected in the books and records of the Parties or otherwise documented in writing in accordance with past practices, and all other intercompany accounts outstanding as of the Distribution Date shall be deemed to be settled as of the Distribution Date, except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement.

SECTION 5.4 Guarantee Obligations. (a) Parent and Piper Jaffray shall cooperate, and shall cause their respective Groups to cooperate, to terminate, or to cause a member of the Parent Group to be substituted in all respects for any member of the Piper Jaffray Group in respect of, all obligations of any member of the Piper Jaffray Group under any Parent Liabilities for which such member of the Piper Jaffray Group may be liable, as guarantor, original tenant, primary obligor or otherwise. If such a termination or substitution is not effected by the Distribution Date, (i) Parent shall indemnify and hold harmless the Piper Jaffray Indemnitees for any Indemnifiable Loss arising from or relating thereto, and (ii) without the prior written consent of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of Piper Jaffray, from and after the Distribution Date, Parent shall not, and shall not permit any member of the Parent Group or any of its Affiliates to, renew or extend the term of, increase its obligations under, or transfer to a third party, any loan, lease, contract or other obligation for which any member of the Piper Jaffray Group is or may be liable unless all obligations of the Piper Jaffray Group with respect thereto are thereupon terminated by documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of Piper Jaffray; provided, that the limitations in clause (ii) shall not apply in the event that a member of the Parent Group obtains a letter of credit from a financial institution reasonably acceptable to Piper Jaffray and for the benefit of Piper Jaffray with respect to such obligation of the Piper Jaffray Group.

(b) Parent and Piper Jaffray shall cooperate, and shall cause their respective Groups to cooperate, to terminate, or to cause a member of the Piper Jaffray Group to be substituted in all respects for any member of the Parent Group in respect of, all obligations of any member of the Parent Group under any Piper Jaffray Liabilities for which such member of the Parent Group may be liable, as guarantor, original tenant, primary obligor or otherwise. If such a termination or substitution is not effected by the Distribution Date, (i) Piper Jaffray shall indemnify and hold harmless the Parent Indemnitees for any Liabilities arising from or relating thereto, and
(ii) without the prior written consent of the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of Parent, from and after the Distribution Date, Piper Jaffray shall not, and shall not permit any member of the Piper Jaffray Group to, renew or extend the term of, increase its obligations under, or transfer to a third party, any loan, lease, contract or other obligation for which any member of the Parent Group is or may be liable unless all obligations of the Parent Group with respect thereto are thereupon terminated by documentation reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of Parent; provided, that the limitations in clause (ii) shall not apply in the event that a member of the Piper Jaffray Group obtains a letter of credit from a financial institution reasonably acceptable to Piper Jaffray and for the benefit of Parent with respect to such obligation of the Parent Group.

-24-

SECTION 5.5 Further Assurances. (a) In addition to the actions specifically provided for elsewhere in this Agreement and except as otherwise provided in Section 2.5 with respect to commercially reasonable efforts, each of the Parties shall use its reasonable best efforts, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done, all things, reasonably necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws, regulations and agreements to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. Each Party has appointed the individual(s) identified on Schedule 5.5(a) opposite such Party's name to act as its agent and attorney-in-fact with full right and power to execute any instruments necessary to transfer any Asset and Liabilities allocated to any other Person.

(b) Without limiting the foregoing, prior to, on and after the Distribution Date, each Party shall cooperate with the other Party, and without any further consideration, but at the expense of the requesting Party, to cause to be executed and delivered all instruments, including instruments of conveyance, assignment and transfer, and to make all filings with, and to obtain all consents, approvals or authorizations of, any Governmental Authority or any other Person under any permit, license, agreement, indenture or other instrument (including any Consents or Governmental Approvals), and to take all such other actions as such Party may reasonably be requested to take by any other Party from time to time, consistent with the terms of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements, in order to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements and the transfers of the Piper Jaffray Assets and the assignment and assumption of the Piper Jaffray Liabilities and the other transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.

(c) On or prior to the Distribution Date, Parent and Piper Jaffray, in their respective capacities as direct and indirect stockholders of their respective Subsidiaries, shall each properly ratify any actions that are reasonably necessary or desirable to be taken by Parent and Piper Jaffray, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as the case may be, to effectuate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. On or prior to the Distribution Date, Parent and Piper Jaffray shall take all actions as may be necessary to approve the stock-based employee benefit plans of Piper Jaffray in order to satisfy any applicable requirement, including Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, Section 162(m) of the Code and the rules and regulations of the NYSE to the extent practicable prior to the Distribution.

(d) Each of the Parties shall, and shall cause the members of their respective Groups to, at the request of the other, use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, or cause to be obtained, any consent, substitution, approval or amendment required to novate (including with respect to any federal government contract) or assign all obligations under agreements, leases, licenses and other obligations or Liabilities of any nature whatsoever that constitute Piper Jaffray Liabilities, or to obtain in writing the unconditional release of all parties to such arrangements other than any member of the Piper Jaffray Group, so that, in any such case, Piper Jaffray and its Group will be solely responsible for such Liabilities.

-25-

ARTICLE VI

ACCESS TO INFORMATION

SECTION 6.1 Agreement for Exchange of Information. (a) Each of Parent and Piper Jaffray, on behalf of its respective Group, agrees to provide, or cause to be provided, to the other Party, at any time before, on or after the Distribution Date, as soon as reasonably practicable after written request therefor from such other Party, any Information in the possession or under the control of such respective Group that the requesting Party reasonably needs (i) to comply with reporting, disclosure, filing or other requirements imposed on the requesting Party (including under applicable securities laws) by a Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the requesting Party, (ii) for use in any other judicial, regulatory, administrative or other proceeding or in order to satisfy audit, accounting, claims, regulatory, litigation or other similar requirements, or (iii) to comply with its obligations under this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement; provided, however, that in the event that any Party reasonably determines that any such provision of Information could be commercially detrimental to such Party or any member of its Group, violate any law or agreement to which such Party or member of its Group is a party, or waive any attorney-client privilege applicable to such Party or member of its Group, the Parties shall take all reasonable measures to permit the compliance with the obligations pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) in a manner that avoids any such harm or consequence. Parent and Piper Jaffray intend that any transfer of Information that would otherwise be within the attorney-client privilege shall not operate as a waiver of any potentially applicable privilege.

(b) Each Party shall make its employees and facilities available and accessible during normal business hours and on reasonable prior notice to provide an explanation of any Information provided hereunder.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 6.1(a), after the Distribution Date, Piper Jaffray shall provide, or cause to be provided, to Parent in such form as Parent shall request, at no charge to Parent, all financial and other data and Information as Parent determines necessary or advisable in order to prepare Parent's financial statements and reports or filings with any Governmental Authority.

SECTION 6.2 Ownership of Information. Any Information owned by one Group that is provided to a requesting Party pursuant to Section 6.1 shall be deemed to remain the property of the providing Party. Unless specifically set forth herein, nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as granting or conferring rights of license or otherwise in any such Information.

SECTION 6.3 Compensation for Providing Information. The Party requesting such Information agrees to reimburse the other Party for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs, if any, of creating, gathering and copying such Information, to the extent that such costs are incurred for the benefit of the requesting Party by or on behalf of such other Party's Group. Except as may be otherwise specifically provided elsewhere in this Agreement or in any other Ancillary Agreement, such costs shall be computed in accordance with the providing Party's standard methodology and procedures.

-26-

SECTION 6.4 Record Retention. To facilitate the possible exchange of Information pursuant to this Article VI and other provisions of this Agreement after the Distribution Date, the Parties agree to use their reasonable best efforts to retain all Information in their respective possession or control on the Distribution Date in accordance with the policies of Parent as in effect on the Distribution Date. No Party will destroy, or permit any of the members of the Group to destroy, any Information that the other Party may have the right to obtain pursuant to this Agreement prior to the seventh anniversary of the date hereof without first using its reasonable best efforts to notify the other Party of such proposed destruction and giving the other Party the opportunity to take possession of such Information prior to such destruction; provided, however, that in the case of any Information relating to Liabilities relating to, arising out or resulting from any environmental law, such period shall be extended to the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (giving effect to any extensions thereof).

SECTION 6.5 Limitation of Liability. No Party shall have any liability to the other Party in the event that any Information exchanged or provided pursuant to this Agreement that is an estimate or forecast, or which is based on an estimate or forecast, is found to be inaccurate, in the absence of willful misconduct or fraud by the Party providing such Information. No Party shall have any liability to the other Party if any Information is destroyed after using its reasonable best efforts in accordance with the provisions of
Section 6.4.

SECTION 6.6 Other Agreements Providing for Exchange of Information. . The rights and obligations granted under this Article VI are subject to any specific limitations, qualifications or additional provisions on the sharing, exchange or confidential treatment of Information set forth in any Ancillary Agreement. The provisions of Section 6.1 through 6.5 shall not apply to any exchange of Information relating to Income Taxes or Other Taxes (as such terms are defined in the Tax Sharing Agreement), which is governed exclusively by the Tax Sharing Agreement.

SECTION 6.7 Production of Witnesses; Records; Cooperation. (a) After the Distribution Date, except in the case of an adversarial Action by one Party against another Party (which shall be governed by such discovery rules as may be applicable thereto), each Party shall use its reasonable best efforts to make available to the other Party, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the members of its respective Group as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that any such Person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with any Action in which the requesting Party may from time to time be involved, regardless of whether such Action is a matter with respect to which indemnification may be sought hereunder. The requesting Party shall bear all out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including allocated costs of in-house counsel and other personnel) in connection therewith.

(b) If an Indemnifying Party or Parent chooses to defend or to seek to compromise or settle any Third-Party Claim, Parent or Piper Jaffray, as the case may be, shall use its reasonable best efforts to make available to the other Party, upon written request, the former, current and future directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents of the members of its respective Group as witnesses and any books, records or other documents within

-27-

its control or which it otherwise has the ability to make available, to the extent that any such Person (giving consideration to business demands of such directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents) or books, records or other documents may reasonably be required in connection with such defense, settlement or compromise, or such prosecution, evaluation or pursuit, as the case may be, and shall otherwise cooperate in such defense, settlement or compromise, or such prosecution, evaluation or pursuit, as the case may be.

(c) Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties shall cooperate and consult, and to cause each member of its respective Group to cooperate and consult, to the extent reasonably necessary with respect to any Actions.

(d) Without limiting any provision of this Section 6.7, each of the Parties agrees to cooperate, and to cause each member of its respective Group to cooperate, with each other in the defense of any infringement or similar claim with respect to any intellectual property and shall not claim to acknowledge, or permit any member of its respective Group to claim to acknowledge, the validity or infringing use of any intellectual property of a third Person in a manner that would hamper or undermine the defense of such infringement or similar claim.

(e) The obligation of the Parties to provide witnesses pursuant to this Section 6.7 is intended to be interpreted in a manner so as to facilitate cooperation and shall include the obligation to provide as witnesses, directors, officers, employees, other personnel and agents without regard to whether any such individual could assert a possible business conflict (subject to the exception set forth in the first sentence of Section 6.7(a)).

(f) In connection with any matter contemplated by this
Section 6.7, the Parties will enter into a mutually acceptable joint defense agreement so as to maintain to the extent practicable any applicable attorney-client privilege or work product immunity of any member of any Group.

SECTION 6.8 Confidentiality. (a) Subject to Section 6.9, each of Parent and Piper Jaffray, on behalf of itself and each member of its respective Group, agrees to hold, and to cause its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives to hold, in strict confidence, with at least the same degree of care that applies to Parent's confidential and proprietary information pursuant to policies in effect as of the Distribution Date, all Information concerning each such other Group that is either in its possession (including Information in its possession prior to any of the date hereof, the Contribution Effective Time or the Distribution Date) or furnished by any such other Group or its respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives at any time pursuant to this Agreement, any Ancillary Agreement or otherwise, and shall not use any such Information other than for such purposes as shall be expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder, except, in each case, to the extent that such Information has been (i) publicly disclosed through no fault of such Party or any member of such Group or any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives, or (ii) later lawfully acquired from other sources by such Party (or any member of such Party's Group) on a non-public basis which sources are not themselves bound by a confidentiality obligation.

-28-

(b) Each Party agrees not to release or disclose, or permit to be released or disclosed, any such Information to any other Person, except its directors, officers, employees, agents, accountants, counsel and other advisors and representatives who need to know such Information (who shall be advised of their obligations hereunder with respect to such Information), except in compliance with Section 6.9. Without limiting the foregoing, when any Information is no longer needed for the purposes contemplated by this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, each Party will promptly after request of the other Party either return to the other Party all Information in a tangible form (including all copies thereof and all notes, extracts or summaries based thereon) or certify to the other Party that it has destroyed such Information (and such copies thereof and such notes, extracts or summaries based thereon).

(c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements to the contrary, Parent and Piper Jaffray agree that each Party (and each employee, representative or other agent of such Party) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the "tax treatment" and "tax structure" (as those terms are defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided to such Person relating to such tax treatment and tax structure. This authorization does not extend to disclosure of any other information, including (without limitation) (i) the identity of any Party (or any representative thereof), (ii) the existence and status of any negotiations, or (iii) financial, business, legal or personal information of or regarding a Party (or any of its representatives) to the extent not related to the tax treatment or tax structure of such transactions.

SECTION 6.9 Protective Arrangements. In the event that any Party or any member of its Group either determines on the advice of its counsel that it is required to disclose any Information pursuant to applicable law or receives any demand under lawful process or from any Governmental Authority to disclose or provide Information of the other Party (or any member of the other Party's Group) that is subject to the confidentiality provisions hereof, such Party shall notify the other Party prior to disclosing or providing such Information and shall cooperate at the expense of the requesting Party in seeking any reasonable protective arrangements requested by such other Party. Subject to the foregoing, the Person that received such request may thereafter disclose or provide Information if and to the extent required by such law (as so advised by counsel) or by lawful process or such Governmental Authority; provided, that the Person shall only disclose such portion of the Information so required to be disclosed or provided.

ARTICLE VII

NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES

SECTION 7.1 No Representations or Warranties. Piper Jaffray, on behalf of itself and all members of the Piper Jaffray Group, understands and agrees that, except as expressly set forth herein or in any other Ancillary Agreement, (a) no member of the Parent Group or any other Person is, in this Agreement or in any other agreement or document, making any representation or warranty of any kind whatsoever, express or implied, to Piper Jaffray or any member of the Piper Jaffray Group in any way with respect to any of the transactions

-29-

contemplated hereby or the business, assets, condition or prospects (financial or otherwise) of, or any other matter involving, the Assets, Liabilities or businesses of Parent, any member of the Parent Group, Piper Jaffray or any member of the Piper Jaffray Group, any Piper Jaffray Assets, any Piper Jaffray Liabilities or the Piper Jaffray Business, (b) Piper Jaffray and each member of the Piper Jaffray Group shall take all of the Piper Jaffray Assets, the Piper Jaffray Business and Piper Jaffray Liabilities on an "as is, where is" basis, and all implied warranties of merchantability, fitness for a specific purpose or otherwise are hereby expressly disclaimed, and (c) none of Parent or any members of the Parent Group or any other Person makes any representation or warranty with respect to the Separation, the Merger, the Contribution, the Distributions or the entering into of this Agreement or the Ancillary Agreements or the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. Except as expressly set forth herein or in any other Ancillary Agreement, Piper Jaffray and each member of the Piper Jaffray Group shall bear the economic and legal risk that the Piper Jaffray Assets shall prove to be insufficient or that the title of any member of the Piper Jaffray Group to any Piper Jaffray Assets shall be other than good and marketable and free from encumbrances.

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

SECTION 8.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated by Parent in its sole discretion at any time prior to the consummation of the Distribution.

SECTION 8.2 Effect of Termination. In the event of any termination of this Agreement prior to consummation of the Distribution, no Party (or any member of its Group or any of its or its Group's directors or officers) shall have any Liability or further obligation to the other Party.

ARTICLE IX

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 9.1 Complete Agreement; Representations. (a) This Agreement, the Exhibits and Schedules hereto and the Ancillary Agreements shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter.

(b) Parent represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Parent Group and Piper Jaffray represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Piper Jaffray Group as follows:

(i) each such Person has the requisite corporate or other power and authority and has taken all corporate or other action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform each of this Agreement and each other Ancillary Agreement (collectively, the "Transaction Agreements") to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party; and

-30-

(ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Person (if such Person is a Party) and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof (assuming the due execution and delivery thereof by the other Party), and each of the other Transaction Agreements to which it will be a party will be duly executed and delivered by it and will constitute a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof (assuming the due execution and delivery thereof by the other party or parties to such Transaction Agreement).

SECTION 9.2 Expenses. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any Ancillary Agreement, and regardless whether or not the Separation or the Distribution is consummated, all third-party fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements will be paid by the Party incurring such fees, costs or expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Parent shall promptly reimburse Piper Jaffray for all of its out-of-pocket third-party fees, costs and expenses incurred directly in connection with the Separation or the Distribution, including third-party fees, costs and expenses related to the Registration Statement, to the extent incurred prior to the Distribution or, if incurred thereafter, to the extent such third-party fees, costs and expenses, including the amount thereof, were approved by Parent in writing prior to the Distribution.

SECTION 9.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (other than the laws regarding choice of laws and conflicts of laws that would apply the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction) as to all matters, including matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

SECTION 9.4 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a Party when (a) delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (b) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment; or
(c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the following addresses and facsimile numbers and marked to the attention of the person (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number or person as a Party may designate by notice to the other Party):

If to Parent or any member of the Parent Group:

U.S. Bancorp
800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 Attention: General Counsel Fax: (612) 303-0898

-31-

If to Piper Jaffray or any member of the Piper Jaffray Group:

Piper Jaffray Companies 800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 Attention: General Counsel Fax: (612) 303-1772

SECTION 9.5 Amendment, Modification or Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified, waived or supplemented, in whole or in part, only by a written agreement signed by all of the Parties. The waiver by such Parties of any breach of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

SECTION 9.6 Successors and Assigns; No Third-Party Beneficiaries. (a) This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests and obligations hereunder shall be assigned or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Party.

(b) Except for the provisions of Sections 4.2 through 4.8 relating to indemnification, which are also for the benefit of the Indemnitees, this Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and is not intended to confer upon any other Persons any rights or remedies hereunder.

SECTION 9.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 9.8 Negotiation. In the event of any dispute or disagreement between any member of the Parent Group, on the one hand, and any member of the Piper Jaffray Group, on the other hand, arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement (including with respect to the interpretation or performance of any provision thereof), the dispute or disagreement, upon written request of Parent or Piper Jaffray, as applicable, shall be referred to representatives of the Parties for decision, Parent being represented by its Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel and Piper Jaffray being represented by its Chief Financial Officer or General Counsel. Such representatives of the Parties shall promptly meet in a good faith effort to resolve the dispute or disagreement or determine a means to resolve the dispute or disagreement. If such representatives do not agree upon a decision within 30 days after reference of the matter to them, each of Parent and Piper Jaffray shall be free to exercise all rights and remedies available to them under this Agreement or the applicable Ancillary Agreement.

SECTION 9.9 Specific Performance. From and after the Distribution, in the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, the Parties agree that the party or parties to this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreement who are or are to be thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunctive or other equitable relief of its or their rights under this Agreement or such Ancillary Agreement, in addition to any and all other rights

-32-

and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative. The Parties agree that, from and after the Distribution, the remedies at law for any breach or threatened breach of this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, including monetary damages, are inadequate compensation for any loss, that any defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate is hereby waived, and that any requirements for the securing or posting of any bond with such remedy are hereby waived.

SECTION 9.10 Minnesota Forum. Each of the Parties agrees that, notwithstanding anything herein or in any of the Ancillary Agreements, all actions or proceedings arising out of or in connection with this Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment arising out of or in connection with the foregoing agreements, shall be tried and determined exclusively in the state or federal courts in the State of Minnesota, and each of the Parties hereby irrevocably submits with regard to any such action or proceeding for itself and in respect to its property, generally and unconditionally, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts. Each of the Parties hereby expressly waives any right it may have to assert, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, counterclaim or otherwise, in any such action or proceeding: (1) any claim that it is not subject to personal jurisdiction in the aforesaid courts for any reason; (2) any claim that it or its property is exempt or immune from jurisdiction of any such court or from any legal process commenced in such courts; and (3) any claim that (i) any of the aforesaid courts is an inconvenient or inappropriate forum for such action or proceeding, (ii) venue is not proper in any of the aforesaid courts and (iii) this Agreement or any such Ancillary Agreement, or the subject matter hereof or thereof, may not be enforced in or by any of the aforesaid courts.

SECTION 9.11 Interpretation; Conflict with Ancillary Agreements. The Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall govern in the event of any conflict between any provision of this Agreement and that of any Ancillary Agreement.

SECTION 9.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any Party.

-33-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

U.S. BANCORP

By: /s/ Lee R. Mitau
    --------------------------------
    Name: Lee R. Mitau
    Title: Executive Vice President

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

By: /s/ James L. Chosy
    --------------------------------
    Name: James L. Chosy
    Title: Secretary


EXHIBIT 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

Piper Jaffray Companies, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is "Piper Jaffray Companies." The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name "Piper Jaffray & Co.", and the original Certificate of Incorporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 28, 2003.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ("Certificate of Incorporation") was duly adopted in accordance with Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware. Pursuant to Sections 242 and 228 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the amendments and restatement herein set forth have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and the sole stockholder of the Corporation.

3. Pursuant to Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Incorporation restates and integrates and amends the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation of this Corporation.

4 Pursuant to Section 103(d) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, this Certificate of Incorporation shall become effective at 5:00 p.m., Wilmington, Delaware time on December 31, 2003.

5. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby restated and amended to read in its entirety as follows:

ARTICLE I

NAME

The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter referred to as the "Corporation") is:

Piper Jaffray Companies


ARTICLE II

REGISTERED OFFICE

The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name and address of the Registered Agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

ARTICLE III

PURPOSE

The purpose of the Corporation shall be to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized and incorporated under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

STOCK

Section 1. Authorization. The Corporation shall be authorized to issue 105,000,000 shares of capital stock, of which 100,000,000 shares shall be shares of Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Common Stock"), and 5,000,000 shares shall be shares of Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share ("Preferred Stock").

Section 2. Preferred Stock Rights. Shares of Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the "Board of Directors") is hereby authorized by resolution or resolutions to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences and the relative, participation, optional or other rights, if any, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of any unissued series of Preferred Stock; and to fix the number of shares constituting such series, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding).

-2-

SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

1. Designation and Amount. The shares of the series of Preferred Stock shall be designated as "Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock" (the "Series A Preferred Stock") and the number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 1,000,000. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.

2. Dividends and Distributions.

(A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, of the Corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a "Quarterly Dividend Payment Date"), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any

-3-

time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after it declares a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1 per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.

(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be

-4-

allocated pro rata on a share by share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.

3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have the following voting rights:

(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

(B) Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.

(C) Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not

-5-

be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.

4. Certain Restrictions.

(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:

(i) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;

(ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled;

(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior
(either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; or

(iv) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders

-6-

of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.

(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.

5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Certificate of Incorporation, or in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.

6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, provided that the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (2) to the holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts

-7-

to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

-8-

8. No Redemption. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.

9. Rank. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets, junior to all series of any other class of the Corporation's Preferred Stock.

10. Amendment. The Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.

Section 3. Common Stock Voting Rights. Except as otherwise provided by law or by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, power and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, the Common Stock shall have the exclusive right to vote for the election of directors and for all other purposes. Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote, and the Common Stock shall vote together as a single class.

ARTICLE V

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 1. Number of Directors. Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by resolution of the Board of Directors.

Section 2. Written Ballot. Unless and except to the extent that the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so require, the election of directors of the Corporation need not be by written ballot.

Section 3. Classes. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, shall be

-9-

divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2004, Class II shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2005, and Class III shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2006. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock as set forth in this Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.

Section 4. Removal. Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed from office only for cause.

Section 5. Vacancies. Except as otherwise provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director. Any director so chosen shall hold office until his or her successor shall be elected and qualified and until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been chosen. No decrease in the number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

-10-

ARTICLE VI

AMENDING THE BYLAWS

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by law, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized and empowered to adopt, amend and repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors or by written consent, subject to the power of the stockholders of the Corporation to adopt, amend or repeal any Bylaws.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDING THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

The Corporation reserves the right at any time from time to time to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, and any other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law. All rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

ARTICLE VIII

DIRECTOR LIABILITY; INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

Section 1. Elimination of Certain Liability of Directors. The personal liability of the directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated to the fullest extent permitted by law. No amendment, modification or repeal of this Article, adoption of any provision in this Certificate of Incorporation, or change in the law or interpretation of the law shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation under this Article VIII with respect to any act or omission that occurred prior to the time of such amendment, modification, repeal, adoption or change.

Section 2. Indemnification and Insurance.

(a) Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil,

-11-

criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, to the fullest extent permitted by law, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement, and excise taxes or penalties arising under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that, except as provided in paragraph (b) this section, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that, if the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action

-12-

of the Board, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

(b) Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under paragraph (a) of this Section is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

(c) Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Section shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended from time to time), Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 3. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability

-13-

or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IX

STOCKHOLDER MEETINGS

Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a written consent or consents by stockholders in lieu of such a meeting.

Except as otherwise required by law or provided by the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors designating the rights, powers and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by (a) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the entire Board of Directors or (b) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, and any power of stockholders to call a special meeting is specifically denied.

ARTICLE X

SUPERMAJORITY AMENDMENT

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws (and notwithstanding that a lesser percentage may be specified by law), the provisions of Article V, Article IX and this Article X hereof may not be altered, amended or repealed unless such alteration, amendment or repeal is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, considered for purposes of this Article X as a single class.

-14-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Piper Jaffray Companies has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed by James L. Chosy, its Secretary, this 30th day of December, 2003.

/s/ James L. Chosy
------------------------------
Name:  James L. Chosy
Title: Secretary


EXHIBIT 3.2


AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

Incorporated under the Laws of the State of Delaware

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2003



ARTICLE I

OFFICES

SECTION 1.1 Principal Delaware Office. The registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, and the name and address of the Registered Agent in charge thereof shall be Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801.

SECTION 1.2 Other Offices. The Corporation may also have offices in such other places, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate or the business of the Corporation may from time to time require.

ARTICLE II

STOCKHOLDERS

SECTION 2.1 Meetings of Stockholders.

(a) Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on such date and at such time as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. At the annual meeting stockholders shall elect directors and transact such other business as properly may be brought before the meeting.

(b) Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the total number of directors which the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies (the "Whole Board").

(c) Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders shall be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall determine.

(d) Notice of Meeting. Written notice, stating the place, day and hour of the meeting shall be delivered by the Corporation not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. Notice of a special meeting shall also state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given, notice may be given by a form of electronic transmission that satisfies the requirements of the Delaware General Corporation Law and has been consented to by the stockholder to whom notice is given. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the United States mail with postage thereon prepaid, addressed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears in the Corporation's records. Meetings may be held without notice if all stockholders entitled to vote are present, or if notice is waived by those not present in accordance with Article VIII of these Bylaws. Any previously scheduled meeting of the stockholders may be postponed, and any special meeting of the stockholders may be cancelled, by resolution of the Board of Directors upon public notice given prior to the date previously scheduled for such meeting of stockholders. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto).


(e) Chairman of Stockholder's Meeting. The Chairman of the Board, or in the Chairman's absence, a Vice Chairman, or in the absence of any Vice Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer, or in the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary, or in the absence of the Secretary, a chairman chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meetings of the stockholders.

SECTION 2.2 Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment; Required Vote.

(a) Quorum of Stockholders; Adjournment. Except as otherwise provided by law, by the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Certificate of Incorporation") or by these Bylaws, the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Voting Stock"), present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of the stockholders, except that when specified business is to be voted on by a class or series of stock voting as a class, the holders of a majority of the shares of such class or series shall constitute a quorum of such class or series for the transaction of such business. The chairman of the meeting or a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time, whether or not there is such a quorum. No notice of the time and place of adjourned meetings need be given, except that notice of the adjourned meeting shall be required if the adjournment is for more than 30 days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called meeting at which a quorum is present may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

(b) Required Vote. The affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the matter shall be the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by express provision of law, Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws requiring a larger or different vote, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such matter.

SECTION 2.3 Voting by Stockholders; Procedures for Election of Directors.

(a) Voting by Stockholders. Each stockholder of record entitled to vote at any meeting may do so in person or by proxy appointed by instrument in writing or in such other manner prescribed by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subscribed by such stockholder or his or her duly authorized attorney in fact.

(b) Procedure for Election of Directors. Election of directors at all meetings of the stockholders at which directors are to be elected shall be by ballot, and, subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, a plurality of the votes cast thereat shall elect directors.

SECTION 2.4 Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.

(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders. (1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders (A) pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting, (B) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C)

-2-

by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw.

(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (C) of paragraph (a)(1) of this Bylaw, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such other business must otherwise be a proper matter for stockholder action. To be timely, a stockholder's notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such annual meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made by the Corporation. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above. Such stockholder's notice shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"), and Rule 14a 11 thereunder (including such person's written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation's books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number of shares of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

(3) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of paragraph (a)(2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement by the Corporation naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors at least 100 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year's annual meeting, a stockholder's notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.

(b) Special Meetings of Stockholders. The business to be transacted at any special meeting shall be limited to the purposes stated in the notice of such meetings.

-3-

Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the Corporation's notice of meeting (1) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (2) provided that the Board of Directors has determined that directors shall be elected at such meeting, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bylaw, who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw. In the event the Corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the Corporation's notice of meeting, if the stockholder's notice required by paragraph (a)(2) of this Bylaw shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to such special meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder's notice as described above.

(c) General. (1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bylaw and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with this Bylaw, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall be disregarded.

(2) For purposes of this Bylaw, "public announcement" shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to
Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights (A) of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the Corporation's proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a 8 under the Exchange Act or (B) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.

SECTION 2.5 Inspectors of Elections; Opening and Closing the Polls. The Board of Directors by resolution shall appoint one or more inspectors, which inspector or inspectors may include individuals who serve the Corporation in other capacities, including, without limitation, as officers, employees, agents or representatives, to act at the meetings of stockholders and make a written report thereof. One or more persons may be designated as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate has been

-4-

appointed to act or is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Each inspector, before discharging his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall have the duties prescribed by law.

The chairman of the meeting shall fix and announce at the meeting the date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting.

SECTION 2.6 No Stockholder Action by Written Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken by stockholders may be effected only at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders and may not be effected by a written consent or consents by stockholders in lieu of such a meeting of stockholders.

ARTICLE III

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

SECTION 3.1 General Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. In addition to the powers and authorities by these Bylaws expressly conferred upon them, the Board of Directors may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.

SECTION 3.2 Number, Tenure and Qualifications. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed, and may be increased or decreased from time to time, exclusively by resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible and designated Class I, Class II and Class III. Class I shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2004, Class II shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2005, and Class III shall be initially elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2006. Members of each class shall hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation, the successors of the class of directors whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders held in the third year following the year of their election. In case of any increase or decrease, from time to time, in the number of directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, the number of directors in each class shall be apportioned as nearly equal as possible.

SECTION 3.3 Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the Board of Directors may be held without other notice than this Bylaw immediately after, and at the same place as, the

-5-

Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The Board of Directors may, by resolution, provide the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution.

SECTION 3.4 Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called at the request of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a majority of the Board of Directors then in office. The person or persons authorized to call special meetings of the Board of Directors may fix the place and time of the meetings. Notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director and shall state the time and place for the special meeting.

SECTION 3.5 Notice. If notice of a Board of Directors' meeting is required to be given, notice of shall be given to each director at his or her business or residence in writing by hand delivery, first-class or overnight mail or courier service, electronic transmission (including, without limitation, via facsimile transmission or electronic mail), or orally by telephone. If mailed by first-class mail, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when deposited in the United States mails so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid, no later than the third business day preceding the date of such meeting. If by overnight mail or courier service, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is delivered to the overnight mail or courier service company at least twenty-four (24) hours before such meeting. If by electronic transmission, such notice shall be deemed adequately delivered when the notice is transmitted at least twelve (12) hours before such meeting. If by telephone or by hand delivery, the notice shall be given at least twelve (12) hours prior to the time set for the meeting. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting, except for amendments to these Bylaws, as provided under Article IX of these Bylaws. A meeting may be held at any time without notice if all the directors are present or if those not present waive notice of the meeting in accordance with Article VIII of these Bylaws.

SECTION 3.6 Quorum. Subject to Section 3.10 of these Bylaws, a whole number of directors equal to at least a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if at any meeting of the Board of Directors there shall be less than a quorum present, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors. The directors present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough directors to leave less than a quorum.

SECTION 3.7 Use of Communications Equipment. Directors may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation in a meeting shall constitute presence in person at the meeting.

SECTION 3.8 Action by Consent of Board of Directors. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be,

-6-

consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.

SECTION 3.9 Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Stock, voting together as a single class.

SECTION 3.10 Vacancies. Subject to applicable law and the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to such series of Preferred Stock, and unless the Board of Directors otherwise determines, vacancies resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause, and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors, may be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by the sole remaining director, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting of stockholders at which the term of office of the class to which they have been elected expires and until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. No decrease in the number of authorized directors constituting the Whole Board shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

SECTION 3.11 Committees. The Board of Directors may, by resolution adopted by a majority of the Whole Board, designate one or more committees, each of which shall consist of one or more directors. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of any member of such committee or committees, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not constituting a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

Any committee shall, to the extent provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors and subject to the limitations contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law, have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Each committee shall keep such records and report to the Board of Directors in such manner as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any committee may make rules for the conduct of its business. Unless otherwise provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors or in rules adopted by the committee, each committee shall conduct its business as nearly as possible in the same manner as provided in these Bylaws for the Board of Directors.

The Board of Directors shall have power at any time to fill vacancies in, to change the membership of, or to dissolve any such committee. The term of office of the members of each committee shall be as fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any committee member who ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors shall automatically cease to be a committee member.

-7-

Nothing herein shall be deemed to prevent the Board of Directors from appointing one or more committees consisting in whole or in part of persons who are not directors of the Corporation; provided, however, that no such committee shall have or may exercise any authority of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE IV

BOOKS AND RECORDS

SECTION 4.1 The Board of Directors shall cause to be kept a record containing the minutes of the proceedings of the meetings of the Board and of the stockholders, appropriate stock books and registers and such books of records and accounts as may be necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the Corporation. Unless otherwise required by the laws of Delaware, the books and records of the Corporation may be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, or at any other place or places inside or outside the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

SECTION 5.1 Officers; Election or Appointment. The Board of Directors shall take such action as may be necessary from time to time to ensure that the Corporation has such officers as are necessary, under Section 6.1 of these Bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law as currently in effect or as the same may hereafter be amended, to enable it to sign stock certificates. In addition, the Board of Directors at any time and from time to time may elect
(a) one or more Chairmen of the Board and/or one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board from among its members, (b) one or more Chief Executive Officers, one or more Presidents and/or one or more Chief Operating Officers, (c) one or more Vice Presidents, one or more Treasurers and/or one or more Secretaries and/or
(d) one or more other officers, in each case if and to the extent the Board of Directors deems desirable. The Board of Directors may give any officer such further designations or alternate titles as it considers desirable. In addition, the Board of Directors at any time and from time to time may authorize the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation to appoint one or more officers of the kind described in clauses (c) and (d) above. Any number of offices may be held by the same person and directors may hold any office unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.

SECTION 5.2 Term of Office; Resignation; Removal; Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors electing or authorizing the appointment of any officer, each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected or appointed and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any officer may resign at any time upon written notice to the Board of Directors or to such person or persons as the Board of Directors may designate. Such resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein, and unless otherwise specified therein no acceptance of such resignation shall be necessary to make it effective. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause at any time. The Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint a person to hold an office of the Corporation may also remove such person from such office with or without cause at any time, unless otherwise provided in the

-8-

resolution of the Board providing such authorization. Any such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation, but the election or appointment of an officer shall not of itself create contractual rights. Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation by death, resignation, removal or otherwise may be filled by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting or by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer authorized by the Board of Directors to appoint a person to hold such office.

SECTION 5.3 Powers and Duties. The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as shall be stated in these Bylaws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these Bylaws and, to the extent not so stated, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. A Secretary or such other officer appointed to do so by the Board of Directors shall have the duty to record the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committees in a book to be kept for that purpose.

ARTICLE VI

STOCK CERTIFICATES

SECTION 6.1 Stock Certificates. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of stock either in certificated or in uncertificated form. If shares are issued in uncertificated form, each stockholder shall be entitled upon written request to a stock certificate or certificates duly numbered, certifying the number and class of shares in the Corporation owned by him and otherwise as specified in this Section 6.1. Each certificate for shares of stock shall be in such form as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and shall be signed in the name of the Corporation by (a) the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or a Vice President, and (b) by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer. Any or all of the signatures on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate will include any legends required by law or deemed necessary or advisable by the Board.

SECTION 6.2 Lost Certificates. No certificate for shares of stock in the Corporation shall be issued in place of any certificate alleged to have been lost, destroyed or stolen, except on production of such evidence of such loss, destruction or theft and on delivery to the Corporation of a bond of indemnity in such amount, upon such terms and secured by such surety, as the Board of Directors or any financial officer of the Corporation may in its or his or her discretion require.

SECTION 6.3 Transfers of Stock. The shares of the stock of the Corporation shall be transferable on the books of the Corporation by the holder thereof in a person or by his or her attorney upon surrender for cancellation of a certificate or certificates for at least the same number of shares, or other evidence of ownership if no certificates shall have been issued, with an assignment and power of transfer endorsed thereon or attached thereto, duly executed, and

-9-

with such proof of the validity and authenticity of the signature as the Corporation or its agents may reasonably require.

ARTICLE VII

DEPOSITARIES AND CHECKS

SECTION 7.1 Depositaries of the funds of the Corporation shall be designated by the Board of Directors; and all checks on such funds shall be signed by such officers or other employees of the Corporation as the Board of Directors from time to time may designate.

ARTICLE VIII

WAIVER OF NOTICE

SECTION 8.1 Any notice of a meeting required to be given by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws may be waived by the person entitled thereto, either before or after the time of such meeting stated in such notice. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any annual or special meeting of the stockholders or the Board of Directors or committee thereof need be specified in any waiver of notice of such meeting.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENT

SECTION 9.1 These Bylaws may be altered, amended, or repealed at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of the stockholders, provided notice of the proposed change was given in the notice of the meeting; provided, however, that, in the case of any alteration, amendment or repeal by the Board of Directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any provision of these Bylaws; and provided further, that, in the case of any alteration, amendment or repeal by the stockholders of any of the provisions of Section 2.1(b), Section 2.6, Section 3.1, Section 3.2, Section 3.9 or Section 3.10 or this Article IX of these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than eighty percent (80%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of Voting Stock, considered for purposes of this Article IX as a single class, shall be required to alter, amend or repeal any such provision.

ARTICLE X

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

SECTION 10.1 Right to Indemnification. Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit, claim or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (hereinafter a "proceeding"), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans maintained or sponsored by the Corporation, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer, employee or agent, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the

-10-

Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 10.4 of this Article X, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors.

SECTION 10.2 Advancement of Expenses. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article X shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition, such advances to be paid by the Corporation within 20 days after receipt by the Corporation of a written statement or statements from the claimant requesting such advance or advances; provided, however, that if the Delaware General Corporation Law requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of a proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article X or otherwise.

SECTION 10.3 Obtaining Indemnification. To obtain indemnification under this Article X, a claimant shall submit to the Corporation a written request, including therein or therewith such documentation and information as is reasonably available to the claimant and is reasonably necessary to determine whether and to what extent the claimant is entitled to indemnification. Upon written request by a claimant for indemnification pursuant to the first sentence of this Section 10.3, a determination, if required by applicable law, with respect to the claimant's entitlement thereto shall be made as follows: (1) if requested by the claimant, by Independent Counsel (as hereinafter defined), or (2) if no request is made by the claimant for a determination by Independent Counsel, (i) by the Board of Directors by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Disinterested Directors (as hereinafter defined), or (ii) if a quorum of the Board of Directors consisting of Disinterested Directors is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, such quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board of Directors, a copy of which shall be delivered to the claimant, or (iii) if a quorum of Disinterested Directors so directs, by the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the determination of entitlement to indemnification is to be made by Independent Counsel at the request of the claimant, the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the Board of Directors unless there shall have occurred within two years prior to the date of the commencement of the action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification is claimed a Change in Control (as defined below), in which case the Independent Counsel shall be selected by the claimant unless the claimant shall request that such selection be made by the Board of Directors. If it is so

-11-

determined that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, payment to the claimant shall be made within 30 days after such determination. If a claimant is successful, in whole or in part, in any suit brought against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of any written claim to indemnification, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim.

SECTION 10.4 Right of Claimant to Bring Suit. If a claim under
Section 10.1 of this Article X is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty days after a written claim pursuant to Section 10.3 of this Article X has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standard of conduct which makes it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, Independent Counsel or stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

SECTION 10.5 Corporation's Obligation to Indemnify. If a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 10.3 of this Article X that the claimant is entitled to indemnification, the Corporation shall be bound by such determination in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 10.4 of this Article X.

SECTION 10.6 Preclusion from Challenging Article X. The Corporation shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding commenced pursuant to Section 10.4 of this Article X that the procedures and presumptions of this Article X are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in such proceeding that the Corporation is bound by all the provisions of this Article X.

For purposes of this Article X:

(a) "Change in Control" shall be deemed to occur only if a majority of the members of the Board of Directors shall not be (i) individuals elected as directors of the Corporation for whose election proxies shall have been solicited by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or (ii) individuals elected or appointed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation to fill vacancies on the Board of Directors caused by death or resignation (but not by removal) or to fill newly created directorships.

-12-

(b) "Disinterested Director" means a director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to the matter in respect of which indemnification is sought by the claimant.

(c) "Independent Counsel" means a law firm, a member of a law firm, or an independent practitioner, that is experienced in matters of corporation law and shall include any person who, under the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing, would not have a conflict of interest in representing either the Corporation or the claimant in an action to determine the claimant's rights under this Article X.

SECTION 10.7 Non-exclusivity of Rights. The right to indemnification and the payment of expenses incurred in defending a proceeding in advance of its final disposition conferred in this Article X shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. No repeal or modification of this Article X shall in any way diminish or adversely affect the rights of any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation hereunder in respect of any occurrence or matter arising prior to any such repeal or modification.

SECTION 10.8 Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the Delaware General Corporation Law. To the extent that the Corporation maintains any policy or policies providing such insurance, each such director or officer, and each such agent or employee to which rights to indemnification have been granted as provided in Section 10.9 of this Article X, shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage thereunder for any such director, officer, employee or agent.

SECTION 10.9 Other Employees and Agents. The Corporation may, to the extent authorized from time to time by the Board of Directors, grant rights to indemnification, and rights to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition, to any employee or agent or class of employees or agents of the Corporation (including the heirs, executors, administrators or estate of each such person) to the fullest extent of the provisions of this Article X with respect to the indemnification and advancement of expenses of directors and officers of the Corporation.

SECTION 10.10 Validity of Article X. If any provision or provisions of this Article X shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Article X (including, without limitation, each portion of any paragraph of this Article X containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Article X (including, without limitation, each such portion of any paragraph of this Article X containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

-13-

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 11.1 Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall begin on the first day of January and end on the thirty-first day of December of each year.

SECTION 11.2 Dividends. The Board of Directors may from time to time declare, and the Corporation may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares in the manner and upon the terms and conditions provided by law and the Certificate of Incorporation.

-14-

EXHIBIT 4.2


PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

and

MELLON INVESTOR

SERVICES LLC

Rights Agreement

Dated as of December 31, 2003



TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                                                  Page
                                                                                                                 Number
                                                                                                                 ------
Section 1.        Definitions.............................................................................          1

Section 2.        Appointment of Rights Agent.............................................................          6

Section 3.        Issue of Right Certificates.............................................................          7

Section 4.        Form of Right Certificates..............................................................          9

Section 5.        Countersignature and Registration.......................................................         10

Section 6.        Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right
                  Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right
                  Certificates............................................................................         11

Section 7.        Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights...........................         12

Section 8.        Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates......................................         14

Section 9.        Availability of Preferred Shares........................................................         14

Section 10.       Preferred Shares Record Date............................................................         15

Section 11.       Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights......................         16

Section 12.       Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares..............................         27

Section 13.       Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power....................         27

Section 14.       Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.................................................         29

Section 15.       Rights of Action........................................................................         31

Section 16.       Agreement of Right Holders..............................................................         32

Section 17.       Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder.......................................         33

Section 18.       Concerning the Rights Agent.............................................................         33

Section 19.       Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent...............................         35

i

                                                                                                                  Page
                                                                                                                 Number
                                                                                                                 ------
Section 20.       Rights and Duties of Rights Agent.......................................................         36

Section 21.       Change of Rights Agent..................................................................         40

Section 22.       Issuance of New Right Certificates......................................................         41

Section 23.       Redemption..............................................................................         42

Section 24.       Exchange................................................................................         43

Section 25.       Notice of Certain Events................................................................         45

Section 26.       Notices.................................................................................         46

Section 27.       Supplements and Amendments..............................................................         47

Section 28.       Successors..............................................................................         49

Section 29.       Benefits of this Agreement..............................................................         49

Section 30.       Severability............................................................................         49

Section 31.       Governing Law...........................................................................         49

Section 32.       Counterparts............................................................................         50

Section 33.       Descriptive Headings....................................................................         50

Section 34.       Determination and Actions by the Board of Directors.....................................         50

Exhibit A         -      Form of Certificate of Designations

Exhibit B         -      Form of Right Certificate

Exhibit C         -      Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares

ii

AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of December 31, 2003 between Piper Jaffray Companies, a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and Mellon Investor Services LLC, a New Jersey limited liability company, as rights agent (the "Rights Agent").

The Board of Directors of the Company has authorized and declared a dividend of one preferred share purchase right (a "Right") for each Common Share (as hereinafter defined) of the Company outstanding at 4:45 p.m., Eastern time, December 31, 2003 (the "Record Date"), each Right representing the right to purchase one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share (as hereinafter defined), upon the terms and subject to the conditions herein set forth, and has further authorized and directed the issuance of one Right with respect to each Common Share that shall become outstanding between the Record Date and the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date and the Final Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined).

Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the parties hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings indicated:

(a) "Acquiring Person" shall mean any Person (as hereinafter defined) who or which, together with all Affiliates and Associates (as such terms are hereinafter defined) of such Person, shall be the Beneficial Owner (as hereinafter defined) of 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding, but shall not include (i) the Company, (ii) any Subsidiary (as hereinafter defined) of the Company, (iii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iv) any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan, or (v) until the first date on which it ceases to beneficially

1

own Common Shares representing at least 15% of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding, U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Person shall become an "Acquiring Person" as the result of an acquisition of Common Shares by the Company which, by reducing the number of Common Shares of the Company outstanding, increases the proportionate number of Common Shares of the Company beneficially owned by such Person to 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding; provided, however, that, if a Person shall become the Beneficial Owner of 15% or more of the Common Shares of the Company then outstanding by reason of share purchases by the Company and shall, after such share purchases by the Company, become the Beneficial Owner of any additional Common Shares of the Company, then such Person shall be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person." Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that a Person who would otherwise be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a), has become such inadvertently, and such Person divests as promptly as practicable a sufficient number of Common Shares so that such Person would no longer be an "Acquiring Person," as defined pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (a), then such Person shall not be deemed to be an "Acquiring Person" for any purposes of this Agreement.

(b) "Affiliate" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

(c) "Associate" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

2

(d) A Person shall be deemed the "Beneficial Owner" of and shall be deemed to "beneficially own" any securities:

(i) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly;

(ii) which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, rights (other than these Rights), warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, securities tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule 13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report); or

3

(iii) which are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such Person or any of such Person's Affiliates or Associates has any agreement, arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to Section 1(d)(ii)(B) hereof) or disposing of any securities of the Company.

Notwithstanding anything in this definition of Beneficial Ownership to the contrary, the phrase "then outstanding," when used with reference to a Person's Beneficial Ownership of securities of the Company, shall mean the number of such securities then issued and outstanding together with the number of such securities not then actually issued and outstanding which such Person would be deemed to own beneficially hereunder.

(e) "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday, or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York, Illinois and New Jersey are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

(f) "Close of Business" on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on such date; provided, however, that, if such date is not a Business Day, it shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

(g) "Common Shares" when used with reference to the Company shall mean the shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company. "Common Shares" when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the capital stock (or equity interest) with the greatest voting power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a

4

Subsidiary of another Person, the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned Person.

(h) "Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

(i) "Exchange Act" shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) "Exchange Ratio" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 24(a) hereof.

(k) "Final Expiration Date" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

(l) "NASDAQ" shall mean the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotation System.

(m) "Person" shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, trust or other entity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise) thereof or thereto.

(n) "Preferred Shares" shall mean shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company having the rights and preferences set forth in the Form of Certificate of Designations attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.

(o) "Purchase Price" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 4 hereof.

(p) "Record Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph hereof.

5

(q) "Redemption Date" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 7(a) hereof.

(r) "Redemption Price" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.

(s) "Right" shall have the meaning set forth in the second paragraph hereof.

(t) "Right Certificate" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

(u) "Shares Acquisition Date" shall mean the first date of public announcement by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an Acquiring Person has become such.

(v) "Subsidiary" of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which a majority of the voting power of the voting equity securities or equity interest is owned, directly or indirectly, by such Person.

(w) "Summary of Rights" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

(x) "Trading Day" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 11(d) hereof.

Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as rights agent for the Company in accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem necessary or desirable. The Rights Agent

6

shall have no duty to supervise, and in no event shall be liable for, the acts or omissions of any such co-Rights Agents.

Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates. (a) Until the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Shares Acquisition Date or (ii) the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors of the Company prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company or any entity holding Common Shares of the Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) of a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in any Person becoming the Beneficial Owner of Common Shares of the Company aggregating 15% or more of the then outstanding Common Shares of the Company (including any such date which is after the date of this Agreement and prior to the issuance of the Rights; the earlier of such dates being herein referred to as the "Distribution Date"), (x) the Rights will be evidenced (subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof) by the certificates for Common Shares of the Company registered in the names of the holders thereof (which certificates shall also be deemed to be Right Certificates) and not by separate Right Certificates, and (y) the right to receive Right Certificates will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Shares of the Company. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign, and the Company will send or cause to be sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested and provided with all necessary information, send) by first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares of the Company as of the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Right Certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit B

7

hereto (a "Right Certificate"), evidencing one Right for each Common Share so held. As of the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by such Right Certificates.

The Company shall promptly notify the Rights Agent in writing upon the occurrence of the Distribution Date and, if such notification is given orally, the Company shall confirm same in writing on or prior to the Business Day next following. Until such notice is received by the Rights Agent, the Rights Agent may presume conclusively for all purposes that the Distribution Date has not occurred.

(b) On the Record Date, or as soon as practicable thereafter, the Company will send a copy of a Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares, in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto (the "Summary of Rights"), by first-class, postage-prepaid mail, to each record holder of Common Shares as of the 4:45 p.m., New York City time, on the Record Date, at the address of such holder shown on the records of the Company. With respect to certificates for Common Shares of the Company outstanding as of the Record Date, until the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by such certificates registered in the names of the holders thereof together with a copy of the Summary of Rights attached thereto. Until the Distribution Date (or the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date), the surrender for transfer of any certificate for Common Shares of the Company outstanding on the Record Date, with or without a copy of the Summary of Rights attached thereto, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares of the Company represented thereby.

(c) Certificates for Common Shares which become outstanding (including, without limitation, reacquired Common Shares referred to in the last sentence of this paragraph (c)) after the Record Date but prior to the earliest of the Distribution Date, the Redemption Date

8

or the Final Expiration Date shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or otherwise affixed to them the following legend:

This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder hereof to certain rights as set forth in an Agreement between Piper Jaffray Companies and Mellon Investor Services LLC, dated as of December 31, 2003, as it may be amended from time to time (the "Agreement"), the terms of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at the principal executive offices of Piper Jaffray Companies. Under certain circumstances, as set forth in the Agreement, such Rights (as defined in the Agreement) will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be evidenced by this certificate. Piper Jaffray Companies will mail to the holder of this certificate a copy of the Agreement without charge after receipt of a written request therefor. As set forth in the Agreement, Rights beneficially owned by any Person (as defined in the Agreement) who becomes an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Agreement) become null and void.

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the Distribution Date, the Rights associated with the Common Shares of the Company represented by such certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any such certificate shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with the Common Shares of the Company represented thereby. In the event that the Company purchases or acquires any Common Shares of the Company after the Record Date but prior to the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common Shares of the Company shall be deemed cancelled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any Rights associated with the Common Shares of the Company which are no longer outstanding.

Section 4. Form of Right Certificates. The Right Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase Preferred Shares and of assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially the same as Exhibit B hereto, and may have such marks of identification or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem appropriate (but which do not affect the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Rights

9

Agent) and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be required to comply with any applicable law or with any applicable rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or with any applicable rule or regulation of any stock exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., or to conform to usage. Subject to the provisions of Section 22 hereof, the Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase such number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as shall be set forth therein at the price per one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share set forth therein (the "Purchase Price"), but the number of such one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share and the Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

Section 5. Countersignature and Registration. The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, either manually or by facsimile signature, and shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The Right Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force and effect as though the individual who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any individual who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate,

10

although at the date of the execution of this Agreement any such individual was not such an officer.

Following the Distribution Date, receipt by the Rights Agent of notice to that effect and all other relevant information referred to in
Section 3(a), the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at its office designated for such purpose, books for registration and transfer of the Right Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right Certificates and the date of each of the Right Certificates.

Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates. Subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof, at any time after the Close of Business on the Distribution Date, and at or prior to the Close of Business on the earlier of the Redemption Date or the Final Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates (other than Right Certificates representing Rights that have become null and void pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof or that have been exchanged pursuant to Section 24 hereof) may be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates entitling the registered holder to purchase a like number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights Agent, and shall surrender the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up, combined or exchanged at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose. Thereupon the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Right Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so

11

requested. The Company may require payment from a Rights holder of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates.

The Rights Agent shall have no duty or obligation under this
Section 6 to deliver to such Person such Right Certificates unless and until it is satisfied that all such taxes and governmental charges have been received by the Company.

Upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Right Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security satisfactory to them, and, at the Company's or the Rights Agent's request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for countersignature delivery to the registered holder in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

Section 7. Exercise of Rights; Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights. (a) The registered holder of any Right Certificate may exercise the Rights evidenced thereby (except as otherwise provided herein), in whole or in part, at any time after the Distribution Date, upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share as to which the Rights are exercised, at or prior to the earliest of (i) the Close of Business on December 31, 2013 (the "Final Expiration Date"), (ii) the time at which the Rights are

12

redeemed as provided in Section 23 hereof (the "Redemption Date"), or (iii) the time at which such Rights are exchanged as provided in Section 24 hereof.

(b) The Purchase Price for each one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share purchasable pursuant to the exercise of a Right shall initially be $250, and shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in
Section 11 or 13 hereof, and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with paragraph (c) below.

(c) Upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of the Purchase Price for the shares to be purchased and an amount equal to any applicable transfer tax and or governmental charge required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in accordance with
Section 9 hereof by certified check, cashier's check or money order payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition from any transfer agent of the Preferred Shares certificates for the number of Preferred Shares to be purchased and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes any such transfer agent to comply with all such requests, or (B) requisition from the depositary agent depositary receipts representing such number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share as are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Shares represented by such receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent of the Preferred Shares with such depositary agent) and the Company hereby directs such depositary agent to comply with such request; (ii) when appropriate, requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof; (iii) promptly after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names as may be designated by such holder; and

13

(iv) when appropriate, after receipt, promptly deliver such cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate.

(d) In case the registered holder of any Right Certificate shall exercise less than all the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate evidencing Rights equivalent to the Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to such holder's duly authorized assigns, subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates. All Right Certificates surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for cancellation or in cancelled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be cancelled by it, and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent shall deliver all cancelled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of the Company, destroy such cancelled Right Certificates, and, in such case, shall deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company.

Section 9. Availability of Preferred Shares. The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out of its authorized and unissued Preferred Shares or any Preferred Shares held in its treasury the number of Preferred Shares that will be sufficient to permit the exercise in full of all outstanding Rights in accordance with

14

Section 7 hereof. The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to ensure that all Preferred Shares delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of delivery of the certificates for such Preferred Shares (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares.

The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or delivery of the Right Certificates or of any Preferred Shares upon the exercise of Rights. The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax or governmental charge which may be payable in respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Shares in a name other than that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise or to issue or to deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Shares upon the exercise of any Rights until any such tax or governmental charge shall have been paid (any such tax or governmental charge being payable by the holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the Company's reasonable satisfaction that no such tax or governmental charge is due.

Section 10. Preferred Shares Record Date. Each Person in whose name any certificate for Preferred Shares is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the holder of record of the Preferred Shares represented thereby on, and such certificate shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes and governmental charges) was duly made; provided, however, that, if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon which the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company are closed,

15

such Person shall be deemed to have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Shares transfer books of the Company are open. Prior to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be entitled to any rights of a holder of Preferred Shares for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation, the right to vote, to receive dividends or other distributions or to exercise any preemptive rights, and shall not be entitled to receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number of Shares or Number of Rights. The Purchase Price, the number of Preferred Shares covered by each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in this Section 11.

(a) (i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement (A) declare a dividend on the Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares, (B) subdivide the outstanding Preferred Shares, (C) combine the outstanding Preferred Shares into a smaller number of Preferred Shares or (D) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of the Preferred Shares (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a), the Purchase Price in effect at the time of the record date for such dividend or of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or reclassification, and the number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable on such date, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any Right exercised after such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the Preferred Shares transfer books

16

of the Company were open, such holder would have owned upon such exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right.

(ii) Subject to Section 24 hereof, in the event any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, each holder of a Right shall thereafter have a right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares of the Company as shall equal the result obtained by (A) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (B) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Common Shares of the Company (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of the occurrence of such event. In the event that any Person shall become an Acquiring Person and the Rights shall then be outstanding, the Company shall not take any action which would eliminate or diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

From and after the occurrence of such event, any Rights that are or were acquired or beneficially owned by any Acquiring Person (or any Associate or Affiliate of such Acquiring Person) shall be null and void, and any holder of such Rights shall thereafter have no right to exercise such Rights under any provision of this Agreement. No Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to Section 3 hereof that represents Rights beneficially owned by an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be null and void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or

17

Affiliate thereof; no Right Certificate shall be issued at any time upon the transfer of any Rights to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be null and void pursuant to the preceding sentence or any Associate or Affiliate thereof or to any nominee of such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate; and any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent for transfer to an Acquiring Person whose Rights would be null and void pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be cancelled. The Company shall give the Rights Agent written notice of the identity of any such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate, or the nominee of any of the foregoing, and the Rights Agent may rely on such notice in carrying out its duties under this Agreement and shall be deemed not to have any knowledge of the identity of any such Acquiring Person, Associate or Affiliate, or the nominee of any of the foregoing unless and until it shall have received such notice.

(iii) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the Rights in accordance with subparagraph (ii) above, the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exercise of the Rights. In the event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Shares, the Company shall substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon exercise of a Right, a number of Preferred Shares or fraction thereof such that the current per share market price of one Preferred Share multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one Common Share as of the date of issuance of such Preferred Shares or fraction thereof.

(b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or warrants to all holders of Preferred Shares entitling them (for a period expiring within

18

45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Shares (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences as the Preferred Shares ("equivalent preferred shares")) or securities convertible into Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred shares at a price per Preferred Share or equivalent preferred share (or having a conversion price per share, if a security convertible into Preferred Shares or equivalent preferred shares) less than the then current per share market price of the Preferred Shares (as defined in Section 11(d)) on such record date, the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of Preferred Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of Preferred Shares and/or equivalent preferred shares so to be offered (and/or the aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase at such current market price and the denominator of which shall be the number of Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional Preferred Shares and/or equivalent preferred shares to be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered are initially convertible); provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and holders of the Rights. Preferred Shares owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding for the purpose of any such

19

computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and, in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all holders of the Preferred Shares (including without limitation any such distribution made in connection with a consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend or a dividend payable in Preferred Shares) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in Section 11(b) hereof), the Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then-current per share market price of the Preferred Shares on such record date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent and shall be binding on the Rights Agent and holders of the Rights) of the portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription rights or warrants applicable to one Preferred Share and the denominator of which shall be such then-current per share market price of the Preferred Shares on such record date; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right. Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and, in the event

20

that such distribution is not so made, the Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

(d) (i) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of any security (a "Security" for the purpose of this Section 11(d)(i)) on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of such Security for the 30 consecutive Trading Days (as hereinafter defined) immediately prior to such date; provided, however, that, in the event that the current per share market price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer of such Security of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such Security or Securities convertible into such shares, or (B) any subdivision, combination or reclassification of such Security and prior to the expiration of 30 Trading Days after the ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision, combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the current per share market price shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, reported at or prior to 4:00 P.M. Eastern time or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the bid and asked prices, regular way, reported as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern time, in either case, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price reported at or prior to 4:00 P.M. Eastern time or, if not so quoted, the average of the

21

high bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported as of 4:00 P.M. Eastern time by NASDAQ or such other system then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Security selected in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company. The term "Trading Day" shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business, or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.

(ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be determined in accordance with the method set forth in Section 11(d)(i). If the Preferred Shares are not publicly traded, the "current per share market price" of the Preferred Shares shall be conclusively deemed to be the current per share market price of the Common Shares as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) hereof (appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof), multiplied by one hundred. If neither the Common Shares nor the Preferred Shares are publicly held or so listed or traded, "current per share market price" shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent.

(e) No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this
Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one one-millionth of a

22

Preferred Share or one ten-thousandth of any other share or security as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the date of the expiration of the right to exercise any Rights.

(f) If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to
Section 11(a) hereof, the holder of any Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the Company other than Preferred Shares, thereafter the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of any Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to the Preferred Shares contained in Section 11(a) through (c) hereof, inclusive, and the provisions of Sections 7, 9, 10 and 13 hereof with respect to the Preferred Shares shall apply on like terms to any such other shares.

(g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further adjustment as provided herein.

(h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(i) hereof, upon each adjustment of the Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections 11(b) and (c) hereof, each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase Price, that number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share (calculated to the nearest one one-millionth of a Preferred Share) obtained by (A) multiplying (x) the number of one

23

one-hundredths of a share covered by a Right immediately prior to this adjustment by (y) the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment of the Purchase Price and (B) dividing the product so obtained by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after such adjustment of the Purchase Price.

(i) The Company may elect, on or after the date of any adjustment of the Purchase Price, to adjust the number of Rights in substitution for any adjustment in the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right was exercisable immediately prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one ten-thousandth) obtained by dividing the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase Price by the Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the adjustment to be made. This record date may be the date on which the Purchase Price is adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least 10 days later than the date of the public announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i), the Company shall, as promptly as practicable, cause to be distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be distributed to such holders of record in substitution and

24

replacement for the Right Certificates held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed and countersigned in the manner provided for herein, and shall be registered in the names of the holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

(j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price or in the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share issuable upon the exercise of the Rights, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the Purchase Price and the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.

(k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the Purchase Price below one one-hundredth of the then par value, if any, of the Preferred Shares issuable upon exercise of the Rights, the Company shall take any corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Preferred Shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.

(l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect to defer (with prompt written notice thereof to the Rights Agent) until the occurrence of such event the issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such record date of the Preferred Shares and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Shares and other capital stock or securities of the Company, if any,

25

issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however, that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing such holder's right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring such adjustment.

(m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments expressly required by this
Section 11, as and to the extent that it, in its sole discretion, shall determine to be advisable in order that any consolidation or subdivision of the Preferred Shares, issuance wholly for cash of any Preferred Shares at less than the current market price, issuance wholly for cash of Preferred Shares or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for Preferred Shares, dividends on Preferred Shares payable in Preferred Shares or issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to in Section 11(b) hereof, hereafter made by the Company to holders of the Preferred Shares shall not be taxable to such stockholders.

(n) In the event that, at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the Distribution Date, the Company shall (i) declare or pay any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares, or (ii) effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Shares) into a greater or lesser number of Common Shares, then, in any such case, (A) the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share purchasable after such event upon proper exercise of each Right shall be determined by multiplying the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share so purchasable immediately prior to such event by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately before such event and the denominator of which is the number of Common Shares outstanding immediately after such

26

event, and (B) each Common Share outstanding immediately after such event shall have issued with respect to it that number of Rights which each Common Share outstanding immediately prior to such event had issued with respect to it. The adjustments provided for in this Section 11(n) shall be made successively whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such a subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected.

Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares. Whenever an adjustment is made as provided in Section 11 or 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate setting forth such adjustment and a brief, reasonably detailed statement of the facts, computations and methodology accounting for such adjustment, (b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the Common Shares or the Preferred Shares and the Securities and Exchange Commission a copy of such certificate and (c) if such adjustment occurs at any time after the Distribution Date, mail a brief summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with Section 25 hereof. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any such certificate and on any adjustment or statement therein contained and shall have no duty or liability with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of, any adjustment unless and until it shall have received such a certificate.

Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power. In the event, directly or indirectly, at any time after a Person has become an Acquiring Person, (a) the Company shall consolidate with, or merge with and into, any other Person, (b) any Person shall consolidate with the Company, or merge with and into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Shares shall be changed into or exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or the Company) or cash or any other property, or (c) the

27

Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to any other Person other than the Company or one or more of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, then, and in each such case, proper provision shall be made so that (i) each holder of a Right (except as otherwise provided herein) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at a price equal to the then current Purchase Price multiplied by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of Preferred Shares, such number of Common Shares of such other Person (including the Company as successor thereto or as the surviving corporation) as shall equal the result obtained by (A) multiplying the then current Purchase Price by the number of one one-hundredths of a Preferred Share for which a Right is then exercisable and dividing that product by (B) 50% of the then current per share market price of the Common Shares of such other Person (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (ii) the issuer of such Common Shares shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to this Agreement; (iii) the term "Company" shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such issuer; and (iv) such issuer shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation of a sufficient number of its Common Shares in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in connection with such consummation as may be necessary to assure that the provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to the Common Shares of the Company thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights. The Company shall not consummate any such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer

28

unless, prior thereto, the Company and such issuer shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement so providing. The Company shall not enter into any transaction of the kind referred to in this Section 13 if at the time of such transaction there are any rights, warrants, instruments or securities outstanding or any agreements or arrangements which, as a result of the consummation of such transaction, would eliminate or substantially diminish the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights. The provisions of this Section 13 shall similarly apply to successive mergers or consolidations or sales or other transfers.

Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares. (a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights or to distribute Right Certificates which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The closing price for any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on the New York Stock Exchange, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and low asked prices in the

29

over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other system then in use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the Rights selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. If on any such date no such market maker is making a market in the Rights, the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.

(b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share) upon exercise of the Rights or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Preferred Shares (other than fractions which are integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share). Fractions of Preferred Shares in integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary selected by it; provided that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Shares represented by such depositary receipts. In lieu of fractional Preferred Shares that are not integral multiples of one one-hundredth of a Preferred Share, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Right Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised as herein provided an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of one Preferred Share. For the purposes of this Section 14(b), the current market value of a Preferred Share shall be the closing price of a Preferred Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise.

30

(c) The holder of a Right, by the acceptance of the Right, expressly waives such holder's right to receive any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise of a Right (except as provided above).

(d) Whenever a payment for fractional Rights or fractional shares is to be made by the Rights Agent, the Company shall (i) promptly prepare and deliver to the Rights Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the facts related to such payment and the prices and/or formulas utilized in calculating such payment, and (ii) provide sufficient monies to the Rights Agent in the form of fully collected funds to make such payments. The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying upon such a certificate and shall have no duty with respect to, and shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any payment for fractional Rights or fractional shares under any Section of this Agreement relating to the payment of fractional Rights or fractional shares unless and until the Rights Agent shall have received such a certificate and sufficient monies.

Section 15. Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, excepting the rights of action given to the Rights Agent hereunder, are vested in the respective registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered holders of the Common Shares); and any registered holder of any Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Shares), may, in such holder's own behalf and for such holder's own benefit, enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, such holder's right to exercise the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate in the manner provided in such Right Certificate and in this Agreement. Without

31

limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for any breach of this Agreement, and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under, and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of the obligations of any Person subject to, this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to any holder of a Right or other Person as a result of its inability to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement by reason of any preliminary or permanent injunction or other order, judgment, decree or ruling (whether interlocutory or final) issued by a court or by a governmental, regulatory, self-regulatory or administrative agency or commission, or any statute, rule, regulation or executive order promulgated or enacted by any governmental authority, prohibiting or otherwise restraining performance of such obligation.

Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

(a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of the Common Shares;

(b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the office of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer; and

32

(c) the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the person in whose name the Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the associated Common Shares certificate) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby (notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificate or the associated Common Shares certificate made by anyone other than the Company or the Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder. No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Shares or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise of the Rights represented thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in Section 25 hereof), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Right or Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised in accordance with the provisions hereof.

Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent. The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder, and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the preparation, delivery, amendment, administration and execution of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also

33

agrees to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability, damages, judgment, fine, penalty, claim, demand, settlement, cost or expense (including, without limitation, the reasonable fees and expenses of legal counsel), incurred without gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent (as each is determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction), for any action taken, suffered or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance, administration, exercise and performance of its duties under this Agreement. The costs and expenses incurred in enforcing this right of indemnification by the Rights Agent shall be paid by the Company to the extent that the Rights Agent is entitled to indemnification under this Section
18. The provisions of this Section 18 and Section 20 below shall survive the termination of this Agreement, the exercise or expiration of the Rights and the resignation, replacement or removal of the Rights Agent.

The Rights Agent shall be authorized and protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its acceptance and administration of this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder, in reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Shares or Common Shares or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter, notice, direction, consent, certificate, statement, or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed, executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper person or persons, or otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof. The Rights Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any event of which it was supposed to receive notice thereof hereunder, and the Rights Agent shall

34

be fully protected and shall incur no liability for failing to take any action in connection therewith unless and until it has received such notice in writing.

Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent. Any Person into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or with which it may be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger or consolidation to which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any Person succeeding to the shareholder services business of the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that such Person would be eligible for appointment as a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so countersigned; and, in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and, in all such cases, such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and, in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name

35

or in its changed name; and, in all such cases, such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in this Agreement.

Section 20. Rights and Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes to perform only the duties and obligations expressly imposed by this Agreement (and no implied duties) upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

(a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the Company or absent bad faith an employee of the Rights Agent), and the advice or opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall incur no liability for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it and in accordance with such advice or opinion.

(b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter (including without limitation, the identity of an Acquiring Person and the determination of the current per share market price of any security) be proved or established by the Company prior to taking, suffering or omitting to take any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established by a certificate signed by any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Treasurer, or the Secretary of the Company and delivered to the Rights Agent; and such absent bad faith by the Rights Agent certificate shall be full and complete authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall incur no liability for or in respect of

36

any action taken, suffered or omitted by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such certificate.

(c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct (as each determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction). Anything to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall the Rights Agent be liable for special, punitive, indirect, consequential or incidental loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if the Rights Agent has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage. Any liability of the Rights Agent under this Rights Agreement will be limited to the product of four (4) times the amount of the annual fees paid by the Company to the Rights Agent.

(d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be deemed to have been made by the Company only.

(e) The Rights Agent shall not have any liability or be under any responsibility in respect of the legality or validity of this Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights Agent) or in respect of the legality or validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming null and void pursuant to Section

37

11(a)(ii) hereof) or any change or adjustment in the terms of the Rights (including the manner, method or amount thereof) provided for in Section 3, 11, 13, 23 or 24 hereof, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right Certificates after receipt of the certificate described in Section 12 hereof, upon which the Rights Agent may rely); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any Preferred Shares to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any Preferred Shares will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

(f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

(g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to the performance of its duties hereunder from any one of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or the Treasurer of the Company, and to apply to such officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and, absent bad faith by the Rights Agent, such instructions shall be full authorization and protection to the Rights Agent and the Rights Agent shall not be liable for or in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it in accordance with instructions of any such officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. The Rights Agent shall be fully authorized and protected in relying upon the most recent instructions received by any such officer.

38

(h) If, with respect to any Right Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or transfer, the certificate contained in the form of assignment or form of election to purchase set forth on the reverse thereof, as the case may be, has not been completed, the Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer without first consulting with the Company.

(i) The Rights Agent and any stockholder, Affiliate, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though the Rights Agent were not Rights Agent under this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent or any such stockholder, Affiliate, director, officer or employee from acting in any other capacity for the Company or for any other Person.

(j) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it or perform any duty hereunder either itself (through its directors, officers and employees) or by or through its attorneys or agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default, neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company or any other Person resulting from any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, absent gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct in the selection and continued employment thereof (as each is determined by a final, non-appealable order, judgment, decree or ruling of a court of competent jurisdiction).

(k) No provision of this Agreement shall require the Rights Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its

39

duties hereunder or in the exercise of its rights if it reasonably believes that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnification against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it; provided, however, that the Rights Agent promptly notifies the Company in writing of such belief. The Company shall have the right to provide to the Rights Agent evidence that indemnification against such risk or liability is reasonably assured, and the Rights Agent shall have the obligation to re-assess its belief in good faith in the context of the evidence provided.

Section 21. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days' notice in writing mailed to the Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares known to the Rights Agent by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days' notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares by registered or certified mail, and to the holders of the Right Certificates in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 26 hereof. If the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (which holder shall, with such notice, submit such holder's Right Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be (a) a Person

40

organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States, in good standing, which is authorized under such laws to exercise stock transfer powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million or (b) a wholly owned subsidiary of a Person which subsidiary is organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or of any state of the United States, is in good standing, is authorized under such laws to exercise stock transfer powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at least $50 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Shares or Preferred Shares, and mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent, as the case may be.

Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates.
Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right Certificates evidencing Rights in such form as may be approved by the Board of

41

Directors of the Company to reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class of shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

Section 23. Redemption. (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, redeem all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.01 per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring after the date hereof (such redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the "Redemption Price"). The redemption of the Rights by the Board of Directors of the Company may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the Board of Directors of the Company, in its sole discretion, may establish.

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 23, and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption (with prompt written notice thereof to the Rights Agent); provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such redemption. Within 10 days after such action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the redemption of the Rights, the Company shall mail a notice of redemption to all the holders of the then outstanding Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Shares. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the

42

holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption will state the method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made. Neither the Company nor any of its Affiliates or Associates may redeem, acquire or purchase for value any Rights at any time in any manner other than that specifically set forth in this Section 23 or in Section 24 hereof, and other than in connection with the purchase of Common Shares prior to the Distribution Date.

Section 24. Exchange. (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time after any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include Rights that have become null and void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) for Common Shares at an exchange ratio of one Common Share per Right, appropriately adjusted to reflect any adjustment in the number of Rights pursuant to Section 11(i) (such exchange ratio being hereinafter referred to as the "Exchange Ratio"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Company shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or any such Subsidiary, or any entity holding Common Shares for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan), together with all Affiliates and Associates of such Person, becomes the Beneficial Owner of 50% or more of the Common Shares then outstanding.

(b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 24 and without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of Common Shares equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange Ratio. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange (with prompt written

43

notice thereof to the Rights Agent); provided, however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the legality or validity of such exchange. The Company promptly shall mail a notice of any such exchange to all of the holders of such Rights at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the Common Shares for Rights will be effected, and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be exchanged. Any partial exchange shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Rights (other than Rights which have become null and void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Rights.

(c) In the event that there shall not be sufficient Common Shares issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit any exchange of Rights as contemplated in accordance with this Section 24, the Company shall take all such action as may be necessary to authorize additional Common Shares for issuance upon exchange of the Rights. In the event the Company shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take all such action as may be necessary to authorize such additional Common Shares, the Company shall substitute, for each Common Share that would otherwise be issuable upon exchange of a Right, a number of Preferred Shares or fraction thereof such that the current per share market price of one Preferred Share multiplied by such number or fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one Common Share as of the date of issuance of such Preferred Shares or fraction thereof.

(d) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Common Shares or to distribute certificates which evidence fractional Common Shares. In lieu of such fractional Common Shares, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with

44

regard to which such fractional Common Shares would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole Common Share. For the purposes of this paragraph (d), the current market value of a whole Common Share shall be the closing price of a Common Share (as determined pursuant to the second sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of exchange pursuant to this Section 24.

Section 25. Notice of Certain Events. (a) In case the Company shall, at any time after the Distribution Date, propose (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class to the holders of the Preferred Shares or to make any other distribution to the holders of the Preferred Shares (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend), (ii) to offer to the holders of the Preferred Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any additional Preferred Shares or shares of stock of any class or any other securities, rights or options, (iii) to effect any reclassification of the Preferred Shares (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision of outstanding Preferred Shares), (iv) to effect any consolidation or merger into or with, or to effect any sale or other transfer (or to permit one or more of its Subsidiaries to effect any sale or other transfer), in one or more transactions, of 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries (taken as a whole) to, any other Person, (v) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, or (vi) to declare or pay any dividend on the Common Shares payable in Common Shares or to effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Shares (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of dividends in Common Shares), then, in each such case, the Company shall give to the Rights Agent and to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of such proposed action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such stock

45

dividend, or distribution of rights or warrants, or the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, liquidation, dissolution, or winding up is to take place and the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares, if any such date is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i) or (ii) above at least 10 days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred Shares for purposes of such action, and, in the case of any such other action, at least 10 days prior to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the holders of the Common Shares and/or Preferred Shares, whichever shall be the earlier.

(b) In case the event set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof shall occur, then the Company shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give to the Rights Agent and to each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe such event and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

Section 26. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

Piper Jaffray Companies 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 800 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 Attention: Corporate Secretary

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or

46

on the Rights Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

Mellon Investor Services LLC 150 N. Wacker Drive
Suite 2120
Chicago, Illinois 60606 Attention: Mr. Thomas Blatchford

with a copy to:

Mellon Investor Services LLC 85 Challenger Road
Ridgefield Park, New Jersey 07660-2108 Attention: General Counsel

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if published by press release, which promptly thereafter shall be filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on a Form 8-K under the Exchange Act, or sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown on the registry books of the Company.

Section 27. Supplements and Amendments. The Company may from time to time supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of Right Certificates in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to the Rights which the Company may deem necessary or desirable, any such supplement or amendment to be evidenced by a writing signed by the Company and the Rights Agent; provided, however, that, from and after such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person, this Agreement shall not be amended in any manner which would adversely

47

affect the interests of the holders of Rights. Without limiting the foregoing, the Company may at any time prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring Person amend this Agreement to lower the thresholds set forth in
Section 1(a) and 3(a) hereof to not less than 10% (the "Reduced Threshold"); provided, however, that no Person who beneficially owns a number of Common Shares equal to or greater than the Reduced Threshold shall become an Acquiring Person unless such Person shall, after the public announcement of the Reduced Threshold, increase its beneficial ownership of the then outstanding Common Shares (other than as a result of an acquisition of Common Shares by the Company) to an amount equal to or greater than the greater of (x) the Reduced Threshold or (y) the sum of (i) the lowest beneficial ownership of such Person as a percentage of the outstanding Common Shares as of any date on or after the date of the public announcement of such Reduced Threshold plus (ii) .001%. Upon delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the Company and if, requested by the Rights Agent, an opinion of counsel, that states that the proposed supplement or amendment complies with this Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment, unless the Rights Agent shall have determined in good faith that such supplement or amendment would affect the Rights Agent's duties, liabilities, obligations, rights or immunities under this Agreement; provided, that any supplement or amendment to this Agreement made in accordance with this Section 27 solely to change the Persons or types of Persons who are included within the definition of Acquiring Person (including by lowering the threshold set forth in Section 1(a) hereof), shall not be deemed to affect the Rights Agent's duties, liabilities or obligations, rights or immunities under this Agreement. Prior to the Distribution Date, the interests of the holders of Rights shall be deemed coincident with the interests of the holders of Common Shares.

48

Section 28. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their respective successors and assigns hereunder.

Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Shares).

Section 30. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, null, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

Section 31. Governing Law. This Agreement and each Right Certificate issued hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such state applicable to contracts to be made and performed entirely within such state; provided, however, that all provisions regarding the rights, duties and obligations of the Rights Agent shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts made and to be performed entirely within such state.

49

Section 32. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

Section 33. Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of the provisions hereof.

Section 34. Determination and Actions by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors (or its designees) shall have the sole power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise the rights and powers granted to the Board of Directors or to the Company hereunder. All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations that are done or made by the Board of Directors (or its designees) shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of the Rights, as such, and all other applicable Persons. The Rights Agent is entitled always to assume the Company's Board of Directors acted in good faith and shall be fully protected and incur no liability in reliance thereon.

50

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and attested, all as of the day and year first above written.

Attest: PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

By  /s/ James L. Chosy                      By   /s/ Andrew S. Duff
   ---------------------------------            --------------------------------
    Name:  James L. Chosy                   Name: Andrew S. Duff
    Title: Secretary                        Title:  President


Attest:                                     MELLON INVESTOR SERVICES LLC, as
                                            Rights Agent

By  /s/ George Drake                        By /s/ Thomas Blatchford
    --------------------------------          ----------------------------------
     Name: George Drake                     Name: Thomas Blatchford
     Title: Assistant Vice President        Title: Assistant Vice President


EXHIBIT 10.1

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN

U.S. BANCORP

AND

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

DATED AS OF
DECEMBER 22, 2003


TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE I       DEFINITIONS............................................................   1
     1.1        Affiliate..............................................................   1
     1.2        Agreement..............................................................   1
     1.3        Ancillary Agreements...................................................   1
     1.4        Approved Leave of Absence..............................................   1
     1.5        Auditing Party.........................................................   1
     1.6        Award..................................................................   2
     1.7        Benefit Plan...........................................................   2
     1.8        Close of the Distribution Date.........................................   2
     1.9        COBRA..................................................................   2
     1.10       Code...................................................................   2
     1.11       Committee..............................................................   2
     1.12       Covered Employees......................................................   2
     1.13       Distribution...........................................................   2
     1.14       Distribution Date......................................................   2
     1.15       Distribution Year......................................................   2
     1.16       ERISA..................................................................   2
     1.17       Former Parent Employee.................................................   3
     1.18       Former Piper Jaffray Employee..........................................   3
     1.19       Health and Welfare Plans...............................................   3
     1.20       HIPAA..................................................................   3
     1.21       Immediately after the Distribution Date................................   3
     1.22       Independent Third Party................................................   3
     1.23       Liabilities............................................................   3
     1.24       Match Date.............................................................   3
     1.25       Non-parties............................................................   3
     1.26       NYSE...................................................................   3
     1.27       Option.................................................................   3
     1.28       Parent.................................................................   3
     1.29       Parent Common Stock....................................................   3
     1.30       Parent Employee........................................................   4
     1.31       Parent Entities........................................................   4
     1.32       Parent Executive Benefit Plans.........................................   4
     1.33       Parent Flexible Benefit Plans..........................................   4
     1.34       Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans.......................................   4
     1.35       Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plan...................................   4
     1.36       Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plan Participant.......................   4
     1.37       Parent Opening Stock Value.............................................   4
     1.38       Parent Pension Plan....................................................   4
     1.39       Parent Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plan...........................   4
     1.40       Parent Savings Plan....................................................   5
     1.41       Parent Severance Pay Program...........................................   5
     1.42       Parent Stock Value.....................................................   5
     1.43       Participating Company..................................................   5


     1.44       Person.................................................................   5
     1.45       Piper Jaffray..........................................................   5
     1.46       Piper Jaffray Business.................................................   5
     1.47       Piper Jaffray Common Stock.............................................   5
     1.48       Piper Jaffray Employee.................................................   5
     1.49       Piper Jaffray Entities.................................................   5
     1.50       Piper Jaffray Executive Benefit Plans..................................   6
     1.51       Piper Jaffray Flexible Benefit Plan....................................   6
     1.52       Piper Jaffray Long-Term Incentive Plan.................................   6
     1.53       Piper Jaffray Non-Qualified Retirement Plan............................   6
     1.54       Piper Jaffray Savings Plan.............................................   6
     1.55       Piper Jaffray Savings Plan Trust.......................................   6
     1.56       Restricted Stock.......................................................   6
     1.57       Restricted Stock Unit..................................................   6
     1.58       Separation.............................................................   6
     1.59       Separation and Distribution Agreement..................................   6
     1.60       Subsidiaries...........................................................   6
     1.61       Tax Sharing Agreement..................................................   6
     1.62       Transferred Account Balances...........................................   7
     1.63       Transition Date........................................................   7
     1.64       U.S....................................................................   7

ARTICLE II      GENERAL PRINCIPLES.....................................................   7
     2.1        Employment of Piper Jaffray Employees..................................   7
     2.2        Assumption and Retention of Liabilities; Related Assets................   7
     2.3        Piper Jaffray Participation in Parent Benefit Plans....................   7
     2.4        Service Recognition....................................................   8
     2.5        Approval by Parent as Sole Stockholder.................................   8

ARTICLE III     DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS.........................   8
     3.1        Savings Plan...........................................................   8
     3.2        Company Match..........................................................   8
     3.3        Parent Pension Plan....................................................   9
                (a)    Retention of Parent Pension Plan................................   9
                (b)    Commencement of Pension.........................................   9
                (c)    Vesting.........................................................   9

ARTICLE IV      HEALTH AND WELFARE PLANS...............................................  10
     4.1        General................................................................  10
                (a)    Establishment of Piper Jaffray Health and Welfare Plans.........  10
                (b)    Retention of Sponsorship and Liabilities........................  10
                (c)    Certain Specific Claims.........................................  10
     4.2        Flexible Benefit Plan..................................................  11
     4.3        Workers' Compensation Liabilities......................................  11
     4.4        Payroll Taxes and Reporting of Compensation............................  11
     4.5        Parent Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plan...........................  12

-ii-

                (a)    Retention of Parent Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plan.......  12
                (b)    Piper Jaffray Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plans............  12
     4.6        COBRA and HIPAA Compliance.............................................  12

ARTICLE V       EXECUTIVE BENEFITS AND OTHER BENEFITS..................................  12
     5.1        Assumption of Obligations..............................................  12
     5.2        Parent Executive Incentive Plan and the Annual Incentive Plan..........  13
                (a)    Piper Jaffray Bonus Awards......................................  13
                (b)    Parent Bonus Awards.............................................  13
     5.3        Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans.......................................  13
                (a)    Parent Options..................................................  13
                (b)    Parent Restricted Stock.........................................  14
                (c)    Restricted Stock Units..........................................  15
                (d)    Incentive Stock Options; Foreign Grants/Awards..................  16
                (e)    Miscellaneous Option and Other Award Terms......................  14
                (f)    Waiting Period for Exercisability of Options and Grant
                       of Options and Awards...........................................  15
                (g)    Restrictive Covenants...........................................  16
     5.4        Registration Requirements..............................................  16
     5.5        Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plans..................................  16
     5.6        Severance Plans........................................................  16
     5.7        Employee Cash Awards in Connection with the Distribution...............  17

ARTICLE VI      GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE.............................................  17
     6.1        Sharing of Participant Information.....................................  17
     6.2        Reasonable Efforts/Cooperation.........................................  18
     6.3        No Third-Party Beneficiaries...........................................  18
     6.4        Audit Rights With Respect to Information Provided......................  18
     6.5        Fiduciary Matters......................................................  19
     6.6        Consent of Third Parties...............................................  19

ARTICLE VII     MISCELLANEOUS..........................................................  19
     7.1        Effect If Distribution Does Not Occur..................................  19
     7.2        Relationship of Parties................................................  19
     7.3        Affiliates.............................................................  20
     7.4        Notices................................................................  20
     7.5        Incorporation of Separation and Distribution Agreement Provisions......  20

SIGNATURES OF THE PARTIES

-iii-

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT

This EMPLOYEE BENEFITS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 22, 2003 is by and between U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and Piper Jaffray Companies, a Delaware corporation ("Piper Jaffray"). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in Article I hereof or assigned to them in the Separation and Distribution Agreement (as defined below), as applicable.

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Parent has determined that it is in the best interests of Parent and its stockholders to separate Parent's existing businesses into two independent companies;

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, Parent and Piper Jaffray have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the "Separation and Distribution Agreement"), and other ancillary agreements that will govern certain matters relating to the Separation and the relationship of Parent, Piper Jaffray and their respective Subsidiaries following the Distribution Date; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, Parent and Piper Jaffray have agreed to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of allocating assets, Liabilities and responsibilities with respect to certain employee compensation and benefit plans and programs between and among them.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

1.1 "Affiliate" has the meaning given that term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.2 "Agreement" means this Employee Benefits Agreement, including all the Schedules hereto.

1.3 "Ancillary Agreements" has the meaning given that term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.4 "Approved Leave of Absence" means an absence from active service (i) due to an individual's inability to perform his or her regular job duties by reason of illness or injury and resulting in eligibility to receive benefits pursuant to the terms of the Parent Short-Term Disability Program or the Parent Long-Term Disability Program, or (ii) pursuant to an approved leave policy with a guaranteed right of reinstatement.

1.5 "Auditing Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(a).


1.6 "Award," when immediately preceded by "Parent," means Parent Restricted Stock and Parent Restricted Stock Units and, when immediately preceded by "Piper Jaffray," means Piper Jaffray Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units.

1.7 "Benefit Plan" shall mean, with respect to an entity or any of its Subsidiaries, (a) each "employee welfare benefit plan" (as defined in
Section 3(1) of ERISA) and all other employee benefits arrangements, policies or payroll practices (including, without limitation, severance pay, sick leave, vacation pay, salary continuation, disability, retirement, deferred compensation, bonus, stock option or other equity-based compensation, hospitalization, medical insurance or life insurance) sponsored or maintained by such entity or by any of its Subsidiaries (or to which such entity or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or is required to contribute) and (b) all "employee pension benefit plans" (as defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), occupational pension plan or arrangement or other pension arrangements sponsored, maintained or contributed to by such entity or any of its Subsidiaries (or to which such entity or any of its Subsidiaries contributes or is required to contribute). When immediately preceded by "Parent," Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Parent or a Parent Entity. When immediately preceded by "Piper Jaffray," Benefit Plan means any Benefit Plan sponsored, maintained or contributed to by Piper Jaffray or any Piper Jaffray Entity. The Piper Jaffray Benefit Plans in effect prior to the Distribution are listed in Schedule 1.7 hereto.

1.8 "Close of the Distribution Date" means 11:59:59 P.M., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Time (whichever shall then be in effect), on the Distribution Date.

1.9 "COBRA" means the continuation coverage requirements for "group health plans" under Title X of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended, and as codified in Code Section 4980B and ERISA Sections 601 through 608.

1.10 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or any successor federal income tax law. Reference to a specific Code provision also includes any proposed, temporary or final regulation in force under that provision.

1.11 "Committee" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a).

1.12 "Covered Employees" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.2(i).

1.13 "Distribution" has the meaning given that term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.14 "Distribution Date" has the meaning given that term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.15 "Distribution Year" means the calendar year during which the Distribution Date occurs.

1.16 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. Reference to a specific provision of ERISA also includes any proposed, temporary or final regulation in force under that provision.

-2-

1.17 "Former Parent Employee" means any individual who is a former employee of Parent or a Parent Entity as of the Distribution Date.

1.18 "Former Piper Jaffray Employee" means any individual who is a former employee of Piper Jaffray or a Piper Jaffray Entity as of the Distribution Date.

1.19 "Health and Welfare Plans" shall mean any plan, fund or program which was established or is maintained for the purpose of providing for its participants or their beneficiaries, through the purchase of insurance or otherwise, medical, dental, surgical or hospital care or benefits, or benefits in the event of sickness, accident, disability, death or unemployment, or vacation benefits, apprenticeship or other training programs or day care centers, scholarship funds, or prepaid legal services, including any such plan, fund or program as defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA. When immediately preceded by "Parent," Health and Welfare Plans means each Health and Welfare Plan that is a Parent Benefit Plan. When immediately preceded by "Piper Jaffray," Health and Welfare Plans means each Health and Welfare Plan that is a Piper Jaffray Benefit Plan.

1.20 "HIPAA" means the health insurance portability and accountability requirements for "group health plans" under the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended.

1.21 "Immediately after the Distribution Date" means on the first moment of the day after the Distribution Date.

1.22 "Independent Third Party" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(f)(vi) of this Agreement.

1.23 "Liabilities" has the meaning given that term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.24 "Match Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2.

1.25 "Non-parties" has the meaning set forth in Section 6.4(b).

1.26 "NYSE" means the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

1.27 "Option," when immediately preceded by "Parent," means an option (either nonqualified or incentive) to purchase shares of Parent Common Stock pursuant to a Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan. When immediately preceded by "Piper Jaffray," Option means an option (either nonqualified or incentive) to purchase shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock pursuant to the Piper Jaffray Long-Term Incentive Plan.

1.28 "Parent" is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.29 "Parent Common Stock" has the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

-3-

1.30 "Parent Employee" means any individual who, immediately prior to the Close of the Distribution Date, is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence from, any Parent Entity.

1.31 "Parent Entities" means the members of the Parent Group, as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates, excluding any business or operations (whether current or historical, regardless of whether discontinued or sold) that are included in the Piper Jaffray Business.

1.32 "Parent Executive Benefit Plans" means the executive benefit and nonqualified plans, programs, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any Parent Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any Parent Entity before the Close of the Distribution Date.

1.33 "Parent Flexible Benefit Plans" means the Parent Flexible Benefit Plan, as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

1.34 "Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans" means any of the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Stock Incentive Plan, the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, the U.S. Bancorp 1999 Stock Incentive Plan, the Firstar Corporation 1999 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, the Firstar Corporation 1998 Employee Stock Incentive Plan, the U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan, the U.S. Bancorp 1997 Stock Incentive Plan, the Star Banc Corporation 1996 Starshare Stock Incentive Plan for Employees, the 1991 Performance and Equity Incentive Plan of the former U.S. Bancorp, the Piper Jaffray 1993 Omnibus Stock Plan, the U.S. Bancorp 1991 Executive Stock Incentive Plan and any other stock incentive plan of Parent, all as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provisions of this Agreement.

1.35 "Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plan" means the U.S. Bancorp Non-Qualified Retirement Plan in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

1.36 "Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plan Participant" means any individual who has an accrued balance in the Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plan as of the Distribution Date.

1.37 "Parent Opening Stock Value" means the opening per-share price of Parent Common Stock as listed on the NYSE as of the opening of trading on the first trading day following the Distribution Date; provided, however, that if the Distribution occurs at a time when the NYSE is open for trading, Parent Opening Stock Value shall mean the price at which Parent Common Stock trades as of the moment immediately after the Distribution; and provided, further, that if the Distribution occurs prior to opening of trading on the NYSE on the Distribution Date, the Parent Opening Stock Value shall mean the price at which Parent Common Stock first trades on the Distribution Date.

1.38 "Parent Pension Plan" means the U.S. Bancorp Pension Plan in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

1.39 "Parent Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plan" means the Health and Welfare Plan of Parent providing medical, dental or death benefits for retirees.

-4-

1.40 "Parent Savings Plan" means the U.S. Bancorp 401(k) Savings Plan as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

1.41 "Parent Severance Pay Program" means the U.S. Bancorp Severance Pay Program and the Parent Severance Pay Excess Plan, including any severance benefits payable under the U.S. Bancorp Comprehensive Welfare Benefit Plan or any component Benefit Plans thereof such as the U.S. Bancorp Comprehensive Welfare Benefit Middle Management Change in Control Excess Plan, each as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this Agreement.

1.42 "Parent Stock Value" means the closing per-share price of the Parent Common Stock trading "regular way with due bills" as listed on the NYSE as of 4:00 P.M., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Time (whichever shall then be in effect) on the Distribution Date; provided, however, that if the Distribution occurs at a time when the NYSE is open for trading, Parent Stock Value shall mean the price at which Parent Common Stock trades "regular way with due bills" as of the moment immediately prior to the Distribution; and, provided, further, that if the Distribution occurs prior to opening of trading on the NYSE on the Distribution Date, Parent Stock Value shall mean the closing per-share price of the Parent Common Stock trading "regular way with due bills" as listed on the NYSE as of 4:00 P.M., Eastern Standard Time or Eastern Daylight Time (whichever shall then be in effect) on the trading date immediately preceding the Distribution Date.

1.43 "Participating Company" means (a) Parent, (b) any Person (other than an individual) that Parent has approved for participation in, and which is participating in, a plan sponsored by any Parent Entity, and (c) any Person (other than an individual) which, by the terms of such a plan, participates in such plan or any employees of which, by the terms of such plan, participate in or are covered by such plan.

1.44 "Person" has the meaning given that term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.45 "Piper Jaffray" is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.46 "Piper Jaffray Business" has the meaning given to that term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.47 "Piper Jaffray Common Stock" means the Piper Jaffray Common Stock as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.48 "Piper Jaffray Employee" means any individual who, immediately prior to the Distribution, is either actively employed by, or then on Approved Leave of Absence from, a Piper Jaffray Entity.

1.49 "Piper Jaffray Entities" means the Piper Jaffray Group as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement and any business or operations (whether current or historical regardless of whether discontinued or sold) included in the Piper Jaffray Business.

-5-

1.50 "Piper Jaffray Executive Benefit Plans" means the executive benefit and nonqualified plans, programs, and arrangements established, sponsored, maintained, or agreed upon, by any Piper Jaffray Entity for the benefit of employees and former employees of any Piper Jaffray Entity before the Close of the Distribution Date.

1.51 "Piper Jaffray Flexible Benefit Plan" means the flexible benefit plan to be established by Piper Jaffray pursuant to Section 4.2 of this Agreement as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this agreement.

1.52 "Piper Jaffray Long-Term Incentive Plan" means the long-term incentive plan or program to be established by Piper Jaffray, effective immediately prior to the Distribution Date, in connection with the treatment of Awards as described in Article V.

1.53. "Piper Jaffray Non-Qualified Retirement Plan" has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.

1.54 "Piper Jaffray Savings Plan" means the 401(k) and profit sharing plan to be established by Piper Jaffray pursuant to Section 3.1 of this Agreement, as in effect as of the time relevant to the applicable provision of this agreement.

1.55 "Piper Jaffray Savings Plan Trust" means a trust relating to the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan intended to qualify under Section 401(a) and be exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code.

1.56 "Restricted Stock," when immediately preceded by "Parent," means shares of Parent Common Stock issued under a Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan subject to forfeiture in the event that certain terms and conditions are not satisfied and, when immediately preceded by "Piper Jaffray," means shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock issued under the Piper Jaffray Long-Term Incentive Plan subject to forfeiture in the event that certain terms and conditions are not satisfied.

1.57 "Restricted Stock Unit" when immediately preceded by "Parent," means units representing hypothetical shares of Parent Common Stock issued under a Parent Benefit Plan and, when immediately preceded by "Piper Jaffray," means units representing hypothetical shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock issued under the Piper Jaffray Long-Term Incentive Plan.

1.58 "Separation" has the meaning given that term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.59 "Separation and Distribution Agreement" is defined in the preamble to this Agreement.

1.60 "Subsidiaries" has the meaning given that term in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.61 "Tax Sharing Agreement" means the Tax Sharing Agreement entered into as of the date hereof between Parent and Piper Jaffray.

-6-

1.62 "Transferred Account Balances" has the meaning set forth in
Section 4.2(i).

1.63 "Transition Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a).

1.64 "U.S." means the 50 United States of America and the District of Columbia.

ARTICLE II

GENERAL PRINCIPLES

2.1 Employment of Piper Jaffray Employees. All Piper Jaffray Employees shall continue to be employees of Piper Jaffray or another Piper Jaffray Entity, as the case may be, immediately after the Distribution.

2.2 Assumption and Retention of Liabilities; Related Assets.

(a) As of the Distribution Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Parent Entities shall assume or retain and Parent hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, in due course in full (i) all Liabilities under all Parent Benefit Plans, (ii) all Liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all Parent Employees, Former Parent Employees and their dependents and beneficiaries, and other service providers (including any individual who is, or was, an independent contractor, temporary employee, temporary service worker, consultant, freelancer, agency employee, leased employee, on-call worker, incidental worker, or nonpayroll worker of any Parent Entity or in any other employment, non-employment, or retainer arrangement, or relationship with any Parent Entity), in each case to the extent arising in connection with or as a result of employment with or the performance of services to any Parent Entity, and (iii) any other Liabilities expressly assigned to Parent under this Agreement. All assets held in trust to fund the Parent Benefit Plans and all insurance policies funding the Parent Benefit Plans shall be Parent Assets (as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement), except to the extent specifically provided otherwise in this Agreement.

(b) From and after the Distribution Date, except as expressly provided in this Agreement, Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Entities shall assume or retain, as applicable, and Piper Jaffray hereby agrees to pay, perform, fulfill and discharge, (i) all Liabilities under all Piper Jaffray Benefit Plans, (ii) all Liabilities with respect to the employment or termination of employment of all Piper Jaffray Employees and other service providers (including any individual who is, or was, an independent contractor, temporary employee, temporary service worker, consultant, freelancer, agency employee, leased employee, on-call worker, incidental worker, or nonpayroll worker of Piper Jaffray or a Piper Jaffray Entity or in any other employment, non-employment, or retainer arrangement, or relationship with Piper Jaffray or a Piper Jaffray Entity), and their dependents and beneficiaries, and (iii) all Liabilities that are expressly assigned to Piper Jaffray or any Piper Jaffray Entity under this Agreement.

2.3 Piper Jaffray Participation in Parent Benefit Plans. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Close of the Distribution Date, Piper Jaffray and each other Piper Jaffray Entity shall cease to be a Participating Company in any Parent Benefit Plan, and

-7-

Parent and Piper Jaffray shall take all necessary action before the Distribution Date to effectuate such cessation as a Participating Company.

2.4 Service Recognition. Piper Jaffray shall cause the Piper Jaffray Benefit Plans with respect to which service is a relevant factor to credit Piper Jaffray Employees who are employed by Piper Jaffray immediately following the Distribution with service before the Distribution Date recognized by Parent under the terms of Parent Benefit Plans with respect to which service is a relevant factor, except (a) to the extent duplication of benefits would result and (b) for purposes of benefit accruals under any defined benefit pension plan.

2.5 Approval by Parent as Sole Stockholder. Prior to the Distribution, Parent shall cause Piper Jaffray to adopt the Piper Jaffray 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

ARTICLE III

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION AND DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS

3.1 Savings Plan. As soon as practicable (and in no event later than 30 days) after the Distribution Date, Piper Jaffray shall establish the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan and the Piper Jaffray Savings Trust. As soon as practical following the establishment of the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan and the Piper Jaffray Savings Trust, Parent shall cause the accounts (including any outstanding loan balances) of the Piper Jaffray Employees who elect a transfer under the Parent Savings Plan to be transferred to the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan and the Piper Jaffray Savings Trust in cash or such other assets as mutually agreed by Parent and Piper Jaffray, and Piper Jaffray shall cause the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan to assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities under the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan to or relating to Piper Jaffray Employees who elect a transfer of their accounts (to the extent assets related to those accounts are transferred from the Parent Savings Plan). Piper Jaffray will cause the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan to accept direct and indirect rollovers from the Parent Savings Plan of any account balances of such Piper Jaffray Employees in accordance with the applicable provisions of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan shall not be required to accept a rollover of any Parent Common Stock that is held in the accounts of Piper Jaffray Employees. Any outstanding participant loans to Piper Jaffray Employees who elect a transfer under the Parent Savings Plan of their account to the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan shall be transferred to the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan in kind. Parent and Piper Jaffray agree to cooperate in making all appropriate filings and taking all reasonable actions required to implement the provisions of this Section 3.1; provided that Piper Jaffray acknowledges that it will be responsible for complying with any requirements and applying for any determination letters with respect to the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan.

3.2 Company Match. Prior to the Distribution, Parent shall amend the Parent Savings Plan to provide for the making of matching contributions under the Parent Savings Plan to Piper Jaffray Employees for contributions made to the Parent Savings Plan by such Piper Jaffray Employees on or prior to the Distribution Date. As soon as possible following the Distribution Date (the "Match Date"), Parent shall, to the extent (a) permissible under Treasury regulations and (b) such contributions are deemed to be qualified contributions, pursuant to compliance testing of the Parent Savings Plan, contribute to accounts of Piper Jaffray Employees under the

-8-

Parent Savings Plan all matching contributions, if any, due to the Piper Jaffray Employees who participate in the Parent Savings Plan through the Distribution Date pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Parent Savings Plan. As soon as practicable following the end of the year in which the Distribution Date occurs, Piper Jaffray shall, to the extent (a) permissible under Treasury regulations and (b) such contributions are deemed to be qualified contributions, pursuant to compliance testing of the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan, contribute to the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan all matching contributions, if any, due under the terms and conditions of the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan to the Piper Jaffray Employees who participate in the Piper Jaffray Savings Plan from the Distribution Date through the end of the year in which the Distribution Date occurs.

3.3 Parent Pension Plan.

(a) Retention of Parent Pension Plan. Effective as of the Close of the Distribution Date, Parent shall retain:

(i) sponsorship of the Parent Pension Plan and its related trust and any other trust or other funding arrangement established or maintained with respect to such plan, or any assets held as of the Distribution Date with respect to such plan; and

(ii) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from claims incurred by or on behalf of any individuals with respect to benefits under the Parent Pension Plan.

(b) Commencement of Pension. Effective as of the Close of the Distribution Date, each Piper Jaffray Employee who is a participant in the Parent Pension Plan shall be deemed to have terminated employment with Parent and, to the extent vested in his or her benefit under the plan, shall be eligible to request distribution of his or her pension in accordance with the terms of such plan.

(c) Vesting. Following the Close of the Distribution Date, each Piper Jaffray Employee who is a participant in the Parent Pension Plan as of immediately prior to the Distribution Date and not vested in his or her benefit under the Parent Pension Plan as of the Distribution Date shall continue to vest in his or her benefit under the Parent Pension Plan for so long as such Piper Jaffray Employee remains employed with Piper Jaffray or a Piper Jaffray Entity, but upon termination of such employment such Piper Jaffray Employee's benefit shall no longer continue to vest. Piper Jaffray shall notify Parent on a quarterly basis at the end of each quarter following the Distribution Date of any participant in the Parent Pension Plan who is not vested in his or her benefit under the Parent Pension Plan who has terminated employment with Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Entities.

-9-

ARTICLE IV

HEALTH AND WELFARE PLANS

4.1 General.

(a) Establishment of Piper Jaffray Health and Welfare Plans. Effective as of January 1, 2004 (the "Transition Date"), Piper Jaffray shall adopt Health and Welfare Plans for the benefit of Piper Jaffray Employees, and Piper Jaffray shall be responsible for all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of Piper Jaffray Employees or their covered dependents under the Piper Jaffray Health and Welfare Plans on or after the Transition Date.

(b) Retention of Sponsorship and Liabilities. As of immediately prior to the Transition Date, Parent shall retain:

(i) sponsorship of all Parent Health and Welfare Plans and any trust or other funding arrangement established or maintained with respect to such plans, including any "voluntary employee's beneficiary association", or any assets held as of the Transition Date with respect to such plans;

(ii) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of Parent Employees, Former Parent Employees, Piper Jaffray Employees and Former Piper Jaffray Employees, or their covered dependents under the Parent Health and Welfare Plans on or before the Transition Date; and

(iii) except as provided in Section 4.1(c), all Liabilities relating to health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of Parent Employees, Former Parent Employees and Former Piper Jaffray Employees or their covered dependents on or after the Transition Date under the Parent Health and Welfare Plans.

Except as provided in Section 4.1(c), Parent shall not assume any Liability relating to health and welfare claims incurred by or on behalf of Piper Jaffray Employees or their covered dependents on or after the Transition Date, and such claims shall be satisfied pursuant to Section 4.1(a). Except as provided in
Section 4.1(c), a claim or Liability (1) for medical, dental, vision and/or prescription drug benefits shall be deemed to be incurred upon the rendering of health services giving rise to the obligation to pay such benefits; (2) for life insurance and accidental death and dismemberment and business travel accident insurance benefits and workers' compensation benefits shall be deemed to be incurred upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to the entitlement to such benefits; (3) for salary continuation or other disability benefits shall be deemed to be incurred upon the effective date of an individual's disability giving rise to the entitlement to such benefits; and (4) for a period of continuous hospitalization shall be deemed to be incurred on the date of admission to the hospital.

(c) Certain Specific Claims. Parent shall be responsible for all Liabilities under the applicable Parent Health and Welfare Plan that relate to, arise out of or result from any period of continuous hospitalization of a Piper Jaffray Employee or Former Piper Jaffray Employee or his or her covered dependent that begins before the Transition Date under a Parent Health and Welfare Plan and continues after the Transition Date; provided, however, that Parent

-10-

shall not be responsible for Liabilities in excess of the benefits otherwise provided by the terms of the respective plans. Parent also shall be responsible for all Liabilities under the applicable Parent Health and Welfare Plan that relate to, arise out of or result from any denture work, bridge work, crown installation or root canal therapy for a Piper Jaffray Employee, Former Piper Jaffray Employee or his or her covered dependent for which preparatory dental services have been rendered under a Parent Health and Welfare Plan on or before the Transition Date and such dental treatment continues after the Transition Date, provided that such dental treatment is concluded within allowable time limitations under the applicable Parent Health and Welfare Plan. Coverage for any such hospitalization or dental services shall be provided after the Transition Date without interruption under the appropriate Parent Health and Welfare Plan until such hospitalization or treatment for such condition is concluded or discontinued subject to applicable plan rules and limitations.

4.2 Flexible Benefit Plan. Parent shall be responsible for all Liabilities of the Piper Jaffray Employees who are participants in the Parent Flexible Benefit Plan (the "Covered Employees") under the health care reimbursement program, the transit and parking reimbursement program and the dependent care reimbursement program of the Parent Flexible Benefit Plan for claims incurred at any time during the 2003 plan year of the Parent Flexible Benefit Plan and submitted to the Parent in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Parent Flexible Benefit Plan.

4.3 Workers' Compensation Liabilities. Except as provided below, all workers' compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by a Parent Employee, Former Parent Employee, Piper Jaffray Employee and Former Piper Jaffray Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, before the Close of the Distribution Date shall be retained by Parent; provided, however, that all amounts payable by Parent relating to, arising out of or resulting from any such claim by a Piper Jaffray Employee shall be deemed to be a Piper Jaffray Liability for purposes of the Insurance Matters Agreement and shall be paid by Parent or Piper Jaffray as set forth in the Insurance Matters Agreement. All workers' compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by a Parent Employee, Former Parent Employee or Former Piper Jaffray Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, on or after the Distribution Date shall be retained by Parent. All workers' compensation Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from any claim by a Piper Jaffray Employee that results from an accident occurring, or from an occupational disease which becomes manifest, on or after the Distribution Date shall be retained by Piper Jaffray. For purposes of this Agreement, a compensable injury shall be deemed to be sustained upon the occurrence of the event giving rise to eligibility for workers' compensation benefits or an occupational disease becomes manifest, as the case may be. Parent, Piper Jaffray and the other Piper Jaffray Entities shall cooperate with respect to any notification to appropriate governmental agencies of the Distribution and the issuance of new, or the transfer of existing, workers' compensation insurance policies and claims handling contracts.

4.4 Payroll Taxes and Reporting of Compensation. Parent and Piper Jaffray shall, and shall cause the other Parent Entities and the other Piper Jaffray Entities to, respectively, take such action as may be reasonably necessary or appropriate in order to minimize Liabilities related to payroll taxes after the Distribution Date. Parent and Piper Jaffray shall, and shall cause

-11-

the other Parent Entities and the other Piper Jaffray Entities to, respectively, each bear its responsibility for payroll tax obligations and for the proper reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities of compensation earned by their respective employees after the Close of the Distribution Date, including compensation related to the exercise of Options.

4.5 Parent Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plan.

(a) Retention of Parent Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plan. As of the Distribution Date, Parent shall retain (i) sponsorship of all Parent Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plans and any trust or other funding arrangement established or maintained with respect to such plans, or any assets held as of the Distribution Date with respect to such plans and (ii) all Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from retiree health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of Parent Employees, Former Parent Employees, Former Piper Jaffray Employees or their covered dependents under the Parent Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plans. Parent shall not assume any Liability relating to post-retirement welfare claims incurred by or on behalf of Piper Jaffray Employees or their covered dependents after the Distribution Date, and such claims shall be satisfied by Piper Jaffray pursuant to Section 4.5(b).

(b) Piper Jaffray Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, (i) Piper Jaffray may, in its sole discretion, adopt Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plans for the benefit of Piper Jaffray Employees, and (ii) Piper Jaffray shall be responsible for all Liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from health and welfare coverage or claims incurred by or on behalf of Piper Jaffray Employees or their covered dependents under the Piper Jaffray Post-Retirement Welfare Benefits Plans.

4.6 COBRA and HIPAA Compliance. Parent shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the Parent Health and Welfare Plans with respect to Piper Jaffray Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event or loss of coverage under the Parent Health and Welfare Plans at any time on or before December 31, 2003. Effective on the Transition Date, Piper Jaffray or another Piper Jaffray Entity shall be responsible for administering compliance with the health care continuation requirements of COBRA, the certificate of creditable coverage requirements of HIPAA, and the corresponding provisions of the Piper Jaffray Health and Welfare Plans with respect to Piper Jaffray Employees and their covered dependents who incur a COBRA qualifying event or loss of coverage under the Piper Jaffray Health and Welfare Plans at any time after December 31, 2003. The parties hereto agree that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Separation Agreement shall not constitute a COBRA qualifying event for any purpose of COBRA.

ARTICLE V

EXECUTIVE BENEFITS AND OTHER BENEFITS

5.1 Assumption of Obligations. Except as provided in this Agreement, effective as of the Distribution Time, Piper Jaffray shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities to or relating to Piper Jaffray Employees under all Parent Executive Benefit Plans and Piper Jaffray

-12-

Executive Benefit Plans. None of the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements, including, without limitation, this Agreement, constitutes a change in control for purposes of any Employee Benefit Plan.

5.2 Parent Executive Incentive Plan and the Annual Incentive Plan.

(a) Piper Jaffray Bonus Awards. Piper Jaffray shall be responsible for determining all bonus awards that would otherwise be payable under the U.S. Bancorp Executive Incentive Plan and the U.S. Bancorp Annual Incentive Plan to Piper Jaffray Employees for the Distribution Year. Piper Jaffray shall also determine for Piper Jaffray Employees (i) the extent to which established performance criteria (as interpreted by Piper Jaffray, in its sole discretion) have been met, and (ii) the payment level for each Piper Jaffray Employee. Piper Jaffray shall assume all Liabilities with respect to any such bonus awards payable to Piper Jaffray Employees for the Distribution Year and thereafter.

(b) Parent Bonus Awards. Parent shall be responsible for determining all bonus awards that would otherwise be payable under the U.S. Bancorp Executive Incentive Plan and the U.S. Bancorp Annual Incentive Plan to Parent Employees for the Distribution Year. Parent shall also determine for Parent Employees (i) the extent to which established performance criteria have been met, and (ii) the payment level for each such Parent Employee. Parent shall retain all Liabilities with respect to any such bonus awards payable to Parent Employees for the Distribution Year and thereafter.

5.3 Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans. Parent and Piper Jaffray shall use their reasonable best efforts to take all actions necessary or appropriate so that each outstanding Option and Award granted under any Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan held by any individual shall be adjusted as set forth in this Article V.

(a) Parent Options. As determined by the Compensation Committee of the Parent Board of Directors (the "Committee") in its sole discretion pursuant to its authority under any of the Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans, each Parent Option shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Distribution as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution; provided, however, that from and after the Close of the Distribution (i) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent Option, rounded to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution Date and (y) the quotient obtained by dividing the Parent Stock Value by the Parent Opening Stock Value and (ii) the exercise price of such Parent Option, rounded to the nearest whole cent, shall be equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the exercise price of such Parent Option immediately prior to the Distribution by
(y) the quotient obtained by dividing the Parent Stock Value by the Parent Opening Stock Value; provided, however, that, in the case of any Parent Option to which Section 421 of the Code applies by reason of its qualification under
Section 422 of the Code as of the Distribution, the exercise price, the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such option and the terms and conditions of exercise of such option shall be determined in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.

-13-

(b) Parent Restricted Stock. As determined by the Committee in its sole discretion pursuant to its authority under any of the Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans, each share of Parent Restricted Stock shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Distribution as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent Restricted Stock immediately prior to the Distribution; provided, however, that on the Close of the Distribution, the holder of the Parent Restricted Stock (including any Piper Jaffray Employee who held Parent Restricted Stock as of immediately prior to the Distribution) shall receive a number of shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock determined in the manner set forth in Section 3.1 of the Separation and Distribution Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in any award agreement evidencing the grant of such Parent Restricted Stock to the contrary, in no event shall the Piper Jaffray Common Stock received with respect to such Parent Restricted Stock be subject to any restriction.

(c) Parent Restricted Stock Units. As determined by the Committee in its sole discretion pursuant to its authority under any of the Parent Long-Term Incentive Plans, each Parent Restricted Stock Unit shall be subject to the same terms and conditions after the Distribution as the terms and conditions applicable to such Parent Restricted Stock Unit immediately prior to the Distribution; provided, however, that from and after the Close of the Distribution the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent Restricted Stock Unit, rounded to the nearest whole share, shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of shares of Parent Common Stock subject to such Parent Restricted Stock Unit immediately prior to the Distribution Date and (y) the quotient obtained by dividing the Parent Stock Value by the Parent Opening Stock Value.

(d) Incentive Stock Options; Foreign Grants/Awards. To the extent that the Parent Awards or any of the Parent Options are granted to non-U.S. employees under any domestic or foreign equity-based incentive program sponsored by a Parent Entity, subject to the provisions of Sections 5.3(a), 5.3(b), 5.3(c) and 5.3(d), Parent and Piper Jaffray shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to preserve, at and after the Distribution, the value and tax treatment accorded to such Parent Options and such Parent Awards granted to non-U.S. employees under any domestic or foreign equity-based incentive program sponsored by a Parent Entity. The parties hereby delegate to the Parent Executive Vice President-Human Resources, for periods before the Distribution Date, the authority to determine an appropriate methodology for adjusting such grants or awards in a manner that is, to the extent possible, consistent with the treatment of such awards and grants for U.S. employees.

(e) Miscellaneous Option and Other Award Terms.

(i) After the Distribution Date, Parent Options and Parent Awards adjusted pursuant to Section 5.3, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Parent pursuant to the terms of the Parent Long-Term Incentive Plan, and Piper Jaffray Options and Piper Jaffray Awards, regardless of by whom held, shall be settled by Piper Jaffray pursuant to the terms of the Piper Jaffray Long-Term Incentive Plan. The Distribution shall constitute a termination of employment for all Piper Jaffray Employees for purposes of any Parent Option or Parent Award.

(ii) Parent or a Parent Entity shall claim the benefit of federal, state, and local tax deductions related to the exercise of all adjusted Parent Options and the vesting or settlement, as applicable, of Parent Awards after the Distribution Date and none of Piper Jaffray

-14-

or any Piper Jaffray Entity shall claim any such tax deductions. After the Distribution Date, Parent and the Parent Entities shall be responsible for the proper payroll tax treatment and the proper reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities of compensation relating to all option exercises of Parent Options and vesting or settlement, as applicable, of Parent Awards.

(iii) Piper Jaffray or a Piper Jaffray Entity shall claim the benefit of federal, state and local tax deductions related to the exercise of Piper Jaffray Options and the vesting or settlement, as applicable, of Piper Jaffray Awards after the Distribution Date and neither Parent nor any Parent Entity shall claim any such tax deductions. After the Distribution Date, Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Entities shall be responsible for the proper payroll tax treatment and the proper reporting to the appropriate governmental authorities of compensation relating to all option exercises of Piper Jaffray Options and vesting or settlement, as applicable, of Piper Jaffray Awards.

(iv) Parent and Piper Jaffray agree to act (or to take such action) with respect to such federal, state, or local tax deductions, and with respect to fulfilling the payroll tax and reporting obligations on compensation as are reasonably necessary or appropriate to achieve, maintain and/or preserve such tax results.

(v) If (A) as a result of a determination (as defined in Section 1313 of the Code) or (B) in the opinion of nationally recognized tax counsel to Parent or Piper Jaffray, which opinion and tax counsel are reasonably acceptable to the other party hereto, as a result of final or pending Treasury Regulations, Internal Revenue Service announcement or otherwise, in each case, there is a substantial likelihood that the tax deductions related to the exercise of Options or Awards under this Agreement and/or the payroll tax and reporting obligations related to the exercise of Options or vesting or settlement of Awards, will be inconsistent with all or any part of Section 5.3 above, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to restructure the arrangements set forth herein so that (I) if, pursuant to the determination or opinion, a party gets a tax deduction it was not entitled to claim under the terms of this Agreement, that party shall pay over to the party entitled to claim the deduction under the terms of this Agreement, as if and for the tax year(s) recognized through a reduction in taxes due and/or the receipt of a refund in an amount equal to the lesser of (X) its tax benefit and (Y) the benefit otherwise available to the party entitled to such deduction under the terms of this Agreement, as if and for the tax year(s) when such deduction would have resulted in a reduction in taxes due and/or the receipt of a refund and
(II) the reporting and financial burden of the payroll taxes are, to the extent practicable, as described above. Any such amounts shall be payable within 30 days of the filing of the return in which the benefit described in (X) or (Y) of the preceding sentence, whichever is later, is reflected. If the parties are unable to reach an agreement on how to restructure the arrangements set forth herein within 90 days of such determination or the receipt of the opinion of counsel described in the first sentence of this subparagraph (vi) such disagreement shall be resolved by a nationally recognized law firm or accounting firm ("Independent Third Party"), selected in a manner similar to the procedure set forth in Section 3(b)(iii) of the Tax Sharing Agreement, whose judgment shall be conclusive and binding upon the parties. The cost of any Independent Third Party shall be shared equally between the parties.

(f) Waiting Period for Exercisability of Options and Grant of Options and Awards. The Parent Options and Piper Jaffray Options shall not be exercisable during a period

-15-

beginning on a date prior to the Distribution Date determined by Parent in its sole discretion, and continuing until the Parent Opening Stock Value and the Parent Stock Value are determined immediately after the Distribution, or such longer period as Parent determines necessary to implement the provisions of this
Section 5.3. In addition, Piper Jaffray shall not grant any Piper Jaffray Option or Piper Jaffray Award under the Piper Jaffray Long-Term Incentive Plan during the period commencing on the Distribution Date and ending on the date that is 90 days after the Distribution Date.

(g) Restrictive Covenants. Following the Distribution Date, Piper Jaffray shall use its reasonable best efforts to monitor the Piper Jaffray Employees and Former Piper Jaffray Employees to determine whether any such Piper Jaffray Employees or Former Piper Jaffray Employees have breached any of the restrictive covenants in the agreements evidencing the terms of their Parent Options and Parent Awards. As soon as practicable following Piper Jaffray's reasonable belief that a Piper Jaffray Employee or Former Piper Jaffray Employee has breached any such covenant, Piper Jaffray shall provide Parent in writing with the name and address of such employee or former employee and the name and address of the enterprise in which such employee or former employee is believed to have been engaged. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in any agreement evidencing the terms of any Parent Options and Parent Awards to the contrary, it shall not be a violation of any non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenant for a holder of a Parent Option or Parent Award to engage in acts on behalf of Piper Jaffray or a Piper Jaffray Entity that are otherwise prohibited by the terms of such non-competition or non-solicitation of clients or customers covenants.

5.4 Registration Requirements. As soon as possible following the time as of which the Registration Statement (as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement) is declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission but in any case before the Distribution Date and before the date of issuance or grant of any Piper Jaffray Option and/or shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock pursuant to this Article V, Piper Jaffray agrees that it shall file a Form S-8 Registration Statement with respect to and cause to be registered pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the shares of Piper Jaffray Common Stock authorized for issuance under the Piper Jaffray Long-Term Incentive Plan as required pursuant to such Act and any applicable rules or regulations thereunder, with such registration to be effective prior to the Distribution Date.

5.5 Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Piper Jaffray shall establish a non-qualified pension plan (the "Piper Jaffray Non-Qualified Retirement Plan") that is substantially identical to the Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plan to provide benefits to Piper Jaffray Employees and Former Piper Jaffray Employees from and after the Distribution Date who were participants in the Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plan as of immediately prior to the Distribution Date. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Piper Jaffray shall assume and be solely responsible for all Liabilities of Parent for, or relating to, benefits accrued through the Distribution Date by or with respect to Piper Jaffray Employees and Former Piper Jaffray Employees under the Parent Non-Qualified Retirement Plan and the Piper Jaffray Non-Qualified Retirement Plan.

5.6 Severance Plans. The Parent Severance Pay Program provides for the payment of certain compensation and benefits in the event of the termination of employment of the

-16-

individual covered by the terms of such plans. As of the Close of the Distribution Date, Parent shall retain all Liabilities relating to the Parent Severance Pay Program and all Liabilities relating to, arising out of, or resulting from claims incurred by or on behalf of any Parent Employee or Former Parent Employee under such plans. A Piper Jaffray Employee shall not be deemed to have terminated employment for purposes of determining eligibility for benefits under the Parent Severance Pay Program or other similar plans and programs in connection with or in anticipation of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement, and shall cease to be covered thereby as of the Close of the Distribution Date. Piper Jaffray shall be solely responsible for all Liabilities in respect of all costs arising out of payments and benefits relating to the termination or alleged termination of any Piper Jaffray Employee's employment that occurs as a result of or in connection with or following the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Separation and Distribution Agreement, including any amounts required to be paid (including any payroll or other taxes), and the costs of providing benefits, under any applicable severance, separation, redundancy, termination or similar plan, program, practice, contract, agreement, law or regulation (such benefits to include any medical or other welfare benefits, outplacement benefits, accrued vacation, and taxes). The Parent shall retain all Liabilities with respect to the termination of any Piper Jaffray Employee or Former Piper Jaffray employee prior to the Distribution Date.

5.7 Employee Cash Awards in Connection with the Distribution. Piper Jaffray shall use the Capital Contribution contributed pursuant to clause
(1) of Section 2.6 of the Separation and Distribution Agreement as well as an additional $23,500,000 (the "Employee Cash Award Pool") for the sole purpose of providing each Piper Jaffray Employee selected by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Piper Jaffray (the "Piper Jaffray Compensation Committee") with a cash award (an "Employee Cash Award") in an amount determined by the Piper Jaffray Compensation Committee, which shall generally be payable as on the terms and conditions not inconsistent herewith as are approved by the Committee and the Piper Jaffray Compensation Committee and as are set forth in the agreements evidencing the grant of the Employee Cash Awards substantially in the forms attached hereto on Exhibit A, provided that in no event shall Piper Jaffray allocate any amount of the Employee Cash Award Pool or pay or provide any other bonus or amount or other compensation or consideration at any time with respect to any Parent Options or Parent Awards granted to Piper Jaffray Employees under the U.S. Bancorp 2001 Employee Stock Incentive Plan or the U.S. Bancorp 1998 Executive Stock Incentive Plan, and, notwithstanding the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement to the contrary, Piper Jaffray shall be responsible for and shall indemnify Parent against all Liabilities arising under or in connection with the Employee Cash Award Pool.

ARTICLE VI

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

6.1 Sharing of Participant Information. Parent and Piper Jaffray shall share, and Parent shall cause each other Parent Entity to share, and Piper Jaffray shall cause each other Piper Jaffray Entity to share with each other and their respective agents and vendors (without obtaining releases) all participant information necessary for the efficient and accurate administration of each of the Piper Jaffray Benefit Plans and the Parent Benefit Plans. Parent and Piper Jaffray and their respective authorized agents shall, subject to applicable laws, be

-17-

given reasonable and timely access to, and may make copies of, all information relating to the subjects of this Agreement in the custody of the other party, to the extent necessary for such administration. Until the Close of the Distribution Date, all participant information shall be provided in the manner and medium applicable to Participating Companies in Benefit Plans of Parent generally, and thereafter until December 31, 2003, all participant information shall be provided in a manner and medium as may be mutually agreed to by Parent and Piper Jaffray.

6.2 Reasonable Efforts/Cooperation. Each of the parties hereto will use its commercially reasonable efforts to promptly take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things necessary, proper or advisable under applicable laws and regulations to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Each of the parties hereto shall cooperate fully on any issue relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement for which the other party seeks a determination letter or private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service, an advisory opinion from the Department of Labor or any other filing, consent or approval with respect to or by a governmental agency.

6.3 No Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and is not intended to confer upon any other Persons any rights or remedies hereunder. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Parent or any other Parent Entity, at any time after the Close of the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any Parent Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any Parent Benefit Plan. Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement shall preclude Piper Jaffray or any other Piper Jaffray Entity, at any time after the Close of the Distribution Date, from amending, merging, modifying, terminating, eliminating, reducing, or otherwise altering in any respect any Piper Jaffray Benefit Plan, any benefit under any Benefit Plan or any trust, insurance policy or funding vehicle related to any Piper Jaffray Benefit Plan.

6.4 Audit Rights With Respect to Information Provided.

(a) Each of Parent and Piper Jaffray, and their duly authorized representatives, shall have the right to conduct reasonable audits with respect to all information required to be provided to it by the other party under this Agreement. The party conducting the audit (the "Auditing Party") may adopt reasonable procedures and guidelines for conducting audits and the selection of audit representatives under this Section 6.4. The Auditing Party shall have the right to make copies of any records at its expense, subject to any restrictions imposed by applicable laws and to any confidentiality provisions set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, which are incorporated by reference herein. The party being audited shall provide the Auditing Party's representatives with reasonable access during normal business hours to its operations, computer systems and paper and electronic files, and provide workspace to its representatives. After any audit is completed, the party being audited shall have the right to review a draft of the audit findings and to comment on those findings in writing within ten business days after receiving such draft.

(b) The Auditing Party's audit rights under this Section 6.4 shall include the right to audit, or participate in an audit facilitated by the party being audited, of any Subsidiaries

-18-

and Affiliates of the party being audited and to require the other party to request any benefit providers and third parties with whom the party being audited has a relationship, or agents of such party, to agree to such an audit to the extent any such persons are affected by or addressed in this Agreement (collectively, the "Non-parties"). The party being audited shall, upon written request from the Auditing Party, provide an individual (at the Auditing Party's expense) to supervise any audit of a Non-party. The Auditing Party shall be responsible for supplying, at the Auditing Party's expense, additional personnel sufficient to complete the audit in a reasonably timely manner. The responsibility of the party being audited shall be limited to providing, at the Auditing Party's expense, a single individual at each audited site for purposes of facilitating the audit.

6.5 Fiduciary Matters. It is acknowledged that actions required to be taken pursuant to this Agreement may be subject to fiduciary duties or standards of conduct under ERISA or other applicable law, and no party shall be deemed to be in violation of this Agreement if it fails to comply with any provisions hereof based upon its good faith determination that to do so would violate such a fiduciary duty or standard. Each party shall be responsible for taking such actions as are deemed necessary and appropriate to comply with its own fiduciary responsibilities and shall fully release and indemnify the other party for any Liabilities caused by the failure to satisfy any such responsibility.

6.6 Consent of Third Parties. If any provision of this Agreement is dependent on the consent of any third party (such as a vendor) and such consent is withheld, the parties hereto shall use their reasonable best efforts to implement the applicable provisions of this Agreement to the full extent practicable. If any provision of this Agreement cannot be implemented due to the failure of such third party to consent, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith to implement the provision in a mutually satisfactory manner. The phrase "reasonable best efforts" as used herein shall not be construed to require any party to incur any non-routine or unreasonable expense or Liability or to waive any right.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Effect If Distribution Does Not Occur. If the Separation and Distribution Agreement is terminated prior to the Distribution Date, then all actions and events that are, under this Agreement, to be taken or occur effective immediately prior to or as of the Close of the Distribution Date, or Immediately after the Distribution Date, or otherwise in connection with the Separation Transactions shall not be taken or occur except to the extent specifically agreed by Parent and Piper Jaffray.

7.2 Relationship of Parties. Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed by the parties or any third party as creating the relationship of principal and agent, partnership or joint venture between the parties, it being understood and agreed that no provision contained herein, and no act of the parties, shall be deemed to create any relationship between the parties other than the relationship set forth herein.

-19-

7.3 Affiliates. Each of Parent and Piper Jaffray shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth in this Agreement to be performed by another Parent Entity or a Piper Jaffray Entity, respectively.

7.4 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a party when (a) delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (b) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment; or (c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the following addresses and facsimile numbers and marked to the attention of the person (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number or person as a party may designate by notice to the other parties):

(a) if to Parent:

U.S. Bancorp
800 Nicollet Mall Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 Attention: General Counsel Fax: (612) 303-0898

with copies to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz 51 West 52nd Street New York, NY 10019 Attention: Adam D. Chinn Facsimile No.: (212) 403-2209

(b) if to Piper Jaffray:

Piper Jaffray Companies 800 Nicollet Mall Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 Attention: General Counsel Fax: (612) 303-1772

7.5 Incorporation of Separation and Distribution Agreement Provisions. The following provisions of the Separation and Distribution Agreement are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and unless otherwise expressly specified herein, such provisions shall apply as if fully set forth herein (references in this Section 7.5 to an "Article" or "Section" shall mean Articles or Sections of the Separation and Distribution Agreement, and references in the material incorporated herein by reference shall be references to the Separation and Distribution Agreement): Article IV (relating to Survival and Indemnification); Article V (relating to Certain Additional Covenants); Article VI (relating to Access to Information); Article VII (relating to No Representations or Warranties); Article VIII (relating to Terminations); Article IX (relating to Miscellaneous).

-20-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Employee Benefits Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

U.S. BANCORP

By: /s/ Lee R. Mitau
    ----------------------------------
Name: Lee R. Mitau
Title: Executive Vice President

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

By: /s/ James L. Chosy
    ----------------------------------
Name: James L. Chosy
Title: Secretary

-21-

EXHIBIT 10.2

TAX SHARING AGREEMENT

This TAX SHARING AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), is entered into as of December 23, 2003 by and between U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and Piper Jaffray Companies, a Delaware corporation and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent ("SpinCo").

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, Parent and SpinCo have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the "SDA");

WHEREAS, Parent intends to distribute the stock of SpinCo in the External Spin-Off (as defined below) to holders of shares of Parent Common Stock (as defined in the SDA) and to effect certain related transactions;

WHEREAS, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, it is intended that each of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions (as defined below) shall qualify as a tax-free transaction under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");

WHEREAS, at the close of business on the Distribution Date (as defined in the SDA), the taxable year of SpinCo shall close for U.S. federal income tax purposes; and

WHEREAS, the parties hereto wish to provide for the payment of Income Taxes and Other Taxes (each as defined herein) and entitlement to refunds thereof, allocate responsibility and provide for cooperation in connection with the filing of returns in respect of Income Taxes and Other Taxes, and provide for certain other matters relating to Income Taxes and Other Taxes;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, covenants and agreements herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, Parent and SpinCo hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the SDA. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

"Actually Realized" or "Actually Realizes" means, for purposes of determining the timing of the incurrence of any Spin-Off Tax Liability, Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability or the realization of a Refund (or any related Income Tax or Other Tax cost or benefit) by a Person in respect of any payment, transaction, occurrence or event, the time at which the amount of Income Taxes or Other Taxes paid (or Refund realized) by such Person is increased above or reduced below the amount of Income Taxes or Other Taxes that such Person would have been required to pay (or Refund that such Person would have realized) but for such payment, transaction, occurrence or event.


"Aggregate Spin-Off Tax Liabilities" means the sum of the Spin-Off Tax Liabilities with respect to each Taxing Jurisdiction.

"Board Certification" means a certified copy of a resolution of the SpinCo Board in which the SpinCo Board, after an investigation of the facts and advice concerning the applicable law, finds and warrants to Parent that (a) following the transaction at issue, one or more Persons will not have acquired, and will not have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, more than 35% (by vote or value) of the outstanding Equity Securities of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group (determined immediately after such transaction) taking into account all relevant issuances, redemptions or other acquisitions of (and agreements to issue, redeem or otherwise acquire) Equity Securities (and assuming the exercise or conversion of all such Equity Securities (if such Equity Securities are options or warrants or similar exercisable or convertible securities) and the closing of all such agreements) from the point in time two years prior to the External Spin-Off to the date immediately following such transaction and pursuant to any other transaction which is part of a plan or series of related transactions (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) that includes the External Spin-Off, (b) SpinCo will be the surviving entity if such transaction is a merger (and the transaction is not a reverse subsidiary merger in which SpinCo is the surviving entity) and (c) the facts and conclusions contained in the resolution will be true and correct at the time the transaction at issue closes.

"Business Day" means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions located in the State of Minnesota are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

"Cash Acquisition Merger" means a merger of a newly-formed Subsidiary of SpinCo with a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, general partnership or joint venture (in each case, not previously owned, directly or indirectly, by SpinCo) solely for cash pursuant to which SpinCo acquires such corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, general partnership or joint venture and no Equity Securities of SpinCo or any SpinCo Subsidiary are issued, sold, redeemed or acquired, directly or indirectly.

"Carryback" means the carryback of a Tax Attribute (including, without limitation, a net operating loss, a net capital loss or a tax credit) by a member of the SpinCo Group from a Post-Distribution Taxable Period to a Pre-Distribution Taxable Period.

"Code" has the meaning set forth in the recitals of this Agreement.

"Combined Return" means a consolidated, combined or unitary Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return that actually includes, by election or otherwise, one or more members of the Parent Group together with one or more members of the SpinCo Group.

"Contribution" means those certain capital contributions to SpinCo by PJC made in connection with the Internal Spin-Off.

"Distribution-Related Proceeding" means any Proceeding in which the IRS, another Tax Authority or any other party to such Proceeding asserts a position that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Tax-Free Status of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

-2-

"Equity Securities" means any stock or other equity securities treated as stock for tax purposes, or options, warrants, rights, convertible debt, or any other instrument or security that affords any Person the right, whether conditional or otherwise, to acquire stock or to be paid an amount determined by reference to the value of stock.

"External Spin-Off" means the pro rata distribution by Parent of the stock of SpinCo to the holders of Parent Common Stock with respect to such stock.

"Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest" has the meaning ascribed to such term for purposes of Sections 355(d) and (e) of the Code.

"Final Determination" means the final resolution of liability for any Income Tax or Other Tax, which resolution may be for a specific issue or adjustment or for a taxable period, (a) by IRS Form 870 or 870-AD (or any successor forms thereto), on the date of acceptance by or on behalf of the taxpayer, or by a comparable form under the laws of a State, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction, except that a Form 870 or 870-AD or comparable form shall not constitute a Final Determination to the extent that it reserves (whether by its terms or by operation of law) the right of the taxpayer to file a claim for Refund or the right of the Tax Authority to assert a further deficiency in respect of such issue or adjustment or for such taxable period (as the case may be); (b) by a decision, judgment, decree, or other order by a court of competent jurisdiction, which has become final and unappealable; (c) by a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under Sections 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or a comparable agreement under the laws of a State, local, or foreign taxing jurisdiction; (d) by any allowance of a Refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Income Tax or Other Tax, but only after the expiration of all periods during which such Refund may be recovered (including by way of offset) by the jurisdiction imposing such Income Tax or Other Tax; or (e) by any other final disposition, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or by mutual agreement of the parties.

"Income Tax" (a) means (i) any foreign or any United States federal, State or local tax, charge, fee, impost, levy or other assessment that is based upon, measured by, or calculated with respect to (A) net income or profits (including, but not limited to, any capital gains, gross receipts, or minimum tax, and any tax on items of tax preference, but not including the business and occupation taxes in the state of Washington and local jurisdiction within the state of Washington, sales, use, value added, real property gains, real or personal property, transfer or similar taxes), (B) multiple bases (including, but not limited to, corporate franchise, doing business or occupation taxes), if one or more of the bases upon which such tax may be based, by which it may be measured, or with respect to which it may be calculated is described in clause (a)(i)(A) of this definition, or (C) any net worth, franchise or similar tax, in each case together with (ii) any interest and any penalties, fines, additions to tax or additional amounts imposed by any Tax Authority with respect thereto and (b) includes any transferee or successor liability in respect of an amount described in clause (a) of this definition.

"Income Tax Benefit" means, with respect to the effect of any Carryback on the Income Tax Liability of Parent or the Parent Group for any taxable period, the excess of (a) the hypothetical Income Tax Liability of Parent or the Parent Group for such taxable period, calculated as if such Carryback had not been utilized but with all other facts unchanged over (b)

-3-

the actual Income Tax Liability of Parent or the Parent Group for such taxable period, calculated taking into account such Carryback (and treating a Refund as a negative Income Tax Liability, for purposes of such calculation).

"Income Tax Liabilities" means all liabilities for Income Taxes.

"Income Tax Return" means any return, report, filing, statement, questionnaire, declaration or other document required to be filed with a Tax Authority in respect of Income Taxes.

"Indemnified Party" means any Person seeking indemnification pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

"Indemnifying Party" means any party hereto from which any Indemnified Party is seeking indemnification pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

"Independent Third Party" means a nationally recognized law firm or any of the following accounting firms or their successors: Ernst & Young LLP, KPMG LLP, Deloitte & Touche LLP and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

"Internal Spin-Off" means the distribution by PJC of all the stock of SpinCo to its sole shareholder, Parent.

"IRS" means the Internal Revenue Service of the United States.

"Losses" means any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages, obligations, payments, costs and expenses, matured or unmatured, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, known or unknown (including, without limitation, the costs and expenses of any and all Actions, threatened Actions, demands, assessments, judgments, settlements and compromises relating thereto and attorneys' fees and any and all expenses whatsoever reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any such Actions or threatened actions).

"Other Tax Liabilities" means all liabilities for Other Taxes.

"Other Tax Returns" means any return, report, filing, statement, questionnaire, declaration or other document required to be filed with a Tax Authority in respect of Other Taxes.

"Other Taxes" means all forms of taxation, whenever created or imposed, and whether of the United States of America or elsewhere, and whether imposed by a local, municipal, governmental, State, federation or other body, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall include the business and occupation taxes in the state of Washington and local jurisdiction within the state of Washington, superfund, sales, use, ad valorem, value added, transfer, recording, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, occupation, premium or property taxes (in each case, together with any related interest, penalties and additions to tax, or additional amounts imposed by any Tax Authority thereon); provided, however, that Other Taxes shall not include any Income Taxes.

-4-

"Parent Consolidated Group" means the affiliated group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the exclusions in Section 1504(b)(1) through (8)) of which Parent is the common parent (and any predecessor or successor to such affiliated group).

"Parent Group" means (a) Parent and each Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of Parent (including any Subsidiary of Parent that is disregarded for U.S. federal Income Tax purposes (or for purposes of any State, local, or foreign tax law)) immediately after the External Spin-Off after giving effect to the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, (b) any corporation (or other Person) that shall have merged or liquidated into Parent or any such Subsidiary and (c) any predecessor or successor to any Person otherwise described in this definition.

"Parent Separate Return" shall mean any Separate Return required to be filed by Parent or any member of the Parent Group.

"Permitted Transaction" means any transaction that satisfies the requirements of Sections 5(c)(i), 5(c)(ii) or 5(c)(iii).

"Person" means any individual, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, corporation, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar entity or a governmental authority or any department or agency or other unit thereof.

"PJC" means U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Companies, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

"Post-Distribution Taxable Period" means a taxable period (or portion thereof) that begins after the Distribution Date.

"Pre-Distribution Taxable Period" means a taxable period (or portion thereof) that ends on or before the Distribution Date.

"Private Letter Ruling" means (a) any private letter ruling issued by the IRS in connection with any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions or
(b) any similar ruling issued by any Tax Authority other than the IRS in connection with any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

"Private Letter Ruling Documents" means (a) any Private Letter Ruling, any request for a Private Letter Ruling submitted to the IRS, together with the appendices and exhibits thereto and any supplemental filings or other materials subsequently submitted to the IRS, in connection with the Spin-Off-Related Transactions or (b) any similar filings submitted to any other Tax Authority in connection with any such request for a Private Letter Ruling.

"Proceeding" means any audit or other examination, or judicial or administrative proceeding relating to liability for, or Refunds or adjustments with respect to, Income Taxes or Other Taxes.

-5-

"Refund" means any refund of Income Taxes or Other Taxes, including any reduction in Income Tax Liabilities or Other Tax Liabilities by means of a credit, offset or otherwise.

"Representative" means with respect to a Person, such Person's officers, directors, employees and other authorized agents.

"Restriction Period" means the period beginning on the date hereof and ending on the second anniversary of the Distribution Date.

"Separate Return" means (a) in the case of any Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return required to be filed by any member of the SpinCo Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return), any such tax return that does not include any member of the Parent Group and (b) in the case of any Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return required to be filed by any member of the Parent Group (including any consolidated, combined or unitary return), any such tax return that does not include any member of the SpinCo Group.

"Settlement Statement" means a detailed reconciliation showing the amount of cash that is to be exchanged between Parent and SpinCo in settlement of all SpinCo Group current tax accounts as recorded on the SpinCo general ledger for all Pre-Distribution Taxable Periods. Such amount shall be computed as the sum of (i) the balance of the current income tax payable account of the members of the SpinCo Group as of the Distribution Date and (ii) the difference between (A) the deferred tax liability or deferred tax asset recorded on the SpinCo general ledger as of the Distribution Date and (B) the deferred tax liability or deferred tax asset recorded on the SpinCo general ledger as adjusted for the pro forma Income Tax Returns described in Section 3.

"SpinCo Board" means the Board of Directors of SpinCo.

"SpinCo Business" means each trade or business actively conducted (within the meaning of Section 355(b) of the Code) by SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group immediately after the External Spin-Off, as set forth in the Tax Opinion Documents.

"SpinCo Consolidated Group" means the affiliated group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the exclusions in Section 1504(b)(1) through (8)) of which SpinCo is the common parent, determined immediately after the External Spin-Off (and any predecessor or successor to such affiliated group other than the Parent Consolidated Group).

"SpinCo Consolidated Tax Amount" means, for any Pre-Distribution Taxable Period and the portion of any Straddle Period that ends on the Distribution Date, the amount of (i) federal Income Tax that would be due and payable by SpinCo if the SpinCo Group had filed a consolidated federal Income Tax Return, or (ii) State or local Income Taxes that would be due and payable by SpinCo or members of the SpinCo Group if the SpinCo Group or its members had filed all relevant State or local Income Tax Returns in all applicable jurisdictions on a separate, consolidated, combined or unitary basis, in each case without any entity that is a member of the Parent Group. The relevant SpinCo Consolidated Tax Amount shall be calculated: (i) as if SpinCo were the common parent filing consolidated, combined or unitary

-6-

returns with its eligible subsidiaries, (ii) as if the SpinCo Group had never been included in the Parent Consolidated Group or any other group filing a Combined Return, (iii) in the case of federal Income Taxes, applying the highest marginal tax rate, in the case of State Income Taxes, applying the actual state rate (or amount) for those States being calculated without regard to the Parent, and in the case of Other Taxes, applying the highest applicable tax rate,, (iv) by applying separately to the SpinCo Group any provisions of the Code that require consolidated computations, such as Code Sections 1201-1212 and 1231, and
(v) treating gains or losses on intercompany transactions in the manner required by Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-13.

"SpinCo Group" means (a) SpinCo and each Person that is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of SpinCo (including any Subsidiary of SpinCo that is disregarded for U.S. federal Income Tax purposes (or for purposes of any State, local, or foreign tax law)) immediately after the External Spin-Off after giving effect to the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, (b) any corporation (or other Person) that shall have merged or liquidated into SpinCo or any such Subsidiary and (c) any predecessor or successor to any Person otherwise described in this definition.

"SpinCo Group Member Transaction" means any transaction described in Sections 5(b)(i) through 5(b)(vi) hereof, without regard to the exceptions thereto, that is undertaken by a member of the SpinCo Group other than SpinCo.

"SpinCo Separate Return" means any Separate Return required to be filed by SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group, including, without limitation any U.S. consolidated federal Income Tax Returns of the SpinCo Consolidated Group required to be filed with respect to a Post-Distribution Taxable Period.

"Spin-Off Tax Liabilities" means, with respect to any Taxing Jurisdiction, the sum of (a) any increase in Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability (or reduction in a Refund) Actually Realized as a result of any corporate-level gain or income recognized with respect to the failure of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions to qualify for Tax-Free Status under the income tax law of such Taxing Jurisdiction pursuant to any settlement, Final Determination, judgment, assessment, proposed adjustment or otherwise, (b) interest on such amounts calculated pursuant to such Taxing Jurisdiction's laws regarding interest on tax liabilities at the highest Underpayment Rate for corporations in such Taxing Jurisdiction from the date such additional gain or income was recognized until full payment with respect thereto is made pursuant to Section 3 hereof (or in the case of a reduction in a Refund, the amount of interest that would have been received on the foregone portion of the Refund but for the failure of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions to qualify for Tax-Free Status), and (c) any penalties actually paid to such Taxing Jurisdiction that would not have been paid but for the failure of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions to qualify for Tax-Free Status in such Taxing Jurisdiction.

"Spin-Off-Related Transactions" means (i) the Contribution together with the Internal Spin-Off and (ii) the External Spin-Off.

"Straddle Period" means any taxable period that begins before the Distribution Date and ends after the Distribution Date.

-7-

"Tax Attribute" means a consolidated, combined or unitary net operating loss, net capital loss, unused investment credit, unused foreign tax credit, or excess charitable contribution (as such terms are used in Treasury Regulations 1.1502-79 and 1.1502-79A or comparable provisions of foreign, State or local tax law), or a minimum tax credit or general business credit.

"Tax Authority" means a governmental authority (foreign or domestic) or any subdivision, agency, commission or authority thereof or any quasi-governmental or private body having jurisdiction over the assessment, determination, collection or imposition of any Tax (including, without limitation, the IRS).

"Tax Counsel" means tax counsel of recognized national standing that is acceptable to Parent.

"Tax-Free Status" means the qualification of each of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, as the case may be, (a) as a transaction described in Sections 355(a) and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code, (b) as a transaction in which the stock distributed thereby is qualified property for purposes of Section 361(c) of the Code, and (c) as a transaction in which all of Parent and the members of the Parent Group and SpinCo and the members of the SpinCo Group recognize no income or gain other than intercompany items or excess loss accounts taken into account pursuant to the Treasury Regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 1502 of the Code.

"Taxing Jurisdiction" means the United States and any government or governmental unit having jurisdiction to tax Parent or SpinCo or any of their respective Affiliates.

"Tax Opinion" means the tax opinion issued by Tax Counsel in connection with the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

"Tax Opinion Documents" means the Tax Opinion and the information and representations provided on behalf of Parent and SpinCo to Tax Counsel in connection therewith.

"Tax-Related Losses" means:

(a) the Aggregate Spin-Off Tax Liabilities,

(b) all accounting, legal and other professional fees, and court costs incurred in connection with any settlement, Final Determination, judgment or other determination with respect to such Aggregate Spin-Off Tax Liabilities, and

(c) all costs, expenses and damages associated with stockholder litigation or controversies and any amount paid by Parent or SpinCo in respect of the liability of shareholders, whether paid to shareholders or to the IRS or any other Tax Authority payable by Parent or SpinCo or their respective Affiliates, in each case, resulting from the failure of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions to qualify for Tax-Free Status.

"Underpayment Rate" means the annual rate of interest described in Section 6621(c) of the Code for large corporate underpayments of Income Tax (or similar

-8-

provision of State, local, or foreign Income Tax law, as applicable), as determined from time to time.

"Unqualified Tax Opinion" means an unqualified opinion of Tax Counsel on which Parent may rely to the effect that a transaction will not disqualify any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions from Tax-Free Status, assuming that the Spin-Off-Related Transactions would have qualified for Tax-Free Status if such transaction did not occur.

2. FILING OF TAX RETURNS; PAYMENT OF TAXES.

(a) Filing of Tax Returns; Payment of Income Taxes and Other Taxes.

(i) Parent Consolidated Returns; Other Combined Returns. Parent shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed (A) all U.S. consolidated federal Income Tax Returns of the Parent Consolidated Group and (B) all other Combined Returns. Parent shall pay, or cause to be paid, and shall be responsible for, any and all Income Taxes and Other Taxes due or required to be paid with respect to or required to be reported on any such Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return (in each case, including any increase in such Income Tax Liabilities or Other Tax Liabilities as a result of a Final Determination).

(ii) Parent Separate Returns. Parent shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all Parent Separate Returns. Parent shall pay, or cause to be paid, and shall be responsible for, any and all Income Taxes or Other Taxes due or required to be paid with respect to or required to be reported on any Parent Separate Return (including any increase in such Income Tax Liabilities or Other Tax Liabilities as a result of a Final Determination).

(iii) SpinCo Separate Returns.

(A) Parent shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed all SpinCo Separate Returns that are Income Tax Returns for Pre-Distribution Taxable Periods or for Straddle Periods. Parent shall pay, or cause to be paid, and shall be responsible for, any and all Income Taxes due or required to be paid with respect to or required to be reported on any such SpinCo Separate Return (including any increase in such Income Tax Liabilities as a result of a Final Determination).

(B) SpinCo shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed (1) SpinCo Separate Returns that are Other Tax Returns for Pre-Distribution Taxable Periods or Straddle Periods, and (2) all SpinCo Separate Returns for Post-Distribution Taxable Periods. SpinCo shall pay, or cause to be paid, and shall be responsible for, any and all Income Taxes or Other Taxes due or required to be paid with respect to or required to be reported on any such SpinCo Separate Returns (including any increase in such Income Tax Liabilities or Other Tax Liabilities as a result of a Final Determination).

(b) Preparation of Tax Returns.

(i) Parent (or its designee) shall determine the entities to be included in any Combined Return and make or revoke any Income Tax elections, adopt or change any

-9-

accounting methods, and determine any other position taken on or in respect of any Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return required to be prepared and filed by Parent pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) or 2(a)(iii)(A). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, any Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return filed by Parent pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) or 2(a)(iii)(A) with respect to any Pre-Distribution Taxable Period or Straddle Period shall, to the extent relating to SpinCo or the SpinCo Group, be prepared consistent with Parent's past practice for the filing of such returns and shall not include any tax election relating to SpinCo or the SpinCo Group that is inconsistent with past practice (or, where no such past practice exists, shall not reflect any tax return position or include any tax election that would adversely affect SpinCo or the SpinCo Group), except to the extent that SpinCo consents to such return position or tax election (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).

(ii) SpinCo shall, and shall cause each member of the SpinCo Group to, prepare and submit promptly to Parent, at SpinCo's expense, all information that Parent shall reasonably request, in such form as Parent shall reasonably request, relating to the rights and obligations of Parent or SpinCo hereunder, including any such information so requested to enable Parent to prepare any Income Tax Returns or Other Tax Return required to be filed by Parent pursuant to Section 2(a)(i) or 2(a)(iii)(A) or any pro forma Income Tax Return required to be prepared by parent pursuant to Section 3(b). Parent shall request any such information in writing, which request shall specify the date by which Parent requires receipt of the requested information in order to complete the relevant returns in a timely fashion.

(iii) Except as required by applicable law or as a result of a Final Determination, SpinCo shall not, and shall cause the members of the SpinCo Group not to, take any position that is either inconsistent with the treatment of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions as having Tax-Free Status (or analogous status under State, local or foreign law) or, with respect to a specific item of income, deduction, gain, loss, or credit on an Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return, treat such specific item in a manner which is inconsistent with the manner such specific item is reported on an Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return prepared or filed by Parent pursuant to Section 2(a) hereof (including, without limitation, the claiming of a deduction previously claimed on any such Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return). SpinCo may, for a Post Distribution Taxable Period, (other than the portion of a Straddle Period beginning after the Distribution Date) elect to change methods of accounting for items of income or deduction as allowed by applicable law.

(iv) Except as required by applicable law or as a result of a Final Determination, Parent and SpinCo shall take all actions necessary or appropriate to close the taxable period of the members of the SpinCo Group as of the close of the Distribution Date.

3. SHARING OF INCOME TAXES AND OTHER TAXES.

(a) General Principle. Anything in Section 2 hereof to the contrary notwithstanding, Tax sharing payments between Parent and SpinCo shall be determined and settled in the manner specified in paragraphs (b) and
(c) hereof.

(b) Preparation of Pro Forma Income Tax Returns and Related Documentation.

-10-

(i) No later than 105 days after the Distribution Date, Parent shall deliver to SpinCo (A) a pro forma federal Income Tax Return of SpinCo reflecting the SpinCo Consolidated Tax Amount for the Pre-Distribution Taxable Period ending on the Distribution Date, (B) the required pro forma state or local Income Tax Returns of SpinCo or members of the SpinCo group reflecting the SpinCo Consolidated Tax Amount for the Pre-Distribution Taxable Period and the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Distribution Date, (C) a detailed schedule of the current tax accounts of the SpinCo Group as reflected on the SpinCo general ledger, and (D) the Settlement Statement (collectively the "Settlement Documents"). Parent shall prepare the Settlement Documents in good faith and shall deliver such documents together with summary schedules and a statement showing a calculation of the amount required to be paid pursuant to paragraph (c) hereof. More detailed schedules will be made available by Parent upon SpinCo's reasonable request.

(ii) If within thirty (30) days of receiving the Settlement Documents pursuant to Section 3(b)(i) hereof, SpinCo provides written notice to Parent that it disagrees with any item reflected in the Settlement Documents, the parties shall in good faith confer with each other to resolve any such disagreement. The failure of SpinCo to provide the notice described in the preceding sentence within the thirty (30) day period specified shall be deemed to indicate that SpinCo agrees with its share of Taxes reflected in the Settlement Documents.

(iii) If within ten (10) days of receipt by Parent of the notice from SpinCo described in Section 3(b)(ii), any disputed item remains unresolved, the parties will have another ten (10) days to retain an Independent Third Party to resolve such dispute. If the parties cannot agree within those ten (10) days on an Independent Third Party, then each of the parties will have another ten (10) days to select an Independent Third Party and the Independent Third Parties so selected will have five (5) additional days to jointly select another Independent Third Party. The Independent Third Party shall resolve any disputed items within thirty (30) days; provided, that the Independent Third Party shall not adopt any tax return position advanced by the SpinCo Group unless it concludes that such position (i) would have a likelihood of success on the merits under applicable law that is greater than 50 percent and (ii) is not directly inconsistent with a position taken on an Income Tax Return of the Parent Consolidated Group or any member thereof. Any determination made by the Independent Third Party shall be (i) in writing, (ii) made within thirty (30) days following the selection of the Independent Third Party, and
(iii) final and binding upon the parties. The costs of any Independent Third Party shall be shared equally by the parties. The Settlement Documents shall be revised by Parent to the extent necessary to reflect the resolution by the Independent Third Party.

(c) Payment Procedures.

(i) Once the parties have agreed on, or the Independent Party has resolved any disputed items with respect to, the Settlement Documents described in Section 3(b)(i), any amount required to be paid pursuant to the Settlement Statement shall be paid within thirty (30) days of the agreement on or resolution of such documents and, in the event of a determination by the Independent Third Party, shall bear interest at the Underpayment Rate from the first date specified in the first sentence of Section
3(b)(iii).

-11-

(ii) If a pro forma Income Tax Return described in Section 3(b) of this Agreement reflects a Tax asset that, under applicable law, may be used to produce a net Tax benefit to Parent, Parent shall pay to SpinCo an amount equal to the net Tax benefit produced by such Tax asset within thirty (30) days after Parent Actually Realizes such net Tax benefit; provided, however, that Parent shall not be required to make any payment to SpinCo pursuant to this provision to the extent that such Tax asset was reflected in the Settlement Documents.

(d) Restructuring Taxes. Anything in this Section 3 to the contrary notwithstanding but subject to SpinCo's obligations pursuant to
Section 5(e), Parent shall bear any and all Income Taxes and Other Taxes, whether paid by Parent or SpinCo, attributable to any restructuring transactions effected by the Parent Consolidated Group in anticipation of the External Spin-Off; provided, however, if any such restructuring transaction or the payment by Parent of any Income Tax or Other Tax attributable to such restructuring transaction results in aggregate net Tax benefits to SpinCo in excess of $5,000,000, SpinCo shall pay to Parent an amount equal to the entire amount of net Tax benefits within thirty (30) days after SpinCo Actually Realizes such net Tax benefits.

4. INDEMNIFICATION FOR INCOME AND OTHER TAXES.

(a) Indemnification by Parent. From and after the Distribution Date, Parent and each member of the Parent Group shall jointly and severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless SpinCo and each member of the SpinCo Group and each of their respective Representatives and Affiliates (and the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of them) from and against
(i) all Spin-Off Tax Liabilities incurred by any member of the Parent Group,
(ii) without duplication, all Income Tax Liabilities and Other Tax Liabilities that any member of the Parent Group is responsible for pursuant to Section 2 or
Section 3(d) (subject to Parent's right to receive payments from SpinCo under
Section 3), (iii) all Income Taxes incurred by any member of the SpinCo Group as a result of a Final Determination disallowing any deduction for a payment set forth on Schedule 4(a) hereof, (iv) all Income Taxes and Other Taxes incurred by any member of the SpinCo Group by reason of the breach by Parent or any member of the Parent Group of any of Parent's covenants hereunder, (v) any Income Taxes and Other Taxes of any member of the Parent Group for which SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group may be liable pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-6 or any similar provision of state or local law, and (vi) all Tax-Related Losses incurred by any member of SpinCo Group as a result of an action after the External Spin-Off by Parent or a member of the Parent Group, which action caused any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions not to have Tax-Free Status, and, in each case, any related costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses); provided, however, that Parent shall have no obligation to indemnify, defend or hold harmless any Person pursuant to this Section 4(a) to the extent that any such indemnification obligation is otherwise attributable to any breach by SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group of any of SpinCo's representations or covenants hereunder (including any representations made in connection with the Tax Opinion or any Private Letter Ruling).

(b) Indemnification by SpinCo. From and after the Distribution Date, SpinCo and each member of the SpinCo Group shall jointly and severally indemnify, defend and hold harmless Parent and each member of the Parent Group and each of their respective Representatives and Affiliates (and the heirs, executors, successors and assigns of any of them)

-12-

from and against (i) all Income Tax Liabilities, Other Tax Liabilities, Spin-Off Tax Liabilities and Tax-Related Losses that SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group is responsible for under Section 2 or Section 5 (including, without limitation, any Income Tax Liabilities, Other Tax Liabilities, Spin-Off Tax Liabilities or Tax-Related Losses arising with respect to a Permitted Transaction for which SpinCo is liable pursuant to Section 5(e)(i)) and (ii) all Income Taxes, Other Taxes, Spin-Off Tax Liabilities or other Tax-Related Losses incurred by any member of the Parent Group or SpinCo Group by reason of the breach by SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group of any of SpinCo's representations or covenants hereunder (including any representations made in connection with the Tax Opinion or any Private Letter Ruling) and, in each case, any related costs and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses).

(c) Timing of Indemnification. Any payment and indemnification made pursuant to this Section 4 shall be made by the Indemnifying Party promptly, but, in any event, no later than:

(i) in the case of an indemnification obligation with respect to any Spin-Off Tax Liabilities, Income Tax Liabilities or Other Tax Liabilities, the later of (A) five Business Days after the date the Indemnified Party notifies the Indemnifying Party and (B) five Business Days prior to the date the Indemnified Party is required to make a payment of taxes, interest, or penalties to the applicable Tax Authority (including a payment with respect to an assessment of a tax deficiency by any Taxing Jurisdiction or a payment made in settlement of an asserted tax deficiency) or realizes a reduced Refund; and

(ii) in the case of any payment or indemnification of any Losses not otherwise described in clause (i) of this
Section 4(c) (including, but not limited to, any Losses described in clause (b) or (c) of the definition of Tax-Related Losses, attorneys' fees and expenses and other indemnifiable Losses), the later of (A) five Business Days after the date the Indemnified Party notifies the Indemnifying Party and (B) five Business Days prior to the date the Indemnified Party makes a payment thereof.

5. SPIN-OFF RELATED MATTERS.

(a) Representations.

(i) Tax Opinion Documents. SpinCo hereby represents and warrants that (i) it has examined the Tax Opinion Documents (including, without limitation, the representations to the extent that they relate to the plans, proposals, intentions, and policies of SpinCo, its Subsidiaries, the SpinCo Business, or the SpinCo Group) and (ii) to the extent in reference to SpinCo, its Subsidiaries, the SpinCo Business, or the SpinCo Group, the facts presented and the representations made therein are true, correct and complete.

(ii) Tax-Free Status. SpinCo hereby represents and warrants that it has no plan or intention of taking any action, or failing or omitting to take any action or knows of any circumstance, that could reasonably be expected to (i) cause any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions not to have Tax-Free Status or (ii) cause any representation or factual statement made in this Agreement, the SDA, the Tax Opinion Documents, or any of the Ancillary

-13-

Agreements to be untrue in a manner that would have an adverse effect on the Tax-Free Status of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

(iii) Plan or Series of Related Transactions. SpinCo hereby represents and warrants that, to the knowledge of SpinCo and the SpinCo Group's management, none of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions are part of a plan (or series of related transactions) pursuant to which a Person will acquire stock representing a Fifty-Percent or Greater Interest in SpinCo or any successor to SpinCo.

(b) Covenants.

(i) Actions Consistent with Representations and Covenants. SpinCo shall not take any action or permit any member of the SpinCo Group to take any action, and SpinCo shall not fail to take any action or permit any member of the SpinCo Group to fail to take any action, where such action or failure to act would be inconsistent with or cause to be untrue any material, information, covenant or representation in this Agreement, the SDA, the Tax Opinion Documents or any of the Ancillary Agreements.

(ii) Preservation of Tax-Free Status; SpinCo Business. SpinCo shall not (A) take any action (including, but not limited to, any cessation, transfer or disposition of all or any portion of any SpinCo Business; payment of extraordinary dividends to shareholders; and acquisitions or issuances of stock) or permit any member of the SpinCo Group to take any such action, and SpinCo shall not fail to take any such action or permit any member of the SpinCo Group to fail to take any such action, in each case, where such action or failure to act would cause any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions not to have Tax-Free Status and (B) until the first day after the Restriction Period, engage in any transaction that would result in it or any member of the SpinCo Group ceasing to be a company engaged in any SpinCo Business (including, without limitation, any cessation, transfer or disposition of any SpinCo Business).

(iii) Sales, Issuances and Redemptions of Equity Securities. Until the first day after the Restriction Period, none of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group shall, or shall agree to, sell or otherwise issue to any Person, or redeem or otherwise acquire from any Person, any Equity Securities of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group; provided, however, that (A) the adoption by SpinCo of a shareholder rights plan shall not constitute a sale or issuance of such Equity Securities, (B) SpinCo and the members of the SpinCo Group may repurchase such Equity Securities to the extent that such repurchases meet the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of Revenue Procedure 96-30, (C) SpinCo and the members of the SpinCo Group may issue such Equity Securities to the extent such issuances satisfy Safe Harbor VI (relating to acquisitions in connection with a person's performance of services) or Safe Harbor VII (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7T(d).

(iv) Tender Offers; Other Business Transactions. Until the first day after the Restriction Period, none of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group shall (A) solicit any Person to make a tender offer for, or otherwise acquire or sell, the Equity Securities of SpinCo, (B) participate in or support any unsolicited tender offer for, or other acquisition, issuance or disposition of, the Equity Securities of SpinCo or (C) approve or otherwise permit any proposed

-14-

business combination or any transaction which, in the case of clauses (A), (B) or (C), individually or in the aggregate, together with any transaction occurring within the four-year period beginning on the date which is two years before the Distribution Date and any other transaction which is part of a plan or series of related transactions (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) that includes the External Spin-Off, results in one or more Persons acquiring (except for acquisitions that otherwise satisfy Safe Harbor VI
(relating to acquisitions in connection with a person's performance of services)
or Safe Harbor VII (relating to acquisitions by a retirement plan of an employer) of Treasury Regulation Section 1.355-7T(d)) directly or indirectly stock representing a 5% or greater interest in SpinCo (or any successor thereto). In addition, none of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group shall at any time, whether before or subsequent to the expiration of the Restriction Period, engage in any action described in clauses (A), (B) or (C) of the preceding sentence if it is pursuant to an arrangement negotiated (in whole or in part) prior to the first anniversary of the External Spin-Off, even if at the time of the External Spin-Off or thereafter such action is subject to various conditions.

(v) Dispositions of Assets. Until the first day after the Restriction Period, none of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group shall sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of assets (including, for such purpose, any shares of capital stock of a Subsidiary and any transaction treated for tax purposes as a sale, transfer or disposition) that, in the aggregate, constitute more than 40% of the gross assets of SpinCo, nor shall SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of or agree to dispose of assets (including, for such purpose, any shares of capital stock of a Subsidiary and any transaction treated for tax purposes as a sale, transfer or disposition) that, in the aggregate, constitute more than 40% of the consolidated gross assets of the SpinCo Group. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to sales, transfers, or dispositions of assets in the ordinary course of business. The percentages of gross assets or consolidated gross assets of SpinCo or the SpinCo Group, as the case may be, sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, shall be based on the fair market value of the gross assets of SpinCo and the members of the SpinCo Group as of the Distribution Date. For purposes of this Section 5(b)(v), a merger of SpinCo or one of its Subsidiaries with and into any Person shall constitute a disposition of all of the assets of SpinCo or such Subsidiary.

(vi) Liquidations, Mergers, Reorganizations. Until the first day after the Restriction Period, neither SpinCo nor its Subsidiaries shall, or shall agree to, voluntarily dissolve or liquidate or engage in any merger (except for a Cash Acquisition Merger), consolidation or other reorganization; provided, however, mergers of direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries of SpinCo solely with and into SpinCo or with other direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries of SpinCo, and liquidations of SpinCo's Subsidiaries, are not subject to this Section 5(b)(vi) to the extent not inconsistent with the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

(c) Permitted Transactions. Notwithstanding the restrictions otherwise imposed by Sections 5(b)(iii) through 5(b)(vi), during the Restriction Period, SpinCo may (w) approve, participate in, support or otherwise permit a proposed business combination or transaction that would otherwise breach the covenant set forth in Section 5(b)(iv), (x) sell or otherwise dispose of the assets of the SpinCo Group in a transaction that would otherwise breach the covenant set forth in Section 5(b)(v), (y) merge SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group with another entity without regard to which party is the surviving entity in a transaction that

-15-

would otherwise breach the covenant set forth in Section 5(b)(vi), or (z) issue Equity Securities of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group in a transaction that would otherwise breach the covenant set forth in Section 5(b)(iii), if and only if such transaction would not violate Section 5(b)(i) or Section 5(b)(ii) and one of the following Sections 5(c)(i), 5(c)(ii) or 5(c)(iii) are satisfied.

(i) Supplemental Ruling; Tax Opinion. Prior to entering into any agreement contemplating a transaction described in clauses
(w), (x), (y) or (z) of Section 5(c) and prior to consummating any such transaction: (A) SpinCo shall request that Parent obtain a Private Letter Ruling in accordance with Section 5(d)(ii) of this Agreement and Parent shall have received such a Private Letter Ruling in form and substance satisfactory to Parent in its sole and absolute discretion or (B) SpinCo shall provide Parent with an Unqualified Tax Opinion in form and substance satisfactory to Parent in its sole and absolute discretion (and in determining whether an opinion is satisfactory, Parent may consider, among other factors, the appropriateness of any underlying assumptions and management's representations if used as a basis for the opinion).

(ii) Board Approval. Prior to entering into any agreement contemplating a transaction described in clauses (y) or (z) of Section
5(c) (expressly excluding for this purpose transactions described in clause (x) of Section 5(c)) and prior to consummating any such transaction, the following conditions are satisfied: (A) following the transaction at issue, one or more Persons will not have acquired, and will not have the right to acquire, directly or indirectly, more than 35% (by vote or value) of the outstanding Equity Securities of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group (determined immediately following such transaction) taking into account all relevant issuances of (and agreements to issue) Equity Securities (and assuming the exercise or conversion of all such Equity Securities (if such Equity Securities are options or warrants or similar exercisable or convertible securities) and the closing of all such agreements) from the point in time two years prior to the External Spin-Off to the date immediately following such transaction and pursuant to any other transaction which is part of a plan or series of related transactions (within the meaning of Section 355(e) of the Code) that includes the External Spin-Off, (B) SpinCo will be the surviving entity if such transaction is a merger (and the transaction is not a reverse subsidiary merger in which SpinCo is the surviving entity) and (C) SpinCo delivers to Parent a Board Certification.

(iii) Subsidiary Transaction. Prior to entering into any agreement contemplating a transaction described in clauses (x), (y) or
(z) of Section 5(c) that is a SpinCo Group Member Transaction and prior to consummating any such SpinCo Group Member Transaction: (A) SpinCo shall provide Parent with adequate advance written notice of the intent of a member of the SpinCo Group to enter into an agreement contemplating such SpinCo Group Member Transaction in accordance with the terms of Section 5(f)(iii) and (B) Parent determines in its reasonable discretion that such SpinCo Group Member Transaction would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Tax-Free Status of any of the Spin-Off Related Transactions (such discretion to be exercised in good faith no later than ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such notice and with the sole purpose of preserving the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off Related Transactions).

(d) Private Letter Rulings and Restrictions on SpinCo.

-16-

(i) Private Letter Ruling at Parent's Request. Parent shall have the right to obtain a Private Letter Ruling in its sole and absolute discretion. If Parent determines to obtain a Private Letter Ruling, SpinCo shall (and shall cause each member of the SpinCo Group to) cooperate with Parent and take any and all actions reasonably requested by Parent in connection with obtaining the Private Letter Ruling (including, without limitation, by making any representation or covenant or providing any materials or information requested by any Tax Authority; provided that SpinCo shall not be required to make (or cause any member of the SpinCo Group to make) any representation or covenant that is inconsistent with historical facts or as to future matters or events over which it has no control). In connection with obtaining a Private Letter Ruling pursuant to this Section 5(d)(i), (A) Parent shall keep SpinCo informed in a timely manner of all material actions taken or proposed to be taken by Parent in connection therewith; (B) Parent shall (1) reasonably in advance of the submission of any Private Letter Ruling Document, provide SpinCo with a draft copy thereof, (2) reasonably consider SpinCo's comments on such draft copy, and (3) provide SpinCo with a final copy; and (C) Parent shall provide SpinCo with notice reasonably in advance of, and SpinCo shall have the right to attend, any formally scheduled meetings with any Tax Authority (subject to the approval of the Tax Authority) that relate to such Private Letter Ruling.

(ii) Private Letter Rulings at SpinCo's Request. Parent agrees that at the reasonable request of SpinCo pursuant to Section
5(c)(i), Parent shall (and shall cause each member of the Parent Group to) cooperate with SpinCo and use its reasonable best efforts to seek to obtain, as expeditiously as possible, a Private Letter Ruling from the IRS and/or any other applicable Tax Authority for the purpose of confirming compliance on the part of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group with its obligations under Section 5(b) of this Agreement. Further, in no event shall Parent be required to file any request for a Private Letter Ruling under this Section 5(d)(ii) unless SpinCo represents that (A) it has reviewed the request for the Private Letter Ruling and any materials, appendices and exhibits submitted or filed therewith, and (B) all information and representations, if any, relating to any member of the SpinCo Group, contained in the Ruling Documents are true, correct and complete in all material respects. SpinCo shall reimburse Parent for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Parent Group in obtaining a Private Letter Ruling requested by SpinCo within ten (10) Business Days after receiving an invoice from Parent therefor. SpinCo hereby agrees that Parent shall have sole and exclusive control over the process of obtaining a Private Letter Ruling, and that only Parent shall apply for a Private Letter Ruling. In connection with obtaining a Private Letter Ruling pursuant to this Section 5(d)(ii), (A) Parent shall keep SpinCo informed in a timely manner of all material actions taken or proposed to be taken by Parent in connection therewith; (B) Parent shall (1) reasonably in advance of the submission of any Private Letter Ruling Document, provide SpinCo with a draft copy thereof, (2) reasonably consider SpinCo's comments on such draft copy, and (3) provide SpinCo with a final copy; and (C) Parent shall provide SpinCo with notice reasonably in advance of, and SpinCo shall have the right to attend, any formally scheduled meetings with any Tax Authority (subject to the approval of the Tax Authority) that relate to such Private Letter Ruling.

(iii) Prohibition on SpinCo. SpinCo hereby agrees that neither it nor any member of the SpinCo Group shall seek any guidance from the IRS or any other Tax Authority (whether written, verbal or otherwise) concerning any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions (or the impact of any transaction on any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions).

-17-

(e) Liability for Undertaking Certain Actions. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, SpinCo and each member of the SpinCo Group shall be responsible for any and all Tax-Related Losses that are attributable to, or result from:

(i) any act or failure to act by SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group, which action or failure to act breaches any of the covenants described in Section 5(b)(i) through 5(b)(vi) of this Agreement (without regard to the exceptions or provisos set forth in such provisions), expressly including, for this purpose, any Permitted Transaction and any act or failure to act that breaches Section 5(b)(i) or 5(b)(ii), regardless of whether such act or failure to act is permitted by Section 5(b)(iii) through 5(b)(vi);

(ii) any acquisition of Equity Securities of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group by any person or persons (including, without limitation, as a result of an issuance of SpinCo Equity Securities or a merger of another entity with and into SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group) or any acquisition of assets of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group (including, without limitation, as a result of a merger) by any Person or Persons; and

(iii) Tax Counsel withdrawing all or any portion of the Tax Opinion or any Tax Authority withdrawing all or any portion of a Private Letter Ruling issued to Parent in connection with the Spin-Off-Related Transactions because of a breach by SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group of a representation made in this Agreement (or made in connection with the Tax Opinion or any Private Letter Ruling contemplated by Section 5(d)).

(f) Cooperation.

(i) Without limiting the prohibition set forth in Section 5(d)(iii), until the first day after the Restriction Period, SpinCo shall furnish Parent with a copy of any ruling request that any member of the SpinCo Group may file with the IRS or any other Tax Authority and any opinion received that in any respect relates to, or otherwise reasonably could be expected to have any effect on, the Tax-Free Status of any of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions.

(ii) Parent shall reasonably cooperate with SpinCo in connection with any request by SpinCo for an Unqualified Tax Opinion pursuant to Section 5(c)(i).

(iii) Until the first day after the Restriction Period, SpinCo will provide adequate advance notice to Parent in accordance with the terms of Section 5(f)(iv) of any action described in Sections 5(b)(i) through 5(b)(vi) within a period of time sufficient to enable Parent (A) to seek injunctive relief pursuant to Section 5(g) in a court of competent jurisdiction or (B) with respect to a SpinCo Group Member Transaction, determine that such SpinCo Group Member Transaction would not reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Tax-Free Status of any of the Spin-Off Related Transactions, as set forth in Section 5(c)(iii).

(iv) Each notice required by Section 5(f)(iii) shall set forth the terms and conditions of any such proposed transaction, including, without limitation, (A) the nature of any related action proposed to be taken by the board of directors of SpinCo, (B) the approximate number of Equity Securities (and their voting and economic rights) of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group (if any) proposed to be sold or otherwise issued, (C) the approximate value of SpinCo's assets (or assets of any member of the SpinCo Group) proposed to be transferred, and

-18-

(D) the proposed timetable for such transaction, all with sufficient particularity to enable Parent to seek such injunctive relief or make a determination pursuant to Section 5(c)(iii), as applicable. Promptly, but in any event within 30 days, after Parent receives such written notice from SpinCo, Parent shall notify SpinCo in writing of Parent's decision to seek injunctive relief pursuant to Section 5(g).

(v) From and after the date Parent first requests a Private Letter Ruling pursuant to Section 5(d) until the first day after the two-year anniversary of such date that Parent receives such Private Letter Ruling (pursuant to Section 5(d)(i) or 5(d)(ii)), neither SpinCo nor any member of the SpinCo Group shall take (or refrain from taking) any action to the extent that such action or inaction would have caused a representation given by SpinCo in connection with any such request for a Private Letter Ruling to have been untrue as of the relevant representation date, had SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group intended to take (or refrain from taking) such action on the relevant representation date.

(g) Enforcement. The parties hereto acknowledge that irreparable harm would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this
Section 5 were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. The parties hereto agree that, in order to preserve the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions, injunctive relief is appropriate to prevent any violation of the foregoing covenants; provided, however, that injunctive relief shall not be the exclusive legal or equitable remedy for any such violation.

6. REFUNDS. Parent shall be entitled to all Refunds (and any interest thereon received from the applicable Tax Authority) in respect of Income Taxes and Other Taxes paid with respect to any Tax Return filed by Parent or any member of the Parent Group. Subject to the proviso in Section 3(d), SpinCo shall be entitled to all Refunds (and any interest thereon received from the applicable Tax Authority) in respect of Income Taxes and Other Taxes paid with respect to any Tax Return filed by SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group. A party receiving a Refund to which another party is entitled pursuant to this Section 6 shall pay the amount to which such other party is entitled within ten (10) Business Days after such Refund is Actually Realized. Each of Parent and SpinCo shall fully cooperate with the other party in connection with, any claim for Refund in respect of an Income Tax or Other Tax for which any member of the Parent Group or the SpinCo Group, as the case may be, is responsible pursuant to Section 2.

7. TAX CONTESTS.

(a) Notification. SpinCo shall promptly notify Parent in writing of any communication with respect to any pending or threatened Proceeding in connection with an Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability (or any issue related thereto) of SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group for which a member of the Parent Group may be responsible pursuant to this Agreement; provided, however, that in the case of any Distribution-Related Proceeding, such notice shall be provided no later than ten (10) Business Days after SpinCo first receives written notice from the IRS or other Tax Authority of such Distribution-Related Proceeding). SpinCo shall include with such notification a true, correct and complete copy of any written communication, and an accurate and complete written summary of any oral communication, received by SpinCo or a member of the SpinCo Group. The failure of SpinCo

-19-

timely to forward such notification in accordance with the immediately preceding sentence shall not relieve Parent of any obligation to pay such Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability or indemnify SpinCo and the members of the SpinCo Group and their respective Representatives, Affiliates, successors and assigns therefor, except to the extent that the failure timely to forward such notification actually prejudices the ability of Parent to contest such Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability or increases the amount of such Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability.

(b) Representation with Respect to Tax Disputes. Parent (or such member of the Parent Group as Parent shall designate) shall have the sole right to represent the interests of the members of the Parent Group and the members of the SpinCo Group and to employ counsel of its choice at its expense in any Proceeding relating to (A) any U.S. consolidated federal Income Tax Returns of the Parent Consolidated Group, (B) any other Combined Returns, (C) any Parent Separate Returns, and (D) any SpinCo Separate Returns that are Income Tax Returns relating to Pre-Distribution Taxable Periods or Straddle Periods. SpinCo (or such member of the SpinCo Group as SpinCo shall designate) shall have the sole right to represent the interests of the members of the SpinCo Group and to employ counsel of its choice at its expense in any Proceeding relating to (A) SpinCo Separate Returns that are Other Tax Returns relating to Pre-Distribution Taxable Periods and (B) SpinCo Separate Returns relating to Post-Distribution Taxable Periods.

(c) Power of Attorney. Each member of the SpinCo Group shall execute and deliver to Parent (or such member of the Parent Group as Parent shall designate) any power of attorney or other document requested by Parent (or such designee) in connection with any Proceeding described in the first sentence of Section 7(b).

(d) Distribution-Related Proceedings. In the event of any Distribution-Related Proceeding as a result of which SpinCo could reasonably be expected to become liable for any Tax-Related Losses and with respect to which Parent has the right to represent the interests of the members of the Parent Group and/or the members of the SpinCo Group pursuant to Section 7(b) above, (A) Parent shall provide SpinCo with copies of any document received by Parent from any Tax Authority in connection with any such Proceeding no later than ten (10) Business Days after Parent first receives such document, (B) Parent shall consult with SpinCo reasonably in advance of taking any significant action in connection with such Proceeding, (C) Parent shall consult with SpinCo and offer SpinCo a reasonable opportunity to comment before submitting any written materials prepared or furnished in connection with such Proceeding, (D) Parent shall defend such Proceeding diligently and in good faith as if it were the only party in interest in connection with such Proceeding, and (E) Parent shall permit SpinCo to participate in any meetings or conference calls with any Tax Authority if Parent reasonably determines that Parent would not be prejudiced by such participation; provided, that, SpinCo's rights under this Section 7(d) shall be limited to that portion of any Distribution-Related Proceeding that directly relates to the Tax-Free Status of the Spin-Off-Related Transactions. SpinCo shall be responsible for any expenses incurred by SpinCo in connection with its participation in a Distribution-Related Proceeding.

8. APPORTIONMENT OF TAX ATTRIBUTES; CARRYBACKS.

(a) Apportionment of Tax Attributes.

-20-

(i) If the Parent Consolidated Group has a Tax Attribute, the portion, if any, of such Tax Attribute apportioned to SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Consolidated Group and treated as a carryover to the first Post-Distribution Taxable Period of SpinCo (or such member) shall be determined in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-79 and, if applicable, Section 1.1502-79A.

(ii) No Tax Attribute with respect to consolidated U.S. federal Income Tax of the Parent Consolidated Group, other than those described in Section 8(a)(i), and no Tax Attribute with respect to consolidated, combined or unitary State, local, or foreign Income Tax, in each case, arising in respect of a Combined Return shall be apportioned to SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group, except as Parent (or such member of the Parent Group as Parent shall designate) determines is otherwise required under applicable law.

(iii) Parent (or its designee) shall determine the portion, if any, of any Tax Attribute which must (absent a Final Determination to the contrary) be apportioned to SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group in accordance with this Section 8(a) and applicable law, and the amount of tax basis and earnings and profits to be apportioned to SpinCo or any member of the SpinCo Group in accordance with applicable law, and shall provide written notice of the calculation thereof to SpinCo as soon as practicable after the information necessary to make such calculation becomes available to Parent.

(iv) Except as otherwise required by applicable law or pursuant to a Final Determination, SpinCo shall not take any position (whether on a Tax Return or otherwise) that is inconsistent with the information contained in the written notice delivered by Parent pursuant to Section
8(a)(iii).

(b) Carrybacks. In the event that SpinCo (or the appropriate member of the SpinCo Group) is able to carry back losses, credits or other tax attributes against its income or tax liability in a Combined Return,
(i) Parent shall cooperate with SpinCo, at SpinCo's expense, in seeking from the appropriate Tax Authority such Refund as reasonably would result from such Carryback, and (ii) SpinCo shall be entitled to any Income Tax Benefit Actually Realized by a member of the Parent Group (including any interest thereon received from such Tax Authority), to the extent that such Refund is directly attributable to such Carryback, within 30 days after such Refund is Actually Realized; provided, however, that SpinCo shall indemnify and hold the members of the Parent Group harmless from and against any and all collateral tax consequences resulting from or caused by any such Carryback, including (but not limited to) the loss or postponement of any benefit from the use of tax attributes generated by a member of the Parent Group or an Affiliate thereof if
(x) such tax attributes expire unutilized, but would have been utilized but for such Carryback, or (y) the use of such tax attributes is postponed to a later taxable period than the taxable period in which such tax attributes would have been utilized but for such Carryback. If there is a Final Determination that results in any change to or adjustment of an Income Tax Benefit Actually Realized by a member of the Parent Group that is directly attributable to a Carryback, then Parent (or its designee) shall make a payment to SpinCo, or SpinCo shall make a payment to Parent (or its designee), as may be necessary to adjust the payments between SpinCo and Parent (or its designee) to reflect the payments that would have been made under this Section 8(b) had the adjusted amount of such Income Tax Benefit been taken into account in computing the payments due under this Section 8(b).

-21-

9. COOPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION.

(a) Cooperation and Exchange of Information. (A) Parent and Spinco agree to make good faith efforts to request from the other party all information it may need within six (6) months of the Distribution Date. (B) Each of Parent and SpinCo, on behalf of itself and each member of the Parent Group and the SpinCo Group, respectively, after six (6) months has lapsed, agrees to use good faith efforts to provide the other party (or its designee) with such cooperation or information as such other party (or its designee) reasonably shall request in connection with the determination of any payment or any calculations described in this Agreement, the preparation or filing of any Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return or claim for Refund, or the conduct of any Proceeding. Such cooperation and information shall include, without limitation,
(i) promptly forwarding copies of appropriate notices and forms or other communications (including, without limitation, information document requests, revenue agent's reports and similar reports, notices of proposed adjustments and notices of deficiency) received from or sent to any Tax Authority or any other administrative, judicial or governmental authority, (ii) providing copies of all relevant Income Tax Returns or Other Tax Returns, together with accompanying schedules and related workpapers, documents relating to rulings or other determinations by any Tax Authority, and such other records concerning the ownership and tax basis of property, or other relevant information, (iii) the provision of such additional information and explanations of documents and information provided under this Agreement (including statements, certificates, forms, returns and schedules delivered by either party) as shall be reasonably requested by Parent (or its designee) or SpinCo (or its designee), as the case may be, (iv) the execution of any document that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with the filing of an Income Tax Return or Other Tax Return, a claim for a Refund, or in connection with any Proceeding, including such waivers, consents or powers of attorney as may be necessary for Parent or SpinCo, as the case may be, to exercise its rights under this Agreement, and (v) the use of Parent's or SpinCo's, as the case may be, reasonable efforts to obtain any documentation from a governmental authority or a third party that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection with any of the foregoing. Any request for information or documents pursuant to this Section shall be made by the requesting party in writing. The other party shall promptly (and in no event later than 30 days after receipt of the request) provide the requested information. The requesting party shall indemnify the other party for any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such party in connection with providing any information or documentation pursuant to this Section 9. Upon reasonable notice, each of Parent and SpinCo shall make its, or shall cause the members of the Parent Group or the SpinCo Group, as applicable, to make their, employees and facilities available on a mutually convenient basis to provide explanation of any documents or information provided hereunder. Any information obtained under this Section 9 shall be kept confidential, except as otherwise reasonably may be necessary in connection with the filing of Income Tax Returns or Other Tax Returns or claims for Refund or in conducting any Proceeding.

(b) Retention of Records. Each of Parent and SpinCo agree to use good faith efforts to retain (i) all Income Tax Returns and Other Tax Returns, related schedules and workpapers, in respect of any taxable period that ends on or before or includes the Distribution Date or any other taxable period that may be subject to a claim hereunder until the later of (A) the expiration of the statute of limitations (including extensions) for the taxable periods to which such Income Tax Returns, Other Tax Returns relate and (B) the Final Determination of any

-22-

payments that may be required in respect of such taxable periods under this Agreement, and (ii) all material records and other documents as required under
Section 6001 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder (and any similar provision of State, local, or foreign law) existing on the date hereof or created until seven (7) years after the Distribution Date.

(c) Remedies. Each of Parent and SpinCo hereby acknowledges and agrees that (i) the failure of any member of the Parent Group or the SpinCo Group, as the case may be, to comply with the provisions of this
Section 9 may result in substantial harm to the Parent Group or the SpinCo Group, as the case may be, including the inability to determine or appropriately substantiate an Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability (or a position in respect thereof) for which the Parent Group (or a member thereof) or the SpinCo Group (or a member thereof), as applicable, would be responsible under this Agreement or appropriately defend against an adjustment thereto by a Tax Authority, (ii) the remedies available to the Parent Group for the breach by a member of the SpinCo Group of its obligations under this Section 9 shall include (without limitation) the indemnification by SpinCo of the Parent Group for any Income Tax Liabilities or Other Tax Liabilities incurred or any Tax benefit lost or postponed by reason of such breach and the forfeiture by the SpinCo Group of any related rights to indemnification by Parent and (iii) the remedies available to the SpinCo Group for the breach by a member of the Parent Group of its obligations under this Section 9 shall include (without limitation) the indemnification by Parent of the SpinCo Group for any Income Tax Liabilities or Other Tax Liabilities incurred or any Tax benefit lost or postponed by reason of such breach and the forfeiture by the Parent Group of any related rights to indemnification by SpinCo.

(d) Reliance by Parent. If any member of the SpinCo Group supplies information to a member of the Parent Group in connection with an Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability and an officer of a member of the Parent Group signs a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then upon the written request of such member of the Parent Group identifying the information being so relied upon, the chief financial officer of SpinCo (or his or her designee) shall certify in writing that to his knowledge (based upon consultation with appropriate employees) the information so supplied is accurate and complete. SpinCo agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each member of the Parent Group and its directors, officers and employees from and against any fine, penalty, or other cost or expense of any kind attributable to a member of the SpinCo Group having supplied, pursuant to this Section 9, a member of the Parent Group with inaccurate or incomplete information in connection with an Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability.

(e) Reliance by SpinCo. If any member of the Parent Group supplies information to a member of the SpinCo Group in connection with an Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability and an officer of a member of the SpinCo Group signs a statement or other document under penalties of perjury in reliance upon the accuracy of such information, then upon the written request of such member of the SpinCo Group identifying the information being so relied upon, the chief financial officer of Parent (or his or her designee) shall certify in writing that to his knowledge (based upon consultation with appropriate employees) the information so supplied is accurate and complete. Parent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each member of the SpinCo Group and its directors, officers and employees from and against any fine, penalty, or other cost or expense of any kind attributable to a member of the Parent Group having supplied,

-23-

pursuant to this Section 9, a member of the SpinCo Group with inaccurate or incomplete information in connection with an Income Tax Liability or Other Tax Liability.

(f) Excluded Information. Anything in this Section 9 to the contrary notwithstanding, neither Parent nor SpinCo shall be required to provide the other with (A) any information with respect to which it reasonably determines that such information may be privileged, and (B) any information that it is required to keep confidential; provided, that, each party shall use reasonable efforts to separate any information described in clause (A) or (B) from information that it is required to provide to the other party pursuant to this Section 9.

10. PAYMENTS.

(a) Method of Payment. All payments required by this Agreement shall be made by (i) wire transfer to the appropriate bank account as may from time to time be designated by the parties for such purpose; provided that, on the date of such wire transfer, notice of the transfer is given to the recipient thereof, or (ii) any other method agreed to by the parties. All payments due under this Agreement shall be deemed to be paid when available funds are actually received by the payee.

(b) Interest. Any payment required by this Agreement that is not made on or before the date required hereunder shall bear interest, from and after such date through the date of payment, at the Underpayment Rate.

(c) Characterization of Payments. For all tax purposes, the parties hereto agree to treat, and to cause their respective Affiliates to treat, (i) any payment required by this Agreement, as either a contribution by Parent to SpinCo or a distribution by SpinCo to Parent, as the case may be, occurring immediately prior to the External Spin-Off and (ii) any payment of interest or non-federal Income Taxes by or to a Tax Authority, as taxable or deductible, as the case may be, to the party entitled under this Agreement to retain such payment or required under this Agreement to make such payment, in either case, except as otherwise required by applicable law or a Final Determination; provided, that in the event it is determined that, pursuant to applicable law or a Final Determination, any such treatment is not permissible (or that an Indemnified Party nevertheless suffers an Income Tax or Other Tax detriment as a result of such payment), the payment in question shall be adjusted to place the Indemnified Party in the same after-tax position it would have enjoyed absent such Final Determination.

11. LEGAL AND ACCOUNTING FEES. Except as otherwise provided herein, any fees or expenses for legal, accounting or other professional services shall be borne by the party incurring such fees or expenses.

12. NOTICES. Notices, requests, permissions, waivers, and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon (a) a transmitter's confirmation of a receipt of a facsimile transmission (but only if followed by confirmed delivery of a standard overnight courier the following Business Day or if delivered by hand the following Business Day), or (b) confirmed delivery of a standard overnight courier or delivered by hand, to the parties at the following addresses (or at such other addresses for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

-24-

If to Parent, to:     U.S. Bancorp
                      800 Nicollet Mall
                      Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
                      Attn: General Counsel
                      Telecopier: (612) 303-0898

If to SpinCo to:      Piper Jaffray Companies
                      800 Nicollet Mall
                      Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
                      Attn: General Counsel
                      Telecopier: (612) 303-1772

Such names and addresses may be changed by notice given in accordance with this
Section 14.

13. DESIGNATION OF AFFILIATE. Parent may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement to any member of the Parent Group as it shall designate; provided, however, that no such assignment shall relieve Parent of any obligation to make a payment hereunder to SpinCo to the extent such designee fails to make such payment.

14. MISCELLANEOUS. Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Agreement, this Agreement shall be subject to the provisions of Article IX (Miscellaneous) of the SDA to the extent set forth therein.

-25-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf by its officers thereunto duly authorized, all as of the day and year first written above.

U.S. BANCORP

By: /s/ Lee R. Mitau
    -------------------------------
    Name: Lee R. Mitau
    Title: Executive Vice President

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

By: /s/ James L. Chosy
    -------------------------------
    Name: James L. Chosy
    Title: Secretary

-26-

EXHIBIT 10.3

INSURANCE MATTERS AGREEMENT

by and between

U.S. Bancorp

and

Piper Jaffray Companies

Dated as of December 23, 2003


This INSURANCE MATTERS AGREEMENT, dated as of December 23, 2003, by and between U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and Piper Jaffray Companies, a Delaware corporation and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent ("Piper Jaffray", and together with Parent, the "Parties" and each a "Party").

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of Parent has determined that it is in the best interests of Parent and its stockholders to separate Parent's existing businesses into two independent companies;

WHEREAS, in furtherance of the foregoing, Parent and Piper Jaffray have entered into a Separation and Distribution Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (the "Separation and Distribution Agreement"), and other ancillary agreements that will govern certain matters relating to the Separation and the relationship of Parent, Piper Jaffray and their respective Subsidiaries following the Distribution Date; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, the Parties have agreed to enter into this Agreement for the purpose of setting forth certain agreements regarding insurance matters.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I -- Definitions

Capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not defined in Article I or other provisions of this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

1.1. "Agreement" means this Insurance Matters Agreement, including all the Schedules hereto.

1.2. "Current Parent Policies" means Property and Casualty insurance policies that insure Parent and one or more of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and that have policy periods that begin before and end after the Distribution Date.

1.3. "Other Policies" means Property and Casualty insurance policies with policy periods that begin and end before the Distribution Date and that provide insurance coverage to Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates as a result of the acquisition of assets or shares of, or mergers or consolidations with, other Persons that had previously purchased such policies or that had succeeded to rights to obtain coverage from such policies prior to the time of the acquisition, merger or consolidation by or with Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

1.4. "Prior Parent Policies" means Property and Casualty insurance policies with policy periods that begin and end before the Distribution Date that provide insurance coverage to Parent or one or more of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and that are neither Current Parent Policies nor Other Policies.


-2-

1.5. "Property and Casualty" means property and casualty as that term is commonly used in the insurance business and includes but is not limited to liability policies (such as directors and officers liability policies, employment practices liability policies, errors and omissions liability policies, general liability policies), first party property policies, crime and bond policies, mail policies, Excess SIPIC policies, excess securities policies, and workers compensation policies.

ARTICLE II -- Current Parent Policies

2.1. With respect to the Current Parent Policies listed in Schedule A to this Agreement, which were issued for the period from August 1, 2003 to August 1, 2004, Parent hereby agrees, to the extent permitted by the insurance policy or insurance contract and upon request by Piper Jaffray, to provide the Piper Jaffray Group such insurance with respect to the Piper Jaffray Liabilities as is afforded by those policies to the extent that Parent has the right to do so without paying or incurring any additional premium or costs under those policies. Prior to the currently scheduled expiration date of those policies, August 1, 2004, unless earlier terminated by the applicable insurer, Parent shall not cancel, terminate or amend those policies in a manner that materially and adversely affects coverage for Piper Jaffray or the Piper Jaffray Group. Prior to the Distribution Date, Piper Jaffray shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain written confirmation from the insurers that issued those policies that Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Group shall continue to be "Insured(s)" under those policies (as the term "Insured(s)" is defined in those policies) from the Distribution Date to August 1, 2004. In the event that Parent does not have the right to make Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Group "Insureds" under those policies (or the insurers refuse to provide confirmation of Parent's right to do so), Piper Jaffray shall at its own expense obtain replacement coverage (or bear the risk that such coverage is not available under the Current Parent Policies) and Parent shall not be directly or indirectly liable for any failure on the part of Piper Jaffray to obtain coverage or receive reimbursement under such policies from the insurers.

2.2. With respect to the Current Parent Policies listed in Schedule B to this Agreement, the period of such policies shall be deemed to end as of the Distribution Date insofar as Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Group are concerned, and Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Group shall have no right to extend the period for reporting claims, circumstances or occurrences under such policies. Piper Jaffray shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, for the period commencing with the Distribution Date, replacement insurance policies for risks that would otherwise have been covered by such policies, or shall self-insure such risks and Parent shall not be directly or indirectly liable for any failure on the part of Piper Jaffray to insure for such risks.

2.3. With respect to the coverage of the type provided by Current Parent Policies, Piper Jaffray shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain its own separate replacement policies that provide substantially equivalent coverage with commercially appropriate limits for the period commencing with the Distribution Date. Piper Jaffray shall inform Parent about the replacement policies that it plans to obtain, and, with respect solely to the first set of replacement policies obtained for the period


-3-

commencing with the Distribution Date, obtain the consent of Parent to the type of coverage and the limits obtained by Piper Jaffray, provided that Parent may not unreasonably withhold such consent.

ARTICLE III -- Rights in Policies with Inception Dates Prior to the Distribution Date

3.1. As of the Distribution Date, Parent and the Parent Group assign to Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Group all rights to insurance coverage provided for Piper Jaffray Liabilities under the Current Parent Policies, Prior Parent Policies and Other Policies in accordance with the terms of such policies and applicable principles of law and equity, subject to the applicable limits of such policies.

3.2. As of the Distribution Date, Parent and the Parent Group retain all rights to insurance coverage provided for Parent Liabilities under the Current Parent Policies, Prior Parent Policies and Other Policies in accordance with the terms of such policies and applicable principles of law and equity, subject to the applicable limits of such policies.

3.3. For purposes of the exhaustion of any limits that apply to coverage available under Current Parent Policies, Prior Parent Policies or Other Policies, amounts shall be allocated to the policies on a first come/first served basis. That means that amounts covered by such policies shall be allocated to such policies in the order in which such amounts were paid by or on behalf of Parent or the Parent Group, or Piper Jaffray or the Piper Jaffray Group, with respect to the Parent Liabilities or the Piper Jaffray Liabilities, respectively. Where the policies provide coverage with respect to the Parent Liabilities or the Piper Jaffray Liabilities for amounts that are not paid by or on behalf of Parent or the Parent Group, or Piper Jaffray or the Piper Jaffray Group, such as for example in the case of first party coverage for the value of property that is destroyed but not replaced, amounts shall be allocated to policies in the order in which the relevant losses occurred.

ARTICLE IV -- Self-Insured Retentions and Related Matters

4.1. With respect to Parent Liabilities, Parent shall pay or cause to be paid any self-insured retentions, deductibles, retrospective premiums or other amounts payable by an insured that apply under Current Parent Policies, Prior Parent Policies or Other Policies. With respect to such liabilities, Parent shall also pay amounts that are not otherwise covered by the Current Parent Policies, Prior Parent Policies or Other Parent Policies. In addition, to the extent that there is any obligation after the Distribution Date to provide or continue to provide security or collateral to any insurer with respect to Parent Liabilities, Parent shall provide or cause to be provided such security or collateral and pay or cause to be paid the cost of doing so.

4.2. With respect to Piper Jaffray Liabilities, Piper Jaffray shall pay or cause to be paid any self-insured retentions, deductibles, retrospective premiums or other amounts payable by an insured that apply under Current Parent Policies, Prior Parent Policies or Other Policies. With respect to such liabilities, Piper Jaffray shall also pay


-4-

amounts that are not otherwise covered by the Current Parent Policies, Prior Parent Policies or Other Parent Policies. In addition, to the extent that there is any obligation after the Distribution Date to provide or continue to provide security or collateral to any insurer with respect to Piper Jaffray Liabilities, Piper Jaffray shall provide or cause to be provided such security or collateral and pay or cause to be paid the cost of doing so.

4.3. To the extent that Parent continues after the Distribution Date to make any payments or incur any costs that Piper Jaffray is obligated to make or incur under Section 4.2, for any reason, including as a result of contractual obligations or for the purpose of ensuring a smooth transition, Piper Jaffray shall promptly reimburse Parent for the amount of such payments or costs. Similarly, to the extent that Piper Jaffray continues after the Distribution Date to make any payments or incur any costs that Parent is obligated to make or incur under Section 4.1, for any reason, including as a result of contractual obligations or for the purpose of ensuring a smooth transition, Parent shall promptly reimburse Piper Jaffray for such payments or costs.

4.4. To the extent that Parent continues after the Distribution Date to provide security or collateral to any insurer with respect to Piper Jaffray Liabilities, Piper Jaffray shall: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts, in cooperation with Parent, to persuade the insurer to release Parent from such obligation and to substitute security or collateral from Piper Jaffray; (b) to the extent requested to do so by Parent, until Parent is released from such obligations, provide Parent at the expense of Piper Jaffray with equivalent security or collateral; (c) reimburse Parent for the cost of continuing to provide such security or collateral; and (d) to the extent not satisfied by the security or collateral contemplated by subsection (b), at Parent's option either pay on behalf of Parent any collateral or security amounts that become due with respect to Piper Jaffray Liabilities or promptly reimburse Parent for security or collateral amounts paid by Parent with respect to such liabilities.

4.5. For purposes of the exhaustion of any limits that apply to self-insured retentions, deductibles, retrospective premiums or other amounts payable by an insured that apply under Current Parent Policies, Prior Parent Policies or Other Policies, amounts shall be allocated to such limits on a first come/first served basis. That means that amounts shall be allocated to such limits in the order in which such amounts were paid by or on behalf of Parent or the Parent Group, or Piper Jaffray or the Piper Jaffray Group, with respect to the Parent Liabilities or the Piper Jaffray Liabilities, respectively. Where the limits with respect to the Parent Liabilities or the Piper Jaffray Liabilities apply to amounts that are not paid by or on behalf of Parent or the Parent Group, or Piper Jaffray or the Piper Jaffray Group, such as for example in the case of first party coverage for the value of property that is destroyed but not replaced, amounts shall be allocated to such limits in the order in which the relevant losses occurred.

4.6. Piper Jaffray, on its own behalf and on behalf of the Piper Jaffray Group, and their directors, officers and employees, hereby agrees that insurance policies issued by Midwest Indemnity Inc. do not provide any insurance coverage to Piper Jaffray or any member of the Piper Jaffray Group or any of the directors, officers or employees of the foregoing in their capacity as such.


-5-

4.7. With respect to Piper Jaffray Liabilities that are insured under Current Parent Policies, Other Policies, and Prior Parent Policies issued by commercial insurers who are entitled to reinsurance or indemnification for such liabilities in whole or in part from Parent or a member of the Parent Group, Piper Jaffray shall: (a) use commercially reasonable efforts, in cooperation with Parent, to persuade the insurer to release Parent and the Parent Group from such reinsurance or indemnification obligation and substitute a reinsurance or indemnification obligation from Piper Jaffray or one of the Piper Jaffray Subsidiaries; (b) until Parent and the Parent Group are released from such obligations, provide Parent at the expense of Piper Jaffray with commercially reasonable security or collateral; and (c) to the extent not satisfied by the security or collateral contemplated by subsection (b), at Parent's option either pay on behalf of Parent any reinsurance or indemnification amounts that become due with respect to Piper Jaffray Liabilities or promptly reimburse Parent for reinsurance or indemnification amounts paid by Parent or the Parent Group with respect to such liabilities.

ARTICLE V - Cooperation With Respect to Claims and Insurance Matters

5.1. With respect to Parent Liabilities, Parent shall have the right and the responsibility to provide appropriate notice to insurers, administer claims to the extent necessary or appropriate, submit claims to insurers for payment, negotiate coverage questions that may arise, and to arbitrate, litigate and/or compromise coverage disputes and Parent shall not incur any liability for the failure to do any of the above.

5.2. With respect to Piper Jaffray Liabilities, with respect only to Current Parent Policies and Prior Parent Policies, Parent shall have the right but not the obligation to provide appropriate notice to insurers, submit claims to insurers for payment, negotiate coverage questions that may arise, and to arbitrate, litigate and/or compromise coverage disputes. Piper Jaffray shall give prompt written notice to Parent of all claims or losses that are potentially eligible for coverage under Current Parent Policies and Prior Parent Policies or that have the potential to reduce deductibles or self-insured retentions applicable to such policies. Piper Jaffray shall reimburse Parent for out-of-pocket costs, expenses and fees, including attorneys fees, reasonably incurred by Parent for services performed by Parent pursuant to this section in connection with Piper Jaffray Liabilities. In the event that Parent elects not to exercise its rights under this section with respect to particular claims or losses after having received notice of such claims or losses from Piper Jaffray, Parent shall promptly notify Piper Jaffray of that election so that Piper Jaffray may exercise its rights and responsibilities with respect to such claims or losses under section 5.3, below.

5.3. With respect to Other Policies, and to the extent that Parent chooses not to do so under Current Parent Policies and Prior Parent Policies, Piper Jaffray shall have the right and the responsibility with respect to Piper Jaffray Liabilities to provide appropriate notice to insurers, administer claims to the extent necessary or appropriate, submit claims to insurers for payment, negotiate coverage questions that may arise, and to arbitrate, litigate and/or compromise coverage disputes.


-6-

5.4. (a) Parent and Piper Jaffray shall cooperate with each other, and use commercially reasonable efforts to take or cause to be taken all appropriate actions required of such Party, and to do or cause to be done all things necessary or appropriate to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, including the execution of any additional documents or instruments of any kind, the obtaining of consents which may be reasonably necessary or appropriate to carry out any of the provisions hereof, and the taking of all such other actions as such Party may reasonably be requested to take by the other Party from time to time consistent with the terms of this Agreement; provided however, that nothing herein shall require Parent to incur any additional premiums or costs with respect to the Current Parent Policies, Prior Parent Policies or Other Policies.

(b) By way of enumeration of and not of limitation:

(i) each Party shall provide copies of insurance policies (to the extent that copies are available) or evidence of the existence of insurance (where actual copies of the policies are not available), to the other to the extent reasonably required to effectuate the provisions and purposes of this Agreement;

(ii) each Party shall provide the other with information reasonably necessary or helpful to either Party in connection with its efforts to obtain insurance coverage pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement or to purchase new insurance policies, including information about the relevant portions of prior underwriting submissions, past and current claims and losses, subject to any confidentiality restrictions regarding such information, claims and losses;

(iii) each Party shall provide information to the other about exhaustion of policy limits and amounts applied to the limits of policies or self-insured retentions or other limits which are discussed in this Agreement that are potentially applicable to both, and the basis for the application of such amounts to such limits, so that each Party can monitor the exhaustion of such limits; and

(iv) subject to Sections 5.2 and 5.3, each Party shall execute further assignments or allow the other to pursue claims in its name (subject to appropriate written notice of the fact that it is doing so and a description of the reasons why it is doing so), including by means of arbitration or litigation, to the extent necessary or helpful to the other Party's efforts to obtain insurance coverage to which it is entitled under this Agreement.

5.5. Parent and Piper Jaffray shall reimburse each other for out-of-pocket costs, expenses and fees, including but not limited to attorneys' fees, reasonably incurred in connection with providing cooperation and assistance to the other pursuant to Section 5.4. Where particular costs, expense or fees are expected to exceed $10,000, Parent and Piper Jaffray shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide estimates of such costs, expenses or fees to each other prior to the time that they are incurred.


-7-

5.6. In the event of any arbitration or litigation with any insurers concerning any Current Parent Policy, Prior Parent Policy or Other Policy that potentially provides coverage for both Parent Liabilities and Piper Jaffray Liabilities (as determined in good faith by the Party which is initiating or the subject to such arbitration or litigation), Parent and Piper Jaffray shall provide prompt written notice to each other of the initiation of such arbitration or litigation. In the event that such an arbitration or litigation is initiated by Parent or Piper Jaffray, each Party shall notify the other in writing at least 60 days prior to the initiation of such proceeding (unless it is not reasonably possible to do so without prejudicing the effort of such Party to obtain coverage). The Party receiving any such notice pursuant to this Section 5.6 shall preserve the confidentiality of that information and use it for no purpose other than conferring with the other Party and, subject to
Section 5.2, considering whether or not it should join that proceeding as a party or an amicus, or institute another proceeding against one or more insurers in the same or some different forum at some time after the first proceeding has been initiated.

5.7. With respect to the application of the first come/first served principles set forth in Sections 3.3 and 4.5, Parent and the Parent Group, and Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Group, shall act in good faith and avoid taking any actions for the purpose or with the intention of accelerating or delaying claims payments or losses in order to obtain some advantage with respect to the exhaustion of applicable limits. In addition, Piper Jaffray and the Piper Jaffray Group shall not enter into any written settlement agreement with any insurer that has the effect of reducing limits that would otherwise be potentially available under this Agreement to Parent or the Parent Group without first giving Parent at least 60 days advance written notice of its intention to enter into such settlement accompanied by a copy of the proposed settlement so that the Parent may have an opportunity to consider the impact of such proposed settlement on its interests. Parent and Piper Jaffray agree to consult with each other and negotiate in good faith about any such impact.

5.8. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (including Section 5.7), neither Parent nor any member of the Parent Group shall have any right to provide any release under a Current Parent Policy, a Prior Parent Policy or any Other Policy with respect to any rights that Piper Jaffray or any member of the Piper Jaffray Group may have under that policy under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Piper Jaffray.

5.9. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (including Section 5.7), neither Piper Jaffray nor any member of the Piper Jaffray Group shall have any right to provide any release under a Current Parent Policy, a Prior Parent Policy or an Other Policy with respect to any rights that Parent or any member of the Parent Group may have under that policy under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Parent.

5.10. Parent and Piper Jaffray agree to preserve the confidentiality of any information relating to claims and losses, and efforts to recover insurance therefore in


-8-

accordance with the provisions of Section 6.8 of the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

ARTICLE VI -- Certain Specified Liabilities

6.1. Piper Jaffray has entered into a settlement agreement (the "Global Settlement") with certain federal and state regulators relating to alleged conflicts of interest or other allegedly wrongful acts involving relationships between securities analysis and investment banking services. In the event that the Global Settlement is approved, Piper Jaffray will become obligated to pay (a) fines and penalties in the amount of $12.5 million; (b) a restitution payment in the amount of $12.5 million; and (c) $7.5 million for the cost of independent market research. Piper Jaffray has established a reserve on its books in the amount of $32.5 million to pay these amounts. In connection with the Contribution, Parent has contributed capital to Piper Jaffray to enable it to establish this reserve. In the event that any insurer provides coverage to Parent, any Parent Subsidiary, Piper Jaffray or any Piper Jaffray Subsidiary for all or any part of this $32.5 million amount or any defense costs paid in connection with the investigation conducted by the regulators or the negotiation of a settlement with the regulators, the amount of such insurance proceeds, net of the costs, expenses and fees (including attorneys' fees) actually incurred in connection with the recovery of such proceeds, shall be allocated as specified in Sections 6.3 and 6.4.

6.2. In addition to the claims described in Section 6.1, the Parties have agreed that in the event insurance recoveries are received or paid out in respect of any Specified Liabilities (as defined in the Separation and Distribution Agreement), the Parties shall allocate such recoveries (net of the costs, expenses and fees (including attorneys' fees) actually incurred in connection with the recovery of such proceeds) in accordance with Section 6.3.

6.3. Except as provided in Section 6.4, the insurance proceeds received with respect to (1) the Global Settlement, (2) any defense costs paid in connection with the investigation conducted by the regulators or the negotiation of a settlement with the regulators, or (3) any Specified Liabilities, in each case, net of any costs, expenses and fees (including attorneys' fees) actually incurred in connection with the recovery of such proceeds, shall be allocated as follows:

(a) Parent and Piper Jaffray shall first be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket defense costs that each actually incurred in connection with such Specified Liabilities (if the insurance recoveries with respect to Global Settlement and Specified Liabilities are not sufficient to reimburse each for the full amount of its out-of-pocket defense costs, the recoveries shall be shared in proportion to the amount of out-of-pocket defense costs actually paid by each with respect to the Specified Liabilities);

(b) to the extent that there are any remaining insurance recoveries after Parent and Piper Jaffray have been reimbursed for their defense costs pursuant to subsection (a), such amounts shall next be used to reimburse Piper Jaffray for any settlement or judgment amounts that it has paid in connection with Specified Liabilities


-9-

that were not indemnified by Parent as a result of exhaustion of the $17.5 million maximum limit on Parent's indemnification obligation for such liabilities; and

(c) to the extent that there are any remaining insurance recoveries after allocations have been made pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above, such remainder shall be allocated and belong to Parent. Piper Jaffray shall, promptly upon the receipt of any payment of all or any portion of such remainder, pay such amount over to Parent. Until making such payment to Parent, Piper Jaffray shall hold such amounts in trust for Parent and not for its own account.

6.4. In the event of a Change in Control of Piper Jaffray, any net insurance proceeds received with respect to the Global Settlement that have not already been paid to or on behalf Piper Jaffray pursuant to section 6.3 as of the effective date of such Change in Control shall belong to Parent, and Piper Jaffray shall have no right to receive or benefit from any portion of such proceeds, including as an element in the calculations set forth in Section 6.3. Piper Jaffray shall, promptly upon the receipt of any payment of or receipt of the benefit of any payment on its behalf of all or any portion of such net insurance proceeds, pay such amount over to Parent. Until making such payment to Parent, Piper Jaffray shall hold such amounts in trust for Parent and not for its own account.

ARTICLE VII - Other Provisions

7.1. Notices. All notices, requests and other communications to any Party hereunder shall be in writing (including facsimile transmission) and shall be given (i) by personal delivery to the appropriate address as set forth below (or at such other address for the Party as shall have been previously specified in writing to the other Party), (ii) by reliable overnight courier service (with confirmation) to the appropriate address as set forth below (or at such other address for the Party as shall have been previously specified in writing to the other Party), or (iii) by facsimile transmission (with confirmation) to the appropriate facsimile number set forth below (or at such other facsimile number for the Party as shall have been previously specified in writing to the other Party) with follow-up copy by reliable overnight courier service the next Business Day:

(a) if to Piper Jaffray, to:

Piper Jaffray Companies 800 Nicollet Mall Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 Attention: General Counsel Fax: (612) 303-1772

(b) if to Parent, to:


-10-

U.S. Bancorp
800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: General Counsel
Fax: (612) 303-0898

All such notices, requests and other communications shall be deemed received on the date of receipt by the recipient thereof if received prior to 5 p.m. (Minneapolis, Minnesota time) and such day is a Business Day in the place of receipt. Otherwise, any such notice, request or communication shall be deemed not to have been received until the next succeeding Business Day in the place of receipt.

7.2. Amendments and Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed by the Parties. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, any failure of any of the parties to comply with any obligation, covenant, agreement or condition herein may be waived by the Party entitled to the benefits thereof only by a written instrument signed by the Party granting such waiver, but such waiver or the failure to insist upon strict compliance with such obligation, covenant, agreement or condition shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to, any subsequent or other failure. This Agreement shall not be considered as an attempted assignment of any policy of insurance or as a contract of insurance and shall not be construed to waive any right or remedy of any member of the Parent Group in respect of any insurance policy or any other contract or policy of insurance.

7.3. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

7.4. Entire Agreement. The Separation and Distribution Agreement, this Agreement, the other Ancillary Agreement and the Schedules hereto constitute the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersede and cancel all prior agreements, negotiations, correspondence, undertakings, understandings and communications of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

7.5. Assignment. This Agreement may not be assigned by either Party without the written consent of the other Party and any attempted assignment shall be null and void.

7.6. Binding Nature; Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to or shall confer upon any other Person or Persons any rights, benefits or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this Agreement.


-11-

7.7. Severability. This Agreement shall be deemed severable; the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or of any other term hereof, which shall remain in full force and effect, for so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is not affected in any manner materially adverse to any Party. If it is ever held that any restriction hereunder is too broad to permit enforcement of such restriction to its fullest extent, each Party agrees that such restriction may be enforced to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, and each Party hereby consents and agrees that such scope may be judicially modified accordingly in any proceeding brought to enforce such restriction. The Parties acknowledge that they intend to allocate financial obligations without violating any laws regarding insurance, self-insurance or other financial responsibility, or breaching any terms, conditions or provisions of any insurance policies. If it is determined that any action undertaken pursuant to the Separation and Distribution Agreement, this Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement is violative of any insurance, self-insurance or related financial responsibility law or regulation or any term, condition or provision of any insurance policy, the parties agree to work together to do whatever is necessary to comply with such law or regulation or insurance policy term condition or provision while trying to accomplish, as much as possible, the allocation of financial obligations as intended in the Separation and Distribution Agreement, this Agreement and any other Ancillary Agreement.

7.8. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to principles of conflicts or choice of laws, or any other law that would make the laws of any jurisdiction other than Delaware applicable.

7.9. Reimbursement. In order to obtain reimbursement of amounts due under this Agreement, Parent or Piper Jaffray, as the case may be, shall send a written request for such reimbursement in accordance with Section 7.1, together with such information as is reasonably required to support its request for reimbursement; provided, however, that to the extent this Agreement contemplates the automatic reimbursement of or payment with respect to certain matters, no notice shall be required. Payment shall be due 30 days after receipt of such request and supporting information or promptly if no notice is required. If there are questions or disputes about certain amounts for which reimbursement is requested, payment should be made on a timely basis with respect to other amounts. With respect to all amounts that are ultimately determined to be owed under this Agreement -- either by agreement or through litigation -- but that were not paid in full within 30 days after the date of receipt of the original request for reimbursement and supporting information or promptly if no notice is required, interest at the prime rate published by Citibank N.A. from time to time, compounded monthly, shall be owed for the period beginning from 30 days after the date of receipt of the original request for reimbursement and supporting information, or [10] days if no notice is required until the date of payment.

7.10. Right of Setoff. With respect only to amounts that may become due pursuant to and in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, Parent and the


-12-

Parent Subsidiaries may deduct from, set off, hold back or otherwise reduce in any manner whatsoever against any such amounts Parent or the Parent Subsidiaries or their Affiliates may owe to or hold for the benefit of Piper Jaffray, the Piper Jaffray Subsidiaries, or their respective Affiliates any such amounts owed by Piper Jaffray or the Piper Jaffray Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates to Parent or the Parent Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates. In no event shall Parent and the Parent Subsidiaries deduct from, set off, hold back or otherwise reduce any such amounts from accounts of, or funds on deposit, of Piper Jaffray, the Piper Jaffray Subsidiaries, or their respective Affiliates with Parent and the Parent Subsidiaries.

7.11. Representations. Parent represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Parent Group and Piper Jaffray represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Piper Jaffray Group as follows:

(a) each such Person has the requisite corporate or other power and authority and has taken all corporate or other action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement; and

(b) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Person and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof (assuming the due execution and delivery thereof by the other Party).

7.12. No Liability. Piper Jaffray does hereby, for itself and as agent for each other member of the Piper Jaffray Group, agree that no member of the Parent Group or any Parent Indemnitee shall have any Liability whatsoever as a result of the insurance policies and practices of Parent and its Subsidiaries as in effect at any time prior to the Distribution Time, including as a result of the level or scope of any such insurance, the creditworthiness of any insurance carrier, the terms and conditions of any policy, the adequacy or timeliness of any notice to any insurance carrier with respect to any claim or potential claim or otherwise.

7.13. Headings. The table of contents, and the article and other headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience of reference only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.


-13-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

U.S. Bancorp

By: /s/ Lee R. Mitau
    -------------------------------
    Name: Lee R. Mitau
    Title: Executive Vice President

Piper Jaffray Companies

By: /s/ James L. Chosy
    -------------------------------
    Name: James L. Chosy
    Title: Secretary


EXHIBIT 10.4

BUSINESS ALLIANCE AGREEMENT

by and between

U.S. BANCORP

and

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

Dated as of December 23, 2003


TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                     Page
                                                                                     ----
ARTICLE I.        SCOPE OF AGREEMENT............................................       2
     1.1          Scope.........................................................       2

ARTICLE II.       BUSINESS AGREEMENTS...........................................       2
     2.1          General.......................................................       2
     2.2          Investment Funds..............................................       2
     2.3          Capital Market Services Collaboration.........................       3
     2.4          Joint Products and Services...................................       4
     2.5          Settlement, Safekeeping and Other Banking Services............       5
     2.6          Customer Information Sharing and Access.......................       6
     2.7          Securities Dealer Services....................................       6
     2.8          Transition Matters............................................       7

ARTICLE III.      ALLIANCE MANAGEMENT...........................................       8
     3.1          Alliance Managers.............................................       8
     3.2          Meetings......................................................       8
     3.3          Responsibilities..............................................       8

ARTICLE IV.       TERM AND TERMINATION..........................................       8
     4.1          Term..........................................................       8
     4.2          Termination...................................................       8
     4.3          Effect of Termination.........................................      10

ARTICLE V.        GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS..................................      10
     5.1          Complete Agreement............................................      10
     5.2          Expenses......................................................      11
     5.3          Governing Law.................................................      11
     5.4          Notices.......................................................      11
     5.5          Amendment, Modification or Waiver.............................      11
     5.6          Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries..........      12
     5.7          Counterparts..................................................      12
     5.8          Dispute Resolution............................................      12
     5.9          Interpretation................................................      12
     5.10         Severability..................................................      12
     5.11         No Joint Venture..............................................      12
     5.12         No Individual Authority.......................................      12
     5.13         Non-Exclusivity...............................................      13
     5.14         Basis of Bargain..............................................      13
     5.15         Force Majeure.................................................      13
     5.16         Priority......................................................      13

EXHIBIT A -- Alliance Managers

-i-

BUSINESS ALLIANCE AGREEMENT

This BUSINESS ALLIANCE AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), dated as of December 23, 2003, is made and entered into by and between U.S. Bancorp, a Delaware corporation ("Parent"), and PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES, a Delaware corporation and an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of Parent ("Piper Jaffray"). Parent and Piper Jaffray are sometimes referred to herein individually as a "Party" and collectively as the "Parties". Capitalized terms used in this Agreement that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Separation Agreement (as defined herein).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Parent and Piper Jaffray have entered into a certain Separation and Distribution Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as it may be amended from time to time, the "Separation Agreement"), which sets forth the principal corporate transactions required to effect the separation of Parent's businesses into two independent public companies;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the provisions of the Separation Agreement, from and after the consummation of the Merger and the Contribution,
(i) the Piper Jaffray Group will be engaged in the Piper Jaffray Business, (ii) the Parent Group will be engaged in the Parent Business, (iii) the Piper Jaffray Group will own and control the Piper Jaffray Assets and assume and be responsible for the Piper Jaffray Liabilities, and (iv) the Parent Group will own and control the Parent Assets and assume and be responsible for the Parent Liabilities;

WHEREAS, Section 3.2(c) of the Separation Agreement provides that prior to the Distribution, each of Parent and Piper Jaffray shall enter into this Agreement, which is the Business Alliance Agreement referred to in the Separation Agreement;

WHEREAS, Section 2.4 of the Separation Agreement provides, among other things, that on or before the Contribution Effective Time, each of Parent and Piper Jaffray shall enter into, or cause appropriate members of the Group of which it is a member to enter into, such other agreements, certificates and other documents as may be deemed to be advisable by Parent in connection with the Separation; and

WHEREAS, the Parties desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms of their agreement regarding certain business alliances, arrangements, understandings and relationships between and among them and the other members of each of their respective Groups following the completion of the Separation (the "Alliance"), including without limitation, the following: (i) the referral of selected business between the Groups; (ii) the marketing and distribution of certain financial products and services of the Groups; (iii) the continued joint provision of certain services by certain members of each Group; and (iv) certain other matters intended to facilitate the transition of the Piper Jaffray Business to the Piper Jaffray Group set forth below in this Agreement.

-1-

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, and of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements set forth herein, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

SECTION 1.1 Scope. In furtherance of, and in order to document in its entirety, the Alliance between the Parties, each of Parent and Piper Jaffray agrees to comply, and to cause the appropriate members of the Group of which it is a member to comply, with all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Business Agreements (as defined below) contemplated hereby to which it, or the applicable member of its Group, is a party.

ARTICLE II

BUSINESS AGREEMENTS

SECTION 2.1 General. Subject to the immediately following sentence, the Parties currently desire to enter into the agreements provided for in this Article II below (the "Business Agreements") on the terms set forth below and otherwise on such other terms and conditions as are customary for similar business arrangements, but the Parties agree that the identity and description of the terms of the Business Agreements hereunder may be modified from time to time by mutual agreement of the Parties. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither Party shall have any obligation to enter into any such Business Agreement if the Parties are unable to reach agreement on the terms thereof on or prior to the date that is six months after the Distribution Date after negotiating in good faith. Each Business Agreement shall, subject to
Section 5.16 hereof, constitute a separate and complete agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter thereof but may reference or incorporate the terms and conditions of this Agreement, any other Business Agreement and/or the Separation Agreement if and when appropriate.

SECTION 2.2 Investment Funds. The Parties and/or the appropriate members of each of their respective Groups shall negotiate in good faith to enter into Business Agreements pursuant to which Piper Jaffray shall offer customers of the Piper Jaffray Group various investment fund products currently managed by Parent's asset management subsidiary on behalf of First American Funds ("FAF"). The Parties currently contemplate the following specific Business Agreements that shall be negotiated in good faith and entered into by and between Piper Jaffray and U.S. Bancorp Asset Management, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of U.S. Bank ("USBAM"):

(a) Money Market funds for Piper Jaffray Clients. Under an agreement to be entered into between Piper Jaffray and USBAM, money market balances held in various Piper Jaffray Group client accounts shall be invested in one or more classes of money market funds of FAF managed by USBAM. Such money market funds shall be the exclusive non-state specific retail sweep money market funds offered by the Piper Jaffray Group during the term of the agreement except as required by applicable law and

-2-

regulations including Piper Jaffray's obligation to offer suitable investments to its clients.

This agreement shall provide that shares and/or one or more classes of FAF will be named or renamed so as to relate to Piper Jaffray and that such shares and/or classes shall have distinct pricing and fee arrangements designed for the Piper Jaffray Group. The Piper Jaffray Group shall provide omnibus shareholder account record keeping such that transactions for its clients shall be made through a single account for each money market fund or class of FAF. USBAM and Piper Jaffray also shall enter into other service arrangements related to operational and compliance matters in connection with the investments in FAF by Piper Jaffray Group clients. The agreement shall provide for agreed-upon payments to Piper Jaffray for making FAF available to Piper Jaffray Group clients under this arrangement and shall have an initial term of two years and be renewable annually.

(b) Long-term Mutual Funds for Piper Jaffray Clients. Piper Jaffray shall include the long-term (non-money market) mutual funds of FAF on its preferred list of mutual fund families provided that Piper Jaffray continues to maintain such a list or any similar program created in future and that such FAF funds meet the criteria Piper Jaffray applies equally to all long-term mutual funds considered for inclusion on such list or in such program. Pursuant to an existing agreement between Piper Jaffray and Quasar Distributors, Piper Jaffray shall continue to receive commissions and trailer fees based upon the investments of Piper Jaffray Group clients in long-term funds of FAF. This agreement shall be renewable annually.

(c) Referrals by Piper Jaffray to USBAM Institutional Advisory Group. Under an agreement to be entered into between Piper Jaffray and USBAM, Piper Jaffray may solicit clients for the Institutional Advisory Group of USBAM, which manages separate accounts for corporations, governmental entities, endowments, foundations, unions and other entities. USBAM shall pay a referral fee to Piper Jaffray for introductions or leads that result in new clients for this USBAM advisory activity. The agreement shall conform to the applicable requirements under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 with respect to cash payments for client solicitations and all other legal or regulatory requirements.

(d) Piper Private Equity Fund. If the USBAM Institutional Advisory Group determines that it would like to make available interests in Private Equity Partners II, LP, a private equity fund sponsored by Piper Jaffray, or a similar fund, to clients of the Institutional Advisory Group through its affiliate U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. ("USBII"), USBAM, Piper Jaffray and USBII shall enter into an agreement that will address the specific obligations on the part of Piper Jaffray Private Capital Group, USBAM Institutional Advisory Group and USBII as part of this process and shall provide for the payment of amounts to the appropriate parties for their appropriate services.

SECTION 2.3 Capital Market Services Collaboration. The Parties and/or the appropriate members of each of their respective Groups shall negotiate in good faith to enter into Business Agreements pursuant to which Parent and/or members of the Parent Group shall

-3-

recommend the Piper Jaffray Group as a preferred provider of capital market services to clients of the Parent Group. Such services shall include both (i) investment banking services and (ii) investment account services. The investment banking services shall consist of both (A) debt capital market transactions including senior secured, senior unsecured, subordinated notes, medium term note programs, brokered CD programs, trust preferred securities, non-convertible preferred securities and commercial paper programs (but excluding any municipal finance transactions), and (B) equity capital market transactions including public equity offerings, public or private convertible securities, merger and acquisition transactions and private equity transactions. The investment account services shall include services provided by Piper Jaffray's fixed income capital markets sales force and corporation cash management programs. Such agreement or agreements shall provide for the payment by the Piper Jaffray Group of referral fees to the Parent Group if a Parent Group client uses any of such preferred provider services of the Piper Jaffray Group and the same results in a net profit to the Piper Jaffray Group.

SECTION 2.4 Joint Products and Services. The Parties and/or the appropriate members of each of the respective Groups shall negotiate in good faith to enter into Business Agreements pursuant to which the Parties shall jointly provide certain financial products and services of certain members of each Group to shared customers of the Groups. The Parties currently contemplate that such agreements will include, without limitation, the following specific agreements:

(a) Retirement Solution Plan Product. Under an agreement to be entered into between Piper Jaffray and U.S. Bank National Association, a national banking association and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent ("U.S. Bank"), Piper Jaffray and U.S. Bank shall continue to market and manage the bundled retirement plan product known as "Retirement Solution." Specifically, pursuant to the provisions of this agreement, Retirement Solution shall continue to be managed by the Institutional Trust and Custody group of U.S. Bank ("IT&C"), and USBAM and IT&C shall continue to support the Piper Jaffray Group in its sales activities relating to Retirement Solution. IT&C and the Piper Jaffray Group shall agree upon new procedures and pricing for new clients, including procedures for the payment of commissions, and communication processes determined to be desirable or necessary in light of the post-Separation structure in order to continue to provide high service levels to shared clients and to retain this business. Pricing on retirement plan customers as of the Merger and the Contribution, shall remain unchanged for one year.

(b) Solution Online Retirement Plan Product. Under an agreement to be entered into between Piper Jaffray and U.S. Bank, Piper Jaffray's financial advisors shall continue to market and IT&C shall continue to manage the online bundled retirement plan product known as "Solution Online." Neither the management and distribution of Solution Online nor the process by which the Piper Jaffray Group receives payments for the distribution of Solution Online shall be fundamentally affected by the Separation. IT&C and Piper Jaffray shall agree upon any modifications that may be necessary or desirable regarding how the product is marketed and distributed.

-4-

(c) Premier Portfolio Trust Product (Piper Jaffray Managed Fiduciary Trust Accounts at Parent). Under an agreement to be entered into between U.S. Bank and Piper Jaffray, U.S. Bank and Piper Jaffray shall continue to provide in partnership a Premier Portfolio Trust product, pursuant to which certain of the investment assets of the Piper Jaffray Group clients are held in fiduciary trust accounts at U.S. Bank while managed by Piper Jaffray Group financial advisors. This agreement shall set forth the framework and requirements respecting the Premier Portfolio Trust partnership, including the new technology, information access and communication processes that will be necessary to continue to jointly offer this product following the completion of the Separation.

(d) Mortgage Joint Venture. Piper Jaffray and U.S. Bank have formed a joint venture for the purpose of satisfying the mortgage product needs of Piper Jaffray Group clients.

SECTION 2.5 Settlement, Safekeeping and Other Banking Services. The Parties and/or the appropriate members of each of their respective Groups shall negotiate in good faith to enter into Business Agreements pursuant to which U.S. Bank shall provide to the Piper Jaffray Group's corporate cash management clients settlement, safekeeping and other banking services. The Parties expect that the use of such settlement services by such clients of the Piper Jaffray Group will decline over the term of this Agreement as the Piper Jaffray Group transitions its customers to alternative settlement services. The Parties currently contemplate that such agreements will include, without limitation, the following specific agreements:

(a) Basis Point CDs, Commercial Paper, Bankers Acceptances. U.S. Bank shall provide certain operational support to the Piper Jaffray Group in connection with the Basis Point CD product, including, for example, providing the Piper Jaffray Group with credit advice, statements of position and confirmations regarding daily remittance amounts. Such support shall further provide that the Piper Jaffray Group shall promptly provide U.S. Bank with certain information and documentation to enable U.S. Bank to provide such operational assistance, and the Piper Jaffray Group shall be responsible for late fees, penalties and other fees that may arise in connection with the provision of this operational assistance.

(b) Safekeeping and Bond Accounting Services. U.S. Bank shall provide safekeeping and bond accounting services to its customers who purchase from or sell to the Piper Jaffray Group fixed income products. These services shall be substantially identical to the services U.S. Bank provides to its customers that transact with other independent, third party broker-dealers, and these services shall be governed by agreements that are substantially identical to the agreements between U.S. Bank and its customers that transact with other independent, third party broker-dealers. Such agreements shall further provide that the Piper Jaffray Group shall promptly provide U.S. Bank with certain information and documentation to enable U.S. Bank to provide such operational assistance, and the Piper Jaffray Group shall be responsible for late fees, penalties and other fees that may arise in connection with the provision of this operational assistance.

-5-

(c) Automated Clearing House Cash Settlement Services. Pursuant to an existing agreement, U.S. Bank shall continue to accept Automated Clearing House ("ACH") files from members of the Piper Jaffray Group to facilitate same-day and/or next day debits and credits to the demand deposit accounts maintained at U.S. Bank and other financial institutions by Piper Jaffray Group customers. The Piper Jaffray Group's ability to add new accounts to such ACH files and the gradually declining ACH credit exposure shall be consistent with the limits mutually agreed upon by U.S. Bank and the Piper Jaffray Group which shall be documented in a separate agreement. ACH services shall be offered at the aforementioned agreed upon credit limits subject to no material adverse change in the financial condition of the Piper Jaffray Group. Standard fee arrangements and other terms and conditions shall apply to such ACH activity.

(d) Credit Lines. U.S. Bank shall provide the Piper Jaffray Group demand lines of credit, which shall be collateralized by marketable securities. Additionally, U.S. Bank shall provide the Piper Jaffray Group a daylight overdraft line and a day loan line in the amounts mutually agreed upon by U.S. Bank and the Piper Jaffray Group which shall be documented in a separate agreement and also be subject to no material adverse change in the financial condition of Piper Jaffray.

SECTION 2.6 Customer Information Sharing and Access. The Parties and/or the appropriate members of each of their respective Groups shall negotiate in good faith and enter into Business Agreements pursuant to which the Parent Group shall share with the Piper Jaffray Group certain information regarding certain shared customers to the extent permitted by applicable law and such customers. The Parties currently contemplate that such agreements will include, without limitation, the following specific agreements:

(a) Parent Group Services (Information Sharing). Under an agreement to be entered into between U.S. Bank and Piper Jaffray, subject to prior, written customer consent, U.S. Bank shall provide Piper Jaffray on a regular basis, information regarding the accounting, activity and status of the demand deposit and safekeeping accounts of their shared customers. Such information shall be provided under terms and conditions that are substantially similar to the terms and conditions that govern U.S. Bank's provision of such information to other independent, third party broker-dealers or recipients of this information.

(b) SAR Access. Under an agreement to be entered into between U.S. Bank and Piper Jaffray, subject to any necessary consents, U.S. Bank shall provide Piper Jaffray with access to information on U.S. Bank's SAR (Sysout Archival and Retrieval) system until the conversion of the information to a new system is complete.

SECTION 2.7 Securities Dealer Services. U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Piper Jaffray, has entered into a certain Dealer Agreement with USBII dated as of April 21, 2003, which agreement shall continue in full force and effect following completion of the Separation in accordance with it terms. Such agreement provides that Piper Jaffray's fixed income trading desk shall provide certain services to USBII relating to the purchase and sale of fixed income securities products to USBII's customers.

-6-

SECTION 2.8 Transition Matters. The Parties and/or the appropriate members of each of their respective Groups shall negotiate in good faith and enter into such agreements relating to the transition of the Piper Jaffray Business, Piper Jaffray Assets and Piper Jaffray Liabilities to the Piper Jaffray Group as may be jointly determined by the Parties to be necessary or desirable. The Parties currently contemplate that such agreements will include, without limitation, the following specific agreements:

(a) Structured Notes Program Modifications. USBII has two series of structured notes issued and outstanding, consisting of (i) USBI Trust, Series 2002, and (ii) USBI Trust, Series 1998D. The Piper Jaffray Group will remain responsible for remarketing and administrative services for the structured notes and the Parent Group will continue to act as guarantor and trustor. The Parties shall cause all necessary amendments to existing agreements reflecting such duties to be executed and delivered at or prior to the Contribution Effective Time.

(b) Third Party Vendor Contracts. The Parties and/or the appropriate members of each of their respective Groups shall enter into an agreement or agreements on or prior to the Contribution Effective Time that allocate the use of, and payment responsibility for, products and services under various third party contracts including telecommunications, data communications, network and market data. In situations where a contract is currently in the name of one or more members of only one Group and none of the members of the other Group are parties thereto, but members of both Groups are sharing the applicable products or services, such agreement or agreements shall (i) specify a method for notifying third party vendors which Party shall continue to use the products or services and become solely responsible for payments therefor and (ii) obligate such responsible Party to indemnify the other Party from and against any further liability under the related third party contract.

(c) Prime Account Processing. U.S. Bank shall continue to process Piper Jaffray prime accounts until conversion to new system can be completed.

(d) Daily Confirms Formatted, Printed and Mailed. U.S. Bank shall continue to format, print and mail Piper Jaffray's daily confirms until this function is outsourced to a third party vendor, which shall not exceed four weeks from the date of the Merger and Contribution.

(e) Network Equipment Room Engineering Services. U.S. Bancorp shall provide engineering services to support Piper Jaffray's portion of the network equipment room on the 8th floor of the 800 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, MN location from the date of the Merger and Contribution until the earlier of February 29, 2004 or a third party service provider engaged by Piper Jaffray takes over such responsibilities.

-7-

ARTICLE III

ALLIANCE MANAGEMENT

SECTION 3.1 Alliance Managers. Each Party shall name one or more representatives to be its alliance manager for this Agreement and each other Business Agreement contemplated hereunder (collectively, the "Alliance Managers"). The initial Alliance Managers for each Party are listed in attached Exhibit A hereto. Either Party may replace any of its Alliance Managers at any time upon reasonable advance notice to the other.

SECTION 3.2 Meetings. Meetings of the Alliance Managers for each Business Agreement shall be held from time to time as agreed by the Alliance Managers, but not less than once every calendar quarter. Such meetings may be conducted either in person or by telephone.

SECTION 3.3 Responsibilities. The Alliance Managers shall be responsible for understanding the full scope of the Alliance. The Alliance Managers shall further be responsible for engaging the appropriate representatives of their respective companies to allow the Parties to meet their obligations hereunder. The responsibilities of the Alliance Managers shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

(a) Overall management of the collaborative Alliance of the Parties as contemplated by this Agreement, the other Business Agreements and the Separation Agreement; and

(b) The responsibility to attempt to resolve expeditiously any conflict between or among the Parties and/or other members of each Group related to this Agreement and/or the other Business Agreements.

ARTICLE IV

TERM AND TERMINATION

SECTION 4.1 Term. This Agreement shall commence at the Contribution Effective Time and shall continue for two (2) years thereafter (the "Term") unless earlier terminated by either Party as permitted under the provisions of this Agreement.

SECTION 4.2 Termination. (a) This Agreement may be terminated for cause by either Party if the other Party is in breach of any of its material obligations under this Agreement and fails to remedy such breach within thirty
(30) days of receipt of a written notice by the other Party that specifies the material breach.

(b) Either Party may terminate this Agreement, which termination shall occur immediately, if:

(i) the other Party or any significant Subsidiary of such Party shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors;

-8-

(ii) the other Party or any significant Subsidiary of such Party shall petition or apply to any tribunal for the appointment of a trustee or receiver of it, or of any substantial part of its assets, or commence any proceeding relating to it under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law of any jurisdiction whether now or hereafter in effect;

(iii) any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar petition or application is filed, or any proceedings are commenced against the other Party or any significant Subsidiary of such Party and the other Party or any significant Subsidiary of such Party by any act indicates its approval thereof, consent thereto, or acquiescence therein, or any order is entered appointing a trustee or receiver, adjudicating the other Party bankrupt or insolvent, or approving the petition in any such proceedings and such order remains unstayed or undischarged for more than sixty (60) days; or

(iv) any order is entered in any proceedings against the other Party or any significant Subsidiary of such Party decreeing the dissolution of the other Party or such significant Subsidiary and such order remains unstayed or undischarged for more than sixty (60) days.

(c) Either Party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice in the event of a Change of Control (defined below), provided that the Party undergoing the Change of Control shall use its reasonable best efforts to notify the other Party of such event at the earliest time that it is legally permitted and practically able to do so. As used herein, "Change of Control" means, with respect to either Party: (1) the acquisition by any Person (it being understood that the use of the term "Person" in this definition shall be deemed to include any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the "Exchange Act")) of Persons) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act for the purposes of this definition) of securities of such Party where such acquisition causes such Person, directly or indirectly, to beneficially own more than 50% of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of such Party ("Outstanding Common Stock") or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such Party entitled to vote generally in the election of directors ("Outstanding Voting Securities"); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), any acquisition by (A) any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by such Party or any corporation controlled by such Party or (B) any corporation, limited liability company or other entity pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i) and (ii) of subsection (2) below, shall not be deemed to result in a Change of Control; or (2) the consummation of, a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of such Party (a "Business Combination"), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively,

-9-

the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns such Party or all or substantially all of such Party's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the Outstanding Common Stock and Outstanding Voting Securities, as the case may be, and (ii) no Person beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation.

SECTION 4.3 Effect of Termination. Upon any expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, the rights and obligations of the Parties hereunder shall terminate, excluding those provisions that by their terms extend beyond such termination. For the avoidance of doubt, nothing herein shall terminate any on-going payment or other obligation under any other Business Agreement, which obligations shall be governed solely by the terms of such Business Agreement (except to the extent, if any, set forth therein).

ARTICLE V

GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

SECTION 5.1 Complete Agreement. (a) This Agreement and the Exhibits hereto, the Business Agreements and the Separation Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous negotiations, commitments and writings with respect to such subject matter.

(b) Parent represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Parent Group and Piper Jaffray represents on behalf of itself and each other member of the Piper Jaffray Group as follows:

(i) each such Person has the requisite corporate or other power and authority and has taken all corporate or other action necessary in order to execute, deliver and perform each of this Agreement and each other Business Agreement that shall be agreed to and finalized in accordance with this Agreement (including Section 2.1 hereof) (collectively, the "Transaction Agreements") in each case to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements to which it is a party; and

(ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such Person (if such Person is a party) and constitutes a valid and binding agreement of it enforceable in accordance with the terms hereof (assuming the due execution and delivery hereof by the other party), and each of the other Transaction Agreements to which it will be a party will be duly executed and delivered by it and will constitute a valid and binding agreement of

-10-

it enforceable in accordance with the terms thereof (assuming the due execution and delivery thereof by the other party or parties to such Transaction Agreement).

SECTION 5.2 Expenses. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement or in any other Business Agreement or the Separation Agreement, and regardless of whether or not the Separation or the Distribution is consummated, all third party fees, costs and expenses paid or incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Business Agreements shall be paid by the Party incurring such fees, costs or expenses.

SECTION 5.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (other than the laws regarding choice of laws and conflicts of laws that would apply the substantive laws of any other jurisdiction) as to all matters, including matters of validity, construction, effect, performance and remedies.

SECTION 5.4 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a Party when (a) delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (b) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment; or
(c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the following addresses and facsimile numbers and marked to the attention of the person (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number or person as a Party may designate by notice to the other Parties):

If to Parent or any member of the Parent Group:

U.S. Bancorp
800 Nicollet Mall
BC-MN-H23I

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Lee R. Mitau
Fax: (612) 303-0898

If to Piper Jaffray or any member of the Piper Jaffray Group:

Piper Jaffray Companies 800 Nicollet Mall, Suite 800 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 Attention: James L. Chosy Fax: (612) 303-1772

SECTION 5.5 Amendment, Modification or Waiver. This Agreement may be amended, modified, waived or supplemented, in whole or in part, only by a written agreement signed by each of the Parties. The waiver by the Parties of any breach of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach.

-11-

SECTION 5.6 Successors and Assigns; No Third Party Beneficiaries. (a) This Agreement and all of the provisions hereof shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Parties and their successors and permitted assigns, but neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests and obligations hereunder shall be assigned or otherwise transferred, in whole or in part, by any Party without the prior written consent of the other Party.

(b) This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and is not intended to confer upon any other Persons any rights or remedies hereunder.

SECTION 5.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

SECTION 5.8 Dispute Resolution. Any controversy, claim or question of interpretation arising out of or relating to this Agreement
(including without limitation a claimed breach of any of the provisions hereof)
that is not resolved by the Parties shall be resolved in accordance with the provisions of Section 9.9 of the Separation Agreement.

SECTION 5.9 Interpretation. Article and Section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of the agreement of the Parties and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.10 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application thereof to any Person or circumstance is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions hereof, or the application of such provision to Persons or circumstances other than those as to which it has been held invalid or unenforceable, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated thereby, so long as the economic or legal substance of the transactions contemplated hereby is not affected in any manner adverse to any Party.

SECTION 5.11 No Joint Venture. Notwithstanding any provision hereof, this Agreement does not create, and is not intended to create, a joint venture, partnership or agency relationship between the Parties. For all purposes of this Agreement, each Party shall be and act as an independent contractor and not as partner, joint venturer or agent of the other and shall not bind nor attempt to bind the other to any contract. Each Party shall be free to manage and control its business as it sees fit, without the management, control or assistance of the other Party, except as otherwise prescribed herein or in any other Business Agreement or the Separation Agreement.

SECTION 5.12 No Individual Authority. Neither Party shall, without the express, prior written consent of the other Party, take any action for or on behalf of or in the name of the other Party, assume, undertake or enter into any commitment, debt, duty or obligation binding upon any other Party, except for actions expressly provided for in this Agreement or pursuant to any other Business Agreements entered into between the Parties.

-12-

SECTION 5.13 Non-Exclusivity. Unless otherwise expressly set forth herein or in any other agreement between the Parties or other members of their respective Groups, the undertaking referenced herein and the relationship between the Parties, and all aspects thereof are and shall be non-exclusive. Provided that such activities do not otherwise constitute a breach of the Separation Agreement or any Business Agreement, each Party may develop itself, or purchase or otherwise acquire from third parties, any products or services, and each Party may engage in any business, even if such business is competitive with the business of the other Party.

SECTION 5.14 Basis of Bargain. Parent and Piper Jaffray acknowledge that each Party has entered into this Agreement in reliance upon the disclaimers of warranties and limitations of liability and damages as set forth in this Agreement and the Separation Agreement, and that such provisions form an essential basis of the bargain between the Parties and do not cause this Agreement, or the remedies available hereunder, to fail of its or their essential purpose.

SECTION 5.15 Force Majeure. Excluding the obligation to make payment when due, in the event that either Party is prevented from performing, or is unable to perform, any of its obligations under this Agreement due to any cause beyond the reasonable control of the Party invoking this provision, the affected Party's performance will be excused and the time for performance will be extended for the period of delay or inability to perform due to such occurrence.

SECTION 5.16 Priority. Should there be a conflict between any other Business Agreement and this Agreement or should this Agreement be silent on a matter addressed in any other Business Agreement (and not in the Separation Agreement), such other Business Agreement shall prevail as to the subject matter thereof. Should there be a conflict between this Agreement and the Separation Agreement or should this Agreement be silent on a matter addressed in the Separation Agreement, the Separation Agreement shall prevail as to the subject matter thereof.

-13-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized representative.

U.S. BANCORP

By: /s/ Lee R. Mitau
    ---------------------------------
    Name: Lee R. Mitau
    Title: Executive Vice President

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

By: /s/ James L. Chosy
    ----------------------------------
    Name: James L. Chosy
    Title:  Secretary


EXHIBIT 10.5

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES
2003 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. PURPOSE

The purpose of the Plan is to promote the interests of the Company and its stockholders by giving the Company a competitive advantage in attracting, retaining and motivating employees, officers, consultants and Directors capable of assuring the future success of the Company, to offer such persons incentives that are directly linked to the profitability of the Company's businesses and increases in stockholder value, and to afford such persons an opportunity to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company.

SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

As used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.

(a) "Affiliate" means any entity that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, is controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

(b) "Award" means any Stock Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance Award, Dividend Equivalent, Other Stock Grant, Other Stock-Based Award or Tax Offset Bonus granted under the Plan.

(c) "Award Agreement" means any written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing any Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan and any other terms and conditions (not inconsistent with the Plan) determined by the Committee.

(d) "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

(e) "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

(f) "Change in Control" has the meaning set forth in Section 7.

(g) "Committee" means a committee of Directors designated by the Board to administer the Plan, which initially shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board. The Committee shall be comprised of not less than such number of Directors as shall be required to permit Awards granted under the Plan to qualify under Rule 16b-3 and Section 162(m) of the Code, and each member of the Committee shall be an Outside Director.

(h) "Company" means Piper Jaffray Companies, a Delaware corporation.

(i) "Covered Employee" means a Participant designated prior to the grant of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards by the Committee who is or may be a "covered employee" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which any such Award is expected to be taxable to such Participant.


(j) "Director" means a member of the Board, including any Outside Director.

(k) "Dividend Equivalent" means any right granted under Section 6(e) of the Plan.

(l) "Effective Date" has the meaning set forth in Section 11 of the Plan.

(m) "Eligible Individual" means any employee, officer, Director or consultant providing services to the Company or any Affiliate, and prospective employees and consultants who have accepted offers of employment or consultancy from the Company or any Affiliate, whom the Committee determines to be an Eligible Individual.

(n) "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.

(o) "Exercise Price" has the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) of the Plan.

(p) "Fair Market Value" means, with respect to any property (including, without limitation, any Shares or other securities), the fair market value of such property determined by such methods or procedures as shall be established from time to time by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing and except as otherwise provided by the Committee, the Fair Market Value of a Share as of a given date shall be the closing sales price for one Share on the New York Stock Exchange or such other national securities market or exchange as may at the time be the principal market for the Shares, or if the Shares were not traded on such national securities market or exchange on such date, then on the next preceding date on which the Shares are traded, all as reported by such source as the Committee may select.

(q) "Incentive Stock Option" means any Stock Option granted under
Section 6(a) of the Plan that is designated as, and intended to qualify as, an "incentive stock option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

(r) "Non-Qualified Stock Option" means any Stock Option granted under
Section 6(a) of the Plan that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

(s) "Outside Director" means any Director who qualifies as an "outside director" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and as a "non-employee director" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3.

(t) "Participant" means an Eligible Individual designated to be granted an Award under the Plan.

(u) "Performance Award" means any right granted under Section 6(d) of the Plan.

(v) "Performance Goals" means the performance goals established by the Committee in connection with the grant of an Award. In the case of Qualified Performance-Based Awards, (i) such goals shall be based on the attainment of specified levels of one or more of the following measures with respect to the Company or such subsidiary, division or department of the Company for or within which the Participant performances services: revenue growth; earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization; earnings before interest and taxes; operating income; pre- or after- tax income; earnings per share; cash flow; cash flow per share;


return on equity; return on invested capital; return on assets; economic value added (or an equivalent metric); share price performance; total shareholder return; improvement in or attainment of expense levels; improvement in or attainment of working capital levels and (ii) such Performance Goals shall be set by the Committee within the time period prescribed by Section 162(m) of the Code and related regulations. Such Performance Goals also may be based upon the attaining of specified levels of Company performance under one or more of the measures described above relative to the performance of other companies.

(w) "Plan" means this Piper Jaffray Companies 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as set forth herein and as hereinafter amended from time to time.

(x) "Qualified Performance-Based Award" means an Award of Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Awards designated as such by the Committee at the time of grant, based upon a determination that (i) the recipient is or may be a Covered Employee in the year in which the Company would expect to be able to claim a tax deduction with respect to such Restricted Stock or Performance Awards and (ii) the Committee wishes such Award to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption.

(y) "Restricted Stock" means any Share granted under Section 6(c) of the Plan.

(z) "Restricted Stock Unit" means any unit granted under Section 6(c) of the Plan evidencing the right to receive a Share (or a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share) at some future date.

(aa) "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time.

(bb) "Section 162(m) Exemption" means the exemption from the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in
Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

(cc) "Share" or "Shares" means a share or shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company.

(dd) "Stock Appreciation Right" means any right granted under Section 6(b) of the Plan.

(ee) "Stock Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

(a) Power and Authority of the Committee. The Plan shall be administered by the Committee, except with respect to Awards to non-employee Directors, which shall be administered by the Nominating and Governance Committee. All references to the "Committee" with respect to grants to non-employee Directors shall refer to the Nominating and Governance Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan and to applicable law, the Committee shall have full power and authority to:


(i) designate Participants;

(ii) determine whether and to what extent any type (or types) of Award is to be granted hereunder;

(iii) determine the number of Shares to be covered by (or the method by which payments or other rights are to be determined in connection with) each Award;

(iv) determine the terms and conditions of any Award or Award Agreement;

(v) subject to Section 9 hereof, amend the terms and conditions of any Award or Award Agreement and accelerate the vesting and/or exercisability of any Stock Option or waive any restrictions relating to any Award; provided, however, that (A) except for adjustments pursuant to Section 4(c) of the Plan, in no event may any Stock Option granted under this Plan be (x) amended to decrease the Exercise Price thereof, (y) cancelled in conjunction with the grant of any new Stock Option with a lower Exercise Price, or (z) otherwise subject to any action that would be treated, for accounting purposes, as a "repricing" of such Stock Option, unless such amendment, cancellation, or action is approved by the stockholders of the Company to the extent required by applicable law and stock exchange rules and (B) the Committee may not adjust upwards the amount payable to a Covered Employee with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award or waive or alter the Performance Goals associated therewith in a manner that would violate Section 162(m) of the Code.

(vi) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances the exercise price of Awards may be paid in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or canceled, forfeited or suspended;

(vii) determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards, other property and other amounts payable with respect to an Award under the Plan shall be deferred either automatically or at the election of the holder thereof or the Committee;

(viii) interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or agreement, including an Award Agreement, relating to the Plan;

(ix) adopt, alter, suspend, waive or repeal such rules, guidelines and practices and appoint such agents as it shall deem advisable or appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and

(x) make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.

Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, interpretations and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan or any Award or Award Agreement shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive and binding upon all persons, including without limitation, the Company, its Affiliates, subsidiaries, shareholders, Eligible Individuals and any holder or beneficiary of any Award.


(b) Action by the Committee; Delegation. Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules of a stock exchange, the Committee may delegate all or any part of its duties and powers under the Plan to one or more persons, including Directors or a committee of Directors, subject to such terms, conditions and limitations as the Committee may establish in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the Committee shall not delegate its powers and duties under the Plan (i) with regard to officers or directors of the Company or any Affiliate who are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or
(ii) in a manner that would cause an Award designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award not to qualify for, or to cease to qualify for, the
Section 162(m) Exemption; and provided, further, that any such delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time.

(c) Power and Authority of the Board. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, except to the extent that the grant or exercise of such authority would cause any Award or transaction to become subject to (or lose an exemption under) the short-swing profit recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act or cause an Award designated as a Qualified Performance-Based Award not to qualify for, or to cease to qualify for, the
Section 162(m) Exemption, the Board may, at any time and from time to time, without any further action of the Committee, exercise the powers and duties of the Committee under the Plan. To the extent that any permitted action taken by the Board conflicts with action taken by the Committee, the Board action shall control.

SECTION 4. SHARES AVAILABLE FOR AWARDS

(a) Shares Available. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) of the Plan, the aggregate number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan shall be 2,000,000. Shares that may be issued under the Plan may be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares re-acquired and held in treasury. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the number of Shares available for granting Incentive Stock Options under the Plan shall not exceed 500,000, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) of the Plan and subject to the provisions of Section 422 or 424 of the Code or any successor provision, and (ii) the number of Shares available for granting Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall not exceed 2,000,000, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4(c) of the Plan.

(b) Accounting for Awards. For purposes of this Section 4, if an Award entitles the holder thereof to receive or purchase Shares, the number of Shares covered by such Award or to which such Award relates shall be counted on the date of grant of such Award against the aggregate number of Shares available for granting Awards under the Plan. Any Shares that are used by a Participant as full or partial payment to the Company of the purchase price relating to an Award, including in connection with the satisfaction of tax obligations relating to an Award, shall again be available for granting Awards (other than Incentive Stock Options) under the Plan. In addition, if any Shares covered by an Award or to which an Award relates are not purchased or are forfeited, or if an Award otherwise terminates without delivery of any Shares, then the number of Shares counted against the aggregate number of Shares available under the Plan with respect to such Award, to the extent of any such forfeiture or termination, shall again be available for granting Awards under the Plan.


(c) Adjustments. In the event of any change in corporate capitalization (including, but not limited to, a change in the number of Shares outstanding), such as a stock split or a corporate transaction, such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company (including any extraordinary cash or stock dividend), any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Section 368 of the Code) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, the Committee or Board may make such substitution or adjustments in the aggregate number and kind of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, and the maximum limitation upon Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights and other Awards to be granted to any Participant, in the number, kind and Exercise Price of shares subject to outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in the number and kind of shares subject to other outstanding Awards granted under the Plan and/or such other equitable substitution or adjustments as it may determine to be appropriate in its sole discretion (including, without limitation, the provision of an amount in cash in consideration for any such Awards); provided, however, that the number of shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with any Disaffiliation of a subsidiary of the Company, the Committee shall have the authority to arrange for the assumption or replacement of Awards with new awards based on shares of the affected subsidiary or by an affiliate of an entity that controls the subsidiary following the Disaffiliation. For purposes hereof, "Disaffiliation" of a subsidiary shall mean the subsidiary's ceasing to be a subsidiary of the Company for any reason (including, without limitation, as a result of a public offering, spinoff, sale or other distribution or transfer by the Company of the stock of the subsidiary).

(d) Award Limitations. No more than 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock may be subject to Qualified Performance-Based Awards granted to any Eligible Individual in any fiscal year of the Company.

SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

Any Eligible Individual shall be eligible to be designated a Participant. In determining which Eligible Individuals shall receive an Award and the terms of any Award, the Committee may take into account the nature of the services rendered by the respective Eligible Individuals, their present and potential contributions to the success of the Company or such other factors as the Committee, in its discretion, shall deem relevant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to full-time or part-time employees (which term as used herein includes, without limitation, officers and Directors who also are employees), and an Incentive Stock Option shall not be granted to an employee of an Affiliate unless such Affiliate also is a "subsidiary corporation" of the Company within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code or any successor provision.

SECTION 6. AWARDS

(a) Stock Options. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Stock Options (which may be Non-Qualified Stock Options or Incentive Stock Options) to Eligible Individuals with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee shall determine:


(i) Exercise Price. The purchase price per Share purchasable under a Stock Option (the "Exercise Price") shall be determined by the Committee; provided, however, that, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, such Exercise Price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of such Stock Option.

(ii) Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee at the time of grant, but in no event shall be more than 10 years from the date of grant.

(iii) Time and Method of Exercise. The Committee shall determine the time or times at which a Stock Option may be exercised in whole or in part and the method or methods by which, and the form or forms (including, without limitation, cash Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property, or any combination thereof, having a Fair Market Value on the exercise date equal to the applicable Exercise Price) in which, payment of the Exercise Price with respect thereto may be made or deemed to have been made.

(iv) Incentive Stock Options. The Committee may designate Stock Options as Non-Qualified Stock Options or as Incentive Stock Options. Any Incentive Stock Option authorized under the Plan shall contain such provisions as the Committee shall deem advisable, but shall in all events be consistent with and contain all provisions required in order to qualify the Stock Option as an Incentive Stock Option. To the extent that any Stock Option is not designated as an Incentive Stock Option or even if so designated does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option on or subsequent to its grant date, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(b) Stock Appreciation Rights. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Stock Appreciation Rights to Eligible Individuals subject to the terms of the Plan. Each Stock Appreciation Right granted under the Plan shall confer on the holder upon exercise the right to receive, as determined by the Committee, cash or a number of Shares equal to the excess of (A) the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of exercise (or, if the Committee shall so determine, at any time during a specified period before or after the date of exercise) over (B)the grant price of the Stock Appreciation Right as determined by the Committee, which grant price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of one Share on the date of grant of the Stock Appreciation Right, unless otherwise determined by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the grant price, term, methods of exercise, dates of exercise, methods of settlement and any other terms and conditions (including conditions or restrictions on the exercise thereof) of any Stock Appreciation Right shall be as determined by the Committee, provided, that in no event shall the term of a Stock Appreciation Right be longer than ten years.

(c) Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units to Eligible Individuals with the following terms and conditions and with such additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan as the Committee shall determine:

(i) Restrictions. Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions as the Committee may impose (including, without limitation, limitation on transfer, forfeiture conditions, limitation on the right to vote a


Share of Restricted Stock or the right to receive any dividend or other right or property with respect thereto), which restrictions may lapse separately or in combination at such time or times, in such installments or otherwise as the Committee may deem appropriate. The grant or vesting of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be performance-based or time-based or both. Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may be Qualified Performance-Based Awards, in which event the grant or vesting, as applicable, of such Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be conditioned upon the attainment of Performance Goals.

(ii) Stock Certificates; Delivery of Shares.

(A) Any Restricted Stock granted under the Plan shall be evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates. Any certificate issued in respect of shares of Restricted Stock shall be registered in the name of such Participant and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the applicable Award Agreement and possible forfeiture of such shares of Restricted Stock. The Committee may require that the certificates evidencing such shares be held in custody by the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed and that, as a condition of any Award of Restricted Stock, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award.

(B) In the case of Restricted Stock Units, no Shares or other property shall be issued at the time such Awards are granted. Upon the lapse or waiver of restrictions and the restricted period relating to Restricted Stock Units (or at such later time as may be determined by the Committee), Shares or other cash or property shall be issued to the holder of the Restricted Stock Units and evidenced in such manner as the Committee may deem appropriate, including book-entry registration or issuance of one or more stock certificates.

(iii) Forfeiture. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, upon a Participant's termination of employment (as determined under criteria established by the Committee) during the applicable restriction period, all applicable Shares of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units at such time subject to restriction shall be forfeited and reacquired by the Company; provided, however, that the Committee may, when it finds that a waiver would be in the best interest of the Company, waive in whole or in part any or all remaining restrictions with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units.

(d) Performance Awards. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Performance Awards to Eligible Individuals subject to the terms of the Plan. A Performance Award granted under the Plan (i) may be denominated or payable in cash, Shares (including, without limitation, Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units), other securities, other Awards or other property and
(ii) shall confer on the holder thereof the right to receive payments, in whole or in part, upon the achievement of such performance goals during such performance periods as the Committee shall establish. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the performance goals to be achieved during any performance period, the length of any performance period, the amount of any Performance


Award granted, the amount of any payment or transfer to be made pursuant to any Performance Award and any other terms and conditions of any Performance Award shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee may, prior to or at the time of the grant, designate Performance Awards as Qualified Performance-Based Awards, in which event it shall condition the settlement thereof upon the attainment of Performance Goals. Performance Awards denominated in cash that are payable to any individual Participant with respect to any calendar year will be limited to a maximum of $5,000,000.

(e) Dividend Equivalents. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant Dividend Equivalents to Eligible Individuals under which the Participant shall be entitled to receive payments (in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property as determined in the discretion of the Committee) equivalent to the amount of cash dividends paid by the Company to holders of Shares with respect to a number of Shares determined by the Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan, such Dividend Equivalents may have such terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine.

(f) Other Stock Grants. The Committee is hereby authorized, subject to the terms of the Plan, to grant to Eligible Individuals Shares without restrictions thereon as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purpose of the Plan.

(g) Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee is hereby authorized to grant to Eligible Individuals, subject to the terms of the Plan, such other Awards that are denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares (including, without limitation, securities convertible into Shares), as are deemed by the Committee to be consistent with the purpose of the Plan. Shares or other securities delivered pursuant to a purchase right granted under this Section 6(g) shall be purchased for such consideration, which may be paid by such method or methods and in such form or forms (including, without limitation, cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property or any combination thereof), as the Committee shall determine, the value of which consideration, as established by the Committee, shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of such Shares or other securities as of the date such purchase right is granted, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

(h) Tax Offset Bonus. The Committee may grant to a Participant, at the time of granting an Award or at any time thereafter, the right to receive a cash payment in an amount specified by the Committee, to be paid at such time or times (if ever) as the Award results in compensation income to the Participant, for the purpose of assisting the Participant to pay the resulting taxes, all as determined by the Committee and on such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall determine (a "Tax Offset Bonus").

(i) General.

(i) Consideration for Awards. Awards may be granted for no cash consideration or for any cash or other consideration as determined by the Committee and required by applicable law.

(ii) Awards May Be Granted Separately or Together. Awards may, in the discretion of the Committee, be granted either alone or in addition to, in tandem with or


in substitution for any other Award or any award granted under any plan of the Company or any Affiliate. Awards granted in addition to or in tandem with other Awards or in addition to or in tandem with awards granted under any such other plan of the Company or any Affiliate may be granted either at the same time as or at a different time from the grant of such other Awards or awards.

(iii) Forms of Payment Under Awards. Subject to the terms of the Plan, payments or transfers to be made by the Company or an Affiliate upon the grant, exercise or settlement of an Award may be made in such form or forms as the Committee shall determine (including, without limitation, cash, Shares, promissory notes (provided, however, that the acceptance of such notes does not conflict with Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002), other securities, other Awards or other property or any combination thereof), and may be made in a single payment or transfer, in installments or on a deferred basis, in each case in accordance with rules and procedures established by the Committee. Such rules and procedures may include, without limitation, provisions for the payment or crediting of reasonable interest on installment or deferred payments or the grant or crediting of Dividend Equivalents with respect to installment or deferred payments.

(iv) Limits on Transfer of Awards. No Award (other than Other Stock Grants) and no right under any such Award shall be transferable by a Participant otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and the Company shall not be required to recognize any attempted assignment of such rights by any Participant; provided, however, that, if so determined by the Committee, a Participant may, in the manner established by the Committee, designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise the rights of the Participant and receive any property distributable with respect to any Award upon the death of the Participant; and provided, further, that, if so determined by the Committee, a Participant may transfer a Non-Qualified Stock Option to any Family Member (as such term is defined in the General Instructions to Form S-8 (or successor to such Instructions or such Form)) at any time that such Participant holds such Stock Option, whether directly or indirectly or by means of a trust or partnership or otherwise, provided that the Participant may not receive any consideration for such transfer, the Family Member may not make any subsequent transfers other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and the Company receives written notice of such transfer. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, each Award (other than an Incentive Stock Option) or right under any such Award shall be exercisable during the Participant's lifetime only by the Participant or, if permissible under applicable law, by the Participant's guardian or legal representative. Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, no Award (other than an Incentive Stock Option) or right under any such Award may be pledged, alienated, attached or otherwise encumbered, and any purported pledge, alienation, attachment or other encumbrance thereof shall be void and unenforceable against the Company or any Affiliate.

(v) Term of Awards. Subject to Section 6(a)(ii) of the Plan, the term of each Award shall be for such period as may be determined by the Committee.

(vi) Restrictions. All Shares or other securities delivered under the Plan pursuant to any Award or the exercise thereof shall be subject to such stop transfer orders


and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, applicable federal or state securities laws and regulatory requirements, and the Committee may direct appropriate stop transfer orders and cause other legends to be placed on the certificates for such Shares or other securities to reflect such restrictions.

SECTION 7. CHANGE IN CONTROL

(a) Impact of Event. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, unless otherwise provided by the Committee in any Award Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control:

(i) Any Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights outstanding as of the date of such Change in Control, and which are not then exercisable and vested, shall become fully exercisable and vested.

(ii) The restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall lapse, and such Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested.

(iii) All Performance Awards shall be considered to be earned and payable in full, and any deferral or other restriction shall lapse and such Performance Awards shall be settled in cash or Shares, as determined by the Committee, as promptly as is practicable.

(iv) All restrictions on other Awards shall lapse and such Awards shall become free of all restrictions and become fully vested.

(b) Definition of Change in Control. For purposes of the Plan, a "Change in Control" shall mean the happening of any of the following events:

(i) An acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a "Person") of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (1) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the "Outstanding Company Common Stock") or (2) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the "Outstanding Company Voting Securities"); excluding, however, the following: (1) Any acquisition directly from the Company, other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege unless the security being so converted was itself acquired directly from the Company, (2) Any acquisition by the Company, (3) Any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any entity controlled by the Company, or (4) Any acquisition pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses
(1), (2) and (3) of subsection (iii) of this Section 7(b); or

(ii) A change in the composition of the Board such that the individuals who, as of the Effective Date, constitute the Board (such Board shall be hereinafter referred to as the "Incumbent Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, for purposes of this Section 7(b), that any individual who becomes a member of the Board subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election, or nomination for election by the


Company's shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of those individuals who are members of the Board and who were also members of the Incumbent Board (or deemed to be such pursuant to this proviso) shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board; but, provided, further, that any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board shall not be so considered as a member of the Incumbent Board; or

(iii) Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company ("Corporate Transaction"); excluding, however, such a Corporate Transaction pursuant to which (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who are the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock, and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company's assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Corporate Transaction, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (2) no Person (other than the Company, any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction) will beneficially own, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction or the combined voting power of the outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Corporate Transaction, and (3) individuals who were members of the Incumbent Board will constitute at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Corporate Transaction; or

(iv) The approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

SECTION 8. INCOME TAX WITHHOLDING

No later than the date as of which an amount first becomes includible in the gross income of a Participant for federal income tax purposes with respect to any Award under the Plan, the Participant shall pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to such amount. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company and its Affiliates shall, to the extent permitted by law, be entitled to take such action and establish such procedures as it deems appropriate to withhold or collect all applicable payroll, withholding, income or other taxes from such Participant. In order to assist a Participant in paying all or a portion of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes to be withheld or collected upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) an Award, the Committee, in its discretion and subject to such additional


terms and conditions as it may adopt, may permit the Participant to satisfy such tax obligation by (i) electing to have the Company withhold a portion of the Shares or other property otherwise to be delivered upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) such Award with a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such taxes or (ii) delivering to the Company Shares or other property other than Shares issuable upon exercise or receipt of (or the lapse of restrictions relating to) such Award with a Fair Market Value equal to the amount of such taxes, provided that, in either case, not more than the legally required minimum withholding may be settled with Shares. Any such election must be made on or before the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is determined.

SECTION 9. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

(a) Amendments to the Plan. The Board may amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company, no amendment, alteration, suspension, discontinuation or termination shall be made that, absent such approval:

(i) requires stockholder approval under the rules or regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, any other securities exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. that are applicable to the Company;

(ii) increases the number of Shares authorized under the Plan as specified in Section 4(a) of the Plan; or

(iii) without such stockholder approval, would cause the Company to be unable, under the Code, to grant Incentive Stock Options under the Plan.

(b) Amendments to Awards. The Committee may waive any conditions of or rights of the Company under any outstanding Award, prospectively or retroactively. Except as otherwise provided herein or in an Award Agreement, the Committee may not amend, alter, suspend, discontinue or terminate any outstanding Award, prospectively or retroactively, if such action would adversely affect the rights of the holder of such Award, without the consent of the Participant or holder or beneficiary thereof or such amendment would cause a Qualified Performance-Based Award to cease to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption.

(c) Correction of Defects, Omissions and Inconsistencies. The Committee may correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem desirable to carry the Plan into effect.

SECTION 10. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Rights to Awards. No Eligible Individual or other person shall have any claim to be granted any Award under the Plan, and there is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of Eligible Individuals or holders or beneficiaries of Awards under the Plan. The terms and conditions of Awards need not be the same with respect to any Participant or with respect to different Participants.


(b) Award Agreements. No Participant will have rights under an Award granted to such Participant unless and until an Award Agreement shall have been duly executed on behalf of the Company and, if requested by the Company, signed by the Participant. In the event that any provision of an Award Agreement conflicts with or is inconsistent in any respect with the terms of the Plan as set forth herein or subsequently amended, the terms of the Plan shall control.

(c) No Rights of Stockholders. Except with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock as to which the Participant has been granted the right to vote, neither a Participant nor the Participant's legal representative shall be, or have any of the rights and privileges of, a stockholder of the Company with respect to any Shares issuable to such Participant upon the exercise or payment of any Award, in whole or in part, unless and until such Shares have been issued in the name of such Participant or such Participant's legal representative without restrictions thereto.

(d) No Limit on Other Compensation Plans or Arrangements. Nothing contained in the Plan shall prevent the Company or any Affiliate from adopting or continuing in effect other or additional compensation arrangements, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases.

(e) No Right to Employment. The Plan shall not constitute a contract of employment, and adoption of the Plan or the grant of an Award shall not be construed as giving a Participant the right to be retained as an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, or a non-employee Director to be retained as a Director, nor shall it affect in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate such employment at any time, with or without cause. In addition, the Company or an Affiliate may at any time dismiss a Participant from employment free from any liability or any claim under the Plan or any Award, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in any Award Agreement.

(f) Governing Law. The Plan and all Awards granted and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to principles of conflict of laws thereof.

(g) Severability. If any provision of the Plan or any Award is or becomes or is deemed to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction or would disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Committee, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to applicable laws, or if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in the determination of the Committee, materially altering the purpose or intent of the Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction or Award, and the remainder of the Plan or any such Award shall remain in full force and effect.

(h) Application to Participants Outside the United States. In the event an Award is granted to a Participant who is employed or providing services outside the United States and who is not compensated from a payroll maintained in the United States, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, modify the provisions of the Plan as they pertain to such individual to comply with applicable foreign law.

(i) No Trust or Fund Created. Neither the Plan nor any Award shall create or be construed to create a trust or separate fund of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between the


Company or any Affiliate and an Eligible Individual or any other person. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company or any Affiliate pursuant to an Award, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company or any Affiliate.

(j) Other Benefits. No compensation or benefit awarded to or realized by any Participant under the Plan shall be included for the purpose of computing such Participant's compensation under any compensation-based retirement, disability, or similar plan of the Company unless required by law or otherwise provided by such other plan.

(k) No Fractional Shares. No fractional Shares shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Award, and the Committee shall determine whether cash shall be paid in lieu of any fractional Shares or whether such fractional Shares or any rights thereto shall be canceled, terminated or otherwise eliminated.

(l) Headings. Headings are given to the Sections and subsections of the Plan solely as a convenience to facilitate reference. Such headings shall not be deemed in any way material or relevant to the construction or interpretation of the Plan or any provision thereof.

(m) Section 16 Compliance; Section 162(m) Administration. The Plan is intended to comply in all respects with Rule 16b-3 or any successor provision, as in effect from time to time, and in all events the Plan shall be construed in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3. If any Plan provision does not comply with Rule 16b-3 as hereafter amended or interpreted, the provision shall be deemed inoperative. The Board, in its absolute discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to restrict, limit or condition the use of any provision of the Plan with respect to persons who are officers or directors subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act without so restricting, limiting or conditioning the Plan with respect to other Eligible Individuals. The Company intends that all Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan to individuals who are or who the Committee believes will be Covered Employees will constitute "qualified performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

(n) Conditions Precedent to Issuance of Shares. Shares shall not be issued pursuant to the exercise or payment of the Exercise Price or purchase price relating to an Award unless such exercise or payment and the issuance and delivery of such Shares pursuant thereto shall comply with all relevant provisions of law, including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, the Exchange Act, the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the requirements of any applicable stock exchange and the Delaware General Corporation Law. As a condition to the exercise or payment of the Exercise Price or purchase price relating to such Award, the Company may require that the person exercising or paying the Exercise Price or purchase price represent and warrant that the Shares are being purchased only for investment and without any present intention to sell or distribute such Shares if, in the opinion of counsel for the Company, such a representation and warranty is required by law.

SECTION 11. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

Upon its adoption by the Board, the Plan shall be submitted for approval by the stockholders of the Company and shall be effective as of the date of such approval (the "Effective Date").


SECTION 12. TERM OF THE PLAN

The Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date or any earlier date of discontinuation or termination established pursuant to
Section 9 of the Plan. However, unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan or in an applicable Award Agreement, any Award theretofore granted may extend beyond such date, and the authority of the Committee provided for hereunder with respect to the Plan and any Awards, and the authority of the Board to amend the Plan, shall extend beyond the termination of the Plan.


EXHIBIT 10.6

NYSE CSA FORM 1D

SUBORDINATED LOAN AGREEMENT - CASH

THIS AGREEMENT is entered into this 22nd day of December 2003, between USB Holdings, Inc. (the "Lender") and U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc., (the "Organization").

1. GENERAL - Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Organization promises to pay to the Lender or its assigns, (a) on October 31, 2008 (the "Scheduled Maturity Date") at the office of the Organization, the principal amount of $180,000,000 plus accrued and unpaid interest as of the Scheduled Maturity Date (treating the Scheduled Maturity Date as the Interest Payment Date for the purpose of calculating the Interest Rate applicable to the period since the last Interest Payment Date) and (b) on January 2, 2004 and the first business banking day in Minneapolis, Minnesota of each calendar quarter thereafter (each such date, an "Interest Payment Date"), interest on the principal amount then outstanding at the Interest Rate. All payments made by the Organization hereunder, both principal and interest, shall be noted in the books and records of the Lender and shall be conclusive evidence of the amounts of such payments absent manifest error. For the purposes of this Agreement, "Interest Rate" means, for each Interest Payment Date, an interest rate per annum equal to the London Interbank Offer Rate for three-month Eurodollar deposits, as reported on Telerate page 3750 two London business days prior to the immediately preceding Interest Payment Date (or, in the case of the first Interest Payment Date, two London business days prior to the date hereof) calculated on an actual/360 day basis, plus 150 basis points, such Interest Rate to be reset on each subsequent Interest Payment Date.

2. SUSPENDED REPAYMENT

The Organization's obligation to pay the principal amount hereof on the Scheduled Maturity Date or any accelerated maturity date shall be suspended and the obligation shall not mature for any period of time during which after giving effect to such payment (together with (a) the payment of any other obligation of the Organization payable at or prior to the payment hereof and (b) the return of any Secured Demand Note and the Collateral therefor held by the Organization and returnable at or prior to the payment hereof).

(i) in the event that the Organization is not operating pursuant to the alternative net capital requirement provided for in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of Rule 15c3-1 (the "Rule") under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Act"), the aggregate indebtedness of the Organization would exceed 1200 percent of its net capital as those terms are defined in the Rule or any successor rule as in effect at the time payment is to be made, or such other percent as may be made

1

applicable to the Organization at the time of such payment by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the "Exchange") or the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"), or

(ii) in the event that the Organization is operating pursuant to such alternative net capital requirement, the net capital of the Organization would be less than 5 percent (or such other percent as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such payment by the Exchange or the SEC) of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with Exhibit A to Rule 15c3-3 under the Act or any successor rule as in effect at such time, or

(iii) in the event that the Organization is registered as a futures commission merchant under the Commodity Exchange Act (the "CEA"), the net capital of the Organization (as defined in the CEA or the regulations thereunder as in effect at the time of such payment) would be less than 6 percent (or such other percentum as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such payment by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the "CFTC") of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the CEA and the regulations thereunder, and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount less the market value of commodity options purchased by customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided, however, the deduction for each customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such customer's account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts), or the Organization's net capital would be less than the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO, or

(iv) the Organization's net capital, as defined in the Rule or any successor rule as in effect at the time of such payment, would be less than 120 percent (or such other percent as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such payment by the Exchange or the SEC) of the minimum dollar amount required by the Rule as in effect at such time (or such other dollar amount as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such payment by the Exchange or the SEC), or

(v) in the event that the Organization is registered as a futures commission merchant under the CEA and if its net capital, as defined in the CEA or the regulations thereunder as in effect at the time of such payment, would be less than 120 percent (or such other percent as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such payment by the CFTC) of the minimum dollar amount required by the CEA or the regulations thereunder as in effect at such time (or such other dollar

2

amount as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such payment by the CFTC), or

(vi) in the event that the Organization is subject to the provisions of Paragraph (a)(6)(v) or (c)(2)(x)(C) of the Rule, the net capital of the Organization would be less than the amount required to satisfy the 1000 percent test (or such other percentum test as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such payment by the Exchange or the SEC) stated in such applicable paragraph.

(the net capital necessary to enable the Organization to avoid such suspension of its obligation to pay the principal amount hereof being hereinafter referred to as the "Applicable Minimum Capital") and during any such suspension the Organization shall, as promptly as consistent with the protection of its customers, reduce its business to a condition whereby the principal amount hereof with accrued interest thereon could be paid (together with (a) the payment of any other obligation of the Organization payable at or prior to the payment hereof and (b) the return of any Secured Demand Note and the Collateral therefor held by the Organization and returnable at or prior to the payment hereof) without the Organization's net capital being below the Applicable Minimum Capital, at which time the Organization shall repay the principal amount hereof plus accrued interest thereon on not less than five days' prior written notice to the Exchange. The aggregate principal amount outstanding pursuant to this Agreement shall mature on the first day at which under this paragraph the Organization has an obligation to pay the principal amount hereof. If pursuant to the terms hereof the Organization's obligation to pay the principal amount hereof is suspended and does not mature, the Organization agrees (and the Lender recognizes) that if its obligation to pay the principal amount hereof is ever suspended for a period of six months or more, it will promptly take whatever steps are necessary to effect a rapid and orderly complete liquidation of its business. If payment is made of all or any part of the principal hereof on the Scheduled Maturity Date or any accelerated maturity date and if immediately after any such payment the Organization's net capital is less than the Applicable Minimum Capital, the Lender agrees irrevocably (whether or not such Lender had any knowledge or notice of such fact at the time of any such payment) to repay to the Organization, its successors or assigns, the sum so paid, to be held by the Organization pursuant to the provisions hereof as if such payment had never been made; provided, however, that any suit for the recovery of any such payment must be commenced within two years of the date of such payment.

3. SUBORDINATION OF OBLIGATIONS

The Lender irrevocably agrees that the obligations of the Organization under this Agreement with respect to the payment of principal and interest are and shall be fully and irrevocably subordinate in right of payment and subject to the prior payment or provision for payment in full of all claims of all other present and future creditors of the Organization whose claims are not similarly subordinated (claims hereunder shall rank pari passu with claims similarly subordinated) and to claims which are now or hereafter expressly stated in the instruments creating such claims to be senior in right of payment to the claims of the

3

class of this claim arising out of any matter occurring prior to the date on which the Organization's obligation to make such payment matures consistent with the provisions hereof. In the event of the appointment of a receiver or trustee of the Organization or in the event of its insolvency, liquidation pursuant to the Securities Investor Protection Act of 1970 ("SIPA") or otherwise, its bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Organization, the holder hereof shall not be entitled to participate or share, ratably or otherwise, in the distribution of the assets of the Organization until all claims of all other present and future creditors of the Organization, whose claims are senior hereto, have been fully satisfied, or adequate provision has been made therefor.

4. PERMISSIVE PREPAYMENT

With the prior written approval of the Exchange, the Organization may, at its option, make Prepayment of all or any portion of the principal amount hereof to the Lender prior to the Scheduled Maturity Date at any time subsequent to one year from the effective date of this agreement. No Prepayment shall be made, however, if after giving effect thereto (and to all other payments of principal of outstanding subordination agreements of the Organization, including the return of any Secured Demand Note and the Collateral therefor held by the Organization, the maturity or accelerated maturity of which are scheduled to occur within six months after the date such Prepayment is to occur pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, or on or prior to the Scheduled Maturity Date for payment of the principal amount hereof disregarding this paragraph, whichever date is earlier) without reference to any projected profit or loss of the Organization.

(i) in the event that the Organization is not operating pursuant to the alternative net capital requirement provided for in paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of the Rule, the aggregate indebtedness of the Organization would exceed 1000 percent of its net capital as those terms are defined in the Rule or any successor rule as in effect at the time such Prepayment is to be made (or such other percent as may be made applicable at such time to the Organization by the Exchange or the SEC), or

(ii) in the event that the Organization is operating pursuant to such alternative net capital requirement, the net capital of the Organization would be less than 5 percent (or such other percent as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such Prepayment by the Exchange or the SEC) of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with Exhibit A to Rule 15c3-3 under the Act or any successor rule as in effect at such time, or

(iii) in the event that the Organization is registered as a futures commission merchant under the CEA, the net capital of the Organization (as defined in the CEA or the regulations thereunder as in effect at the time of such Prepayment) would be less than 7 percent (or such other percent as may

4

be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such Prepayment by the CFTC) of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the CEA and the regulations thereunder, and the foreign futures or foreign options secured amount less the market value of commodity options purchased by customers of the Organization on or subject to the rules of a contract market or a foreign board of trade (provided, however, the deduction for each customer shall be limited to the amount of customer funds in such customer's account(s) and foreign futures and foreign options secured amounts) or the Organization's net capital would be less than the minimum capital requirement as defined by the DSRO, or

(iv) the Organization's net capital, as defined in the Rule or any successor rule as in effect at the time of such Prepayment, would be less than 120 percent (or such other percent as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such Prepayment by the Exchange or the SEC) of the minimum dollar amount required by the Rule as in effect at such time (or such other dollar amount as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such Prepayment by the Exchange or the SEC), or

(v) in the event that the Organization is registered as a futures commission merchant under the CEA, its net capital, as defined in the CEA or the regulations thereunder as in effect at the time of such Prepayment would be less than 120 percent (or such other percent as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such Prepayment by the CFTC) of the minimum dollar amount required by the CEA or the regulations thereunder as in effect at such time or such other dollar amount as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such Prepayment by the CFTC, or

(vi) in the event that the Organization is subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(6)(v) or (c)(2)(x)(C) of the Rule, the net capital of the Organization would be less than the amount required to satisfy the 1000 percent test (or such other percent test as may be made applicable to the Organization at the time of such Prepayment by the Exchange or the SEC) stated in such applicable paragraph, or

If Prepayment is made of all or any part of the principal hereof prior to the Scheduled Maturity Date and if the Organization's net capital is less than the amount required to permit such Prepayment pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Paragraph, the Lender agrees irrevocably (whether or not such Lender had any knowledge or notice of such fact at the time of such Prepayment) to repay the Organization, its successors or assigns, the sum so paid to be held by the Organization pursuant to the provisions hereof as if such Prepayment had never been made; provided, however, that any suit for the recovery of any such Prepayment must be commenced within two years of the date of such Prepayment.

5

5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Until all amounts hereunder, both principal and interest, have been paid in full to the Lender, the Organization covenants and agrees with the Lender that:

(i) Minimum Net Worth. The Organization will not permit at any time the amount which, in conformity with GAAP, is included under the caption "Shareholders' Equity" (or any like caption) on the balance sheet of the Organization (such amount, the Organization's "Net Worth") to be less than $200,000,000.

(ii) Minimum Net Capital. The Organization will not permit at any time its net capital (as defined by the Exchange) to be less than $50,000,000 for a period of 30 consecutive days.

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Organization hereby represents and warrants to the Lender that, as of the date of this Agreement:

(i) Corporate Existence. The Organization has been duly organized, and is validly existing and in good standing, under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation or formation and has the requisite power and authority and all necessary governmental approvals to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted, except where the failure to be so organized, existing or in good standing or to have such power, authority and governmental approvals would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, assets, business, prospects or properties of the Organization. The Organization is duly qualified or licensed to do business, and is in good standing, in each jurisdiction where the character of the properties owned, leased or operated by it or the nature of its business makes such qualification or licensing or good standing necessary, except for such failures to be so qualified or licensed and in good standing that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, assets, business, prospects or properties of the Organization.

(ii) Authority. The Organization has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder in accordance with its terms. The Agreement has received all necessary approvals of the Board of Directors of the Organization, and no other corporate proceedings on the part of the Organization are necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation by the Organization of the transactions contemplated

6

hereby. The Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Organization, and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery hereof by the Organization, constitutes a valid and legally binding agreement of the Organization, enforceable against the Organization in accordance with its terms.

(iii) Consents; No Conflicts. Entrance by the Organization into this Agreement (a) does not require any consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any governmental authority, except such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect as of the date hereof, (b) will not violate any applicable law or regulation or the charter, by-laws or other organizational documents of the Organization or any order of any governmental authority, (c) will not violate or result in a default under, or give rise to a right to require any material payment under, any indenture, agreement or other instrument binding upon the Organization or any of its assets and (d) will not result in the creation or imposition of any lien on any material asset of the Organization.

7. ACCELERATION IN EVENT OF INSOLVENCY

The Organization's obligation to pay the unpaid principal amount hereof shall forthwith mature, together with interest accrued thereon, in the event of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to SIPA or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy laws, or any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Organization; but payment of the same shall remain subordinate as hereinabove set forth.

8. EVENTS OF ACCELERATION

If any of the following events (each an "Event of Acceleration") occur:

(i) the Organization fails to pay any amount due under this Agreement when the same becomes due and payable, and such failure continues for thirty days after notice thereof by the Lender to the Organization;

(ii) any material representation or warranty made by the Organization in this Agreement proves to have been inaccurate in any material respect at the time made; or

(iii) the Organization fails to perform any covenant contained in this Agreement relating to the conduct of the business of the Organization or relating to the maintenance and reporting of the Organization's financial position, including those covenants set forth in Section 5 hereof, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after notice thereof from the Lender to the Organization;

7

then, and in every such event, and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Lender may elect, by written notice to the Organization and the Examining Authority, to declare the entire amount outstanding hereunder to be due and payable in full as of the last business day of the calendar month which is six months after the date such notice is received by the Organization and the Examining Authority, whereupon the entire such amount shall be and become due and payable on such date; and provided that, in accordance with the Rules under the Act, the Lender shall not be permitted to exercise its rights and remedies pursuant to this Section 7 by delivery of such notice prior to the date that is six months after the Effective Date (as defined in Section 18 hereof). No course of dealing and no delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy will operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice the Lender's rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred hereby is exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

9. EVENTS OF DEFAULT

If any of the following events (each an "Event of Default") occur:

(i) the Organization is the subject of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation pursuant to SIPA or otherwise, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, reorganization whether or not pursuant to bankruptcy laws, or there is any other marshalling of the assets and liabilities of the Organization;

(ii) the SEC revokes the registration of the Organization; or

(iii) the Examining Authority suspends (and does not reinstate within ten (10) days) or revokes the Organization's status as a member of the Exchange.

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Organization described in clause (i) of this Section as a result of which the Lender shall not be permitted, without special relief, to exercise its rights or remedies), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Lender may elect, by written notice to the Organization and the Examining Authority, to declare the entire amount outstanding hereunder to be due and payable in full, whereupon the entire such amount shall be and become due and payable on date of such notice; provided, however, that no such notice shall be required in the event of occurrence of the event specified in clause (i) of this Section, and if any such event shall occur all amounts outstanding hereunder shall immediately and automatically be and become due and payable in full without notice or declaration of any kind; and provided further that, in accordance with the Rules under the Act, if a liquidation of the business of the Organization has not been commenced, the date on which such Event of Default occurs shall be the date on which the payment obligations of the Organization with respect to all other subordination agreements then outstanding shall mature. Upon the happening of an Event of Default, if liquidation of the business of the Organization has not already occurred, the Organization shall undertake to rapidly and orderly liquidate its business. No course of

8

dealing and no delay on the part of the Lender in exercising any right, power or remedy will operate as a waiver thereof or otherwise prejudice the Lender's rights, powers or remedies. No right, power or remedy conferred hereby is exclusive of any other right, power or remedy referred to herein or now or hereafter available at law, in equity, by statute or otherwise.

10. EFFECT OF DEFAULT

Default in any payment hereunder, including the payment of interest, shall not accelerate the maturity hereof except as herein specifically provided, and the obligation to make payment shall remain subordinated as herein above set forth.

11. EFFECT OF ACCELERATION AND DEFAULT

The occurrence of any Event of Acceleration or Event of Default shall not accelerate the maturity hereof except as herein specifically provided, and the obligation to make payment shall remain subordinated as herein above set forth.

12. NOTICE OF MATURITY OR ACCELERATED MATURITY

The organization shall immediately notify the Examining Authority for such broker or dealer, if, after giving effect to all Payments of Payment Obligations (as that term is defined in (a)(2)(iv) of Appendix D of the Rule) under subordination agreements then outstanding that are then due or mature within the following six months without reference to any projected profit or loss of the broker or dealer either the aggregate indebtedness of the broker or dealer would exceed 1200 percent of its net capital or its net capital would be less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by the Rule, or, in the case of a broker or dealer operating pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)(ii) of the Rule, its net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit items computed in accordance with Exhibit A to Rule 15c3-3 under the Act or any successor rule as in effect at such time, or, if registered as a futures commission merchant, 6 percent of the funds required to be segregated pursuant to the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder (less the market value of commodity options purchased by option customers on or subject to the rules of a contract market, each such deduction not to exceed the amount of funds in the option customer's account), if greater, or less than 120 percent of the minimum dollar amount required by paragraphs (a)(1)(ii) of the Rule.

13. NON-LIABILITY OF EXCHANGE

The Lender irrevocably agrees that the loan evidenced hereby is not being made in reliance upon the standing of the Organization as a member organization of the Exchange or upon the Exchange's surveillance of the Organization's financial position or its compliance with the Constitution, Rules and practices of the Exchange. The Lender has made such investigation of the Organization and its partners, officers, directors and stockholders as the Lender deems necessary and appropriate under the circumstances. The Lender is not relying upon the Exchange to provide any information concerning or relating to the Organization and agrees that the Exchange has no responsibility to disclose to the Lender

9

any information concerning or relating to the Organization which it may now, or at any future time, have. The Lender agrees that neither the Exchange, its Special Trust Fund, nor any director, officer, trustee nor employee of the Exchange or said Trust Fund shall be liable to the Lender with respect to this agreement or the repayment of the loan evidenced hereby or of any interest thereon.

14. STATUS OF PROCEEDS

The proceeds hereof shall be dealt with in all respects as capital of the Organization, shall be subject to the risks of its business, and may be deposited in an account or accounts in the Organization's name in any bank or trust company.

15. FUTURES COMMISSION MERCHANTS

If the Organization is a futures commission merchant, as that term is defined in the CEA, the Organization agrees, consistent with the requirements of Section 1.17(h) of the regulations of the CFTC (17 CFR 1.17(h)), that:

(a) whenever prior written notice by the Organization to the Exchange is required pursuant to the provisions of this agreement, the same prior written notice shall be given by the Organization to (i) the CFTC at its principal office in Washington, DC, Attention Chief Accountant of Division of Trading and Markets, and/or (ii) the commodity exchange of which the Organization is a member and which is then designated by the CFTC as the Organization's designated self-regulatory organization (the "DSRO"), and

(b) whenever prior written consent, permission or approval of the Exchange is required pursuant to the provisions of this agreement, the Organization shall also obtain the prior written consent, permission or approval of the CFTC and/or of the DSRO, and

(c) whenever the Organization receives written notice of acceleration of maturity pursuant to the provisions of this agreement, the Organization shall promptly give written notice thereof to the CFTC at the address stated and/or to the DSRO.

16. DEFINITION OF ORGANIZATION

The term "Organization" as used in this agreement shall include the Organization, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17. EFFECT OF EXCHANGE MEMBERSHIP TERMINATION

Upon termination of the Organization as a member organization of the Exchange, the references herein to the Exchange shall be deemed to refer to the Examining

10

Authority. The term "Examining Authority" shall refer to the regulatory body having responsibility for inspecting or examining the Organization for compliance with financial responsibility requirements under Section 9(c) of SIPA and Section 17(d) of the Act.

18. UPON WHOM BINDING

The provision of this agreement shall be binding upon the Lender, his or its heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns and upon the Organization.

19. ARBITRATION

Any controversy arising out of or relating to this agreement shall be submitted to and settled by arbitration pursuant to the Constitution and Rules of the Exchange. The Organization and the Lender shall be conclusively bound by such arbitration.

20. EFFECTIVE DATE

This agreement shall be effective from the date on which it is approved by the Exchange and shall not be modified or amended without the prior written approval of the Exchange.

21. NOTICES

All notices, consents, waivers and other communications required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed given to a party when (a) delivered to the appropriate address by hand or by nationally recognized overnight courier service (costs prepaid); (b) sent by facsimile with confirmation of transmission by the transmitting equipment; or
(c) received or rejected by the addressee, if sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the following addresses and facsimile numbers and marked to the attention of the person (by name or title) designated below (or to such other address, facsimile number or person as a party may designate by notice to the other parties):

If to the Lender:

USB Holdings, Inc.
One U.S. Bank Plaza
St. Louis, MO 63101
Attention: Louis Dubuque
Facsimile: 314-418-3571
Telephone: 314-418-8371

11

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz 51 West 52nd Street New York, New York 10019 Attention: Benjamin Fackler, Esq.

Facsimile: (212) 403-2000

If to the Organization to:

U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.
800 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Sandra G. Sponem
Facsimile: 612-303-1321
Telephone: 612-303-6000

If to Lender or Organization with a copy (which shall
not constitute notice) to:

New York Stock Exchange Inc.
20 Broad Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Doreen Ford
Facsimile: 212-656-5307
Telephone: 212-656-7098

22. ENTIRE AGREEMENT

This instrument embodies the entire agreement between the Organization and the Lender and no other evidence of such agreement has been or will be executed without the prior written consent of the Exchange.

23. GOVERNING LAW

This agreement shall be deemed to have been made under, and shall be governed by, the laws of the State of New York in all respects.

24. CANCELLATION

This agreement shall not be subject to cancellation by either party, unless the New York Stock Exchange agrees in writing to such cancellation 30 days in advance.

25. NO RIGHT OF SET-OFF

The Lender agrees that it is not taking and will not take or assert as security for the payment of the loan any security interest in or lien upon, whether created by contract,

12

statute or otherwise, any property of the Organization or any property in which the Organization may have an interest, which is or at any time may be in the possession or subject to the control of the Lender. The Lender hereby waives, and further agrees that it will not seek to obtain payment of the note in whole or in any part by exercising any right of set-off it may assert or possess whether created by contract, statute or otherwise. Any agreement between the organization and the Lender (whether in the nature of a general loan and collateral agreement, a security or pledge agreement or otherwise) shall be deemed amended hereby to the extent necessary so as not to be inconsistent with the provision of this paragraph.

26. * [ ] Check this box if you wish to incorporate the following optional provision:

The Scheduled Maturity Date hereof in each year, without further action by either the lender or Organization shall be extended an additional year, unless on or before the day seven months preceding the Scheduled Maturity Date then in effect, the lender shall notify the Organization in writing, with a written copy to the New York Stock Exchange, Inc., that such Scheduled Maturity Date shall not be extended.

IN WITNESS HEREOF the parties hereto have set their hands and seals this 22nd day of December, 2003.

By: U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc.          By: USB Holdings, Inc.
    ----------------------------------           -------------------------------

Name: /s/ Andrew S. Duff                     Name: /s/ [illegible]
      --------------------------------             -----------------------------

Title: President                             Title: EVP
       -------------------------------              ----------------------------
            (Organization)                                   (Lender)

13

EXHIBIT 10.9

January 27, 2004




Dear ________________:

As you know, human capital is critical to a financial services business, and the success of Piper Jaffray Companies (the "Company") is dependent upon our ability to retain highly skilled and motivated employees, like you, who embody our Guiding Principles. In order to better retain you, in connection with the Distribution (as defined in Exhibit A), we are providing you with this letter (the "Cash Award Letter"). The Cash Award Letter became effective on February 4, 2004, the date the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the "Committee") approved the Cash Award Letter. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Cash Award Letter are defined in Exhibit A to this Cash Award Letter.

This Cash Award Letter provides you with a financial incentive to remain working for the Company after the Distribution Date (as defined in Exhibit A) in the form of a cash bonus in the amount set forth on Schedule A (the "Cash Award"), a portion of which shall be payable to you on March 31, 2004 (the "Initial Payment Date"), and the remainder of which shall be paid in installments, in the amounts set forth on Schedule A, on each of the first four anniversaries of the Initial Payment Date (the Initial Payment Date and each such anniversary, a "Payment Date"), subject to your continued employment with the Company (or one of its subsidiaries) through each applicable Payment Date.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that your employment is terminated (1) by reason of your death or Disability or (2) by the Company without Cause during the 24-month period following a Change in Control, the Company will continue to pay to you (or your beneficiaries, as applicable) the Cash Award on each applicable Payment Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph, notwithstanding the prior termination of your employment with the Company (or one of its subsidiaries). In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that you are eligible for Retirement, the Company will pay to you the Cash Award on each applicable Payment Date in accordance with the schedule set forth in the immediately preceding paragraph, regardless of whether you remain employed with the Company (or one of its subsidiaries) on each applicable Payment Date. All payments of the Cash Award shall be made without interest or earnings credit thereon.

You hereby acknowledge that (i) for purposes of any stock option or other equity based compensation award of U.S. Bancorp or its subsidiaries held by you as of immediately prior to the Distribution, the Distribution shall constitute a termination of your employment with U.S. Bancorp and its subsidiaries and affiliates and, (ii) with respect to any such options and awards that, pursuant to their terms, terminate within 90 days of a termination of your employment, you


shall have no further rights whatsoever after the expiration of the 90 day period following the Distribution. In addition, you hereby waive any and all claims that you might have arising in connection with, resulting from or otherwise relating to any stock option or other equity based compensation award of U.S. Bancorp that is now held by you or that has been held by you at any time, including, without limitation, with respect to any expiration, forfeiture, exercise or failure to exercise such option or award, except that (A) with respect to outstanding options that would terminate within 90 days of a termination of your employment pursuant to their terms, this sentence shall not constitute a waiver of your right to exercise any such options within 90 days of the Distribution (subject to compliance with the other terms, and satisfaction of the other conditions, thereof) and (B) with respect to any options or other equity based compensation awards of U.S. Bancorp that continue to vest and remain exercisable beyond 90 days following a termination of your employment, this sentence shall not constitute a waiver of any right to continue to vest and exercise such options or other equity based compensation awards of U.S. Bancorp in accordance with their term (subject to compliance with the other terms, and satisfaction of the other conditions, thereof). U.S. Bancorp shall be an intended third party beneficiary to this Cash Award Letter.

This Cash Award Letter shall be binding upon any successor of the Company, or its businesses (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise), in the same manner and to the same extent that we would be obligated under this Cash Award Letter if no succession had taken place.

Nothing in this Cash Award Letter is intended to alter or in fact alters your status as an at will employee of the Company. Piper Jaffray reserves the right to terminate your employment without cause or notice. This Cash Award Letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without reference to its conflict of law rules. All payments and benefits hereunder are subject to withholding for applicable income and payroll taxes or otherwise as required by law.

We look forward to a very promising future for Piper Jaffray as a stand-alone entity. In order to be eligible to receive the Cash Award, it is important that you sign this Cash Award Letter and return it to Pamela Clayton, Managing Director, Human Resources at 800 Nicollet Mall, J09S04, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402-7020 no later than February 20, 2004.

Very truly yours,

/s/ Andrew S. Duff

Andrew S. Duff

Acknowledged and Agreed:



2

EXHIBIT A

"Cause" shall mean (i) your willful and continued failure to perform substantially your duties with the Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Company that specifically identifies the manner in which the Company believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, (ii) the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company or (iii) your conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, a felony.

"Change in Control" shall mean a Change in Control within the meaning of Section 7(b) of the Company's 2003 Long-Term Incentive Plan that occurs after the Distribution Date.

"Disability" shall have the meaning set forth in an Individual Agreement. If you are not party to an Individual Agreement, "Disability" shall have the meaning set forth in the Company's long-term disability plan as in effect after the Distribution Date.

"Distribution" shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

"Distribution Date" shall have the meaning set forth in the Separation and Distribution Agreement.

"Individual Agreement" means any individual employment agreement between the Company or any of its subsidiaries and you as in effect after the Distribution Date.

"Retirement" means the date that you attain age 50 and have accrued 10 years of service with the Company (including, for this purpose, any service with U.S. Bancorp).

"Separation and Distribution Agreement" means the Separation and Distribution Agreement by and between U.S. Bancorp and the Company dated as of December 23, 2003, included as Exhibit 2.1 to Amendment 5 of the Company's Registration Statement on Form 10 filed with the SEC.


EXHIBIT 10.10

U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.

SECOND CENTURY 2000

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN


.

.
.

U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
SECOND CENTURY 2000
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                  Page
SECTION 1  INTRODUCTION.........................................................    1

   1.1.  ESTABLISHMENT..........................................................    1
   1.2.  PURPOSE................................................................    1
   1.3.  DEFINITIONS............................................................    1
      1.3.1.  Account...........................................................    1
      1.3.2.  Affiliate.........................................................    1
      1.3.3.  Beneficiary.......................................................    1
      1.3.4.  Chief Executive Officer...........................................    1
      1.3.5.  Company...........................................................    1
      1.3.6.  Director of Equity Capital Markets................................    1
      1.3.7.  ECM Investment Committee..........................................    1
      1.3.8.  ECM Operating Committee...........................................    1
      1.3.9.  Effective Date....................................................    1
      1.3.10. Liquidity Event...................................................    2
      1.3.11. Measuring Investment..............................................    2
      1.3.12. Participant.......................................................    2
      1.3.13. Plan..............................................................    2
      1.3.14. Plan Statement....................................................    2
      1.3.15. Plan Year.........................................................    2
   1.4.  RULES OF INTERPRETATION................................................    2

SECTION 2  PARTICIPATION........................................................    2

   2.1.  ELIGIBILITY AND SELECTION..............................................    2
   2.2.  NOTIFICATION...........................................................    3

SECTION 3  ACCOUNTS.............................................................    3

   3.1.  ACCOUNTS...............................................................    3
   3.2.  CREDITS TO ACCOUNTS....................................................    3
      3.2.1.  Bonus Credit......................................................    3
      3.2.2.  Interest Credit...................................................    3
      3.2.3.  Investment Credit.................................................    3
   3.3.  MEASURING INVESTMENTS..................................................    3
   3.4.  CHARGES TO ACCOUNTS....................................................    4
      3.4.1.  Investment Charge.................................................    4
      3.4.2.  Benefit Payment Charge............................................    4
      3.4.3.  Debt Set-Off Charge...............................................    4

SECTION 4  BENEFITS.............................................................    4

   4.1.  BENEFITS PAYABLE TO A PARTICIPANT......................................    4
   4.2.  ONE-YEAR WAITING PERIOD................................................    4
   4.3.  FORFEITURE OF INVESTMENT GAINS UPON COMPETITION........................    4
      4.3.1.  Exception for Certain Terminations................................    5
      4.3.2.  Exception for Change of Control...................................    5
   4.4.  FORFEITURE OF INVESTMENT GAINS UPON TERMINATION FOR CAUSE..............    7
   4.5.  NO REALLOCATION OF FORFEITED AMOUNTS...................................    8
   4.6.  BENEFITS PAYABLE TO A BENEFICIARY......................................    8
      4.6.1.  Death Before Full Payment.........................................    8

-i-

      4.6.2.  Beneficiary Designation...........................................    8
      4.6.3.  Failure of Designation............................................    8
      4.6.4.  Definitions.......................................................    8
      4.6.5.  Special Rules.....................................................    9

SECTION 5  ADMINISTRATION.......................................................    9

   5.1.  ADMINISTRATION.........................................................    9
   5.2.  ECM INVESTMENT COMMITTEE...............................................    9
      5.2.1.  Appointment.......................................................    9
      5.2.2.  Organization......................................................   10
      5.2.3.  Authority.........................................................   10
      5.2.4.  Exercise of Authority.............................................   10
      5.2.5.  Limitation on Individual's Authority..............................   10
   5.3.  ECM OPERATING COMMITTEE................................................   10
      5.3.1.  Appointment.......................................................   10
      5.3.2.  Organization......................................................   10
      5.3.3.  Authority.........................................................   10
      5.3.4.  Exercise of Authority.............................................   10
      5.3.5.  Limitation on Individual's Authority..............................   11
   5.4.  BINDING EFFECT.........................................................   11

SECTION 6  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION............................................   11

   6.1.  AMENDMENT..............................................................   11
   6.2.  TERMINATION............................................................   11

SECTION 7  GENERAL PROVISIONS...................................................   11

   7.1.  CONTRACTUAL RIGHT TO BENEFITS..........................................   11
   7.2.  BENEFITS NOT TRANSFERABLE..............................................   11
   7.3.  WITHHOLDING TAXES......................................................   11
   7.4.  EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS AND OTHER BENEFIT PROGRAMS.................   12
   7.5.  BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT............................................   12

-ii-

U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
SECOND CENTURY 2000
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

SECTION 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1. ESTABLISHMENT. The Company hereby establishes this Plan effective February 28, 2000.

1.2. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to help motivate and retain the employees who are key contributors to the success of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Company by providing such employees with deferred bonus payments measured by the performance of certain investments related to the focus of that business.

1.3. DEFINITIONS. When the following terms are used herein with initial capital letters, they shall have the following meanings:

1.3.1. ACCOUNT -- the separate recordkeeping account (unfunded and unsecured) maintained for each Participant in connection with his/her participation in the Plan.

1.3.2. AFFILIATE -- an affiliate of the Company within the meaning set forth in Rule 405, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

1.3.3. BENEFICIARY -- a person designated by a Participant (or automatically by operation of this Plan Statement) to receive a benefit equal to part or all of the balance of the Participant's Account in the event of the Participant's death prior to full payment thereof.

1.3.4. CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER - the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, as such officer may be designated from time to time.

1.3.5. COMPANY -- U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc., a Delaware corporation.

1.3.6. DIRECTOR OF EQUITY CAPITAL MARKETS -- the director of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Company, as such director may be designated from time to time.

1.3.7. ECM INVESTMENT COMMITTEE -- the committee established under
Section 5.2 of the Plan Statement to make various investment decisions under the Plan, as such committee may be constituted from time to time.

1.3.8. ECM OPERATING COMMITTEE -- the committee established under
Section 5.3 of the Plan Statement to make various administrative decisions under the Plan, as such committee may be constituted from time to time.

1.3.9. EFFECTIVE DATE -- the Plan and this Plan Statement are effective February 28, 2000.


1.3.10. LIQUIDITY EVENT -- any occurrence with respect to a Measuring Investment that would provide its investors with liquidity, such as a cash distribution, an initial public offering, a merger or other transaction in which investors receive cash or securities.

1.3.11. MEASURING INVESTMENT -- an investment related to the focus of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Company that is designated by the ECM Investment Committee as a device for measuring the value of all Participants' Accounts.

1.3.12. PARTICIPANT -- an employee of the Company who becomes a Participant in the Plan under the rules of Section 2 of the Plan Statement.

1.3.13. PLAN -- this unfunded deferred compensation plan established and maintained by the Company for the benefit of the employees who are key contributors to the success of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Company. (As used herein, "Plan" refers to the deferred compensation plan maintained by the Company and not to the document pursuant to which the Plan is maintained. That document is referred to herein as the "Plan Statement.") The name of the Plan is "U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century 2000 Deferred Compensation Plan."

1.3.14. PLAN STATEMENT -- this document entitled "U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century 2000 Deferred Compensation Plan, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.3.15. PLAN YEAR - The twelve consecutive month period that begins each February 28 and ends the following February 27. The first Plan Year begins on the Effective Date.

1.4. RULES OF INTERPRETATION. The Plan is not subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 because it does not provide welfare benefits or retirement income to employees and does not systematically defer bonus payments to the termination of covered employment or beyond. Whenever appropriate, words used herein in the singular may be read in the plural, or words used herein in the plural may be read in the singular; and the words "hereof," "herein" or "hereunder" or other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan Statement and not to any particular paragraph or section of this Plan Statement unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary. The titles given to the various sections of this Plan Statement are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Plan Statement, and they shall not be considered in determining the purpose, meaning or intent of any provision hereof. Any reference in this Plan Statement to a statute shall be considered also to mean and refer to the applicable regulations for that statute; and any reference in this Plan Statement to a statute or regulation shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement of that statute or regulation. This Plan Statement has been executed and delivered in the State of Minnesota and has been drawn in conformity to the laws of that State and shall, except to the extent that federal law is controlling, be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to its conflict of law principles).

SECTION 2

PARTICIPATION

2.1. ELIGIBILITY AND SELECTION. On or before the Effective Date, the Participants shall be selected and their deferred bonus awards shall be determined as follows:

-2-

(a) The Chief Executive Officer, in his/her sole discretion, shall determine whether the Director of Equity Capital Markets will participate in the Plan and, if so, the amount of his/her deferred bonus award.

(b) The ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion, shall select the Equity Capital Markets employees who will participate in the Plan and shall determine the amount of the deferred bonus award for each such employee. To be eligible for selection, an employee must be a key contributor to the success of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Company.

2.2. NOTIFICATION. The Company shall provide each employee so selected with (i) written notification of his/her selection as a Participant and the amount of his/her deferred bonus award under the Plan, and (ii) a copy of the Plan Statement.

SECTION 3

ACCOUNTS

3.1. ACCOUNTS. The Company shall establish and maintain a separate Account for each Participant. The Account shall be for recordkeeping purposes only and shall not represent a trust fund or other segregation of assets for the benefit of the Participant.

3.2. CREDITS TO ACCOUNTS. The Account so established and maintained for each Participant shall be credited from time to time as provided in this Section 3.2.

3.2.1. BONUS CREDIT. As of the Effective Date, the Account shall be credited with the amount of the Participant's deferred bonus award, as determined under Section 2.1 of the Plan Statement.

3.2.2. INTEREST CREDIT. Commencing as of the Effective Date, any portion of the Account balance that is not allocated to Measuring Investments under Section 3.3 below shall be credited with interest at the rate applicable from time to time to investors in the First American Prime Obligations Fund.

3.2.3. INVESTMENT CREDIT. Commencing as of the Effective Date, any portion of the Account balance that is allocated to Measuring Investments under
Section 3.3 below shall be credited with its share of the income and gains of such Measuring Investments under such procedures as the ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine from time to time.

3.3. MEASURING INVESTMENTS. The ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall designate certain investments related to the focus of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Company to be the Measuring Investments for determining the value of all Participants' Accounts. For this purpose, it shall be deemed that the Account balances of all the Participants are combined and that such portion of the combined amount as the ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine is placed in each such designated investment on the same terms and conditions as would be available to the Company as an investor. Each Participant shall be deemed to have a pro rata share (based on the ratio of his/her Account balance to the Account balances of all Participants) in each such designated investment. The Measuring Investments are solely a device for computing the amount of benefits to be paid to Participants under the Plan, and Participants have no claim or right to any actual investments.

-3-

3.4. CHARGES TO ACCOUNTS. The Account so established and maintained for each Participant shall be charged from time to time as provided in this Section 3.4.

3.4.1. INVESTMENT CHARGE. Commencing as of the Effective Date, any portion of the Account balance that is allocated to Measuring Investments under
Section 3.3 above shall be charged with its share of the losses and expenses of such Measuring Investments under such procedures as the ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine from time to time.

3.4.2. BENEFIT PAYMENT CHARGE. As of the date any benefit payment is made to the Participant or to his/her Beneficiary under the Plan, the Account shall be charged with the amount of such benefit payment.

3.4.3. DEBT SET-OFF CHARGE. As of the date any debt is set-off against the Account under Section 7.2 of the Plan Statement, the Account shall be charged with the amount of such debt.

SECTION 4

BENEFITS

4.1. BENEFITS PAYABLE TO A PARTICIPANT. As soon as administratively feasible after a Liquidity Event for a particular Measuring Investment, the Company shall pay each Participant a benefit equal to the portion of his/her Account that is deemed liquid as a result of such Liquidity Event, as the ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. The benefit payment shall be made in the form of cash or securities of the type received by investors in the Measuring Investment or in a combination of cash and such securities, as the ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

4.2. ONE-YEAR WAITING PERIOD. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan Statement, no benefit payment shall be made to any Participant during the first Plan Year. If a Liquidity Event occurs during the Plan Year, the ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct that the liquid proceeds from such Measuring Investment be treated in any one or a combination of the following ways for purposes of Section 3 of the Plan Statement:

(a) Credited with interest pursuant to Section 3.2.2 for payment at the end of the first Plan Year;

(b) Reinvested in another Measuring Investment pursuant to Section 3.3 for payment upon a subsequent Liquidity Event for that other investment; or

(c) Held in the form of securities of the type received by investors in the Measuring Investment for payment at the end of the first Plan Year, with any cash dividend or other cash distributions with respect to such securities being credited with interest pursuant to Section 3.2.2 for payment at the end of the first Plan Year.

4.3. FORFEITURE OF INVESTMENT GAINS UPON COMPETITION. If a Participant's employment with the Company shall be terminated (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) during the first three Plan Years, and at any time after such termination the Participant shall become Involved (as defined below) with a Competitor (as defined below), then the Participant's total benefit payments under the Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the amount of his/her deferred bonus award under Section 3.2.1 of the Plan

-4-

Statement plus simple interest at six and one-half percent (6-1/2%) per annum from the Effective Date to the date his/her employment terminates, or (ii) the value of his/her Account, and the Participant shall immediately forfeit forever any right to any other benefits under the Plan. However, if the Participant already had received benefit payments in excess of that limit, he/she shall not be required to repay the excess amount to the Company.

For purposes of this Section 4.3:

(a) The term "Involved" shall mean any participation with or involvement in as an employee, partner, member, shareholder (except as a five percent (5%) or less shareholder of a public corporation), creditor, director, officer, principal, agent, consultant, or in any other relationship or capacity, as determined in the sole discretion of the ECM Operating Committee.

(b) The term "Competitor" shall mean any registered broker-dealer engaged in an equity capital markets business and/or any of such broker-dealer's financial service affiliates, as determined in the sole discretion of the ECM Operating Committee.

4.3.1. EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN TERMINATIONS. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Participant shall not forfeit any benefits if the ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that his/her employment was terminated by the Company due to a business decision to discontinue operations in a particular geographic location or in a particular market niche.

4.3.2. EXCEPTION FOR CHANGE OF CONTROL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Participant shall not forfeit any benefits if his/her employment terminates (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) at any time after an Employer Change of Control Event (as defined below) or a Parent Change of Control Event (as defined below).

For purposes of this Section 4.3.2:

(a) The term "Employer Change of Control Event" shall mean any of the following events:

(i) U.S. Bancorp or one or more of its subsidiaries shall, at any time, beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) less than fifty-one percent (51%) of the outstanding voting stock of the Company;

(ii) The shareholders of the Company approve a definitive agreement or plan to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) (other than a sale or other disposition to U.S. Bancorp or one or more of its subsidiaries); or

(iii) U.S. Bancorp or one or more of its subsidiaries or the Company enters into an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement relating to an Employer Change of Control Event described in (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above, which ultimately results in such an Employer Change of Control Event.

(b) The term "Parent Change of Control Event" shall mean any of the following events:

-5-

(i) Twenty percent (20%) or more of either (x) the then outstanding shares of common stock of U.S. Bancorp (the "Outstanding USB Common Stock") or (y) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of U.S. Bancorp entitled to vote generally in the election of its board of directors (the "Outstanding USB Voting Securities"), is acquired or beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by any individual, entity or group
(within the meaning of section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute Parent Change of Control Events:

(A) Any acquisition directly from U.S. Bancorp,

(B) Any acquisition by U.S. Bancorp or any one or more of its subsidiaries,

(C) Any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by U.S. Bancorp or one or more of its subsidiaries, or

(D) Any acquisition by any corporation with respect to which, immediately following such acquisition, more than sixty percent (60%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities immediately prior to such acquisition in substantially the same proportions as was their ownership, immediately prior to such acquisition, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities, as the case may be;

(ii) Individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the board of directors of U.S. Bancorp (the "Incumbent USB Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of U.S. Bancorp (the "USB Board"); provided, however, that any individual becoming a member of the USB Board subsequent to that date whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders of U.S. Bancorp, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent USB Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent USB Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest which was (or, if threatened, would have been) subject to Exchange Act Rule 14a-11;

(iii) Approval by the stockholders of U.S. Bancorp of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or statutory exchange of Outstanding USB Voting Securities, unless immediately following such reorganization, merger, consolidation or exchange, all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities immediately prior to such reorganization,

-6-

merger, consolidation or exchange beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than sixty percent (60%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger, consolidation or exchange in substantially the same proportions as was their ownership, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or exchange, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities, as the case may be;

(iv) Approval by the stockholders of U.S. Bancorp of (x) a complete liquidation or dissolution of U.S. Bancorp or (y) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of U.S. Bancorp, other than to a corporation with respect to which, immediately following such sale or other disposition, more than sixty percent (60%) of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportions as was their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities, as the case may be; or

(v) U.S. Bancorp enters into an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement relating to a Parent Change of Control Event described in (b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iii) or (b)(iv) above that ultimately results in such a Parent Change of Control Event or a tender or exchange offer or proxy contest is commenced which ultimately results in a Parent Change of Control Event described in (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above.

Notwithstanding the above, a Parent Change of Control Event shall not be deemed to occur with respect to a Participant if (x) the acquisition of the twenty percent (20%) or greater interest referred to in (b)(i) above is by that Participant or by a group, acting in concert, that includes that Participant or
(y) if at least forty percent (40%) of the then outstanding common stock or combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities (or voting equity interests) of the surviving corporation or of any corporation (or other entity) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of U.S. Bancorp shall, immediately after a reorganization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or disposition of assets referred to in (b)(iii) or (b)(iv) above, be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by that Participant or by a group, acting in concert, that includes that Participant.

4.4. FORFEITURE OF INVESTMENT GAINS UPON TERMINATION FOR CAUSE. If a Participant's employment by the Company (or any of its Affiliates) shall be terminated for Cause (as defined below), then the Participant's total benefit payments under the Plan shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the amount of his/her deferred bonus award under Section 3.2.1 of the Plan Statement plus simple interest at six and one-half percent (6-1/2%) per annum from the Effective Date to the date his/her employment terminates, or (ii) the value of his/her Account, and the Participant shall immediately forfeit forever any right to any other benefits under the Plan. However, if the Participant already had received benefit payments in excess of that limit, he/she shall not be required to repay the excess amount to the Company.

-7-

For purposes of this Section 4.4, the term "Cause" shall mean any one or more of the following (unless the ECM Operating Committee, acting in its sole discretion, determines otherwise):

(a) Impropriety or misbehavior of a type resulting in termination of employment under the policies and practices of the Company or its Affiliates; or

(b) Conviction of or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony.

4.5. NO REALLOCATION OF FORFEITED AMOUNTS. Any Account balance forfeited under Sections 4.3 and 4.4 above shall revert to the Company and shall not be reallocated among the remaining Participants.

4.6. BENEFITS PAYABLE TO A BENEFICIARY.

4.6.1. DEATH BEFORE FULL PAYMENT. If the Participant has an unpaid balance in the Account at his/her death, the Company shall pay the Beneficiary of the deceased Participant a benefit equal to the remaining value of the Account at the same time and in the same amount and form as payment would otherwise have been made to the Participant if he/she were living.

4.6.2. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. Each Participant may designate, upon forms to be furnished by and filed with the Company, one or more primary Beneficiaries or contingent Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified part of his/her unpaid Account balance in the event of his/her death. The Participant may change or revoke any such designation from time to time without notice to or consent from any Beneficiary or spouse. No such designation, change or revocation shall be effective unless executed by the Participant and received by the Company during the Participant's lifetime.

4.6.3. FAILURE OF DESIGNATION. If a Participant:

(a) Fails to designate a Beneficiary,

(b) Designates a Beneficiary and thereafter such designation is revoked without another Beneficiary being named, or

(c) Designates one or more Beneficiaries and all such Beneficiaries so designated fail to survive the Participant,

such Participant's unpaid Account balance, or the part thereof as to which such Participant's designation fails, as the case may be, shall be payable to the representative of the Participant's estate.

4.6.4. DEFINITIONS. When used herein and, unless the Participant has otherwise specified in his/her Beneficiary designation, when used in a Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of the person whose issue are referred to, including adopted descendants and their descendants but not including illegitimate descendants and their descendants; "child" means an issue of the first generation; "per stirpes" means in equal shares among living children of the person whose issue are referred to and the issue (taken collectively) of each deceased child of such person, with such issue taking by right of representation of such deceased child; and "survive" and "surviving" mean living after the death of the Participant.

-8-

4.6.5. SPECIAL RULES. Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in his/her Beneficiary designation, the following rules shall apply:

(a) If there is not sufficient evidence that a Beneficiary was living at the time of the death of the Participant, it shall be deemed that the Beneficiary was not living at the time of the death of the Participant.

(b) The Beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed at the time of the Participant's death so that, if a Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the receipt of all payments due such Beneficiary hereunder, such remaining payments shall be payable to the representative of such Beneficiary's estate.

(c) If the Participant designates as a Beneficiary the person who is the Participant's spouse on the date of the designation, either by name or by relationship, or both, the dissolution, annulment or other legal termination of the marriage between the Participant and such person shall automatically revoke such designation. (The foregoing shall not prevent the Participant from designating a former spouse as a Beneficiary on a form executed by the Participant and received by the Company after the date of the legal termination of the marriage between the Participant and such former spouse, and during the Participant's lifetime.)

(d) Any designation of a nonspouse Beneficiary by name that is accompanied by a description of relationship to the Participant shall be given effect without regard to whether the relationship to the Participant exists then or at the Participant's death.

(e) Any designation of a Beneficiary only by statement of relationship to the Participant shall be effective only to designate the person or persons standing in such relationship to the Participant at the Participant's death.

The ECM Operating Committee shall be the sole judge of the content, interpretation and validity of a purported Beneficiary designation.

SECTION 5

ADMINISTRATION

5.1. ADMINISTRATION. Except for the matters specifically assigned to the Chief Executive Officer or the Director of Equity Capital Markets by this Plan Statement, the Plan shall be administered by the Company in accordance with the determinations of the ECM Investment Committee and the ECM Operating Committee.

5.2. ECM INVESTMENT COMMITTEE.

5.2.1. APPOINTMENT. The Director of Equity Capital Markets shall determine the size of the ECM Investment Committee from time to time and shall appoint the members. Each member of the ECM Investment Committee shall hold office at the pleasure of the Director of Equity Capital Markets and any vacancies in its membership shall be filled from time to time, as they occur, by appointment by the Director of Equity Capital Markets.

-9-

5.2.2. ORGANIZATION. The ECM Investment Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such times and at such places as it may determine, and may consult and transact business by telephone or by written action in lieu of a formal meeting. Any action taken or approval given by a majority of the members of the ECM Investment Committee shall be considered the action or approval of the ECM Investment Committee.

5.2.3. AUTHORITY. The ECM Investment Committee shall have the authority to make such uniform rules as may be necessary to carry out the investment responsibilities assigned to it under the Plan Statement. The ECM Investment Committee shall determine any questions arising in the interpretation and application of the Plan Statement that are related to its investment responsibilities.

5.2.4. EXERCISE OF AUTHORITY. The ECM Investment Committee may exercise its authority in its full discretion, subject only to the limits expressly imposed on it under the Plan Statement.

5.2.5. LIMITATION ON INDIVIDUAL'S AUTHORITY. If any member of the ECM Investment Committee is also an employee of the Company or a Participant, he/she shall have no authority as such member with respect to any matter specially affecting his/her individual interest hereunder (as distinguished from the interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries or a broad class of Participants and Beneficiaries), all such authority being reserved exclusively to the other members of the ECM Investment Committee to the exclusion of such Participant or Beneficiary, and such Participant or Beneficiary shall act only in his/her individual capacity in connection with any such matter.

5.3. ECM OPERATING COMMITTEE.

5.3.1. APPOINTMENT. The Director of Equity Capital Markets shall determine the size of the ECM Operating Committee from time to time and shall appoint the members. Each member of the ECM Operating Committee shall hold office at the pleasure of the Director of Equity Capital Markets and any vacancies in its membership shall be filled from time to time, as they occur, by appointment by the Director of Equity Capital Markets.

5.3.2. ORGANIZATION. The ECM Operating Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such times and at such places as it may determine, and may consult and transact business by telephone or by written action in lieu of a formal meeting. Any action taken or approval given by a majority of the members of the ECM Operating Committee shall be considered the action or approval of the ECM Operating Committee.

5.3.3. AUTHORITY. The ECM Operating Committee shall have the authority to make such uniform rules as may be necessary to carry out its administrative responsibilities under the Plan Statement. The ECM Operating Committee shall determine any questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan Statement, subject to the investment authority of the ECM Investment Committee.

5.3.4. EXERCISE OF AUTHORITY. The ECM Operating Committee may exercise its authority in its full discretion, subject only to the limits expressly imposed on it under the Plan Statement.

5.3.5. LIMITATION ON INDIVIDUAL'S AUTHORITY. If any member of the ECM Operating Committee is also an employee of the Company or a Participant, he/she shall have no authority as such member with respect to any matter specially affecting his/her individual interest hereunder (as distinguished from the interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries or a broad class of Participants and Beneficiaries), all such

-10-

authority being reserved exclusively to the other members of the ECM Operating Committee to the exclusion of such Participant or Beneficiary, and such Participant or Beneficiary shall act only in his/her individual capacity in connection with any such matter.

5.4. BINDING EFFECT. The determinations of the ECM Operating Committee and the ECM Investment Committee in any matter within their authority shall be binding and conclusive upon the Company and all persons having any right or benefit under the Plan.

SECTION 6

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

6.1. AMENDMENT. The Company reserves the power to amend this Plan Statement either prospectively or retroactively or both in any respect, by action of its Chief Executive Officer; provided that, no amendment shall be effective to reduce or divest benefits payable with respect to the Account of any Participant without his/her consent.

6.2. TERMINATION. The Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time by action of its Chief Executive Officer; provided that, the termination of the Plan shall not reduce or divest benefits payable with respect to the Account of any Participant or negate the Participant's or Beneficiary's rights with respect to such benefits.

SECTION 7

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1. CONTRACTUAL RIGHT TO BENEFITS. The Plan creates in each Participant a contractual right to the benefits to which he/she becomes entitled. This contractual right is unsecured, and the Participant and his/her Beneficiaries are general, unsecured creditors and may look only to the general assets of the Company to satisfy this contractual right.

7.2. BENEFITS NOT TRANSFERABLE. Neither a Participant nor any Beneficiary shall have any transmissible interest in the payments due hereunder or any right to anticipate, alienate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same prior to their actual receipt, nor shall the Account or any benefit payment be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution following judgment or other legal process instituted by creditors of the Participant or Beneficiary; provided that, the balance of the Account and all benefit payments hereunder shall at all times be subject to set-off, as directed by the ECM Operating Committee, for debts owed by the Participant or Beneficiary to the Company or its Affiliates.

7.3. WITHHOLDING TAXES. The Company may withhold from any benefit payment made under the Plan (and transmit to the proper taxing authority) such amount as it may be required to withhold under any federal, state or other law.

7.4. EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS AND OTHER BENEFIT PROGRAMS. The Plan shall not give any Participant any right to be retained in the employment of the Company. The Plan shall not replace any contract of employment, whether oral or written, between the Company and the Participant. The Plan is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other employee benefit plan or program in which the Participant may be or become eligible to participate by reason of employment with the Company.

-11-

No payments made under this Plan shall have any effect on payments to be made under any other employee benefit plan or program maintained by the Company, except as provided in the provisions of such plan or program.

7.5. BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT. The Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Company, and the Beneficiaries, personal representatives and heirs of the Participant.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Plan Statement to be executed by its Chief Executive Officer as of the 28th day of February, 2000.

U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.

By /s/ Andrew S. Duff
   ---------------------------------------
   Andrew S. Duff
   Chief Executive Officer

-12-

EXHIBIT 10.11

U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.

SECOND CENTURY GROWTH

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 30, 1998)


U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
SECOND CENTURY GROWTH
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 30, 1998)

TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                                    Page
SECTION 1  INTRODUCTION.........................................................      1

   1.1.  ESTABLISHMENT..........................................................      1
   1.2.  PURPOSE................................................................      1
   1.3.  DEFINITIONS............................................................      1
      1.3.1.   Account..........................................................      1
      1.3.2.   Beneficiary......................................................      1
      1.3.3.   Code.............................................................      1
      1.3.4.   Company..........................................................      1
      1.3.5.   Director of Equity Capital Markets...............................      1
      1.3.6.   ECM Investment Committee.........................................      1
      1.3.7.   ECM Operating Committee..........................................      1
      1.3.8.   Employer.........................................................      1
      1.3.9.   ERISA............................................................      2
      1.3.10.  Liquidity Event..................................................      2
      1.3.11.  Management Committee.............................................      2
      1.3.12.  Measuring Investment.............................................      2
      1.3.13.  Old Account......................................................      2
      1.3.14.  Participant......................................................      2
      1.3.15   Plan.............................................................      2
      1.3.16.  Plan Statement...................................................      2
      1.3.17.  Plan Year........................................................      2
   1.4.  RULES OF INTERPRETATION................................................      2

SECTION 2  PARTICIPATION........................................................      3

   2.1.  ELIGIBILITY AND SELECTION..............................................      3
   2.2.  NOTIFICATION...........................................................      3
   2.3.  ENROLLMENT.............................................................      3

SECTION 3  ACCOUNTS.............................................................      3

   3.1.  ACCOUNTS...............................................................      3
   3.2.  CREDITS TO ACCOUNTS....................................................      3
      3.2.1.   Bonus Credit.....................................................      4
      3.2.2.   Interest Credit..................................................      4
      3.2.3.   Investment Credit................................................      4
   3.3.  MEASURING INVESTMENTS..................................................      4
   3.4.  CHARGES TO ACCOUNTS....................................................      4
      3.4.1.   Investment Charge................................................      4
      3.4.2.   Benefit Payment Charge...........................................      4
      3.4.3.   Debt Set-Off Charge..............................................      4

SECTION 4  BENEFITS.............................................................      5

   4.1.  BENEFITS PAYABLE TO A PARTICIPANT......................................      5
   4.2.  THREE-YEAR WAITING PERIOD..............................................      5
   4.3.  FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS UPON COMPETITION................................      5
      4.3.1.  Exception for Old Accounts........................................      6
      4.3.2.  Exception for Certain Terminations................................      6

-i-

      4.3.3.  Exception for Change of Control...................................      6
   4.4.  FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS UPON GROSS MISCONDUCT...........................      8
   4.5.  NO REALLOCATION OF FORFEITED AMOUNTS...................................      8
   4.6.  BENEFITS PAYABLE TO A BENEFICIARY......................................      8
      4.6.1.  Death Before Full Payment.........................................      8
      4.6.2.  Beneficiary Designation...........................................      9
      4.6.3.  Failure of Designation............................................      9
      4.6.4.  Definitions.......................................................      9
      4.6.5.  Special Rules.....................................................      9

SECTION 5  ADMINISTRATION.......................................................     10

   5.1.  ADMINISTRATION.........................................................     10
   5.2.  ECM INVESTMENT COMMITTEE...............................................     10
      5.2.1.  Appointment.......................................................     10
      5.2.2.  Organization......................................................     10
      5.2.3.  Authority.........................................................     10
      5.2.4.  Exercise of Authority.............................................     10
      5.2.5.  Limitation on Individual's Authority..............................     10
   5.3.  ECM OPERATING COMMITTEE................................................     11
      5.3.1.  Appointment.......................................................     11
      5.3.2.  Organization......................................................     11
      5.3.3.  Authority.........................................................     11
      5.3.4.  Exercise of Authority.............................................     11
      5.3.5.  Limitation on Individual's Authority..............................     11
   5.4.  BINDING EFFECT.........................................................     11

SECTION 6  AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION............................................     11

   6.1.  AMENDMENT..............................................................     11
   6.2.  TERMINATION............................................................     11
   6.3.  DELEGATION BY AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS.....................................     12

SECTION 7  GENERAL PROVISIONS...................................................     12

   7.1.  CONTRACTUAL RIGHT TO BENEFITS..........................................     12
   7.2.  BENEFITS NOT TRANSFERABLE..............................................     12
   7.3.  WITHHOLDING TAXES......................................................     12
   7.4.  EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS AND OTHER BENEFIT PROGRAMS.................     12
   7.5.  BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT............................................     12

-ii-

U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
SECOND CENTURY GROWTH
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
(AS AMENDED AND RESTATED EFFECTIVE SEPTEMBER 30, 1998)

SECTION 1

INTRODUCTION

1.1. ESTABLISHMENT. The Company originally adopted this Plan on September 26, 1996, and the Employers hereby amend and restate the Plan in this document effective September 30, 1998.

1.2. PURPOSE. The purpose of the Plan is to help motivate and retain the employees who are key contributors to the success of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Employers by providing such employees with deferred bonus payments measured by the performance of certain investments related to the focus of that business.

1.3. DEFINITIONS. When the following terms are used herein with initial capital letters, they shall have the following meanings:

1.3.1. ACCOUNT -- the separate recordkeeping account (unfunded and unsecured) maintained for each Participant in connection with his/her participation in the Plan for a specific Plan Year.

1.3.2. BENEFICIARY -- a person designated by a Participant (or automatically by operation of this Plan Statement) to receive a benefit equal to part or all of the balance of the Participant's Accounts in the event of the Participant's death prior to full payment thereof.

1.3.3. CODE -- the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.3.4. COMPANY -- U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. (formerly known as Piper Jaffray Inc.), a Delaware corporation.

1.3.5. DIRECTOR OF EQUITY CAPITAL MARKETS -- the director of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Company, as such director may be designated from time to time.

1.3.6. ECM INVESTMENT COMMITTEE -- the committee established under
Section 5.2 of the Plan Statement to make various investment decisions under the Plan, as such committee may be constituted from time to time.

1.3.7. ECM OPERATING COMMITTEE -- the committee established under
Section 5.3 of the Plan Statement to make various administrative decisions under the Plan, as such committee may be constituted from time to time.

1.3.8. EMPLOYER -- the Company or Piper Jaffray Ventures Inc., whichever employs the Participant at the end of the Plan Year for which he/she is granted a deferred bonus award under the rules of Section 2 of the Plan Statement.


1.3.9. ERISA -- the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be amended from time to time.

1.3.10. LIQUIDITY EVENT -- any occurrence with respect to a Measuring Investment that would provide its investors with liquidity, such as a cash distribution, an initial public offering, a merger or other transaction in which investors receive cash or securities.

1.3.11. MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE -- the "Management Committee" of the Company, as such committee may be constituted from time to time.

1.3.12. MEASURING INVESTMENT -- an investment related to the focus of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Employers that is designated by the ECM Investment Committee as a device for measuring the value of all Participants' Accounts maintained for a specific Plan Year.

1.3.13. OLD ACCOUNT -- an Account established under the Plan with respect to a fiscal year of the Company ending before October 1, 1997.

1.3.14. PARTICIPANT -- an employee of an Employer who becomes a Participant in the Plan for a specific Plan Year under the rules of Section 2 of the Plan Statement.

1.3.15 PLAN -- the unfunded deferred compensation plan established and maintained by the Employers for the benefit of the employees who are key contributors to the success of their Equity Capital Markets business. (As used herein, "Plan" refers to the legal entity maintained by the Employers and not to the document pursuant to which the Plan is maintained. That document is referred to herein as the "Plan Statement.") The name of the Plan is "U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century Growth Deferred Compensation Plan."

1.3.16. PLAN STATEMENT -- this amended and restated document entitled "U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Inc. Second Century Growth Deferred Compensation Plan (As Amended and Restated Effective September 30, 1998)," as the same may be amended from time to time. This Plan Statement is effective September 30, 1998, for all Accounts maintained under the Plan, including Accounts established before that date.

1.3.17. PLAN YEAR -- the calendar year. However, the following special rules apply:

(a) The period that begins October 1, 1997, and ends December 31, 1998, shall be a single Plan Year.

(b) For all Old Accounts the Plan Year shall be the twelve consecutive month period that begins each October 1 and ends the following September 30.

1.4. RULES OF INTERPRETATION. The Plan is intended to be an unfunded plan maintained primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, within the meaning of ERISA section 301(a)(3). The administration of the Plan and the interpretation of the Plan Statement shall be consistent with that intent. Whenever appropriate, words used herein in the singular may be read in the plural, or words used herein in the plural may be read in the singular; the masculine may include the feminine; and the words "hereof," "herein" or "hereunder" or other similar compounds of the word "here" shall mean and refer to the entire Plan Statement and not to any particular paragraph or section of this Plan Statement unless the context clearly indicates to the

-2-

contrary. The titles given to the various sections of this Plan Statement are inserted for convenience of reference only and are not part of this Plan Statement, and they shall not be considered in determining the purpose, meaning or intent of any provision hereof. Any reference in this Plan Statement to a statute shall be considered also to mean and refer to the applicable regulations for that statute; and any reference in this Plan Statement to a statute or regulation shall be considered also to mean and refer to any subsequent amendment or replacement of that statute or regulation. This Plan Statement has been executed and delivered in the State of Minnesota and has been drawn in conformity to the laws of that State and shall, except to the extent that federal law is controlling, be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota (without regard to its conflict of law principles).

SECTION 2

PARTICIPATION

2.1. ELIGIBILITY AND SELECTION. At the end of each Plan Year, the Participants for that year shall be selected and their deferred bonus awards shall be determined as follows:

(a) The Director of Equity Capital Markets shall be eligible to participate in the Plan for that year and the President of the Company, in his/her sole discretion, shall determine the deferred bonus award for the Director of Equity Capital Markets.

(b) The ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion, shall select the Equity Capital Markets employees eligible to participate in the Plan for that year and shall determine the deferred bonus award for each such employee. To be eligible for selection, an Equity Capital Markets employee must be (i) a key contributor to the success of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Employers, (ii) a highly compensated employee within the meaning of Code section 414(q), and (iii) a management or highly compensated employee within the meaning of ERISA section 301(a)(3).

2.2. NOTIFICATION. The Employer shall provide each individual so selected with
(i) written notification of his/her selection and deferred bonus award, (ii) the required enrollment forms, and (iii) either a copy of the Plan Statement or written notification that such a copy is available upon request.

2.3. ENROLLMENT. Participation in the Plan is voluntary for each individual so selected, but the Employer shall not provide a cash bonus or other remuneration in lieu of such participation. To become a Participant, the individual must enroll by signing and returning a participation agreement as prescribed by the Employer.

SECTION 3

ACCOUNTS

3.1. ACCOUNTS. The Employer shall establish and maintain a separate Account for each of its Participants for each Plan Year that he/she enrolls as a Participant. The Account shall be for recordkeeping purposes only and shall not represent a trust fund or other segregation of assets for the benefit of the Participant.

3.2. CREDITS TO ACCOUNTS. The Account so established and maintained for each Participant shall be credited from time to time as provided in this Section 3.2.

-3-

3.2.1. BONUS CREDIT. As of the last day of the Plan Year for which the Participant enrolls, the Account shall be credited with the amount of his/her deferred bonus award for that year, as determined under Section 2.1 of the Plan Statement.

3.2.2. INTEREST CREDIT. Commencing as of the first day of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year for which the Participant enrolls, any portion of the Account balance that is not allocated to Measuring Investments under Section 3.3 below shall be credited with interest at the rate applicable from time to time to investors in the First American Prime Obligations Fund.

3.2.3. INVESTMENT CREDIT. Commencing as of the first day of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year for which the Participant enrolls, any portion of the Account balance that is allocated to Measuring Investments under
Section 3.3 below shall be credited with its share of the income and gains of such Measuring Investments under such procedures as the ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine from time to time.

3.3. MEASURING INVESTMENTS. The ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall designate certain investments related to the focus of the Equity Capital Markets business of the Employers to be the Measuring Investments for determining the value of all Participants' Accounts maintained for a specific Plan Year. For this purpose, it shall be deemed that the Account balances of all the Participants for that year are combined and that such portion of the combined amount as the ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine is placed in each such designated investment on the same terms and conditions as would be available to the Employer as an investor. Each Participant shall be deemed to have a pro rata share (based on the ratio of his/her Account balance for that year to the Account balances of all Participants for that year) in each such designated investment. The Measuring Investments are solely a device for computing the amount of benefits to be paid to Participants under the Plan, and Participants have no claim or right to any actual investments.

3.4. CHARGES TO ACCOUNTS. The Account so established and maintained for each Participant shall be charged from time to time as provided in this Section 3.4.

3.4.1. INVESTMENT CHARGE. Commencing as of the first day of the Plan Year immediately following the Plan Year for which the Participant enrolls, any portion of the Account balance that is allocated to Measuring Investments under
Section 3.3 above shall be charged with its share of the losses and expenses of such Measuring Investments under such procedures as the ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine from time to time.

3.4.2. BENEFIT PAYMENT CHARGE. As of the date any benefit payment is made to the Participant or to his/her Beneficiary under the Plan, the Account shall be charged with the amount of such benefit payment.

3.4.3. DEBT SET-OFF CHARGE. As of the date any debt is set-off against the Account under Section 7.2 of the Plan Statement, the Account shall be charged with the amount of such debt.

-4-

SECTION 4

BENEFITS

4.1. BENEFITS PAYABLE TO A PARTICIPANT. As soon as administratively feasible after a Liquidity Event for a particular Measuring Investment, the Employer shall pay each Participant whose Account is deemed to be invested in that Measuring Investment a benefit equal to the portion of his/her Account that is deemed liquid as a result of such Liquidity Event, as the ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine. The benefit payment shall be made in the form of cash or securities of the type received by investors in the Measuring Investment or in a combination of cash and such securities, as the ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.

4.2. THREE-YEAR WAITING PERIOD. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan Statement, no benefit payment shall be made to any Participant until the end of the third (3rd) Plan Year following the Plan Year for which his/her Account is established. If a Liquidity Event occurs during this three-year period, the ECM Investment Committee, in its sole discretion, shall direct that the liquid proceeds from such Measuring Investment be treated in any one or a combination of the following ways for purposes of Section 3 of the Plan Statement:

(a) Credited with interest pursuant to Section 3.2.2 for payment at the end of the three-year period;

(b) Reinvested in another Measuring Investment pursuant to Section 3.3 for payment upon a subsequent Liquidity Event for that other investment; or

(c) Held in the form of securities of the type received by investors in the Measuring Investment for payment at the end of the three-year period, with any cash dividend or other cash distributions with respect to such securities being credited with interest pursuant to Section 3.2.2 for payment at the end of the three-year period.

4.3. FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS UPON COMPETITION. If a Participant's employment with the Employers shall be terminated (whether voluntarily or involuntarily), and at any time thereafter such Participant shall become Involved (as defined below) with a Competitor (as defined below), then such Participant shall immediately forfeit forever all rights to benefits with respect to all Accounts (other than Old Accounts) then maintained for such Participant. For purposes of this Section 4.3:

(a) The term "Involved" shall mean any participation with or involvement in as an employee, partner, shareholder (except as a 5% or less shareholder of a public corporation), creditor, director, officer, principal, agent, consultant, or in any other relationship or capacity; and

(b) The term "Competitor" shall mean any person, partnership, corporation or other entity engaged in any business which competes with the Equity Capital Markets business of the Employers in sales, trading, corporate finance or research;

-5-

in each case as determined by the ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion.

4.3.1. EXCEPTION FOR OLD ACCOUNTS. Old Accounts are not subject to forfeiture under Section 4.3.

4.3.2. EXCEPTION FOR CERTAIN TERMINATIONS. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Participant shall not forfeit any benefits if the ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion, determines that his/her employment was terminated by the Employers due to a business decision to discontinue operations in a particular geographic location or in a particular market niche.

4.3.3. EXCEPTION FOR CHANGE OF CONTROL. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Participant shall not forfeit any benefits if his/her employment terminates (whether voluntarily or involuntarily) at any time after an Employer Change of Control Event (as defined below) or a Parent Change of Control Event (as defined below). For purposes of this Section 4.3.2:

(a) The term "Employer Change of Control Event" shall mean any of the following events:

(i) U.S. Bancorp or one or more of its subsidiaries shall, at any time, beneficially own (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")) less than 51% of the outstanding voting stock of the Employer;

(ii) The shareholders of the Employer approve a definitive agreement or plan to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the assets of the Employer
(in one transaction or a series of transactions) (other than a sale or other disposition to U.S. Bancorp or one or more of its subsidiaries); or

(iii) U.S. Bancorp or one or more of its subsidiaries or the Employer enters into an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement relating to an Employer Change of Control Event described in (a)(i) or (a)(ii) above, which ultimately results in such an Employer Change of Control Event.

(b) The term "Parent Change of Control Event" shall mean any of the following events:

(i) 20% or more of either (x) the then outstanding shares of common stock of U.S. Bancorp (the "Outstanding USB Common Stock") or (y) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of U.S. Bancorp entitled to vote generally in the election of its board of directors (the "Outstanding USB Voting Securities"), is acquired or beneficially owned (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act) by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act); provided, however, that the following acquisitions shall not constitute Parent Change of Control Events:

(A) Any acquisition directly from U.S. Bancorp,

(B) Any acquisition by U.S. Bancorp or any one or more of its subsidiaries,

-6-

(C) Any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by U.S. Bancorp or one or more of its subsidiaries, or

(D) Any acquisition by any corporation with respect to which, immediately following such acquisition, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities immediately prior to such acquisition in substantially the same proportions as was their ownership, immediately prior to such acquisition, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities, as the case may be;

(ii) Individuals who, as of September 30, 1998, constitute the board of directors of U.S. Bancorp (the "Incumbent USB Board") cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of U.S. Bancorp (the "USB Board"); provided, however, that any individual becoming a member of the USB Board subsequent to that date whose election, or nomination for election by the stockholders of U.S. Bancorp, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent USB Board shall be considered a member of the Incumbent USB Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest which was (or, if threatened, would have been) subject to Exchange Act Rule 14a-11;

(iii) Approval by the stockholders of U.S. Bancorp of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or statutory exchange of Outstanding USB Voting Securities, unless immediately following such reorganization, merger, consolidation or exchange, all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or exchange beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger, consolidation or exchange in substantially the same proportions as was their ownership, immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or exchange, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities, as the case may be;

(iv) Approval by the stockholders of U.S. Bancorp of (x) a complete liquidation or dissolution of U.S. Bancorp or (y) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of U.S. Bancorp, other than to a corporation with respect to which, immediately following such sale or other disposition, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of such corporation and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting

-7-

securities of such corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities immediately prior to such sale or other disposition in substantially the same proportions as was their ownership, immediately prior to such sale or other disposition, of the Outstanding USB Common Stock and Outstanding USB Voting Securities, as the case may be; or

(v) U.S. Bancorp enters into an agreement in principle or a definitive agreement relating to a Parent Change of Control Event described in (b)(i), (b)(ii), (b)(iii) or (b)(iv) above that ultimately results in such a Parent Change of Control Event or a tender or exchange offer or proxy contest is commenced which ultimately results in a Parent Change of Control Event described in (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above.

Notwithstanding the above, a Parent Change of Control Event shall not be deemed to occur with respect to a Participant if (x) the acquisition of the 20% or greater interest referred to in (b)(i) above is by that Participant or by a group, acting in concert, that includes that Participant or (y) if at least 40% of the then outstanding common stock or combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities (or voting equity interests) of the surviving corporation or of any corporation (or other entity) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of U.S. Bancorp shall, immediately after a reorganization, merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or disposition of assets referred to in (b)(iii) or (b)(iv) above, be beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by that Participant or by a group, acting in concert, that includes that Participant.

4.4. FORFEITURE OF BENEFITS UPON GROSS MISCONDUCT. If a Participant commits any act of Gross Misconduct (as defined below) then such Participant shall immediately forfeit forever all rights to benefits with respect to all Accounts then maintained for such Participant. During the resolution of a charge of Gross Misconduct, the Accounts shall be maintained for such Participant, but no benefit payments shall be made with respect to such Accounts.

For purposes of this Section 4.4, the term "Gross Misconduct" shall mean any one or more of the following:

(a) Impropriety or misbehavior of a type resulting in termination of employment under the policies and practices of the Employer; or

(b) Conviction of or pleading guilty or nolo contendere to any felony;

in each case as determined by the ECM Operating Committee, in its sole discretion.

4.5. NO REALLOCATION OF FORFEITED AMOUNTS. Any Account balance forfeited under Sections 4.3 and 4.4 above shall revert to the Employer and shall not be reallocated among the remaining Participants.

4.6. BENEFITS PAYABLE TO A BENEFICIARY.

4.6.1. DEATH BEFORE FULL PAYMENT. If the Participant has an unpaid balance in any one or more Accounts at his/her death, the Employer shall pay the Beneficiary of the deceased Participant a benefit

-8-

equal to the remaining value of those Accounts at the same time and in the same amount and form as payment would otherwise have been made to the Participant if he/she were living.

4.6.2. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION. Each Participant may designate, upon forms to be furnished by and filed with the Company, one or more primary Beneficiaries or contingent Beneficiaries to receive all or a specified part of his/her unpaid Account balances in the event of his/her death. The Participant may change or revoke any such designation from time to time without notice to or consent from any Beneficiary or spouse. No such designation, change or revocation shall be effective unless executed by the Participant and received by the Company during the Participant's lifetime. Each such designation, change or revocation shall apply to all the Accounts maintained for the Participant under the Plan.

4.6.3. FAILURE OF DESIGNATION. If a Participant:

(a) Fails to designate a Beneficiary,

(b) Designates a Beneficiary and thereafter such designation is revoked without another Beneficiary being named, or

(c) Designates one or more Beneficiaries and all such Beneficiaries so designated fail to survive the Participant,

such Participant's unpaid Account balances, or the part thereof as to which such Participant's designation fails, as the case may be, shall be payable to the representative of the Participant's estate.

4.6.4. DEFINITIONS. When used herein and, unless the Participant has otherwise specified in his/her Beneficiary designation, when used in a Beneficiary designation, "issue" means all persons who are lineal descendants of the person whose issue are referred to, including adopted descendants and their descendants but not including illegitimate descendants and their descendants; "child" means an issue of the first generation; "per stirpes" means in equal shares among living children of the person whose issue are referred to and the issue (taken collectively) of each deceased child of such person, with such issue taking by right of representation of such deceased child; and "survive" and "surviving" mean living after the death of the Participant.

4.6.5. SPECIAL RULES. Unless the Participant has otherwise specified in his/her Beneficiary designation, the following rules shall apply:

(a) If there is not sufficient evidence that a Beneficiary was living at the time of the death of the Participant, it shall be deemed that the Beneficiary was not living at the time of the death of the Participant.

(b) The Beneficiaries designated by the Participant shall become fixed at the time of the Participant's death so that, if a Beneficiary survives the Participant but dies before the receipt of all payments due such Beneficiary hereunder, such remaining payments shall be payable to the representative of such Beneficiary's estate.

(c) If the Participant designates as a Beneficiary the person who is the Participant's spouse on the date of the designation, either by name or by relationship, or both, the dissolution, annulment or other legal termination of the marriage between the Participant and such person shall automatically revoke such designation. (The foregoing shall not prevent the

-9-

Participant from designating a former spouse as a Beneficiary on a form executed by the Participant and received by the Company after the date of the legal termination of the marriage between the Participant and such former spouse, and during the Participant's lifetime.)

(d) Any designation of a nonspouse Beneficiary by name that is accompanied by a description of relationship to the Participant shall be given effect without regard to whether the relationship to the Participant exists then or at the Participant's death.

(e) Any designation of a Beneficiary only by statement of relationship to the Participant shall be effective only to designate the person or persons standing in such relationship to the Participant at the Participant's death.

The ECM Operating Committee shall be the sole judge of the content, interpretation and validity of a purported Beneficiary designation.

SECTION 5

ADMINISTRATION

5.1. ADMINISTRATION. Except for the matters specifically assigned to the Board of Directors, the Management Committee, the President or the Director of Equity Capital Markets of the Company by this Plan Statement, the Plan shall be administered by the Employers in accordance with the determinations of the ECM Investment Committee and the ECM Operating Committee.

5.2. ECM INVESTMENT COMMITTEE.

5.2.1. APPOINTMENT. The Director of Equity Capital Markets shall determine the size of the ECM Investment Committee from time to time and shall appoint the members. Each member of the ECM Investment Committee shall hold office at the pleasure of the Director of Equity Capital Markets and any vacancies in its membership shall be filled from time to time, as they occur, by appointment by the Director of Equity Capital Markets.

5.2.2. ORGANIZATION. The ECM Investment Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such times and at such places as it may determine, and may consult and transact business by telephone or by written action in lieu of a formal meeting. Any action taken or approval given by a majority of the members of the ECM Investment Committee shall be considered the action or approval of the ECM Investment Committee.

5.2.3. AUTHORITY. The ECM Investment Committee shall have the authority to make such uniform rules as may be necessary to carry out the investment responsibilities assigned to it under the Plan Statement. The ECM Investment Committee shall determine any questions arising in the interpretation and application of the Plan that are related to its investment responsibilities.

5.2.4. EXERCISE OF AUTHORITY. The ECM Investment Committee may exercise its authority in its full discretion, subject only to the limits expressly imposed on it under the Plan Statement.

5.2.5. LIMITATION ON INDIVIDUAL'S AUTHORITY. If any member of the ECM Investment Committee is also an employee of an Employer or a Participant, he/she shall have no authority as such

-10-

member with respect to any matter specially affecting his/her individual interest hereunder (as distinguished from the interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries or a broad class of Participants and Beneficiaries), all such authority being reserved exclusively to the other members of the ECM Investment Committee to the exclusion of such Participant or Beneficiary, and such Participant or Beneficiary shall act only in his/her individual capacity in connection with any such matter.

5.3. ECM OPERATING COMMITTEE.

5.3.1. APPOINTMENT. The Director of Equity Capital Markets shall determine the size of the ECM Operating Committee from time to time and shall appoint the members. Each member of the ECM Operating Committee shall hold office at the pleasure of the Director of Equity Capital Markets and any vacancies in its membership shall be filled from time to time, as they occur, by appointment by the Director of Equity Capital Markets.

5.3.2. ORGANIZATION. The ECM Operating Committee shall hold meetings upon such notice, at such times and at such places as it may determine, and may consult and transact business by telephone or by written action in lieu of a formal meeting. Any action taken or approval given by a majority of the members of the ECM Operating Committee shall be considered the action or approval of the ECM Operating Committee.

5.3.3. AUTHORITY. The ECM Operating Committee shall have the authority to make such uniform rules as may be necessary to carry out its administrative responsibilities under the Plan Statement. The ECM Operating Committee shall determine any questions arising in the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan, subject to the investment authority of the ECM Investment Committee.

5.3.4. EXERCISE OF AUTHORITY. The ECM Operating Committee may exercise its authority in its full discretion, subject only to the limits expressly imposed on it under the Plan Statement.

5.3.5. LIMITATION ON INDIVIDUAL'S AUTHORITY. If any member of the ECM Operating Committee is also an employee of an Employer or a Participant, he/she shall have no authority as such member with respect to any matter specially affecting his/her individual interest hereunder (as distinguished from the interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries or a broad class of Participants and Beneficiaries), all such authority being reserved exclusively to the other members of the ECM Operating Committee to the exclusion of such Participant or Beneficiary, and such Participant or Beneficiary shall act only in his/her individual capacity in connection with any such matter.

5.4. Binding Effect. The determinations of the ECM Operating Committee and the ECM Investment Committee in any matter within their authority shall be binding and conclusive upon the Employers and all persons having any right or benefit under the Plan.

SECTION 6

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION

6.1. AMENDMENT. The Company reserves the power to amend this Plan Statement either prospectively or retroactively or both in any respect, by action of its Board of Directors or its Management Committee, provided that, no amendment shall be effective to reduce or divest benefits payable with respect to any Account of any Participant without his/her consent.

-11-

6.2. TERMINATION. The Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time by action of its Board of Directors or its Management Committee; provided that, the termination of the Plan shall not reduce or divest benefits payable with respect to any Account of any Participant or negate the Participant's or Beneficiary's rights with respect to such benefits.

6.3. DELEGATION BY AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS. Each Employer that adopts the Plan, as a condition of its continued participation in the Plan, delegates to the Company the sole power and authority over all Plan matters, except that the Board of Directors of each adopting Employer shall have the power to amend this Plan Statement as applied to it by establishing a successor plan and to terminate the Plan as applied to it.

SECTION 7

GENERAL PROVISIONS

7.1. CONTRACTUAL RIGHT TO BENEFITS. The Plan creates in each Participant a contractual right to the benefits to which he/she becomes entitled. This contractual right is unsecured, and the Participant and his/her Beneficiaries are general, unsecured creditors and may look only to the general assets of his/her Employer to satisfy this contractual right.

7.2. BENEFITS NOT TRANSFERABLE. Neither a Participant nor any Beneficiary shall have any transmissible interest in the payments due hereunder or any right to anticipate, alienate, dispose of, pledge or encumber the same prior to their actual receipt, nor shall any Account or any benefit payment be subject to attachment, garnishment, execution following judgment or other legal process instituted by creditors of the Participant or Beneficiary; provided that, the balance of each Account and all benefit payments hereunder shall at all times be subject to set-off, as directed by the ECM Operating Committee, for debts owed by the Participant or Beneficiary to the Employer and/or any other entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Employer.

7.3. WITHHOLDING TAXES. The Employer may withhold from any benefit payment made under the Plan (and transmit to the proper taxing authority) such amount as it may be required to withhold under any federal, state or other law.

7.4. EFFECT ON EMPLOYMENT RIGHTS AND OTHER BENEFIT PROGRAMS. The Plan shall not give any Participant any right to be retained in the employment of the Employer. The Plan shall not replace any contract of employment, whether oral or written, between the Employer and the Participant. The Plan is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other employee benefit plan or program in which the Participant may be or become eligible to participate by reason of employment with the Employer. No payments made under this Plan shall have any effect on payments to be made under any other employee benefit plan or program maintained by the Employer, except as provided in the provisions of such plan or program.

7.5. BINDING EFFECT OF AGREEMENT. The Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Employer, and the Beneficiaries, personal representatives and heirs of the Participant.

-12-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employers have caused this Plan Statement to be executed by their duly authorized officers as of the 30th day of December, 1998.

U.S. BANCORP PIPER JAFFRAY INC.

By /s/ Addison L. Piper
   ---------------------------------------------
     Its Chairman
         ---------------------------------------

And  /s/ Andrew S. Duff
     -------------------------------------------
     Its Chief Executive Officer
         ---------------------------------------

PIPER JAFFRAY VENTURES INC.

By /s/ Addison L. Piper
   ---------------------------------------------
     Its
          --------------------------------------

And /s/ Paul Karos
    --------------------------------------------
     Its
          --------------------------------------

-13-

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table presents our selected consolidated financial data for the periods and dates indicated. The information set forth below should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(Dollars and Shares in Thousands, Except Per Share Data)        2003         2002         2001         2000         1999
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REVENUES
  Commissions and fees                                    $  256,747   $  275,682   $  302,289   $  374,611   $  337,171
  Principal transactions                                     215,191      171,957      181,469      232,426      183,942
  Investment banking                                         229,945      208,740      247,929      342,104      224,778
  Interest                                                    45,276       59,685       95,436      144,308       71,369
  Other income                                                59,082       47,303       52,865       53,006       43,993
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total revenues                                           806,241      763,367      879,988    1,146,455      861,253
  Interest expense                                            19,511       34,315       79,216      128,177       61,129
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net revenues                                             786,730      729,052      800,772    1,018,278      800,124
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES
  Compensation and benefits                                  482,397      449,329      513,623      662,592      516,431
  Cash award program                                          24,000            -            -            -            -
  Regulatory settlement                                            -       32,500            -            -            -
  Amortization of acquisition-related compensation and
    goodwill                                                       -            -       17,641       30,108       33,554
  Merger and restructuring                                         -        7,976       65,697        8,889        8,316
  Royalty fee                                                  3,911        7,482       55,753       47,750            -
  Other non-compensation and benefits                        234,588      225,804      220,863      228,663      185,666
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total non-interest expenses                                744,896      723,091      873,577      978,002      743,967
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)             41,834        5,961      (72,805)      40,276       56,157
Income tax expense (benefit)                                  15,835        5,855      (22,754)      19,568       24,981
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                         $   25,999   $      106   $  (50,051)  $   20,708   $   31,176
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
  Basic                                                   $     1.35   $     0.01   $    (2.60)  $     1.09   $     1.63
  Diluted                                                 $     1.35   $     0.01   $    (2.60)  $     1.09   $     1.63
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES
  Basic                                                       19,237       19,160       19,279       19,060       19,078
  Diluted                                                     19,237       19,160       19,279       19,060       19,078
OTHER DATA
  Total assets                                            $2,380,647   $2,041,945   $2,734,370   $2,735,918   $2,606,482
  Long-term debt                                          $  180,000   $  215,000   $  475,000   $  475,000   $  375,000
  Shareholders' equity                                    $  669,795   $  609,857   $  378,724   $  362,331   $  352,023
  Total employees                                              2,991        3,227        3,255        3,845        3,443
  Total Private Client Services offices                           96          103          107          112          107

22 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following information should be read in conjunction with the accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report. This information includes forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. These statements involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including the risk factors described in Exhibit 99.1 to our Form 10-K, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, which you should carefully review. As a result of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, our actual results may differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, forward-looking statements. Accordingly, we caution you not to rely on any of these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made. We do not have any intention or obligation to update forward-looking statements after the date of this report.

OUR SEPARATION FROM U.S. BANCORP

On February 19, 2003, U.S. Bancorp announced its intention to organize its capital markets business unit into a new company and to effect a tax-free distribution of its shares in that company to U.S. Bancorp's shareholders. On April 28, 2003, Piper Jaffray Companies was incorporated in Delaware as a subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp for the purpose of effecting the proposed distribution.

On December 31, 2003, after receiving regulatory approval, U.S. Bancorp distributed to its shareholders all of its interest in our new company. On that date, 19,334,261 shares of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock were issued to U.S. Bancorp shareholders based on a distribution ratio of one share of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock for every 100 shares of U.S. Bancorp common stock owned. In lieu of receiving fractional shares of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock, shareholders received cash from U.S. Bancorp for their fractional interest.

As part of the separation from U.S. Bancorp, we entered into a variety of agreements with U.S. Bancorp to govern each of our responsibilities related to the distribution. Included in the agreements we entered into were a separation and distribution agreement, a tax sharing agreement, an employee benefits agreement, an insurance matters agreement and a business alliance agreement. In addition to those agreements listed above, we have a $180 million unsecured subordinated debt agreement maturing in 2008 with a subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp.

Pursuant to the separation and distribution agreement, U.S. Bancorp was generally responsible for all expenses directly incurred in connection with the distribution.

In connection with the distribution, we implemented a cash award program consisting of cash payments to a broad-based group of our employees. The award program is intended to aid in retention of employees and to compensate for the value of U.S. Bancorp stock options and restricted stock lost by our employees as a result of our spin off from U.S. Bancorp. The cash award program has an aggregate value of approximately $47.0 million. We incurred a $24.0 million charge at the time of the spin off from U.S. Bancorp. The remaining $23.0 million will be paid out over the next four years, which will result in an annual charge of approximately $5.9 million over the next three years and $5.3 million in the fourth year.

As an independent company focused solely on our business, we believe that we have enhanced strategic and operational flexibility and, as a result, are better positioned to serve our clients and grow our business. The distribution has presented a focused investment opportunity in Piper Jaffray for investors whose objectives align more closely with our business than with other businesses operated by U.S. Bancorp. Finally, our incentive compensation will be more closely tied to our performance, since stock-based awards will be based on our common stock rather than U.S. Bancorp common stock, and we believe that this more direct link with our performance will enhance the value of these incentives to our employees and consequently to our shareholders.

Business Environment

IMPACT OF ECONOMIC AND MARKET CONDITIONS

Performance in the financial services industry in which we operate is highly correlated to the overall strength of economic conditions and market activity. Our profitability is sensitive to a variety of factors, including the volume and value of trading in securities, the volatility of the equity and fixed income

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 23


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

markets, the level and shape of various yield curves and the demand for investment banking services as reflected by the number and size of public offerings and merger and acquisition transactions, particularly in our focus industries and sectors. For example, our investment banking revenue, in the form of underwriting discounts and financial advisory fees, is directly related to the volume and value of the transactions in which we are involved. Uncertain or unfavorable market or economic conditions adversely affect our business. In such environments, the volume and size of capital-raising transactions and acquisitions and divestitures of corporations typically decrease, thereby reducing the demand for our investment banking services and increasing price competition among financial services companies seeking such engagements. In addition, a downturn in the financial markets may result in a decline in the volume and value of trading transactions and, therefore, may lead to a decline in the revenue we receive from commissions on the execution of trading transactions and, in respect of our market-making activities, in a reduction in the value of our trading positions and commissions and spreads.

Additionally, overall market conditions have been and may continue to be impacted by political events, legislative and regulatory developments and investor sentiments most recently caused by uncertainties about terrorist acts, geo-political events and corporate accounting restatements. Because many of these factors are unpredictable and beyond our control, our earnings may fluctuate significantly from period to period.

RECENT TRENDS

Challenging investment and economic conditions prevailed during 2001, 2002 and the first part of 2003, which negatively impacted the financial markets. The Federal Reserve Board moved aggressively to improve economic conditions with multiple interest rate reductions throughout the past three years, decreasing the Federal Funds target rate from 6.50 percent at December 31, 2000 to 1.75 percent, 1.25 percent and 1.00 percent by December 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003, respectively. Despite these interest rate reductions, the economy continued to show signs of weakness and recession through 2002 and into early 2003, driven by softness in corporate earnings, uncertainty caused by world political events and reduced confidence in the integrity of reported financial information by several high-profile corporations. The impact of these economic conditions from 2001 through the first part of 2003 caused significant declines in equity returns for investors and a substantially lower number of investment banking transactions as well as a decline in the volume and value of trading transactions.

As 2003 began, the U.S. economy continued to struggle due in part to lower consumer confidence, higher unemployment, reduced spending in the business sector and economic uncertainty created by the pending war in Iraq. However, these conditions began to improve during the second quarter of 2003 and into the second half of 2003. The economic stimulus provided by low interest rates and tax cuts, combined with the initial military success in Iraq, has eased some of the uncertainties in the U.S. and global economies. Capital expenditures began to increase and the major indices, fueled partly by a sharp rise in corporate profits, increased significantly. In 2003, the Dow Jones Industrial Average increased 25 percent, while the Nasdaq Composite Index increased 50 percent.

While the improvement in the equity markets in the second half of 2003 has had a positive impact on the broker dealer industry, the recent performance is not necessarily indicative of continued strong performance. Concerns remain about the U.S. economy with growing budget and trade deficits and the decline in the value of the dollar relative to other major foreign currencies.

Results of Operations

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include the adjustments necessary to reflect our operations as if the organizational changes resulting from our spin off had been consummated prior to the distribution. The consolidated financial statements have been derived from the financial statements and accounting records of U.S. Bancorp using the historical results of operations and historical basis of the assets and liabilities of our business. However, the consolidated financial statements included herein may not necessarily be indicative of our results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what our results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had we operated as a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

Generally, the consolidated results include revenues generated and expenses incurred based on customer

24 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

relationships and related business activities. In certain situations, affiliated entities of U.S. Bancorp may have provided services to us. These services primarily relate to providing employee-related services and benefits, technology and data processing services, and corporate functions including audit, tax and real estate management services. Costs included in the consolidated financial statements for shared services were determined based on actual costs to U.S. Bancorp and allocated to us based on our proportionate usage of those services. Proportionate usage was determined based on the number of our employees, actual hours used, square footage of office space or other similar methodologies. Our management believes the assumptions underlying the consolidated financial statements are reasonable.

In the consolidated financial statements, income taxes were determined on a separate return basis as if we had not been eligible to be included in the consolidated income tax return of U.S. Bancorp and its affiliates. However, U.S. Bancorp was managing its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses, and its tax strategies are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that we would have followed or will follow as a stand-alone entity.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

The overall trends and conditions of the financial markets, particularly within the United States, can materially affect our results of operations and financial position. Given the variability of the capital markets and securities business, results of any individual period should not be considered indicative of future results. In addition, we provide services to certain focus industries and sectors, the performance of which may not correlate to the overall market. Our Capital Markets business focuses primarily on the consumer, financial institutions, health care and technology industries within the corporate sector and health care, higher education, housing, and state and local government entities within the government/non-profit sector. Such industries may experience growth or downturns independently of general economic and market conditions, or may face market conditions that are disproportionately better or worse than those impacting the economy and markets generally, which may affect our business differently than overall market trends. Moreover, our Private Client Services business primarily operates in the Midwest, Mountain and West Coast states. An economic growth spurt or downturn that disproportionately impacts one or all of these regions may disproportionately affect our business compared with companies operating in other regions or more nationally or globally. This may make our results differ from the overall trends and conditions of the financial markets.

The following tables provide a summary of market data, the results of our operations and the results of our operations as a percentage of net revenues for the periods indicated.

MARKET DATA

                                                                                           2003      2002
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31                                     2003       2002       2001    V 2002    V 2001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Dow Jones Industrials (a)                                10,454      8,342     10,022     25.3%    (16.8)%
NASDAQ (a)                                                2,003      1,336      1,950     49.9     (31.5)
NYSE Average Daily Value Traded ($ BILLIONS)             $ 38.5    $  40.9    $  42.3     (5.9)     (3.3)
NASDAQ Average Daily Value Traded ($ BILLIONS)           $ 28.0    $  28.8    $  44.1     (2.8)    (34.7)
Mergers and Acquisitions (NUMBER OF TRANSACTIONS) (b)     7,091      6,451      6,998      9.9      (7.8)
Public Equity Offerings (NUMBER OF TRANSACTIONS) (c)
  (d)                                                       831        608        764     36.7     (20.4)
Initial Public Offerings (NUMBER OF TRANSACTIONS) (c)        77         75         83      2.7      (9.6)
Managed Municipal Underwritings (NUMBER OF
  TRANSACTIONS) (e)                                      14,695     14,056     13,346      4.5       5.3
10-Year Treasuries Average Rate (a)                        4.02%      4.61%      5.02%   (12.8)     (8.2)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) Data provided is at period end.
(b) Source: Securities Data Corporation.
(c) Source: Dealogic (offerings with market reported value greater than $10 million).
(d) Number of transactions includes convertible offerings.
(e) Source: Thomson Financial.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 25


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

                                                                                        AS A PERCENTAGE OF
YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31                                                  2003     2002   NET REVENUES
(Dollars in Thousands)                 2003       2002       2001     v 2002   v 2001    2003      2002      2001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------------
REVENUES
  Commissions and fees              $256,747  $275,682   $302,289       (6.9)%   (8.8)%  32.6%     37.8%     37.7%
  Principal transactions            215,191    171,957    181,469       25.1     (5.2)   27.4      23.6      22.7
  Investment banking                229,945    208,740    247,929       10.2    (15.8)   29.2      28.6      31.0
  Interest                           45,276     59,685     95,436      (24.1)   (37.5)    5.8       8.2      11.9
  Other income                       59,082     47,303     52,865       24.9    (10.5)    7.5       6.5       6.6
-----------------------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------
    Total revenues                  806,241    763,367    879,988        5.6    (13.3)  102.5     104.7     109.9
  Interest expense                   19,511     34,315     79,216      (43.1)   (56.7)    2.5       4.7       9.9
-----------------------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------
    Net revenues                    786,730    729,052    800,772        7.9     (9.0)  100.0     100.0     100.0
-----------------------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES
  Compensation and benefits         482,397    449,329    513,623        7.4    (12.5)   61.3      61.6      64.1
  Occupancy and equipment            58,025     55,549     60,121        4.5     (7.6)    7.4       7.6       7.5
  Communications                     37,599     36,316     41,082        3.5    (11.6)    4.8       5.0       5.1
  Floor brokerage and clearance      22,755     26,040     22,092      (12.6)    17.9     2.9       3.6       2.8
  Marketing and business
    development                      39,030     44,115     49,706      (11.5)   (11.2)    5.0       6.0       6.2
  Outside services                   34,219     32,717     22,285        4.6     46.8     4.3       4.5       2.8
  Cash award program                 24,000          -          -      100.0        -     3.1         -         -
  Regulatory settlement                   -     32,500          -     (100.0)   100.0       -       4.5         -
  Amortization of
    acquisition-related
    compensation and goodwill             -          -     17,641          -   (100.0)      -         -       2.2
  Merger and restructuring                -      7,976     65,697     (100.0)   (87.9)      -       1.1       8.2
  Royalty fee                         3,911      7,482     55,753      (47.7)   (86.6)     .5       1.0       7.0
  Other operating expenses           42,960     31,067     25,577       38.3     21.5     5.5       4.3       3.2
-----------------------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------
  Total non-interest expenses       744,896    723,091    873,577        3.0    (17.2)   94.7      99.2     109.1
-----------------------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE TAXES           41,834      5,961    (72,805)     601.8    108.2     5.3        .8      (9.1)
Income tax expense (benefit)         15,835      5,855    (22,754)     170.5   (125.7)    2.0        .8      (2.8)
-----------------------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                   $25,999   $    106   $(50,051)        NM    100.2%    3.3%      0.0%     (6.3)%
-----------------------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------                       ---------------------------
NM - Not Meaningful

Net income increased to $26.0 million in 2003 up from $0.1 million in 2002 reflecting the improved economy and market performance during the last six months of 2003. Net revenues increased to $786.7 million in 2003, up 7.9 percent over prior year net revenues of $729.1 million. The largest component of our revenue stream was commissions and fees at $256.7 million, down 6.9 percent from the prior year. Commissions and fees declined due to lower transaction volumes in equities and equity-related products such as mutual funds in the first half of 2003. In addition, commission revenues were impacted from continued attrition of financial advisors in our Private Client Services business. Profits on principal transactions grew 25.1 percent for the year, largely due to strong fixed income sales and trading. Fixed income products continued to be a key driver of our revenue throughout the year, particularly corporates and mortgages, two growth focuses of ours. Investment banking revenue increased 10.2 percent for the year, primarily due to improved equity underwriting activity. This increase was aided by the first full year results of the convertibles team that joined us at the end of 2002. Other income grew 24.9 percent, primarily due to our new agreement with U.S. Bancorp Asset Management for the provision of cash sweep products to our clients. Non-interest expenses increased to $744.9 million in 2003 from $723.1 million for the prior year. Contributing to the increase in

26 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

non-interest expenses for 2003 were higher incentive compensation resulting from improved financial performance, increased litigation-related expenses and additions to employee loan loss reserves for transition to our new Private Client Services compensation plan. In addition, 2003 non-interest expenses include the $24.0 million charge related to the cash award program. Non-interest expenses in 2002 included a $32.5 million charge resulting from the settlement we entered into in connection with the regulatory investigation of equity research and its relationship to investment banking. For more details regarding the regulatory settlement, see "consolidated non-interest expenses -- regulatory settlement" below.

Net revenues declined to $729.1 million in 2002, down 9.0 percent from $800.8 million in 2001, reflecting poor equity market conditions. Non-interest expenses declined to $723.1 million in 2002 from $873.6 million in the prior year, or down 17.2 percent, driven by lower variable compensation associated with declining net revenues, the effect of adopting a new accounting principle which eliminated the amortization of goodwill, lower royalty fees paid to U.S. Bancorp for the use of tradenames and lower restructuring charges relative to 2001. These declines were offset in part by the $32.5 million settlement charge in connection with an industry-wide regulatory investigation of equity research and its relationship to investment banking.

CONSOLIDATED NON-INTEREST EXPENSES

COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS - Compensation and benefits increased to $482.4 million in 2003 from $449.3 million for the prior year, or up 7.4 percent. A substantial portion of compensation expense represents variable incentive arrangements and commissions, the amounts of which fluctuate in proportion to the level of business activity. Other compensation costs, primarily base salaries and benefits, are more fixed in nature. The increase in compensation and benefits expense is due primarily to increases in the variable portion of our compensation as a result of increased revenue and operating profits. In addition, $9.5 million was allocated in 2003 to our employer discretionary profit sharing plan based on our 2003 profitability. In 2002 we did not make an allocation to our employer discretionary profit sharing plan.

Compensation and benefits decreased to $449.3 million in 2002 from $513.6 million in 2001 and was 61.6 percent and 64.1 percent of net revenues in each year, respectively. The decrease in compensation is primarily attributable to lower variable compensation as a result of reduced revenue. In addition, reductions in headcount and the impact of restructuring certain administrative and support functions in 2001 to improve our operating efficiencies resulted in a decrease in compensation expense of approximately $18.7 million in 2002. The other significant contributor to the decline included our decision to no longer participate in the U.S. Bancorp pension plan effective January 1, 2002. An employer discretionary profit sharing plan replaced the U.S. Bancorp pension plan to more closely align retirement benefits for our employees with performance of the business. In 2002, no contribution was made to the profit sharing plan, based on our operating results. In 2001, the expense related to the U.S. Bancorp pension plan was $21.0 million.

OCCUPANCY AND EQUIPMENT - Occupancy and equipment expenses were $58.0 million in 2003 compared with $55.5 million for the prior year. This increase was due primarily to a $4.1 million write-off of internally developed software in conjunction with the implementation of a new fixed income trading system, offset partially by reduced depreciation on furniture and equipment.

Occupancy and equipment expenses were $55.5 million in 2002 compared with $60.1 million in 2001. The 7.6 percent decline in 2002 resulted from savings from restructuring our distribution network and closing and consolidating sales offices in 2001.

COMMUNICATIONS - Communication expenses include costs for telecommunication and data communication, primarily from third-party market information providers. Communication expenses were $37.6 million in 2003 compared with $36.3 million for the prior year. This increase was due primarily to higher market data services expenses as a result of increased business activity.

Communication expenses were $36.3 million in 2002 compared with $41.1 million in 2001. Restructuring activities in 2001 as well as cost containment efforts drove the 11.6 percent decline in 2002.

FLOOR BROKERAGE AND CLEARANCE - Floor brokerage and clearance expenses were $22.8 million in 2003 compared with $26.0 million for the prior year. This decrease is due to our efforts to reduce fees for accessing electronic communication networks. As a result of our efforts, floor brokerage and clearance

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 27


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

expense as a percentage of net revenues was reduced to 2.9 percent in 2003 from 3.6 percent in the prior year.

Floor brokerage and clearance expenses increased to $26.0 million in 2002 compared with $22.1 million in 2001. As a percentage of net revenues, floor brokerage and clearance expenses were 3.6 percent and 2.8 percent in 2002 and 2001, respectively. The increase in these costs primarily reflects increased usage of electronic communication networks to obtain trade execution.

MARKETING AND BUSINESS DEVELOPMENT - Marketing and business development expenses include travel and entertainment, postage, supplies and promotional and advertising costs. Marketing and business development expenses were $39.0 million for 2003 compared with $44.1 million for the prior year, a decline of 11.5 percent. The decrease in these costs is primarily attributable to our continued efforts to reduce discretionary spending on travel and advertising. Despite increased net revenues, travel, advertising and supplies expenses decreased by $0.2 million, $1.3 million, and $2.4 million, respectively.

Marketing and business development expenses were $44.1 million in 2002 compared with $49.7 million in 2001, a decline of 11.2 percent. The decrease in these costs is primarily attributable to our efforts to reduce discretionary spending on travel and advertising as business activity declined. As a result, travel expenses declined by $3.1 million and advertising expenses declined by $0.6 million.

OUTSIDE SERVICES - Outside services expenses include securities processing expenses, outsourced technology functions and other professional fees. Outside services expenses increased to $34.2 million in 2003 compared with $32.7 million for the prior year, or up 4.6 percent. This increase primarily reflects the costs for outsourcing our mainframe and network processing to a third-party vendor and increased outside legal fees. These increases were partially offset by lower computer consulting expenses incurred during 2003 due to the completion in early 2002 of our project to outsource certain securities processing activities.

Outside services expenses increased to $32.7 million in 2002 compared with $22.3 million in 2001. The 46.8 percent increase in outside services in 2002 is primarily due to investments in and changes to technology we made during 2001 to support future growth in the business, which included outsourcing certain securities back office processing activities. The outsourced securities processing charges include a fixed component plus a variable component based on trade volumes. As a percentage of net revenues, the cost of outside services increased from 2.8 percent in 2001 to 4.5 percent in 2002 due, in part, to the fixed nature of a portion of these costs.

CASH AWARD PROGRAM - A broad group of employees have been granted cash awards pursuant to a program that we established in connection with our spin off from U.S. Bancorp. The award program is intended to aid in retention of employees and to compensate employees for the value of U.S. Bancorp stock options and restricted stock lost as a result of our spin off from U.S. Bancorp. The cash award program has an aggregate value of approximately $47.0 million. We incurred a $24.0 million charge in connection with this program at the time of the spin off from U.S. Bancorp, which is included in our 2003 results of operations. The remaining $23.0 million will be paid out over the next four years, which will result in an annual charge of approximately $5.9 million over the next three years and $5.3 million in the fourth year.

REGULATORY SETTLEMENT - In connection with an industry-wide investigation of equity research and its relationship to investment banking, we recognized a $32.5 million settlement charge in 2002. The charge was predicated on a settlement with certain federal, state and industry regulatory agencies of $12.5 million for fines and penalties, $12.5 million for a distribution fund primarily representing the disgorgement of profits and $7.5 million for funding independent research to be provided to investors. The terms of this settlement were finalized effective April 28, 2003.

In connection with the research settlement, we have made a number of changes to our business designed to redefine the role of equity research and its relationship to investment banking and to separate our research group from our investment banking group. We have combined our equity, fixed income and private client research groups into a single Investment Research group and have hired additional staff who will be dedicated to oversight of this group. The determination of the budget for our Investment Research group, as well as compensation of our research analysts, will be made without regard to specific Investment Banking revenues or results and without input from Investment Banking. Moreover, with respect to research analyst compensation, we have developed and implemented a performance matrix to evaluate and compensate

28 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

research analysts. We have formed a research oversight committee, which will provide oversight and ratification for all fundamental research coverage initiations and discontinuances, as well as fundamental research opinion changes. We have significantly revised our policies and procedures to require a compliance group chaperone for otherwise permissible meetings or communications between Investment Banking and Investment Research. We also have significantly revised our policies and procedures to ensure generally the independence of our research analysts. Finally, we have implemented appropriate firewalls to block communications (e.g., e-mail) and shared network directory access between Investment Research and Investment Banking.

The ongoing costs associated with the other changes we are making to our business in connection with the regulatory settlement will be reflected in our results of operations in future periods and are not currently determinable.

AMORTIZATION OF ACQUISITION-RELATED COMPENSATION AND GOODWILL - Amortization of acquisition-related compensation and goodwill expenses in 2001 consisted of deferred compensation for certain employees and goodwill directly related to the 1998 acquisition of Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. and its subsidiaries by U.S. Bancorp.

On January 1, 2002, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
142 (SFAS 142), entitled "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets." SFAS 142 addresses the accounting for goodwill and intangibles subsequent to their acquisition. The most significant changes made by SFAS 142 are that goodwill and indefinite-lived assets are no longer amortized and are tested for impairment at least annually. As of January 1, 2002, we discontinued the amortization of goodwill. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, goodwill amortization was $14.4 million in 2001. The remaining $3.2 million of expense included in amortization in 2001 relates to deferred compensation costs established at the time of the acquisition in 1998 of Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. and its subsidiaries by U.S. Bancorp. These deferred compensation costs were fully vested and amortized by May of 2001.

MERGER AND RESTRUCTURING - Merger and restructuring related charges were $8.0 million in 2002 compared with $65.7 million in 2001. In 2002, restructuring charges were taken in response to continued weakness in the equity market and included $5.3 million for severance, other benefits and outplacement costs associated with the termination of employees and $0.5 million for asset write-downs and lease terminations for branch closings. In addition, we incurred $2.2 million of charges related to integrating the fixed income division of U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc. into our business in connection with the integration plan associated with the 2001 merger of U.S. Bancorp and Firstar Corporation.

In 2001, merger and restructuring-related charges included costs associated with the restructuring of our business of $50.8 million and costs associated with the U.S. Bancorp and Firstar Corporation merger of $14.9 million. In response to significant changes in the securities markets, including increased volatility, declines in equity valuations, lower sales volumes and an increasingly competitive environment, we implemented a restructuring plan to realign our distribution network and improve business processes. The business restructuring charges included $29.3 million in severance, other benefits and outplacement costs associated with the termination of approximately 300 employees. Approximately $12.4 million of charges were taken for asset write-downs and lease terminations related to redundant office space and branches that were vacated as part of the restructuring plan. The remaining $9.1 million of business restructuring charges in 2001 was primarily from the write-down of intangibles related to the 1999 acquisition of the investment banking division of The John Nuveen Company that were impaired as a direct result of decisions to terminate certain employees and close offices in connection with the overall restructuring plan. Costs associated with the U.S. Bancorp and Firstar Corporation merger included approximately $14.0 million in accelerated vesting of restricted stock that occurred at the time of that merger.

ROYALTY FEE - In connection with the 1998 acquisition of Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. and its subsidiaries by U.S. Bancorp, tradenames and trademarks were established for use by us. The amount of the royalty fees was established as a percentage of net revenues and determined based on analysis of comparable royalty fee arrangements of other companies. In 2000, we began making royalty payments to U.S. Bancorp. The royalty rate was adjusted periodically to reflect changes in the expected benefits from the use of the tradenames and trademarks. The U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray tradename and trademark will no longer be used and, accordingly, these charges were discontinued at the time of the spin off from U.S. Bancorp.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 29


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES - Other operating expenses include reserves for employee loan losses, litigation-related costs, license and registration fees, service charges from U.S. Bancorp and its affiliates for corporate support, and other miscellaneous expenses. Other operating expenses increased to $43.0 million in 2003, compared with $31.1 million for the prior year. This increase relates primarily to a $7.4 million increase in our loan loss allowance related to loans made to certain revenue-producing employees. These loans are typically made in connection with recruitment and are forgivable based on continued employment. We amortize the loans using the straight-line method over the terms of the loans, which generally range from three to five years. Loan recipients who leave us prior to full forgiveness of their loan balance are obligated to repay remaining balances. However, historical collection efforts have been difficult. Given these facts, an employee loan loss reserve is established when employees with remaining balances terminate and it is probable that the loans are not collectible. During the first and second quarters of 2003, we communicated to employees certain changes to our production-based compensation plans that were effective in the third quarter of 2003. These compensation changes reflect a shift from a product-based payout to a production-based payout. This change more closely aligns our new compensation plan to the compensation plans of our competitors. Subsequent to these communications, we have experienced attrition with respect to impacted revenue-producing employees. We expect this trend to continue and, based on historical collection efforts, to result in employee loan losses. Accordingly, we increased our allowance for our exposure to employee loan losses. Also contributing to the increase in other operating expenses is an increase in litigation-related expenses incurred in 2003 as compared with 2002. Litigation-related expenses were $16.1 million for 2003 as compared with $10.9 million in 2002.

Other operating expenses were $31.1 million in 2002 compared with $25.6 million in 2001. The increase of $5.5 million, or 21.5 percent, in 2002 compared with 2001 relates primarily to allocated costs from U.S. Bancorp for technology-related support and from litigation-related expenses.

INCOME TAXES - The provision for income taxes was $15.8 million, an effective tax rate of 37.9 percent, for the year ended December 31, 2003 compared with $5.9 million, an effective tax rate of 98.2 percent, and an income tax benefit of $22.8 million, an effective tax rate of 31.3 percent, for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2001, respectively. The non-deductibility of the regulatory fine in 2002 associated with the equity research practices described above was the primary factor in the increase in the effective tax rate in 2002, offset somewhat by the impact of new accounting principles for the amortization of goodwill. For further information on income taxes, see Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements.

SEGMENT PERFORMANCE

We measure financial performance by business segment, including Capital Markets, Private Client Services, and Corporate Support and Other. The business segments are determined based upon factors such as the type of customers, the nature of products and services provided and the distribution channels used to provide those products and services. Segment pre-tax operating income or loss and segment operating margin is used to evaluate and measure segment performance by our management team in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance in relation to our competitors. Segment pre-tax operating income or loss is derived from our business unit profitability reporting systems by specifically attributing customer relationships and their related revenues and expenses. Expenses directly managed by the business unit are accounted for within each segment's pre-tax operating income or loss. Investment research, operations, technology and compliance related costs are allocated based on each segment's use of these functions to support its business. General and administrative expenses incurred by centrally managed corporate support functions are included within Corporate Support and Other. To enhance the comparability of business segment results, goodwill amortization for periods prior to the adoption of SFAS 142 is not included in segment pre-tax operating income or loss. Also, merger and restructuring-related charges, royalty fees assessed by U.S. Bancorp, retention cash awards granted to employees in connection with our separation from U.S. Bancorp, and certain infrequent regulatory settlement costs are not included in segment pre-tax operating income or loss. Designations, assignments and allocations may change from time to time as financial reporting systems are enhanced and methods of evaluating performance change or business segments are realigned to better serve our customer base. The presentation reflects our current management structure and, accordingly, all periods are presented on a comparable basis.

30 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Our primary revenue-producing segments, Capital Markets and Private Client Services, have different compensation plans and non-compensation cost structures that impact the operating margins of the two segments differently during periods of increasing or decreasing business activity and revenue. Compensation expense for Capital Markets is driven primarily by pre-tax operating profit of the segment, whereas compensation expense for Private Client Services is driven primarily by net revenues. In addition, Capital Markets has a higher proportion of variable non-compensation expenses than does Private Client Services. These differences in compensation plans and cost structures result in a more stable operating margin for Capital Markets and greater variability in operating margin for Private Client Services.

The following table provides our segment performance for the periods presented:

SEGMENT PERFORMANCE

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31                                                                     2003      2002
(Dollars in Thousands)                                   2003        2002        2001    v 2002    v 2001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET REVENUES
  Capital Markets                                    $430,355    $376,074    $422,235     14.4%    (10.9)%
  Private Client Services                             352,113     357,155     392,447     (1.4)     (9.0)
  Corporate Support and Other                           4,262      (4,177)    (13,910)   202.0      70.0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                $786,730    $729,052    $800,772      7.9      (9.0)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRE-TAX OPERATING INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE UNALLOCATED
  CHARGES (a)
  Capital Markets                                    $ 77,946    $ 65,655    $ 76,534     18.7%    (14.2)%
  Private Client Services                              28,482      29,902      39,013     (4.7)    (23.4)
  Corporate Support and Other                         (36,683)    (41,638)    (49,261)    11.9      15.5
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                $ 69,745    $ 53,919    $ 66,286     29.4     (18.7)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRE-TAX OPERATING MARGIN BEFORE UNALLOCATED CHARGES
  Capital Markets                                        18.1%       17.5%       18.1%
  Private Client Services                                 8.1%        8.4%        9.9%
Total                                                     8.9%        7.4%        8.3%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) See Reconciliation to pre-tax operating income (loss) including unallocated charges for detail on expenses excluded from segment performance.

RECONCILIATION TO PRE-TAX OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
  INCLUDING UNALLOCATED CHARGES
  Pre-tax operating income (loss) before
    unallocated charges                              $ 69,745    $ 53,919    $ 66,286
  Cash award plan                                      24,000           -           -
  Regulatory settlement                                     -      32,500           -
  Amortization of acquisition-related compensation
    and goodwill                                            -           -      17,641
  Merger and restructuring                                  -       7,976      65,697
  Royalty fee                                           3,911       7,482      55,753
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Consolidated income (loss) before income tax
  expense (benefit)                                  $ 41,834    $  5,961    $(72,805)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 31


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAPITAL MARKETS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31                                                                     2003      2002
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                                   2003        2002        2001    V 2002    V 2001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET REVENUES
  Commissions and principal transactions             $208,741    $170,362    $177,689     22.5%     (4.1)%
  Investment banking                                  198,221     181,529     220,390      9.2     (17.6)
  Net interest                                         19,668      20,827      23,392     (5.6)    (11.0)
  Other income                                          3,725       3,356         764     11.0     339.3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total net revenues                                 $430,355    $376,074    $422,235     14.4     (10.9)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-tax operating income before unallocated charges  $ 77,946    $ 65,655    $ 76,534     18.7%    (14.2)%
Pre-tax operating margin                                 18.1%       17.5%       18.1%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Capital Markets net revenues increased 14.4 percent to $430.4 million in 2003 from $376.1 million for the prior year. Commissions and trading revenue increased 22.5 percent to $208.7 million in 2003 compared with $170.4 million for the prior year, primarily due to higher institutional trading volumes, particularly in fixed income products. In addition, equity institutional revenue grew despite lower trading volumes as we reduced trading losses incurred from facilitating customer transactions. Investment banking revenue increased to $198.2 million for 2003 compared with $181.5 million for the prior year, due primarily to increased equity underwriting activity, aided by the first full year results of the convertibles team that joined our firm at the end of 2002.

Segment pre-tax operating margin for Capital Markets increased to 18.1 percent for 2003 compared with 17.5 percent for the prior year. The increase in pre-tax operating margin is due primarily to the increase in net revenues and the leveraging of fixed expenses such as marketing and business development, occupancy and salary costs.

Capital Markets net revenues decreased to $376.1 million in 2002 from $422.2 million in 2001 primarily due to weak equity market conditions. Commissions and trading revenue decreased to $170.4 million in 2002 from $177.7 million in 2001 due primarily to higher trading losses incurred from facilitating customer transactions in our equity institutional business, offset partially by higher equity institutional trading volumes. Investment banking revenue decreased to $181.5 million in 2002 from $220.4 million in 2001 due primarily to reduced equity underwritings and merger and acquisition advisory fees, offset partially by increased municipal bond underwriting revenue as issuers took advantage of the declining interest rate environment. Net interest revenue declined due to changes in interest rates and inventory levels.

Segment pre-tax operating margin for Capital Markets decreased to 17.5 percent in 2002 from 18.1 percent in 2001. This decline is primarily attributable to increases in outside services related to the outsourcing of securities processing activities and higher litigation-related expenses. Also contributing to the decline was increased floor brokerage and clearance expense due to increased use of electronic communication networks to obtain trade execution. Partially offsetting these additional expenses was the reduction in certain costs resulting from the restructuring activities taken in 2001 and our decision to no longer participate in the U.S. Bancorp Cash Balance Pension Plan during 2002. An employer discretionary profit sharing plan replaced participation in the U.S. Bancorp plan to more closely align retirement benefits for our employees with performance of the business. In 2002, no contribution was made to the profit sharing plan, based on our operating results.

32 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

PRIVATE CLIENT SERVICES

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31                                                                     2003      2002
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                                   2003        2002        2001    V 2002    V 2001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET REVENUES
  Commissions and fees                               $340,001    $344,643    $378,925     (1.3)%    (9.0)%
  Net interest                                         12,112      12,512      13,522     (3.2)     (7.5)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Total net revenues                                 $352,113    $357,155    $392,447     (1.4)     (9.0)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Pre-tax operating income before unallocated charges  $ 28,482    $ 29,902    $ 39,013     (4.7)%   (23.4)%
Pre-tax operating margin                                  8.1%        8.4%        9.9%
Number of financial advisors (period end)                 830         975       1,061    (14.9)%    (8.1)%
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Private Client Services net revenues decreased to $352.1 million in 2003 compared with $357.2 million for the prior year, due primarily to reduced mutual fund commissions of $8.8 million, lower account fees of $3.9 million and reduced investment management account fees of $3.8 million. These reductions were offset partially by increased revenue of $8.5 million related to our new agreement with U.S. Bancorp Asset Management for the provision of cash sweep products to our clients. We implemented a new compensation plan in mid-2003, which contributed significantly to attrition among lower-end producers. Changes to the new compensation plan reflected a shift from a product-based payout to a production-based payout, and more closely aligns our compensation plan to those of our competitors at all levels of production.

Segment pre-tax operating margin for Private Client Services decreased to 8.1 percent in 2003 compared with 8.4 percent for 2002. This decline is primarily attributable to increased employee loan losses related to forgivable loans made to our financial advisors. Also contributing to this decline in operating margin were increased litigation-related expenses in 2003 as compared with 2002 reflecting an increase in the number of complaints, legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings. Mostly offsetting these additional expenses were reductions in fixed and variable compensation expense for 2003 due to our previous restructuring efforts.

Net revenues for Private Client Services decreased to $357.2 million in 2002 from $392.4 million in 2001, primarily due to reduced equity commissions of $22.0 million, reduced mutual fund commissions of $3.7 million and reduced annuity commissions of $5.7 million, offset partially by increased fixed income commissions of $3.4 million due to higher trading volumes. Net interest revenue decreased as customer margin balances declined, offset in part by competitive pricing changes. Contributing to the lower revenues were planned reductions in under-performing financial advisors in connection with our restructuring activities, as well as unplanned attrition of financial advisors. The number of financial advisors decreased 8.1 percent between December 31, 2001 and December 31, 2002.

Segment pre-tax operating margin for Private Client Services decreased to 8.4 percent in 2002 from 9.9 percent in 2001. This decline is primarily attributable to Private Client Services' fixed costs, such as occupancy and communication, which negatively impacted pre-tax operating margin as net revenues declined due to market conditions. The impact of these fixed costs on pre-tax operating margin in 2002 was mitigated somewhat by our restructuring activities taken in 2001 and cost control initiatives undertaken related to discretionary expenses. Also contributing to the decline in pre-tax operating margin was the increase in outside services related to outsourcing certain securities processing activities and litigation-related expenses. Although a significant portion of compensation is variable, certain components are relatively fixed, such as salaries and benefits, which have a negative impact on our pre-tax operating margin during periods of declining revenue. Partially offsetting these fixed components of compensation was the reduction of other costs resulting from the restructuring activities taken in 2001 and our decision to no longer participate in the U.S. Bancorp pension plan effective January 1, 2002. An employer discretionary profit sharing plan replaced participation in the U.S. Bancorp plan to more closely align retirement benefits for our employees with performance of the business. In 2002, no contribution was made to the profit sharing plan, based on our operating results.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 33


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CORPORATE SUPPORT AND OTHER - Corporate Support and Other includes certain revenues not attributable to the Capital Markets or Private Client Services business segments. These revenues are primarily attributable to our venture capital subsidiary and our investments in limited partnerships that invest in venture capital funds. The Corporate Support and Other segment also includes interest expense on subordinated debt, which is recorded in net revenues. Net revenues increased to $4.3 million in 2003 compared with a loss of $4.2 million for the prior year. This change was due primarily to a reduction in interest expense on our subordinated debt and increased management fees from our venture capital subsidiary.

Net revenues improved to a loss of $4.2 million in 2002 from a loss of $13.9 million in 2001. This change was due primarily to a reduction in interest expense on subordinated debt due to U.S. Bancorp recapitalizing Piper Jaffray in July of 2002, by contributing capital and reducing subordinated debt borrowings.

Outlook

We believe that the following are some of the key items that will impact our future operations:

- We will no longer incur expenses related to royalty fees paid to U.S. Bancorp for the use of trade names. In 2003 these fees were approximately $3.9 million.

- Based on current market conditions, increased claims activity for insurance carriers and our decreased purchasing power resulting from our spin off from U.S. Bancorp, we expect insurance premiums are likely to continue to increase.

- In connection with the market downturn that began in 2000, the number of complaints, legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings has increased in recent years. We expect that this trend may continue, and we may continue to see increased litigation-related expenses.

- Based on current estimates, we expect to incur approximately $5.2 million of expense on an annual basis as a result of being a public company, including audit and tax services, investor relations, compliance with SEC and NYSE rules, board of directors costs and directors and officers insurance costs.

- We expect to incur an annual pre-tax charge of approximately $5.9 million through 2006 and approximately $5.3 million in 2007 related to the employee cash award program established in connection with our spin off from U.S. Bancorp. We expect to fund these cash awards using cash flow from operations.

- We joined the Minnesota Keystone Program, a voluntary program, co-founded by Piper Jaffray 25 years ago, for corporations that commit a portion of their pre-tax earnings to non-profit organizations. We plan on participating at the 5 percent giving level, meaning that we will contribute up to 5 percent of our pre-tax earnings. Contributions may consist of a combination of cash, in-kind services and employee volunteer hours.

- We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We expect to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business.

- On February 12, 2004 the Company granted approximately 500,000 shares of Piper Jaffray Companies restricted stock and approximately 290,000 options on Piper Jaffray Companies common stock to employees, executive officers and directors. These awards will vest 100 percent on February 12, 2007.

Recent Accounting Developments

Recent accounting pronouncements are set forth in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements and are incorporated herein by reference.

Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting and reporting policies comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and conform to practices within the securities industry. The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that could materially affect reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. Critical accounting policies are those policies that management believes are the most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results of operations, and require management to make estimates that are difficult, subjective or complex. Most accounting policies are not considered by management to be critical accounting policies. Several factors are considered in determining whether or not a policy is critical, including, among others, whether the estimates are significant to the consolidated

34 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

financial statements taken as a whole, the nature of the estimates, the ability to readily validate the estimates with other information including third parties or independent pricing sources, the sensitivity of the estimates to changes in economic conditions and whether alternative accounting methods may be used under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Significant accounting policies are discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements. We believe that of our significant policies, the following are our critical accounting policies.

VALUATION OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Substantially all of our financial instruments are recorded at fair value or contract amounts which approximate fair value. Financial instruments carried at contract amounts which approximate fair value, either have short-term maturities (one year or less), are repriced frequently, or bear market interest rates and, accordingly, are carried at amounts approximating fair value. Financial instruments carried at contract amount on the consolidated statements of financial condition include receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, receivables from and payables to customers, short-term financing and subordinated debt. Unrealized gains and losses related to these financial instruments are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Where available, we use prices from independent sources such as listed market prices or dealer price quotations.

For investments in illiquid or privately held securities that do not have readily determinable fair values, the determination of fair value requires management to estimate the value of the securities using the best information available. Among the factors considered by management in determining the fair value of financial instruments are the cost, terms and liquidity of the investment, the financial condition and operating results of the issuer, the quoted market price of publicly traded securities with similar quality and yield and other factors generally pertinent to the valuation of investments. In instances where a security is subject to transfer restrictions, the value of the security is based primarily on the quoted price of a similar security without restriction but may be reduced by an amount estimated to reflect such restrictions. In addition, even where the value of a security is derived from an independent source, certain assumptions may be required to determine the security's fair value. For instance, we generally assume that the size of positions in securities that we hold would not be large enough to affect the quoted price of the securities if we sell them, and that any such sale would happen in an orderly manner. The actual value realized upon disposition could be different from the currently estimated fair value.

GOODWILL

We record all assets and liabilities acquired in purchase acquisitions, including goodwill, at fair value as required by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 141, entitled "Business Combinations." At December 31, 2003, we had goodwill of $305.6 million as a result of the 1998 acquisition of Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. and its subsidiaries by U.S. Bancorp. We had no recorded indefinite-lived assets or other intangibles as of that date.

The initial recognition of goodwill and other intangible assets and subsequent impairment analysis require management to make subjective judgments concerning estimates of how the acquired assets or businesses will perform in the future using valuation methods including discounted cash flow analysis. Additionally, estimated cash flows may extend beyond ten years and, by their nature, are difficult to determine over an extended timeframe. Events and factors that may significantly affect the estimates include, among others, competitive forces, changes in revenue growth trends, cost structures and technology, changes in discount rates and market conditions. In determining the reasonableness of cash flow estimates, management reviews historical performance of the underlying assets or similar assets in an effort to assess and validate assumptions used in its estimates.

In assessing the fair value of our operating segments, the volatile nature of the securities markets and our industry requires our management to consider the business and market cycle and assess the stage of the cycle in estimating the timing and extent of future cash flows. In addition to estimating the fair value of an operating segment based on discounted cash flows, management considers other information to validate the reasonableness of its valuations including public market comparables, multiples of recent mergers and acquisitions of similar businesses and third-party assessments. Valuation multiples may be based on revenues, price-to-earnings and tangible capital ratios of comparable public companies and business segments. These multiples may be adjusted to consider

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 35


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

competitive differences including size, operating leverage, and other factors. We determine the carrying amount of an operating segment based on the capital required to support the segment's activities including its tangible and intangible assets. The determination of a segment's capital allocation requires management judgment and considers many factors, including the regulatory capital requirements and tangible capital ratios of comparable public companies in relevant industry sectors. In certain circumstances, management may engage a third party to validate independently its assessment of the fair value of its operating segments. If during any future period it is determined that an impairment exists, the results of operations in that period could be materially affected.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

As part of our compensation of employees, we may use stock-based compensation, including stock options, restricted stock and other stock-based awards. These awards may be for key employees or in connection with sales and production-based incentives. Compensation related to restricted stock is amortized over the vesting period of the award, which is generally three to five years, and is included in our results of operations as compensation. Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States allow alternative methods of accounting for stock options, including an "intrinsic value" method and a "fair value" method. The intrinsic value method is intended to reflect the impact of stock options on stockholders based on the appreciation in the stock option over time, generally driven by financial performance. The fair value method requires an estimate of the value of stock options to be recognized as compensation over the vesting period of the awards. Historically, we have used the intrinsic value method and did not recognize the impact of these awards as compensation expense. Accordingly, we provided disclosure of the impact of the estimated fair value of stock options on our compensation and reported income in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. In determining the estimated fair value of stock options, we used the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, which requires judgment regarding certain assumptions, including the expected life of the options granted, dividend yields and stock volatility. Certain of these assumptions were based on the stock performance of U.S. Bancorp and may not reflect assumptions that would be used by us as a stand-alone entity. Also, employee stock options have characteristics that are significantly different from those of traded options, including vesting provisions and trading limitations that impact their liquidity. Therefore, the existing option-pricing models, including Black-Scholes, do not necessarily provide a reliable measure of the fair value of employee stock options.

Effective January 1, 2004, we elected to account on a prospective basis for stock-based employee compensation under the fair value method, as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting and Disclosure of Stock-Based Compensation" as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148, "Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation - Transition and Disclosure."

CONTINGENCIES

We are involved in various pending and potential complaints, arbitrations, legal actions, investigations and proceedings related to our business. Some of these matters involve claims for substantial amounts, including claims for punitive and other special damages. The number of these complaints, legal actions, investigations and regulatory proceedings has been increasing in recent years. We have, after consultation with outside counsel and consideration of facts currently known by management, recorded estimated losses in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 5, "Accounting for Contingencies," to the extent that claims are probable of loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The determination of these reserve amounts requires significant judgment on the part of management. In making these determinations, management considers many factors, including, but not limited to, the loss and damages sought by the plaintiff or claimant, the basis and validity of the claim, the likelihood of successful defense against the claim, and the potential for, and magnitude of, damages or settlements from such pending and potential complaints, legal actions, arbitrations, investigations and proceedings, and fines and penalties or orders from regulatory agencies.

Under the terms of our separation and distribution agreement with U.S. Bancorp and ancillary agreements, we will generally be responsible for all liabilities relating to our business, including those liabilities relating to our business while it was operated as a segment of U.S. Bancorp under the supervision of its management and board of directors and while our employees were employees of U.S. Bancorp servicing our business. Similarly, U.S. Bancorp will generally be responsible for all liabilities relating to the businesses U.S. Bancorp

36 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

retained. However, in addition to our established reserves, U.S. Bancorp has agreed to indemnify us in an amount of up to $17.5 million for losses that result from third-party claims relating to research analyst independence, regulatory investigations regarding the allocation of IPO shares to directors and officers of investment banking clients, and regulatory investigations into our mutual fund practices. U.S. Bancorp has the right to terminate this indemnification obligation in the event of a change in control of our company.

Subject to the foregoing, we believe, based on current knowledge, after consultation with counsel and after taking into account our established reserves and the U.S. Bancorp indemnity agreement, that pending legal actions, investigations and proceedings will be resolved with no material adverse effect on our financial condition. However, if, during any period, a potential adverse contingency should become probable or resolved for an amount in excess of the established reserves and indemnification, the results of operations in that period could be materially affected.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We have a liquid balance sheet. Most of our assets consist of cash and assets readily convertible into cash. Securities inventories are stated at fair value and are generally readily marketable. Customers' margin loans are collateralized by securities and have floating interest rates. Other receivables and payables with customers and other brokers and dealers usually settle within a few days. Our assets are financed by our equity capital, bank lines of credit, subordinated debt, proceeds from securities lending and securities sold under agreements to repurchase, in addition to non-interest bearing liabilities, such as checks and drafts payable, payables to customers and employee compensation payable. The fluctuations in cash flows from financing activities are directly related to daily operating activities from our various businesses.

CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 2003

Cash and cash equivalents increased $51.8 million in 2003 to $84.4 million at December 31, 2003. Operating activities provided cash of $159.0 million. Cash of $15.1 million was used for investing activities. Cash of $92.1 million was used for financing activities, including the net reduction of short-term borrowings of $91.0 million and subordinated debt of $35.0 million, net of $33.9 million in capital contributions from U.S. Bancorp.

CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 2002

Cash and cash equivalents increased $4.9 million in 2002 to $32.6 million at December 31, 2002. Operating activities provided cash of $297.3 million. Cash of $5.8 million was used for investing activities. Cash of $286.6 million was used for financing activities, including the reduction of short-term borrowings of $257.6 million and subordinated debt of $260.0 million, net of $231.0 million in capital contributions from U.S. Bancorp.

CASH FLOWS FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 2001

Cash and cash equivalents decreased $50.0 million to $27.7 million at December 31, 2001. Operating activities provided cash of $11.6 million. Cash of $41.0 million was used for investing activities. Cash of $20.6 million was used for financing activities, including the reduction of short-term borrowings of $87.1 million and a capital distribution of $8.5 million to U.S. Bancorp, offset partially by a $75.0 million capital contribution from U.S. Bancorp to ensure adequate levels of capital through significant system conversions.

FUNDING SOURCES

As of December 31, 2003, we had uncommitted credit agreements with banks totaling $550 million, comprising $450 million in discretionary secured lines and $100 million in discretionary unsecured lines. In addition, we have established an arrangement to obtain financing using our securities held by our clearing bank at the end of each day as collateral. In addition, we will use repurchase agreements and securities lending as additional sources of funding.

In addition to the $550 million of financing commitments described above, our broker dealer subsidiary is party to a $180 million subordinated debt facility with an affiliate of U.S. Bancorp, which has been approved by the NYSE for regulatory net capital purposes as allowable in our broker dealer subsidiary's net capital computation. The interest on the subordinated debt facility is based on the three-month London Interbank Offer Rate and the entire amount outstanding matures in 2008.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 37


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CASH REQUIREMENTS

The following table provides a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2003:

                                                                     2005       2007          2009
                                                                  Through    Through           and
(Dollars in Millions)                                     2004       2006       2008    Thereafter     Total
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Long-term borrowings                                     $   -     $    -    $ 180.0       $    -     $180.0
Operating leases                                          28.3       43.8       36.2         84.2      192.5
Venture fund commitments (a)                                 -          -          -            -        1.7
Technology contracts                                       9.9       15.7       12.5            -       38.1
Cash award program                                        24.0       11.8       11.2            -       47.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total                                                    $62.2     $ 71.3    $ 239.9       $ 84.2     $459.3
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(a) The venture fund commitments have no specified call dates. The timing of capital calls is based on market conditions and investment opportunities.

As of December 31, 2003, our long-term borrowings were $180.0 million, all due in 2008. Our minimum lease commitments for noncancelable office space and equipment leases were $192.5 million. Certain leases have renewal options and clauses for escalation and operating cost adjustments. We have commitments to invest an additional $1.7 million in venture capital funds and commitments for technology contracts of $38.1 million.

CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

As a registered broker dealer and member firm of the NYSE, our broker dealer subsidiary is subject to the uniform net capital rule of the SEC and the net capital rule of the NYSE. We have elected to use the alternative method permitted by the uniform net capital rule, which requires that we maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $1.0 million or 2 percent of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as this is defined in the rule. The NYSE may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying dividends if resulting net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit balances. Advances to affiliates, repayment of subordinated liabilities, dividend payments and other equity withdrawals are subject to certain notification and other provisions of the uniform net capital rule and the net capital rule of the NYSE. We expect these provisions will not impact our ability to meet current and future obligations. In addition, we are subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital from our broker dealer subsidiary. Our broker dealer subsidiary is also registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and therefore is subject to CFTC regulations. Piper Jaffray Ltd., our registered United Kingdom broker dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the U.K. Financial Services Authority.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

Our off-balance sheet arrangements are described in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements and are incorporated herein by reference.

Enterprise Risk Management

Risk is an inherent part of our business. Market risk, credit risk, operational risk and legal, regulatory and compliance risk are the principal risks in our business activities, and we seek to identify, assess and monitor each risk in accordance with defined policies and procedures. The extent to which we properly and effectively manage each of the various types of risk involved in our activities is critical to our financial condition and profitability.

With respect to market risk and credit risk, the cornerstone of our risk management process is daily communication between traders, trading department management and senior management concerning our inventory positions and overall market risk profile. Our enterprise risk management department supplements this communication process by providing its independent perspective on our market and credit risk profile on a daily basis through a series of reports. The broader goals of our enterprise risk management department are to understand the market risk profile of each trading area, to consolidate risk monitoring company-wide, to articulate large trading or position risks to senior management, to provide traders with perspectives on their positions and to ensure accurate mark-to- market pricing.

38 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In addition to supporting daily risk management processes on the trading desks, our enterprise risk management department supports the market risk and institutional credit risk committees. The committees oversee risk management practices, including defining acceptable risk tolerances and approving risk management policies.

The following discussion of our risk management procedures for our principal risks and the estimated amounts of our market risk exposure generated by our statistical analyses contains forward-looking statements. The analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due to events in the markets in which we operate and certain other factors as described herein.

MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of financial loss that may result from the change in value of a financial instrument due to fluctuations in its market price. Market risk can be exacerbated in times of trading illiquidity when market participants refrain from transacting in normal quantities and/or at normal bid-offer spreads. Our exposure to market risk is directly related to our role as a financial intermediary in customer trading and to our market-making activities. Market risk is inherent to both cash and derivative financial instruments. The scope of our market risk management policies and procedures includes all market-sensitive financial instruments.

We use a variety of risk management techniques and hedging strategies, including establishing position limits by product type and industry sector, closely monitoring inventory turnover, maintaining long and short positions in related securities, and using interest rate swaps, exchange-traded interest rate futures and options, exchange-traded equity options and other derivative instruments for hedging. However, we do not use derivatives for speculative purposes.

Trading desk management, senior management and risk management also review the age and composition of inventory accounts and review risk reports appropriate to the risk profile of each trading activity. Typically, market conditions are evaluated, certain transactions are reviewed and quantitative methods, such as value-at-risk are employed. These activities seek to ensure that trading strategies are within acceptable risk tolerance parameters. We also believe that an understanding of how our positions generate profit or loss on a daily basis is crucial to managing risk.

INTEREST RATE RISK

Interest rate risk represents the potential loss from adverse changes in market interest rates. We are exposed to interest rate risk arising from changes in the level and volatility of interest rates, changes in the shape of the yield curve, changes in credit spreads, and the rate of mortgage prepayment. Interest rate risk is managed through the use of short positions in U.S. government and corporate debt securities, interest rate swaps, options, futures and forward contracts. We utilize interest rate swap contracts to hedge a portion of our fixed income inventory and to hedge residual cash flows from our tender option bond program. These interest rate swap contracts are recorded at fair value with the changes in fair value recognized in earnings.

EQUITY PRICE RISK

Equity price risk represents the potential loss in value due to adverse changes in the level or volatility of equity prices. We are exposed to equity price risk through our trading activities in both listed and over-the-counter equity markets. We attempt to reduce the risk of loss inherent in our inventory of equity securities by establishing position limits and managing net position levels with those limits, monitoring inventory turnover and entering into hedge transactions designed to mitigate our market risk profile.

VALUE-AT-RISK

Value-at-risk is the maximum expected loss, for a given level of confidence, which could occur over a specified time period for a portfolio of securities. For our value-at-risk calculations, we use a 99 percent confidence level over a 10-day holding period, adjusted for liquidity considerations but excluding most diversification benefits. Interest rate and credit spread risk are modeled by mapping positions to their 10-year equivalent values and then applying a 2.326 standard deviation (that is, a 99 percent confidence level) "shock" to the curve.

We perform a daily value-at-risk analysis of substantially all our trading positions, including fixed income, equities, convertible bonds and all associated hedges. We use a value-at-risk model because it provides a common metric for assessing market risk. We regularly evaluate our value-at-risk model in an effort to more accurately measure the risk of loss.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 39


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The modeling of the risk characteristics of our trading positions involves a number of assumptions and approximations. While we believe that these assumptions and approximations are reasonable, there is no uniform industry methodology for estimating value-at-risk, and different assumptions and approximations could produce different value-at-risk estimates.

Value-at-risk has inherent limitations, including reliance on historical data, which may not accurately predict future market risk, and the quantitative risk information generated is limited by the parameters established in creating the models. There can be no assurance that actual losses occurring over any 10-day period arising from changes in market conditions will not exceed the value-at-risk amounts shown below or that such losses will not occur more than once in one hundred 10-day periods. However, we believe value-at-risk models are an appropriate methodology for comparing risk profiles across different risk types, different business lines, and different companies in the financial services industry.

The following table provides a quantification of the estimated value-at-risk for each component of market risk for the periods presented:

AT DECEMBER 31
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                                          2003     2002     2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Rate Risk                                            $3,705   $2,961   $3,580
Equity Price Risk                                                796      880      853
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Aggregate Value-at-Risk                                       $4,501   $3,841   $4,433
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The table below illustrates the high, low and average value-at-risk calculated on a daily basis for each component of market risk during calendar years 2003, 2002 and 2001. The increase in average equity price risk from 2002 to 2003 is the result of our addition of a convertible business in November 2002:

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003
(Dollars in Thousands)                                          High      Low   Average
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Rate Risk                                            $5,336   $2,433   $3,892
Equity Price Risk                                              3,810      561    1,617
Aggregate Value-at-Risk                                        7,903    3,733    5,509
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002                            High      Low   Average
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Rate Risk                                            $5,088   $1,848   $3,857
Equity Price Risk                                              1,092      564      781
Aggregate Value-at-Risk                                        5,961    2,466    4,638
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2001                            High      Low   Average
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Interest Rate Risk                                            $4,643   $2,049   $3,077
Equity Price Risk                                              1,891      181      641
Aggregate Value-at-Risk                                        5,262    2,422    3,718
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CREDIT RISK

Credit risk in our Capital Markets business arises from potential non-performance by counterparties, customers, borrowers or debt security issuers. We are exposed to credit risk in our role as a trading counterparty to dealers and customers, as a holder of securities and as a member of exchanges and clearing organizations. Our client activities involve the execution, settlement and financing of various transactions. Client activities are transacted on a cash, delivery versus payment or margin basis. Our credit exposure to institutional client business is mitigated by the use of industry standard delivery versus payment through depositories and clearing banks.

40 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Credit exposure associated with our Private Client Services business consists primarily of customer margin accounts, which are monitored daily and are collateralized. The treasury and credit services department, in conjunction with our credit committee, establishes and reviews appropriate credit limits for our Private Client Services customers.

Our institutional credit committee reviews risk associated with institutional counterparties with whom we hold repurchase and resale agreement facilities, stock borrow or loan facilities and other documented institutional counterparty agreements that may give rise to credit exposure. Counterparty levels are established relative to the level of counterparty capital and ratings.

We are subject to credit concentration risk if we hold large individual securities positions, execute large transactions with individual counterparties or groups of related counterparties, extend large loans to individual borrowers or make substantial underwriting commitments. Concentration risk can occur by industry, geographic area or type of client. Client receivables and payables and stock borrowing and lending activities are conducted with a large number of clients and counterparties. Potential credit concentration risk is carefully monitored and is managed through the use of policies and limits.

We are also exposed to the risk of loss related to changes in the credit spreads of debt instruments. Credit spread risk arises from potential changes in an issuer's credit rating or the market's perception of the issuer's credit worthiness. Credit spread risk is managed through offsetting long or short positions in various related securities.

OPERATIONAL RISK

Operational risk refers to the risk of direct or indirect loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. We rely on the ability of our employees, our internal systems and processes and systems at computer centers operated by third parties to process a large number of transactions. These transactions may cross multiple markets. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our systems or processes or improper action by our employees or third-party vendors, we could suffer financial loss, regulatory sanctions and damage to our reputation. We have disaster recovery plans in place that we believe will cover critical systems on a company-wide basis, and redundancies are built into the systems as we have deemed appropriate. We also use periodic self-assessments and internal audit reviews as a further check on operational risk.

In order to mitigate and control operational risk, we have developed and continue to enhance specific policies and procedures that are designed to identify, measure, control and manage operational risk at levels we believe are appropriate throughout the organization and within such departments as accounting, operations, technology, legal and compliance. These control mechanisms attempt to ensure that operations policies and procedures are being followed and that our various businesses are operating within established corporate policies and limits.

LEGAL, REGULATORY AND COMPLIANCE RISK

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of non-compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements and the risk that a counterparty's performance obligations will be unenforceable. We are generally subject to extensive regulation in the various jurisdictions in which we conduct our business. We have established procedures that are designed to ensure compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements, including those relating to, among others, regulatory net capital requirements, sales and trading practices, use and safekeeping of customer funds and securities, credit extension, money-laundering, privacy and record-keeping. We have established internal policies relating to business conduct, ethics and compliance with applicable requirements, as well as procedures designed to ensure that these policies are followed.

Effects of Inflation

Because our assets are liquid in nature, they are not significantly affected by inflation. However, the rate of inflation affects our expenses, such as employee compensation, office space leasing costs and communications charges, which may not be readily recoverable in the price of services offered by us. To the extent inflation results in rising interest rates and has other adverse effects upon the securities markets, it may adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 41


PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

INDEX TO AUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                                                              Page
------------------------------------------------------------------
Report of Independent Auditors                                 44
Report of Independent Accountants                              45
Consolidated Financial Statements
  Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition               46
  Consolidated Statements of Operations                        47
  Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity   48
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                        49
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                   50
------------------------------------------------------------------

42 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
OF PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

Responsibility for financial statements and other information presented throughout the Annual Report rests with the management of Piper Jaffray Companies (the "Company"). The Company believes that the consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States and present fairly the substance of transactions based on the circumstances and management's best estimates and judgment. All financial information throughout the Annual Report is consistent with that in the financial statements.

In meeting its responsibilities for the reliability of the financial statements, the Company depends on its system of internal controls. The system is designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded and transactions are executed in accordance with the appropriate corporate authorization and recorded properly to permit the preparation of the financial statements. To test compliance, the Company carries out an extensive audit program. This program includes a review for compliance with written policies and procedures and a comprehensive review of the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal control systems. Although control procedures are designed and tested, it must be recognized that there are limits inherent in all systems of internal accounting control and, as such, errors and irregularities may nevertheless occur. Also, estimates and judgments are required to assess and balance the relative cost and expected benefits of the controls. The Company believes that its system of internal controls provides reasonable assurance that errors or irregularities that could be material to the financial statements are prevented or would be detected within a timely period by employees in the normal course of performing their assigned functions.

The Board of Directors of the Company has an Audit Committee composed of directors who are not officers or employees of Piper Jaffray Companies. The committee meets periodically with management, the internal auditors and the independent accountants to consider audit results to discuss internal accounting control, auditing and financial reporting matters.

The Company's independent accountants, Ernst & Young LLP, have been engaged to render an independent professional opinion on the financial statements. Their opinion on the financial statements is based on procedures conducted in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States and forms the basis for their report as to the fair presentation, in the financial statements, of the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

/s/ Andrew S. Duff                                 /s/ Sandra G. Sponem
Andrew S. Duff                                     Sandra G. Sponem
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer               Chief Financial Officer

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 43


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Piper Jaffray Companies:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition of Piper Jaffray Companies (the "Company") as of December 31, 2003, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the year then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Piper Jaffray Companies at December 31, 2003, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

ERNST & YOUNG LLP LOGO

Minneapolis, Minnesota
January 27, 2004,
except for Note 17, as to which the date is February 12, 2004

44 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Piper Jaffray Companies:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statement of financial condition as of December 31, 2002 and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2002 present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Piper Jaffray Companies and its subsidiaries (the "Company") at December 31, 2002, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2002, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

As discussed in Note 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements, in 2002, the Company adopted the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142, "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets."

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP LOGO

Minneapolis, Minnesota
April 30, 2003

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 45


PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AT DECEMBER 31
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)                           2003          2002
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents                                   $   84,436    $   32,615
  Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory
    purposes                                                      66,000             -
  Receivables:
    Customers (net of allowance of $1,993 and $1,593,
      respectively)                                              463,557       474,002
    Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations                  238,393       217,457
  Deposits with clearing organizations                            66,570        46,075
  Securities purchased under agreements to resell                306,987       240,014
  Trading securities owned                                       342,994        80,129
  Trading securities owned and pledged as collateral             314,618       393,555
                                                              ------------------------
      Total trading securities owned                             657,612       473,684
  Fixed assets (net of accumulated depreciation and
    amortization of $103,573 and $88,969, respectively)           60,757        69,059
  Goodwill                                                       305,635       305,635
  Other receivables                                               38,553        72,012
  Other assets                                                    92,147       111,392
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total assets                                            $2,380,647    $2,041,945
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
  Short-term financing                                        $  159,000    $  250,040
  Payables:
    Customers                                                    226,163       143,580
    Checks and drafts                                             64,438        57,919
    Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations                  224,208       216,675
  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase                 178,716       115,791
  Trading securities sold, but not yet purchased                 386,281       171,999
  Accrued compensation                                           194,583       140,972
  Other liabilities and accrued expenses                          97,463       120,112
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total liabilities                                        1,530,852     1,217,088
  Subordinated debt                                              180,000       215,000
  Shareholders' equity:
    Invested capital                                                   -       609,857
    Common stock, $0.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares
      authorized, 19,334,261 issued and outstanding                  193             -
    Additional paid-in capital                                   669,602             -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total shareholders' equity                                 669,795       609,857
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Total liabilities and shareholders' equity              $2,380,647    $2,041,945
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

46 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                      2003         2002         2001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REVENUES
  Commissions and fees                                        $ 256,747    $ 275,682    $ 302,289
  Principal transactions                                        215,191      171,957      181,469
  Investment banking                                            229,945      208,740      247,929
  Interest                                                       45,276       59,685       95,436
  Other income                                                   59,082       47,303       52,865
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total revenues                                              806,241      763,367      879,988
  Interest expense                                               19,511       34,315       79,216
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net revenues                                                786,730      729,052      800,772
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES
  Compensation and benefits                                     482,397      449,329      513,623
  Occupancy and equipment                                        58,025       55,549       60,121
  Communications                                                 37,599       36,316       41,082
  Floor brokerage and clearance                                  22,755       26,040       22,092
  Marketing and business development                             39,030       44,115       49,706
  Outside services                                               34,219       32,717       22,285
  Cash award program                                             24,000            -            -
  Regulatory settlement                                               -       32,500            -
  Amortization of acquisition-related compensation and
    goodwill                                                          -            -       17,641
  Merger and restructuring                                            -        7,976       65,697
  Royalty fee                                                     3,911        7,482       55,753
  Other operating expenses                                       42,960       31,067       25,577
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total non-interest expenses                                 744,896      723,091      873,577
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)                41,834        5,961      (72,805)
Income tax expense (benefit)                                     15,835        5,855      (22,754)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                             $  25,999    $     106    $ (50,051)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
  Basic                                                       $    1.35    $    0.01    $   (2.60)
  Diluted                                                     $    1.35    $    0.01    $   (2.60)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES
  Basic                                                          19,237       19,160       19,279
  Diluted                                                        19,237       19,160       19,279

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 47


PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                                                   Common                Additional                        Total
                                                   Shares       Common      Paid-In     Invested   Shareholders'
(Amounts in thousands, except share data)     Outstanding        Stock      Capital      Capital          Equity
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2000                           -    $        -   $        -   $  362,331   $           -
  Capital contribution from U.S. Bancorp               -             -            -       75,000               -
  Distribution to U.S. Bancorp                         -             -            -       (8,556)              -
  Net loss                                             -             -            -      (50,051)              -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2001                           -    $        -   $        -   $  378,724   $           -
  Capital contribution from U.S. Bancorp               -             -            -      250,000               -
  Distribution to U.S. Bancorp                         -             -            -      (18,973)              -
  Net income                                           -             -            -          106               -
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2002                           -    $        -   $        -   $  609,857   $           -
  Capital contribution from U.S. Bancorp               -             -            -       37,500               -
  Distribution to U.S. Bancorp                         -             -            -       (3,561)              -
  Net income                                           -             -            -       25,999               -
  Recapitalization upon spin off from U.S.
    Bancorp                                   19,334,261           193      669,602     (669,795)        669,795
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2003                  19,334,261    $      193   $  669,602   $        -   $     669,795
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

48 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                                           2003         2002         2001
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
  Net income (loss)                                           $25,999    $     106    $ (50,051)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
      provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization                              19,031       20,787       20,428
    Deferred income taxes                                      (6,491)     (11,386)         783
    Loss on disposal of fixed assets                            4,380           83          116
    Restricted stock amortization                               3,859        3,861       14,903
    Goodwill amortization and impairment charges                    -            -       23,542
    Decrease (increase) in operating assets:
      Cash and cash equivalents segregated for regulatory
        purposes                                              (66,000)           -            -
      Receivables:
        Customers                                              10,445      187,350      256,393
        Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations           (20,936)     223,017     (257,969)
      Deposits with clearing organizations                    (20,495)     (31,417)      46,277
      Securities purchased under agreements to resell         (66,973)     132,123      (22,851)
      Net trading securities owned                             30,354       31,043       35,514
      Other receivables                                        33,459       34,986      (43,385)
      Other assets                                             21,877       99,253      (21,632)
    Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:
      Payables:
        Customers                                              82,583     (113,427)      53,621
        Checks and drafts                                       6,519      (37,004)      (7,203)
        Brokers, dealers and clearing organizations             7,533      (91,397)      33,277
      Securities sold under agreements to repurchase           62,925      (87,422)     (63,127)
      Accrued compensation                                     53,611      (15,066)    (102,669)
      Other liabilities and accrued expenses                  (22,649)     (48,159)      95,645
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash provided by operating activities                 159,031      297,331       11,612
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
  Purchases of fixed assets, net                              (15,109)      (5,800)     (40,963)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash used in investing activities                     (15,109)      (5,800)     (40,963)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
  Decrease in short-term financing, net                       (91,040)    (257,652)     (87,092)
  Capital contribution from U.S. Bancorp                       37,500      250,000       75,000
  Capital distribution to U.S. Bancorp                         (3,561)     (18,973)      (8,556)
  Net decrease in subordinated debt                           (35,000)    (260,000)           -
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Net cash used in financing activities                     (92,101)    (286,625)     (20,648)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents           51,821        4,906      (49,999)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year                 32,615       27,709       77,708
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year                      $84,436    $  32,615    $  27,709
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information -
  Cash paid (received) during the year for:
    Interest                                                  $19,427    $  36,001    $  82,977
    Income taxes                                              $(1,937)   $   1,311    $  (4,190)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 49


PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 Background and Basis of Presentation

BACKGROUND

Piper Jaffray Companies is the parent company of Piper Jaffray & Co. ("Piper Jaffray"), a securities broker dealer and investment banking firm; Piper Jaffray Ventures Inc. ("Piper Jaffray Ventures"), a private equity venture capital firm managing investments in emerging growth companies; Piper Jaffray Ltd., a firm providing securities brokerage and investment banking services in Europe through an office located in London, England; and Piper Jaffray Financial Products Inc. and Piper Jaffray Financial Products II Inc., two entities that facilitate Piper Jaffray Companies customer derivative transactions.

On April 28, 2003, Piper Jaffray Companies was incorporated in Delaware as a subsidiary of U.S. Bancorp ("USB") to effect the spin off of USB's capital markets business to its shareholders. On December 31, 2003, after receiving regulatory approval, USB distributed to its shareholders all of its interest in Piper Jaffray Companies and its subsidiaries (collectively, the "Company"). On that date, 19,334,261 shares of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock were issued to USB shareholders (the "Distribution") based on a distribution ratio of one share of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock for every 100 shares of USB common stock owned (the "Distribution Ratio"). In lieu of receiving fractional shares of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock, shareholders received cash from USB for their fractional interest.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and historical operations of the Company as well as certain assets, liabilities, and related operations transferred to Piper Jaffray Companies (the "Contribution") from USB immediately prior to the Distribution. Because prior to the Distribution no direct ownership relationship existed among all the various units comprising the Company, USB and its subsidiaries' interest in the Company is shown as invested capital in the consolidated financial statements prior to the Distribution.

BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include the adjustments necessary to reflect the Company's operations as if its organizational changes had been consummated prior to the Distribution. The consolidated financial statements prior to the Distribution have been derived from the financial statements and accounting records of USB using the historical results of operations and historical basis of the assets and liabilities of the Company's business. However, the consolidated financial statements included herein may not necessarily be indicative of the Company's results of operations, financial position and cash flows in the future or what its results of operations, financial position and cash flows would have been had the Company been a stand-alone company during the periods presented.

Generally, the consolidated results include revenues generated and expenses incurred based on customer relationships and related business activities. In certain situations, affiliated entities of USB may have provided services to and thus charged expense to the Company. These expenses primarily relate to providing employee-related services and benefits, technology and data processing services, and corporate functions including audit, tax and real estate management services. Costs included on the consolidated financial statements for shared services were determined based on actual costs to USB and allocated based on the Company's proportionate usage of those services. Proportionate usage was determined based on the number of employees, actual hours used, square footage of office space or other similar methodologies. Management believes the assumptions underlying the consolidated financial statements are reasonable.

On the consolidated financial statements, income taxes were determined on a separate return basis as if the Company had not been eligible to be included in the consolidated income tax return of USB and its affiliates. However, USB was managing its tax position for the benefit of its entire portfolio of businesses, and its tax strategies are not necessarily reflective of the tax strategies that the Company would have followed or will follow as a stand-alone entity.

50 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 2 Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Piper Jaffray Companies and its subsidiaries. All material intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash and highly liquid investments with maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase.

In accordance with Rule 15c3-3 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Piper Jaffray, as a registered broker dealer carrying customer accounts, is subject to requirements related to maintaining cash or qualified securities in a segregated reserve account for the exclusive benefit of its customers.

COLLATERALIZED SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS
Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities sold under agreements to repurchase are carried at the contractual amounts at which the securities will be subsequently resold or repurchased, including accrued interest. It is the Company's policy to take possession or control of securities purchased under agreements to resell at the time these agreements are entered into. Counterparties are principally primary dealers of U.S. Government securities and major financial institutions. Collateral is valued daily and additional collateral is obtained from or refunded to counterparties, when appropriate.

Securities borrowed and loaned result from transactions with other brokers and dealers or financial institutions and are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received. These amounts are included in receivable from and payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Securities borrowed transactions require the Company to deposit cash or other collateral with the lender. Securities loaned transactions require the borrower to deposit cash with the Company. The Company monitors the market value of securities borrowed and loaned on a daily basis, with additional collateral obtained or refunded as necessary. Interest is accrued on securities borrowed and loaned transactions and is included in other assets and other liabilities and accrued expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and the respective interest balances on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

CUSTOMER TRANSACTIONS
Customer securities transactions are recorded on a settlement date basis while the related commission revenues and expenses are recorded on a trade date basis. Customer receivables and payables include amounts related to both cash and margin transactions. Securities owned by customers, including those that collateralize margin or other similar transactions, are not reflected on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

INVESTMENT BANKING
Investment banking revenues, which include underwriting fees, management fees and advisory fees, are recorded when services for the transactions are substantially completed under the terms of each engagement. Expenses associated with such transactions are deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the engagement is otherwise concluded. Investment banking revenues are presented net of related expenses.

ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS
Management estimates an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for probable losses from unsecured and partially secured customer accounts. Management is continually evaluating its receivables from customers for collectibility and possible write-off by examining the facts and circumstances surrounding each customer where a loss is deemed possible.

TRADING SECURITIES OWNED AND TRADING SECURITIES SOLD, BUT NOT YET PURCHASED Trading securities owned and trading securities sold, but not yet purchased are recorded on a trade date basis and are stated at market or fair value. Unrealized gains and losses related to these financial instruments are reflected in principal transactions on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company's valuation policy is to use quoted market

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 51


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

or dealer prices from independent sources where they are available and reliable. The fair value of trading securities, for which a quoted market or dealer price is not available, is based on management's estimate, using the best information available, of amounts that could be realized under current market conditions. Among the factors considered by management in determining the fair value of these securities are the cost, terms and liquidity of the investment, the financial condition and operating results of the issuer, quoted market price of securities with similar quality and yield that are publicly traded, and other factors generally pertinent to the valuation of investments.

FIXED ASSETS
Fixed assets include office equipment, software and leasehold improvements. Depreciation of office equipment and software is provided using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over their estimated useful life or the life of the lease, whichever is shorter. Additionally, certain costs incurred in connection with internal-use software projects are capitalized and amortized over the expected useful life of the asset, generally three to seven years.

GOODWILL
The Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 142 ("SFAS 142"), "Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets," on January 1, 2002. SFAS 142 addresses the accounting for goodwill and intangible assets subsequent to their acquisition. The most significant changes made by SFAS 142 are that goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are no longer amortized and are to be tested for impairment at least annually. Prior to the adoption of SFAS 142, the Company amortized goodwill using the straight-line method over a maximum period of 25 years.

The recoverability of goodwill is evaluated annually, at a minimum, or on an interim basis if events or circumstances indicate a possible inability to realize the carrying amount. The evaluation includes assessing the estimated fair value of the goodwill based on market prices for similar assets, where available, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows associated with the goodwill. Because 100 percent of goodwill is treated as a non- allowable asset for regulatory purposes, the impact of any impairment on Piper Jaffray net capital would not be significant, but could adversely impact the Company's results of operations.

OTHER RECEIVABLES
Included in other receivables are loans made to investment executives and other revenue-producing employees, typically in connection with their recruitment. These loans are forgiven based on continued employment and are amortized to compensation and benefits using the straight-line method over the terms of the loans, which generally range from three to five years.

In conjunction with these loans, management estimates an allowance for loan losses. This allowance is established for recipients who leave the Company prior to full forgiveness of their loan balance and the Company is subsequently not able to recover the remaining balances. The Company determines adequacy of the allowance based upon the collectibility of unforgiven balances of departed employees, evaluation of the loan portfolio, recent experience related to attrition of certain revenue-producing employees and other pertinent factors.

OTHER ASSETS
Included in other assets are investments that the Company makes to fund deferred compensation liabilities for certain employees. The Company fully funds its deferred compensation liabilities by investing in venture capital stage companies or by investing in partnerships which invest in venture capital stage companies. Future payments, if any, to deferred compensation plan participants are directly linked to the performance of these investments. Also included in other assets are investments the Company has made in various other venture capital investments. Investments are carried at estimated fair value based on valuations received from statements obtained from the underlying fund manager or based on published market quotes, with the resulting gains and losses recognized in other income on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. In the event a security is thinly traded or the market price is not readily available for an investment, management estimates fair value using other valuation methods depending on the type of security and related market.

Net deferred tax assets are also included in other assets. Refer to Note 21 for additional information related to income taxes.

52 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Substantially all of the Company's financial instruments are recorded at fair value or contract amounts on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. Financial instruments recorded at fair value include trading securities owned and trading securities sold, but not yet purchased.

Financial instruments carried at contract amounts which approximate fair value, either have short-term maturities (one year or less), are repriced frequently, or bear market interest rates and, accordingly, are carried at amounts approximating fair value. Financial instruments carried at contract amounts on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition include receivables from and payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, receivables from and payables to customers, short-term financing and subordinated debt.

The carrying amount of subordinated debt closely approximates fair value based upon market rates of interest available to the Company at December 31, 2003.

INCOME TAXES
Income tax expense (benefit) is provided for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between amounts reported for income tax purposes and financial statement purposes, using current tax rates. A valuation allowance is recognized if it is anticipated that some or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.

CONSOLIDATION OF SPECIAL PURPOSE ENTITIES
Special purpose entities ("SPEs") are trusts, partnerships or corporations established for a particular limited purpose. The Company follows the accounting guidance in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 140 ("SFAS 140"), "Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishment of Liabilities," to determine whether or not such SPEs are required to be consolidated. The Company engages in transactions with SPEs to securitize fixed rate municipal bonds which meet the SFAS 140 definition of a qualifying special purpose entity ("QSPE"). A QSPE can generally be described as an entity with significantly limited powers which are intended to limit it to passively holding financial assets and distributing cash flows based upon predetermined criteria. Based upon the guidance in SFAS 140, the Company does not consolidate such QSPEs. The Company accounts for its involvement with such QSPEs under a financial components approach in which the Company recognizes only its retained residual interest in the QSPE. The Company accounts for such retained interests at fair value.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Prior to the Distribution, certain employees of the Company were eligible to participate in USB employee incentive plans consisting of stock options, restricted stock or other deferred compensation that are described more fully in Note 17. The Company accounted for these stock option grants under the intrinsic value method in accordance with Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25 ("APB 25"), "Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees" and, accordingly, recognized no compensation expense for the stock option grants as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

Effective January 1, 2004, the Company adopted the fair value based method of accounting for future grants of stock-based compensation, as prescribed by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 ("SFAS 123"), "Accounting and Disclosure of Stock-Based Compensation," as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 148 ("SFAS 148"),"Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation -Transition and Disclosure."

EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the year. Since the Company's common stock was not issued until December 31, 2003, the date of Distribution, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for each year presented was calculated by applying the Distribution Ratio against the historical USB weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the same period presented. Diluted earnings per common share are calculated by adjusting weighted average outstanding shares, assuming conversion of all potentially dilutive stock options.

RECLASSIFICATIONS
Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 53


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 3 Recent Accounting Pronouncements

ACCOUNTING FOR CERTAIN FINANCIAL
INSTRUMENTS WITH CHARACTERISTICS OF BOTH
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
In May 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 150 ("SFAS 150"), "Accounting for Certain Financial Instruments with Characteristics of Both Liabilities and Equity," which establishes standards for how an issuer classifies and measures certain financial instruments with characteristics of both liabilities and equities. SFAS 150 is effective for financial instruments entered into or modified after May 31, 2003, and otherwise is effective at the beginning of the first interim period beginning after June 15, 2003, except for mandatorily redeemable financial instruments of nonpublic entities. The adoption of SFAS 150 did not have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES
In April 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 149 ("SFAS 149"), "Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities," which amends and clarifies accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts and for hedging activities under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133. In particular, SFAS 149 clarifies under what circumstances a contract with an initial net investment meets the characteristic of a derivative and clarifies when a derivative contains financing components. SFAS 149 is generally effective for contracts entered into or modified after June 30, 2003. The Company's adoption of SFAS 149 did not have a material impact on its financial statements.

CONSOLIDATION OF VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FASB Interpretation No. 46 ("FIN 46"), "Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities" ("VIEs"), an interpretation of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51, "Consolidated Financial Statements," to improve financial reporting of special purpose and other entities. In accordance with this interpretation, business enterprises that represent the primary beneficiary of another entity by retaining a controlling financial interest in that entity's assets, liabilities and results of operating activities must consolidate the entity in its financial statements. Prior to the issuance of FIN 46, consolidation generally occurred when an enterprise controlled another entity through voting interests. Certain VIEs that are QSPEs subject to the reporting requirements of SFAS 140 are not required to be consolidated under the provisions of FIN 46.

VIEs created after January 31, 2003, but prior to January 1, 2004, may be accounted for based on either the original interpretation or the revised interpretations. VIEs created after January 1, 2004 must be accounted for under the revised interpretations. If the revised interpretations were applied, transition rules allow the restatement of financial statements or prospective application with a cumulative effect adjustment. In addition, FIN 46 expands the disclosure requirements for the primary beneficiary of a significant portion or a majority of the variable interests to provide information regarding the nature, purpose and financial characteristics of the entities.

The Company has investments in and advances to approximately 30 limited partnerships established for the purpose of investing in emerging growth companies. The Company has investments in or acts as the managing general partner of these partnerships. As managing general partner of or through investments in the limited partnerships, the Company may have the ability to exercise control over major operating and financial policies. These partnerships are funded with capital contributed by or financing from related parties and third parties. The Company accounts for these investments on the equity method of accounting or consolidates the entire partnership based upon the Company's ability to exercise control over major operating and financial policies.

At December 31, 2003, the Company's aggregate net investment in these partnerships totaled $11.3 million and its remaining commitment to these partnerships was $1.7 million. These amounts represent the Company's maximum exposure to loss at December 31, 2003 as a result of its current and future investment in these limited partnerships. There has been no material impact to the Company's financial statements from potential VIEs entered into after January 31, 2003 and there is no expected impact from the adoption of the deferred provisions in the first quarter of fiscal year 2004.

54 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Also, the Company engages in transactions with QSPEs to securitize fixed rate municipal bonds. These securitizations do not require consolidation in the Company's financial statements. Refer to Note 19 for additional information on securitizations.

NOTE 4 Derivatives

Derivative contracts are financial instruments such as forwards, futures, swaps or option contracts that derive their value from underlying assets, reference rates, indices or a combination of these factors. A derivative contract generally represents future commitments to purchase or sell financial instruments at specified terms on a specified date or to exchange currency or interest payment streams based on the contract or notional amount.

Derivative contracts exclude certain cash instruments, such as mortgage-backed securities, interest-only and principal-only obligations and indexed debt instruments that derive their values or contractually required cash flows from the price of some other security or index.

Derivatives are often referred to as off-balance sheet instruments since neither their notional amounts nor the underlying instruments are reflected as assets or liabilities of the Company. Instead, the market or fair values related to the derivative contract transactions are reported on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and any unrealized gain or loss is recognized on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Company uses derivatives to facilitate customer transactions and as a means to manage the Company's interest rate and market value risk associated with its security positions. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the fair value of these open derivative contracts was not material.

As discussed in Note 19, the Company also enters into interest rate swap agreements to minimize interest rate risk associated with holding residual interest securities from its tender option bond program. The fair value of such contracts is included in other liabilities and accrued expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition and was approximately $5.7 million and $3.7 million as of December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

NOTE 5 Receivables from and Payables to Brokers,
Dealers and Clearing Organizations

Amounts receivable from brokers, dealers and clearing organizations at December 31 included:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)               2003       2002
----------------------------------------------------
Receivable arising from
  unsettled securities
  transactions, net              $106,187   $160,662
Deposits paid for securities
  borrowed                         72,751     16,588
Receivable from clearing
  organizations                    10,577      3,838
Securities failed to deliver       34,277     33,914
Other                              14,601      2,455
----------------------------------------------------
  Total receivables              $238,393   $217,457
----------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------

Amounts payable to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations at December 31 included:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)              2003       2002
---------------------------------------------------
Deposits received for
  securities loaned              $181,166  $174,700
Payable to clearing
  organizations                    4,258     25,968
Securities failed to receive      31,926     13,263
Other                              6,858      2,744
---------------------------------------------------
  Total payables                 $224,208  $216,675
---------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------

Securities failed to deliver and receive represent the contract value of securities that have not been delivered or received by the Company on settlement date. Deposits paid for securities borrowed and deposits received for securities loaned approximate the market value of the related securities.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 55


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 6 Receivables from and Payables to Customers

Amounts receivable from customers at December 31 included:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)               2003       2002
----------------------------------------------------
Cash accounts                    $ 81,853   $ 77,801
Margin accounts                   381,704    396,201
----------------------------------------------------
  Total receivables              $463,557   $474,002
----------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------

Amounts payable to customers at December 31 included:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)               2003       2002
----------------------------------------------------
Cash accounts                    $168,901   $118,983
Margin accounts                    57,262     24,597
----------------------------------------------------
  Total receivables              $226,163   $143,580
----------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------

Securities owned by customers are held as collateral for margin receivables. Such collateral is not reflected on the consolidated financial statements. Margin loan receivables earn interest at floating interest rates based on broker call rates.

Payables to customers primarily consist of customer funds pending completion of securities transactions and customer funds on deposit. Except for customer short sales, all amounts payable to customers are subject to withdrawal upon customer request.

NOTE 7 Trading Securities Owned and Trading Securities Sold, but Not Yet Purchased

At December 31, trading securities owned and trading securities sold, but not yet purchased were as follows:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)               2003       2002
----------------------------------------------------
Owned:
  Corporate securities:
    Equity securities            $ 15,903   $ 15,446
    Convertible securities         78,474     42,534
    Fixed income securities        90,459     87,009
  Mortgage-backed securities       92,292     98,950
  U.S. government securities      240,248     95,041
  Municipal securities            140,236    134,704
----------------------------------------------------
                                 $657,612   $473,684
----------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------
Sold, but not yet purchased:
  Corporate securities:
    Equity securities            $ 46,700   $ 17,285
    Convertible securities          1,137          -
    Fixed income securities        14,316     40,996
  Mortgage-backed securities       47,114     15,573
  U.S. government securities      276,750     96,749
  Municipal securities                264      1,396
----------------------------------------------------
                                 $386,281   $171,999
----------------------------------------------------
----------------------------------------------------

At December 31, 2003 and 2002, trading securities owned in the amounts of $314.6 million and $393.6 million, respectively, have been pledged as collateral.

Securities sold, but not yet purchased represent obligations of the Company to deliver the specified security at the contracted price, thereby creating a liability to purchase the security in the market at prevailing prices. The Company is obligated to acquire the securities sold short at prevailing market prices, which may exceed the amount reflected on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

56 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 8 Fixed Assets

The following is a summary of fixed assets as of December 31, 2003 and 2002:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)              2003       2002
---------------------------------------------------
Furniture and equipment          $93,323   $ 91,718
Leasehold improvements            27,999     25,620
Software                          40,823     30,645
Projects in process                2,185     10,045
---------------------------------------------------
  Total                          164,330    158,028
Less accumulated depreciation
  and amortization               103,573     88,969
---------------------------------------------------
                                 $60,757   $ 69,059
---------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------

For the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, depreciation and amortization of office equipment, software and leasehold improvements totaled $19.0 million, $20.8 million and $20.4 million, respectively, and is included in occupancy and equipment on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

NOTE 9 Goodwill

The Company adopted SFAS 142 on January 1, 2002. The most significant changes made by SFAS 142 are that goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangibles are no longer amortized and will be tested for impairment at least annually. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, goodwill of $305.6 million was recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. All of the Company's goodwill resulted from the 1998 acquisition of the Company's former parent company, U.S. Bancorp Piper Jaffray Companies Inc. ("Former Parent"), and its subsidiaries by USB. The following table reflects the consolidated results of operations adjusted as if the adoption of SFAS 142 occurred as of January 1, 2001:

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                                            2003       2002        2001
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net Earnings:
  As reported                                                   $25,999   $   106    $(50,051)
  Goodwill amortization, net of tax                                  -          -      14,439
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  As adjusted                                                   $25,999   $   106    $(35,612)
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

As reflected in the following table, there were no changes in the carrying value of goodwill by reportable segments for the year ended December 31, 2003:

                                                                          Private   Corporate
                                                               Capital     Client     Support   Consolidated
(Dollars in thousands)                                         Markets   Services   and Other        Company
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 2002                                  $220,035   $85,600    $      -    $    305,635
Goodwill acquired                                                    -         -           -               -
Impairment losses                                                    -         -           -               -
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balance at December 31, 2003                                  $220,035   $85,600    $      -    $    305,635
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Management completed an estimate of the fair value of its business segments as of December 31, 2003 and validated its determination through an independent third party. Based upon this assessment,

management concluded that no impairment existed at December 31, 2003.

The Company had no indefinite-lived or other intangible assets at December 31, 2003 or 2002.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 57


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 10 Borrowings

The Company has uncommitted credit agreements with banks and former affiliated entities totaling $550 million at December 31, 2003, composed of $450 million in discretionary secured lines and $100 million in discretionary unsecured lines. In addition, the Company has established an arrangement to obtain financing using the Company's securities held by its clearing bank at the end of each day as collateral. The following table provides a breakdown of borrowings outstanding at December 31:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)              2003       2002
---------------------------------------------------
Unsecured borrowings             $     -   $ 50,040
Secured borrowings               159,000    200,000
---------------------------------------------------
                                 $159,000  $250,040
---------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------

The secured borrowings were collateralized with $169.4 million and $276.1 million of trading securities owned at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

During 2003, Piper Jaffray repaid its outstanding subordinated debt of $215 million to its Former Parent and executed a $180 million subordinated debt agreement with an affiliate of USB, which satisfies provisions of Appendix D of Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") Rule 15c3-1 and has been approved by the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. ("NYSE") and is therefore allowable in Piper Jaffray's net capital computation. The entire amount of the subordinated debt will mature in 2008.

The Company's outstanding borrowings bear interest at rates based on the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") or federal funds rates. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, the weighted average interest rate on borrowings was 2.07 percent and 2.40 percent, respectively. At December 31, 2003 and 2002, no formal compensating balance agreements existed, and the Company was in compliance with all debt covenants related to these facilities. The Company recognized and paid to USB and affiliates $9.0 million, $15.9 million and $42.0 million of interest expense related to borrowings for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

NOTE 11 Commitments and Contingent Liabilities

LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leases office space and equipment under various noncancelable leases. Certain leases have renewal options and clauses for escalation and operating cost adjustments. Aggregate minimum lease commitments under operating leases and various other contractual commitments as of December 31, 2003 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
---------------------------------------------------
2004                                       $ 28,257
2005                                         24,198
2006                                         19,609
2007                                         18,431
2008                                         17,759
Thereafter                                   84,247
---------------------------------------------------
                                           $192,501
---------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------

Rental expense, including operating costs and real estate taxes, charged to operations was $27.5 million, $30.8 million and $30.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Additionally, in 2003 the Company entered into a five-year contract with an outside vendor to support the Company's data center and network management technology needs. Aggregate minimum contract commitments for data center and remote network services per the contract as of December 31, 2003 are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
---------------------------------------------------
2004                                       $  9,912
2005                                          8,698
2006                                          7,029
2007                                          7,109
2008                                          5,383
---------------------------------------------------
                                           $ 38,131
---------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------

Network and data center service expense related to this contract that was charged to operations in 2003 was $2.7 million.

58 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

VENTURE CAPITAL COMMITMENTS
As of December 31, 2003, the Company had commitments to invest approximately $1.7 million in limited partnerships that make private equity investments. The commitments will be funded, if called, through the end of the respective investment periods ranging from 2006 to 2013.

LITIGATION
The Company has been the subject of customer complaints and has also been named as a defendant in various legal actions arising primarily from securities brokerage and investment banking activities, including certain class actions which primarily allege violations of securities laws and seek unspecified damages, which could be substantial. Also, the Company is involved from time to time in investigations and proceedings by governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations. Included among these was an industry-wide investigation by the SEC, the National Association of Securities Dealers ("NASD"), the NYSE, the New York Attorney General and other state securities regulators of research practices of certain brokerage firms, including Piper Jaffray. In April 2003, Piper Jaffray entered into a final settlement agreement with these regulatory agencies to resolve the investigation concerning research practices. The agreement required, among other things, that Piper Jaffray pay $12.5 million as a penalty, contribute $12.5 million to a distribution fund for the benefit of investors and pay $7.5 million for the procurement of independent research. The charges are included separately as regulatory settlement on the Company's 2002 Consolidated Statement of Operations.

The Company has established reserves for potential losses that are probable and reasonably estimable that may result from pending and potential complaints, legal actions, investigations and proceedings, including private litigation related to the matters that were the subject of the final settlement referred to above. The Company's reserves totaled $49.2 and $62.9 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and are included within other liabilities and accrued expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. These reserves include $9.6 million and $32.5 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, to be paid as part of the industry-wide regulatory settlement related to research practices. In addition to the established reserves, USB has agreed to indemnify the Company in an amount up to $17.5 million for certain matters.

Given the uncertainties of the commencement, timing, size, volume and outcome of pending and potential litigation and other factors, the reserve is difficult to determine and of necessity subject to future revisions. Subject to the foregoing, management of the Company believes, based on its current knowledge, after consultation with counsel and after taking into account its established reserves and the USB indemnity agreement, that pending legal actions, investigations and proceedings will be resolved with no material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Company. However, if during any period a potential adverse contingency should become probable or resolved for an amount in excess of the established reserves and indemnification, the results of operations in that period could be materially affected.

Litigation-related expenses charged to operations included within other operating expenses was $16.1 million, $10.9 million, and $8.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

GUARANTEES
The Company participates in securities lending activities as a funding source for the Company by using customer margin securities. The Company indemnifies customers for the difference between the market value of the securities lent and the market value of the collateral received. Cash collateralizes these transactions. At December 31, 2003, future payments guaranteed by the Company under these arrangements were approximately $175.4 million and represent the market value of the customer securities lent to third parties. At December 31, 2003, the Company held cash of $179.0 million as collateral for these arrangements and included it within payables to brokers, dealers and clearing organizations on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. At December 31, 2003, the Company had collateral in excess of the market value of the securities lent and, therefore, no liability is recorded related to potential future payments made under these guarantees.

OTHER COMMITMENTS
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into underwriting and other commitments. The ultimate settlement of such transactions open at year-end is not expected to have a material effect on the financial statements of the Company.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 59


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12 Merger and Restructuring Items

The Company recorded pre-tax merger and restructuring related charges of $8.0 million and $65.7 million in 2002 and 2001, respectively. In 2002 and 2001, costs were incurred in connection with the merger of USB and Firstar Corporation ("Firstar"). In both 2002 and 2001, the Company undertook plans to restructure its operations in response to significant changes in the securities markets, including increased market volatility, declines in equity valuations and an increasingly competitive environment for the securities industry. The restructuring was designed to improve the operating efficiency of the business by removing excess capacity from the product distribution network and by implementing more effective business processes.

The components of the charges described above are shown below:

                                                                 USB/           Piper
(Dollars in thousands)                                        Firstar   Restructuring     Total
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2002
  Severance and employee-related                              $     -   $       5,314   $ 5,314
  Business integration costs                                    2,161               -     2,161
  Asset write-downs and lease terminations                          -             501       501
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total                                                     $ 2,161   $       5,815   $ 7,976
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2001
  Severance and employee-related                              $14,480   $      29,286   $43,766
  Business integration costs                                      468               -       468
  Asset write-downs and lease terminations                          -          12,360    12,360
  Intangible impairments                                            -           9,103     9,103
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Total                                                     $14,948   $      50,749   $65,697
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The Company determined merger and restructuring charges and related accruals based on specific formulated plans or integration strategies.

Severance and employee-related charges included the cost of severance, other benefits and outplacement costs associated with the termination of employees due to the reconfiguration or closure of certain branches and the downsizing and consolidation of certain back office support functions. The severance amounts were determined based on the Company's severance pay programs in place at the time of termination and were paid out over a benefit period up to two years from the time of termination. Approximately 410 employees were included in severance and employee-related severance charges for 2002 and 2001. Employee-related charges in 2001 included approximately $14.0 million in accelerated vesting of restricted stock due to the merger of USB and Firstar.

Business integration charges primarily pertained to costs incurred to realign the retail distribution networks and integrate certain components of a USB affiliate's fixed income division with Piper Jaffray.

Asset write-downs and lease terminations represented costs associated with redundant office space, branches that were vacated and equipment disposed of as part of the restructuring plans. Generally, payments related to terminated lease contracts continue through the original term of the lease.

Intangible impairment charges of $9.1 million in 2001 pertained to the write-down of goodwill related to the Company's 1999 acquisition of the investment banking division of The John Nuveen Company. This goodwill impairment occurred as a result of the loss of key personnel in certain sales offices, acquired in the John Nuveen acquisition, that were realigned as a result of restructuring decisions made in 2001.

60 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table presents a summary of activity with respect to the merger and restructuring related accruals:

                                                                  USB/           Piper
(Dollars in thousands)                                         Firstar   Restructuring      Total
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2000                                  $      -   $           -   $      -
  Provision charged to operating expense                        14,948          50,749     65,697
  Cash outlays                                                    (468)        (22,324)   (22,792)
  Noncash writedowns and other                                 (14,480)        (10,323)   (24,803)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2001                                  $      -   $      18,102   $ 18,102
  Provision charged to operating expense                         2,161           5,815      7,976
  Cash outlays                                                    (853)        (13,277)   (14,130)
  Noncash writedowns and other                                       -          (1,617)    (1,617)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2002                                  $  1,308   $       9,023   $ 10,331
  Cash outlays                                                  (1,308)         (6,547)    (7,855)
  Noncash writedowns and other                                       -            (144)      (144)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 2003                                  $      -   $       2,332   $  2,332
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The adequacy of the merger and restructuring related liability is reviewed regularly taking into consideration actual and projected payment liabilities. Adjustments are made to increase or decrease these accruals as needed. Reversals of expenses, if any, can reflect a lower use of benefits by affected employees, changes in initial assumptions as a result of subsequent events and the alteration of business integration plans.

NOTE 13 Financial Instruments with Off-balance Sheet Risk

In the normal course of business, the Company's customer and trading activities involve the execution, settlement and financing of various securities transactions. These activities may expose the Company to off-balance sheet risk in the event that the other party to the transaction is unable to fulfill its contractual obligations.

The Company from time to time uses financial futures and interest rate swap contracts to manage interest rate risk related to fixed income trading securities against market interest rate fluctuations and the residual cash flows on the Company's tender option bond program. In addition, the Company uses exchange-traded options to manage the risk related to market value fluctuations of convertible inventories. Such contracts are subject to the same controls as securities owned for the Company's account and are not intended to be entered into for speculative purposes. Contracts are marked to market with gains or losses recorded in principal transactions. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the fair value of these contracts was not material.

The Company's financing and customer securities activities involve the Company using securities as collateral. In the event that the counterparty does not meet its contractual obligation to return securities used as collateral, or customers do not deposit additional securities or cash for margin when required, the Company may be exposed to the risk of reacquiring the securities or selling the securities at unfavorable market prices in order to satisfy its obligations to its customers or counterparties. The Company seeks to control this risk by monitoring the market value of securities pledged or used as collateral on a daily basis and requiring adjustments in the event of excess market exposure.

In the normal course of business, the Company obtains securities under resale, securities borrowed and margin agreements on terms which permit it to repledge or resell the securities to others. The Company obtained securities with a fair value of approximately $914.5 million and $811.0 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, of which $220.5 million and $210.6 million, respectively, has been either

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 61


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

pledged or otherwise transferred to others in connection with the Company's financing activities or to satisfy its commitments under proprietary short sales.

The Company provides investment, capital raising and related services to a diverse group of domestic and foreign customers, including governments, corporations, and institutional and individual investors. The Company's exposure to credit risk associated with the non-performance of customers in fulfilling their contractual obligations pursuant to securities transactions can be directly impacted by volatile securities markets, credit markets and regulatory changes. This exposure is measured on an individual customer basis, as well as for groups of customers that share similar attributes. To alleviate the potential for risk concentrations, credit limits are established and continually monitored in light of changing customer and market conditions. As of December 31, 2003 and 2002, the Company did not have significant concentrations of credit risk with any one single customer or counterparty, or group of customers or counterparties.

NOTE 14 Transactions with U.S. Bancorp

Prior to the Distribution, the Company regularly entered into transactions with USB and its affiliates. These transactions were either charges to or reimbursements from the Company and included fees for referrals, fees for the underwriting and selling of USB affiliated mutual funds and costs for occupancy, technology support and general and administrative services. Royalty fees for the use of the USB brand name and other trademarks of $3.9 million, $7.5 million and $55.8 million were incurred to a USB affiliate for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively. USB or its affiliates will continue to provide asset management services under a negotiated market-based fee arrangement.

The Company entered into certain interest rate swap contracts during 2002 with a USB affiliate as counterparty. During 2003, these swap contracts with USB were terminated and were subsequently reestablished with other unaffiliated counterparties.

During 2003, Piper Jaffray repaid its outstanding subordinated debt of $215 million to its Former Parent and entered into a new subordinated debt agreement of $180 million with an affiliate of USB. The Company received capital contributions of $37.5 million, $250.0 million and $75.0 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, from USB. Additionally, the Company made distributions of $3.6 million, $19.0 million and $8.6 million to USB in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

NOTE 15 Net Capital Requirements and Other Regulatory Matters

As an SEC registered broker dealer and member firm of the NYSE, Piper Jaffray is subject to the Uniform Net Capital Rule (the "Rule") of the SEC and the net capital rule of the NYSE. Piper Jaffray has elected to use the alternative method permitted by the Rule, which requires that it maintain minimum net capital of the greater of $1.0 million or 2 percent of aggregate debit balances arising from customer transactions, as such term is defined in the Rule. The NYSE may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying dividends if resulting net capital would be less than 5 percent of aggregate debit balances. In addition, Piper Jaffray is subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital. Piper Jaffray is also registered with the Commodity Futures Trading Commission ("CFTC") and therefore is subject to the CFTC regulations.

At December 31, 2003, net capital under the Rule was $216.9 million or 38.8 percent of aggregate debit balances, and $205.7 million in excess of the minimum required net capital.

Advances to affiliates, repayment of subordinated liabilities, dividend payments and other equity withdrawals are subject to certain notification and other provisions of the net capital rule of the SEC and regulatory bodies.

Piper Jaffray Ltd., a registered United Kingdom broker dealer, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Authority ("FSA"). As of December 31, 2003, Piper Jaffray Ltd. was in compliance with the requirements of the FSA.

62 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 16 Employee Benefit Plans

During 2002, the Company implemented a qualified, non-contributory profit sharing plan covering substantially all employees. Company contributions to the plan are discretionary within limits to qualify as deductions for income tax purposes. Employees are fully vested after five years of service. The Company expensed $9.5 million related to the profit sharing plan in 2003. There was no such expense in 2002.

In 2001, employees of the Company participated in the USB cash balance pension plan. Participant cash balance pension accounts ceased receiving further service credits as of December 31, 2001. Participant balances will continue to receive investment credits based on participant investment elections. As a result of the Distribution, employees who were fully vested in the plan are considered inactive participants similar to other terminated employees of USB and its affiliates. Employees who were not fully vested on the Distribution date continue to receive vesting within the USB plan, based on working a minimum of 1,000 hours in a given plan year, provided they remain actively employed by the Company. Once an employee is fully vested he or she will receive similar treatment as a fully vested employee, as outlined above. In addition, certain employees were eligible to participate in an unfunded, non-qualified component of the USB cash balance pension plan. Because the non-qualified component was unfunded, the aggregate accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the plan assets. Similar to the qualified component of the pension plan, service credits for employees of the Company participating in the non-qualified component were frozen at December 31, 2001. Effective upon the Distribution, the existing non-qualified liability of $23.9 million and $21.5 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, was separated from the USB cash balance pension plan and is included within accrued compensation on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition.

Prior to the Distribution, Company employees participated in health and welfare plans provided by USB. The Company subsidized the cost of coverage for employees meeting certain work schedule and service requirements. The medical plan contained other cost-sharing features such as deductibles and coinsurance. Costs charged to the consolidated financial statements are based on actual employee participation in the plans. All claims incurred in the health and welfare plans prior to the Distribution will be paid by USB. The Company has created similar health and welfare plans for its employees' use on a prospective basis. As such, all claims incurred subsequent to the Distribution are the responsibility of the Company.

Additionally, prior to the Distribution the Company provided certain health and welfare benefits to retired employees through post-retirement benefit plans offered by USB. Generally, all employees were eligible for retiree health care benefits by meeting defined age and service requirements. The estimated cost of these retiree health care benefits is accrued during the employees' active service. Effective upon the Distribution, the existing post-retirement benefit plans were separated from the USB post-retirement benefit plan. All active employees of the Company are eligible for post-retirement health care benefits and the existing liability for those employees will be the responsibility of the Company. All retired employees of the Company will be considered terminated employees of USB and continue to receive the benefits under the USB post-retirement plan.

Prior to the Distribution, Company employees also participated in a USB defined contribution retirement savings plan, which allowed qualified employees, at their option, to make contributions through salary deductions under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Employee contributions were 100 percent matched by the Company, up to the first 4 percent of an employee's compensation and were invested, at the employees' direction, among various investment alternatives. Although the Company's matching contribution vests immediately, a participant must be employed on December 31 to receive that year's matching contribution. Although the matching contribution was initially invested in USB common stock, an employee was allowed to reinvest the matching contributions among various investment alternatives. Effective upon the Distribution, employees of the Company became inactive participants in the USB plan similar to terminated employees. The Company has created a similar defined contribution retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code for its employees' use beginning in 2004.

During the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, the Company incurred expenses of $31.3 million, $23.2 million and $51.5 million, respectively, related to USB employee benefit plans.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 63


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 17 Cash Award Program and Stock-Based Compensation

Certain of the Company's employees are eligible to participate in a cash award program implemented concurrent with the Distribution from USB. The program is intended to aid in retention of employees and to compensate employees for the value of USB stock options and restricted stock lost by employees as a result of the Distribution. The cash award program has an aggregate value of approximately $47 million. The Company incurred a $24 million charge at the time of the Distribution from USB. The remaining $23.0 million will be paid out over the next four years, which will result in an annual charge of approximately $5.9 million over the next three years and $5.3 million in the fourth year.

Prior to the Distribution, certain of the Company's employees were eligible to participate in the stock incentive plans offered by USB, which include incentive stock options, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards. While part of USB, the Company applied APB 25 in accounting for USB employee stock incentive plans. Because the exercise price of the USB employee stock options equaled the market price of the underlying stock on the date of the grant, under APB 25, no compensation expense was recognized at the grant date. Options granted under the plans are generally exercisable up to ten years from the date of grant and vest over three to five years. Restricted shares vested over three to five years. Expense for restricted stock was based on the market price of USB stock at the time of the grant and amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. Expense related to restricted stock grants was $3.9 million, $3.9 million and $14.9 million in 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively.

Prior to the Distribution, many of the Company's employees held options to purchase USB common stock under a variety of USB option plans and held shares of unvested USB restricted stock. Grants under the option plans can be summarized into two categories: USB 90-day options that generally expire 90 days after an employee terminates from USB and USB term options that generally expire after a specified period of time. As a result of the Distribution, 90-day options that were not exercised either expired on the Distribution date or will expire within 90 days of the Distribution date as the Distribution was deemed a termination of employment of the Company's employees by USB. USB 90-day options held by Company employees who have reached retiree status did not expire in connection with the Distribution but rather remained with USB and continue to vest in accordance with their terms. USB term options remained with USB after the Distribution and continue to vest in accordance with their terms, as provided in the applicable USB stock incentive plans.

The total amount of USB restricted stock held by the Company's employees at the time of Distribution was 148,238 shares. Since the Distribution was deemed to be a termination of employment of the Company's employees under the terms of the applicable USB stock incentive plans, approximately 76,325 shares of USB restricted stock were forfeited in connection with the Distribution. The remaining shares of USB restricted stock held by the Company's employees at the time of the Distribution, totaling approximately 71,913 shares, have terms that permit those shares to continue to vest in accordance with their terms after a termination of employment such as that occurring in the Distribution.

No Company employees, officers or directors received Piper Jaffray Company options or restricted stock as part of the Distribution.

64 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table summarizes USB stock options and restricted stock outstanding and exercised under various equity plans of USB while the Company's employees were employed by USB:

                                                                                               Shares of
                                                                                  Weighted    Restricted
                                                                  Options          Average         Stock
                                                              Outstanding   Exercise Price   Outstanding
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 2000                                              18,041,960   $        22.62    2,277,106
  Granted:
    Stock options                                               3,937,315            23.29            -
    Restricted stock                                                    -                -      474,271
  Exercised                                                     1,776,404            22.95            -
  Canceled options                                              1,066,451            24.71            -
  Canceled/vested restricted stock                                      -                -    2,158,141
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 2001                                              19,136,420   $        23.28      593,236
  Granted:
    Stock options                                               2,820,104            22.84            -
    Restricted stock                                                    -                -            -
  Exercised                                                     1,305,813            22.36            -
  Canceled options                                                 98,330            27.29            -
  Canceled/vested restricted stock                                      -                -      193,569
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 2002                                              20,552,381   $        23.47      399,667
  Exercised                                                     4,992,438            25.87            -
  Canceled options and canceled/vested restricted stock         3,821,652            24.49      327,754
  Options/restricted stock remaining with USB                  11,738,291            24.19       71,913
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DECEMBER 31, 2003                                                       -                             -
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Piper Jaffray Companies had no options or restricted stock outstanding as of December 31, 2003. On February 12, 2004 the Company granted approximately 500,000 shares of Piper Jaffray Companies restricted stock and approximately 290,000 options on Piper Jaffray Companies common stock to employees, executive officers and directors. These awards will vest 100 percent on February 12, 2007.

Pro forma information regarding net income (loss) is required by SFAS No. 123 and has been determined as if the Company had accounted for employee stock option and stock purchase plans (collectively, the "options") under the fair value method of SFAS 123. The fair value of the options was estimated at the grant date using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Option valuation models require the use of highly subjective assumptions. Also, employee stock options have characteristics that are significantly different from those of traded options, including vesting provisions and trading limitations that impact their liquidity. Because employee stock options have differing characteristics and changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable measure of the fair value of employee stock options.

The pro forma disclosures include USB options granted to our employees while employed by USB and will not be representative of future years. In addition, the value of certain of these options that expired as a result of our separation from USB were replaced by cash awards to our employees. The estimated fair value of the options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The cash award program has an aggregate value of approximately $47 million, of which $24 million was included in our results of operations for 2003.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 65


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table shows pro forma compensation expense and net income (loss) adjusted for the impact of applying the fair value method of accounting for stock-based compensation.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                                            2003       2002       2001
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reported compensation expense                                 $482,397   $449,329   $513,623
Stock-based compensation                                        21,457     27,973     52,504
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Pro forma compensation expense                              $503,854   $477,302   $566,127
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Reported net income (loss)                                    $ 25,999   $    106   $(50,051)
Stock-based compensation, net of tax                           (12,874)   (16,784)   (31,502)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Pro forma net income (loss)                                 $ 13,125   $(16,678)  $(81,553)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE ASSUMPTIONS IN USB OPTION VALUATION
  Risk-free interest rates                                         N/A       4.90%      4.75%
  Dividend yields                                                  N/A       3.00%      3.00%
  Stock volatility factor                                          N/A       0.38       0.39
  Expected life of options (in years)                              N/A       6.00       6.25
  Weighted average fair value of shares granted                    N/A   $   7.27   $   7.66

Effective January 1, 2004, the Company will account for future stock-based employee compensation under the fair value based method as prescribed by SFAS 123 as amended by SFAS 148.

NOTE 18 Shareholders' Equity

Piper Jaffray Companies' articles of incorporation provide for the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of common stock with a par value of $0.01 and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock also with a par value of $0.01.

COMMON STOCK
The holders of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by its shareholders. Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any of Piper Jaffray Companies outstanding preferred stock, the holders of its common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by Piper Jaffray Companies board of directors out of funds legally available for that purpose. In the event of Piper Jaffray Companies liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the holders of its common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of Piper Jaffray Companies stock, if any, then outstanding. The holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to Piper Jaffray Companies common stock.

Piper Jaffray Companies does not intend to pay cash dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, Piper Jaffray Companies intends to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of its business. Additionally, as set forth in Note 15, there are restrictions on its broker dealer subsidiary in paying dividends.

PREFERRED STOCK
Piper Jaffray Companies board of directors has the authority, without action by its shareholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series and to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, which may be greater than the rights of common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights of holders of

66 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

common stock until Piper Jaffray Companies board of directors determines the specific rights of the holders of preferred stock. However, the effects might include, among other things, the following: restricting dividends on its common stock, diluting the voting power of its common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of its common stock and delaying or preventing a change in control of Piper Jaffray Companies without further action by its shareholders.

RIGHTS AGREEMENT
Piper Jaffray Companies adopted a rights agreement prior to the Distribution date. The issuance of a share of Piper Jaffray Companies common stock also constitutes the issuance of a preferred stock purchase right associated with such share. These rights are intended to have anti-takeover effects in that the existence of the rights may deter a potential acquirer from making a takeover proposal or a tender offer.

EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic earnings per common share are calculated by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the year. Since Piper Jaffray Companies common stock was not issued until December 31, 2003, the date of the Distribution, the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each year presented was calculated by applying the Distribution Ratio to USB's historical weighted average number of common shares outstanding for applicable years.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(AMOUNTS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)                    2003      2002       2001
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Earnings per common share
  Net income (loss)                                           $25,999   $   106   $(50,051)
  Weighted average number of common shares                     19,237    19,160     19,279
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Basic earnings per common share                             $  1.35   $   .01   $  (2.60)
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE 19 Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of
Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities

The Company, in connection with its tender option bond program, has securitized $166.2 million of highly-rated fixed rate municipal bonds. Each municipal bond is sold into a separate trust that is funded by the sale of variable rate certificates to institutional customers seeking variable rate tax-free investment products. These variable rate certificates reprice weekly. The Company retains a residual interest in each structure that is accounted for as a trading security, recorded at fair value on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition. The fair value of retained interests was $7.4 million at December 31, 2003 with a weighted average life of 9.6 years. Securitization transactions are treated as sales with the resulting gain included in principal transactions on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Fair value of retained interests is estimated based on the present value of future cash flows using management's best estimates of the key assumptions - forward yield curves, credit losses of 0 percent, and a 15 percent discount rate. The Company receives a fee to remarket the variable rate certificates derived from the securitizations. The Company enters into interest rate swaps to minimize any interest rate risk associated with the retained interests.

At December 31, 2003, the sensitivity of the current fair value of retained interests to immediate 10 percent and 20 percent adverse changes in the key economic assumptions was not material.

Certain cash flow activity for the municipal bond securitizations described above during 2003 includes:

Proceeds from new sales       $22.6 million
Remarketing fees received     $89,000
Cash flows received on
  retained interests          $4.9 million

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 67


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20 Business Segments

Within the Company, financial performance is measured by lines of business. The Company's reportable business segments include Capital Markets, Private Client Services and Corporate Support and Other. The business segments are determined based upon factors such as the type of customers, the nature of products and services provided and the distribution channels used to provide those products and services. Certain services that the Company offers are provided to clients through more than one of our business segments. These business segments are components of the Company about which financial information is available and is evaluated on a regular basis in deciding how to allocate resources and assess performance relative to competitors.

BASIS FOR PRESENTATION
Segment results are derived from the Company's financial reporting systems by specifically attributing customer relationships and their related revenues and expenses to segments. Revenue-sharing of sales credits associated with underwritten offerings is based on the distribution channel generating the sales. Expenses directly managed by the business line, including salaries, commissions, incentives, employee benefits, occupancy, marketing and business development and other direct expenses are accounted for within each segment's financial results in a manner similar to the consolidated financial results. Research, operations, technology and compliance related costs are allocated based on the segment's use of these areas to support their businesses. General and administrative expenses incurred by centrally managed corporate support functions are not allocated. To enhance the comparability of business segment results, goodwill amortization for periods prior to the adoption of SFAS 142 is no longer assigned to each segment. Also, cash award plan charges related to the Distribution, merger and restructuring related charges, royalty fees assessed by USB, income taxes and certain infrequent regulatory settlement costs are not assigned to the business segments. The financial management of assets, liabilities and capital is performed on an enterprise-wide basis. Revenues from the Company's non-U.S. operations were $9.2 million, $8.2 million and $6.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2003, 2002 and 2001, respectively, while long-lived assets were $0.6 million and $0.8 million at December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively.

Designations, assignments and allocations may change from time to time as financial reporting systems are enhanced and methods of evaluating performance change or business segments are realigned to better serve the clients of the Company. Accordingly, prior periods are reclassified and presented on a comparable basis.

CAPITAL MARKETS ("CM")
CM includes institutional sales and trading services with an emphasis on the sale of U.S. equities and fixed income products to institutions. This segment also includes management of and participation in underwritings, merger and acquisition services and public finance activities. Additionally, CM includes earnings on investments acquired in connection with its business activities and net interest revenues on trading securities held in inventory.

PRIVATE CLIENT SERVICES ("PCS")
PCS principally provides individual investors with financial advice and investment products and services, including equity and fixed income securities, mutual funds and annuities. This segment also includes net interest income on client margin loans. PCS has approximately 830 financial advisers operating in 96 branch offices in 18 Midwest, Mountain and West Coast states.

CORPORATE SUPPORT AND OTHER
Corporate Support and Other consists primarily of the Company's investments in limited partnerships that invest in venture capital funds and the venture capital subsidiary. It also includes business activities managed on a corporate basis, including enterprise-wide administrative support functions.

68 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Reportable segment financial results for the respective year ended December 31, are as follows:

                                                                               Corporate Support          Consolidated
                                 Capital Markets   Private Client Services             and Other               Company
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)           2003       2002         2003         2002       2003       2002       2003       2002
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                 $430,355   $376,074    $352,113     $357,155    $  4,262   $ (4,177)  $786,730   $729,052
Direct operating expense      293,106    248,870     288,412      291,156      40,945     37,461    622,463    577,487
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Direct contribution          137,249    127,204      63,701       65,999     (36,683)   (41,638)   164,267    151,565
Support cost                   59,303     61,549      35,219       36,097           -          -     94,522     97,646
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Pre-tax operating income
   (loss) before
   unallocated charges       $ 77,946   $ 65,655    $ 28,482     $ 29,902    $(36,683)  $(41,638)    69,745     53,919
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Cash award plan                                                                                      24,000          -
Regulatory settlement                                                                                     -     32,500
Merger and restructuring                                                                                  -      7,976
Royalty fee                                                                                           3,911      7,482
                                                                                                   -------------------
 Consolidated income before
   taxes                                                                                           $ 41,834   $  5,961
                                                                                                   -------------------
                                                                                                   -------------------

                                                                                  Corporate Support          Consolidated
                                    Capital Markets   Private Client Services             and Other               Company
(Dollars in thousands)              2002       2001         2002         2001       2002       2001       2002       2001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Net revenues                    $376,074   $422,235    $357,155     $392,447    $ (4,177)  $(13,910)  $729,052   $800,772
Direct operating expense         248,870    274,688     291,156      324,470      37,461     35,351    577,487    634,509
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Direct contribution             127,204    147,547      65,999       67,977     (41,638)   (49,261)   151,565    166,263
Support cost                      61,549     71,013      36,097       28,964           -          -     97,646     99,977
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Pre-tax operating income
   (loss) before unallocated
   charges                      $ 65,655   $ 76,534    $ 29,902     $ 39,013    $(41,638)  $(49,261)    53,919     66,286
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Regulatory settlement                                                                                   32,500          -
Amortization of goodwill and
 acquisition-related
 compensation                                                                                                -     17,641
Merger and restructuring                                                                                 7,976     65,697
Royalty fee                                                                                              7,482     55,753
                                                                                                      -------------------
 Consolidated income (loss)
   before taxes                                                                                       $  5,961   $(72,805)
                                                                                                      -------------------
                                                                                                      -------------------

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 69


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 21 Income Taxes

On the consolidated financial statements, income taxes were determined on a separate return basis as if the Company had not been eligible to be included in the consolidated income tax return of USB and its affiliates.

The components of income tax expense (benefit) were:

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31
(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                                           2003       2002       2001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Current:
  Federal                                                     $17,528   $ 12,809   $(20,876)
  State                                                         4,380      4,152     (2,891)
  Foreign                                                         418        280        230
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               22,326     17,241    (23,537)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred:
  Federal                                                      (5,529)    (9,952)       697
  State                                                          (962)    (1,434)        86
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               (6,491)   (11,386)       783
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total tax expense (benefit)                                   $15,835   $  5,855   $(22,754)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rates to the Company's effective tax rates for the fiscal years ended December 31 was as follows:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                                           2003       2002       2001
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Federal income tax at statutory rates                         $14,642   $  2,087   $(25,482)
Increase (reduction) in taxes resulting from:
  State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit                2,270      1,767     (1,823)
  Goodwill amortization                                             -          -      5,054
  Net tax-exempt interest income                               (2,933)    (3,692)    (1,525)
  Fines and penalties                                             350      4,953          -
  Other, net                                                    1,506        740      1,022
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total tax expense (benefit)                                   $15,835   $  5,855   $(22,754)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

70 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities reflect the tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for the same items for income tax reporting purposes.

The net deferred tax asset included in other assets at December 31 on the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition consisted of the following items:

(DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)                       2003          2002
---------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax assets:
  Liabilities/accruals not
    currently deductible                  $26,254       $28,628
  Pension and retirement costs             10,086         8,503
  Deferred compensation                    14,854         7,651
  Other                                     5,382         5,613
---------------------------------------------------------------
                                           56,576        50,395
---------------------------------------------------------------
Deferred tax liabilities:
  Partnership investments                     588         1,700
  Fixed assets                              3,188         2,180
  Other                                       130           336
---------------------------------------------------------------
                                            3,906         4,216
---------------------------------------------------------------
Net deferred tax assets                   $52,670       $46,179
---------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------

The Company has reviewed the components of the deferred tax assets and has determined that no valuation allowance is deemed necessary based on management's expectation of future taxable income.

As part of the Distribution, the Company entered into a tax sharing agreement with USB that governs each parties' responsibilities, as it relates to income taxes, going forward. Pursuant to this agreement, USB is generally responsible for any future liabilities resulting from Internal Revenue Service audits for those years the Company was part of the USB consolidated income tax return.

PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003 71


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION

Quarterly Information (UNAUDITED)

2003 FISCAL QUARTER
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)                    First     Second      Third     Fourth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL REVENUES                                                $174,634   $210,377   $214,900   $206,330
INTEREST EXPENSE                                                 5,427      5,327      4,225      4,532
NET REVENUES                                                   169,207    205,050    210,675    201,798
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES                                          162,024    191,380    184,570    206,922
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES                                7,183     13,670     26,105     (5,124)
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                4,693      8,622     16,030     (3,346)
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
  Basic                                                       $   0.24   $   0.45   $   0.83   $  (0.17)
  Diluted                                                     $   0.24   $   0.45   $   0.83   $  (0.17)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES
  Basic                                                         19,190     19,223     19,260     19,273
  Diluted                                                       19,190     19,223     19,260     19,273

2002 FISCAL QUARTER
(Amounts in thousands, except per share data)                    First     Second      Third     Fourth
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TOTAL REVENUES                                                $191,405   $215,774   $170,702   $185,486
INTEREST EXPENSE                                                 8,127     13,379      6,630      6,179
NET REVENUES                                                   183,278    202,395    164,072    179,307
NON-INTEREST EXPENSES                                          168,001    186,509    158,765    209,816
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES                               15,277     15,886      5,307    (30,509)
NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                9,076      9,947      4,308    (23,225)
EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE
  Basic                                                       $   0.47   $   0.52   $   0.23   $  (1.21)
  Diluted                                                     $   0.47   $   0.52   $   0.23   $  (1.21)
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON SHARES
  Basic                                                         19,198     19,132     19,150     19,162
  Diluted                                                       19,198     19,132     19,150     19,162

Market for Piper Jaffray Common Stock and Related Shareholder Matters

STOCK PRICE INFORMATION
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "PJC." Our separation from U.S. Bancorp was completed on December 31, 2003 and our common stock began "regular trading" on the New York Stock Exchange on January 2, 2004. Consequently, historical quarterly price information is not available for shares of our common stock. On February 6, 2004, the last reported sale price of our common stock was $46.75 per share.

SHAREHOLDERS
We had 49,217 shareholders of record and an estimated 217,000 beneficial owners of our common stock as of February 6, 2004.

DIVIDENDS
We do not intend to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business. Our board of directors is free to change our dividend policy at any time and will make any such future determination regarding the payment of dividends based upon various factors then existing, including:

- our financial condition, operating results and current and anticipated cash needs,

- general economic and business conditions,

- our strategic plans and business prospects,

- legal, contractual and regulatory restrictions on our ability to pay dividends, and

- other factors that our board of directors may consider to be relevant.

Restrictions on our broker dealer subsidiary's ability to pay dividends are described in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.

72 PIPER JAFFRAY ANNUAL REPORT 2003


.

.
.

EXHIBIT 21.1

PIPER JAFFRAY COMPANIES
SIGNIFICANT SUBSIDIARIES

                                             Jurisdiction of Incorporation
               Name                                or Organization
----------------------------------------     -----------------------------
Piper Jaffray & Co.                                    Delaware
Piper Jaffray Financial Products Inc.                  Delaware
Piper Jaffray Financial Products II Inc.               Delaware
Piper Jaffray Ltd.                                 England & Wales
Piper Jaffray Ventures Inc.                            Delaware


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-111665) of Piper Jaffray Companies dated December 31, 2003 and in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-112384) of Piper Jaffray Companies dated January 30, 2004, of our report dated January 27, 2004 (except Note 17, as to which the date is February 12, 2004), with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Piper Jaffray Companies for the year ended December 31, 2003, included in the 2003 Annual Report to Shareholders of Piper Jaffray Companies, which is incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K. We also consent to the incorporation by reference therein of our report dated January 27, 2004, with respect to the financial statement schedule of Piper Jaffray Companies listed in Item 15(a)(2) of this Form 10-K.

                                                           /s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 8, 2004


EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-111665 and 333-112384) of Piper Jaffray Companies of our report dated April 30, 2003, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 5, 2004


EXHIBIT 24.1

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Andrew S. Duff, Sandra G. Sponem and James L. Chosy, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Piper Jaffray Companies (the "Company") for the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2003, and any or all amendments to said Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, and to file the same with such other authorities as necessary, granting unto each such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each such attorney-in-fact and agent, or his substitute, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Power of Attorney has been signed by the following persons on the dates indicated.

       Signature                                    Title                                 Date
----------------------------        --------------------------------------------      -------------
 /s/ Andrew S. Duff                 Chairman and Chief Executive Officer              March 5, 2004
----------------------------        (principal executive officer)
Andrew S. Duff

 /s/ Sandra G. Sponem               Chief Financial Officer                           March 5, 2004
----------------------------        (principal financial and accounting officer)
Sandra G. Sponem

 /s/ Addison L. Piper               Vice Chairman and Director                        March 5, 2004
----------------------------
Addison L. Piper

 /s/ Michael R. Francis             Director                                          March 5, 2004
---------------------------
Michael R. Francis

 /s/ B. Kristine Johnson            Director                                          March 5, 2004
---------------------------
B. Kristine Johnson

 /s/ Samuel L. Kaplan               Director                                          March 5, 2004
----------------------------
Samuel L. Kaplan

 /s/ Frank L. Sims                  Director                                          March 5, 2004
----------------------------
Frank L. Sims

 /s/ Richard A. Zona                Director                                          March 5, 2004
----------------------------
Richard A. Zona


EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Andrew S. Duff, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Piper Jaffray Companies;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  March 8, 2004

                                       /s/ Andrew S. Duff
                                      -----------------------------------
                                      Andrew S. Duff
                                      Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Sandra G. Sponem, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Piper Jaffray Companies;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

c) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  March 8, 2004

                                     /s/ Sandra G. Sponem
                                     -----------------------------------
                                     Sandra G. Sponem
                                     Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 32.1

CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned certifies that this periodic report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in this periodic report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Piper Jaffray Companies.

Dated:  March 8, 2004

                                    /s/ Andrew S. Duff
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    Andrew S. Duff
                                    Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

                                    /s/ Sandra G. Sponem
                                    ----------------------------------------
                                    Sandra G. Sponem
                                    Chief Financial Officer


EXHIBIT 99.1

RISK FACTORS

RISK FACTORS RELATING TO ESTABLISHING OUR COMPANY AS INDEPENDENT FROM
U.S. BANCORP

WE MAY EXPERIENCE INCREASED COSTS RESULTING FROM DECREASED PURCHASING POWER AND SIZE COMPARED TO THAT PREVIOUSLY PROVIDED BY OUR ASSOCIATION WITH U.S. BANCORP.

Following our spin-off from U.S. Bancorp, we are a smaller and more focused company, and there is no guarantee that we will have access to technological, administrative, financial, insurance and other resources that are comparable to, or on as favorable terms and prices as, those previously available to us as a part of U.S. Bancorp.

WE COMPETE WITH U.S. BANCORP WITH RESPECT TO CLIENTS WE BOTH SERVICED PRIOR TO OUR SPIN-OFF FROM U.S. BANCORP AND MAY NOT BE ABLE TO RETAIN THESE CLIENTS.

Since U.S. Bancorp acquired our predecessor company in 1998, we generally operated independently of U.S. Bancorp's other operations in respect of client services. For example, a client of U.S. Bancorp would not be entitled to receive our services unless he or she also opened an account with us, and vice versa. Accordingly, we do not expect our clients to experience any significant disruption in services as a result of the spin-off. However, we were able to marginally increase our client base by reason of our affiliation with U.S. Bancorp. Moreover, both U.S. Bancorp and we provide services to private individuals and to corporate clients in the middle market sales fixed income area, and we both compete for clients and business in this area and possibly others. We cannot assure you that the clients we gained as a result of being affiliated with U.S. Bancorp or our private individuals and corporate clients in the middle market sales fixed income area will not move some or all of their existing business from us to U.S. Bancorp or another third party. Loss of a significant portion of these clients will negatively impact our results of operations.

THE CONTINUED OWNERSHIP OF U.S. BANCORP COMMON STOCK AND OPTIONS BY OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND SOME OF OUR DIRECTORS WILL CREATE, OR WILL APPEAR TO CREATE, CONFLICTS OF INTEREST.

Because of their former positions with U.S. Bancorp, substantially all of our executive officers, including our chairman and chief executive officer and our vice chairman, and some of our directors own U.S. Bancorp common stock and options to purchase U.S. Bancorp common stock. While these holdings in the aggregate are insubstantial in relation to U.S. Bancorp's total common shares outstanding, the individual holdings of U.S. Bancorp stock and options that remained with U.S. Bancorp after the spin-off may be significant for some of these persons compared to that person's total assets. Even though our board of directors consists of a majority of directors who are independent from both U.S. Bancorp and our company, ownership of U.S. Bancorp common stock and U.S. Bancorp options by our directors and officers will create, or appear to create, conflicts of interest when these directors and officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for U.S. Bancorp than they do for us. For example, our officers and directors who hold U.S. Bancorp stock may appear to have a conflict of interest in the event that we advise a company in connection with a restructuring of its debt obligations where U.S. Bancorp is a significant creditor or in the event that we enter into financing arrangements with U.S. Bancorp.

WE HAVE AGREED TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS TO PRESERVE THE TAX TREATMENT OF THE SPIN-OFF, WHICH WILL REDUCE OUR STRATEGIC AND OPERATING FLEXIBILITY.

U.S. Bancorp obtained an opinion from Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz, its special counsel, to the effect that the spin-off qualifies as a transaction that is generally tax-free under Sections 355 and/or 368(a)(1)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Current tax law generally creates a presumption that the spin-off would be taxable to U.S. Bancorp but not to its shareholders if we engage in, or enter into an agreement to engage in, a transaction that would result in a 50 percent or greater change by vote or by value in our stock ownership during the four-year period beginning on the date


that begins two years before the spin-off date, unless it is established that the transaction is not pursuant to a plan or series of transactions related to the spin-off.

Temporary U.S. Treasury regulations currently in effect generally provide that whether an acquisition transaction and a spin-off are part of a plan is determined based on all of the facts and circumstances, including but not limited to those specific factors listed in the regulations. In addition, the regulations provide several "safe harbors" for acquisition transactions that are not considered to be part of a plan.

Under the tax sharing agreement entered into between U.S. Bancorp and us, generally we may not (1) take or fail to take any action that would cause any representations, information or covenants in the separation documents or documents relating to the opinion to be untrue, (2) take or fail to take any action that would cause the spin-off to lose its tax-free status, (3) sell, issue, redeem or otherwise acquire our equity securities or equity securities of members of our group except in certain specified transactions for a period of two years following the spin-off, and (4) sell or otherwise dispose of a substantial portion of our assets, liquidate, merge or consolidate with any other person for a period of two years following the spin-off. During that two-year period, we may take certain actions prohibited by these covenants if we provide U.S. Bancorp with an Internal Revenue Service ruling or an unqualified opinion of counsel to the effect that these actions will not affect the tax-free nature of the spin-off. During the two-year period, these restrictions could substantially limit our strategic and operational flexibility, including our ability to finance our operations by issuing equity securities, make acquisitions using equity securities, repurchase our equity securities, raise money by selling assets or enter into business combination transactions.

WE HAVE AGREED TO INDEMNIFY U.S. BANCORP FOR TAXES AND RELATED LOSSES RESULTING FROM ANY ACTIONS WE TAKE THAT CAUSE THE SPIN-OFF TO FAIL TO QUALIFY AS A TAX-FREE TRANSACTION.

We have agreed to indemnify U.S. Bancorp for any taxes and related losses (including any applicable interest and penalties, all related accounting, legal and other professional fees, all related court costs and all costs, expenses and damages associated with related shareholder litigation or controversies and any amount paid in respect of the liability of shareholders) resulting from (1) any act or failure to act described in the covenants above,
(2) any acquisition of equity securities or assets of Piper Jaffray or any member of its group, and (3) any breach by Piper Jaffray or any member of its group of certain of our representations in the separation documents between U.S. Bancorp and us or documents relating to the opinion notwithstanding the receipt of an Internal Revenue Service ruling or an unqualified opinion of counsel. The amount of any indemnification payments could be substantial. The amount of U.S. Bancorp's taxes for which we are agreeing to indemnify U.S. Bancorp will be based on the excess of the aggregate fair market value of our stock over U.S. Bancorp's tax basis in our stock.

THE SEPARATION AND DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT ENTERED INTO BETWEEN U.S. BANCORP AND US CONTAINS CROSS-INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS OF U.S. BANCORP AND US THAT EITHER PARTY MAY BE UNABLE TO SATISFY.

The separation and distribution agreement provides, among other things, that we will generally indemnify U.S. Bancorp, among other things, against claims relating to or arising out of our business before and after the spin-off and any losses suffered by U.S. Bancorp from our breach of the separation and distribution agreement. In addition, U.S. Bancorp has agreed to indemnify us in an amount up to $17.5 million for losses resulting from third-party claims relating to research analyst independence and certain exercises of U.S. Bancorp options in connection with the spin-off and from regulatory investigations regarding the allocation of IPO shares to directors and officers of existing or potential investment banking clients, mutual fund practices known as late trading or market timing and mutual fund marketing and compensation arrangements. Accordingly, except for that limited indemnity by U.S. Bancorp, we will be responsible for actions of our business prior to the spin-off, including in respect of discontinued or disposed of operations of our business. Similarly, U.S. Bancorp has agreed to indemnify us, among other things, against claims relating to or arising out of the businesses retained by U.S. Bancorp, and any losses suffered by us arising from its breach of the separation and distribution agreement.

2

The ability of either U.S. Bancorp or us to collect under these indemnity provisions depends on the financial position of the indemnifying party. For example, persons may seek to hold us responsible for liabilities of the businesses retained by U.S. Bancorp. Although U.S. Bancorp has agreed to indemnify us for these liabilities under the separation and distribution agreement, if these liabilities are significant and we are held liable for them, we cannot assure you that we will be able to recover the full amount of those losses from U.S. Bancorp should it be financially unable to perform under its indemnification obligations.

RISK FACTORS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

DEVELOPMENTS IN MARKET AND ECONOMIC CONDITIONS HAVE IN THE PAST ADVERSELY AFFECTED, AND MAY IN THE FUTURE ADVERSELY AFFECT, OUR BUSINESS AND PROFITABILITY.

As we are a securities firm, conditions in the financial markets and the economy generally have a direct and material impact on our results of operations and financial condition. Uncertain or unfavorable market or economic conditions adversely affect our business. For example, we have been operating in a low or declining interest rate market for the past several years. Increasing or high interest rates, especially if such changes are rapid, may create a less favorable environment for certain of our businesses, particularly our fixed income business. Further, our investment banking revenue, in the form of underwriting discounts and financial advisory fees, is directly related to the volume and value of the transactions in which we are involved. In an environment of uncertain or unfavorable market or economic conditions, the volume and size of capital-raising transactions and acquisitions and dispositions typically decrease, thereby reducing the demand for our investment banking services and increasing price competition among financial services companies seeking such engagements. A downturn in the financial markets also may result in a decline in the volume and value of trading transactions and, therefore, to a decline in the revenue we receive from commissions on the execution of trading transactions and, in respect of our market-making activities, a reduction in the value of our trading positions and commissions and spreads.

Our Private Client Services revenue generated from commissions and fees and net interest on margin loan balances may decline if a market downturn results in decreased transactions or a decrease in assets under management. In addition, many of our Private Client Services clients are, and have historically been, concentrated in the midwestern states of the United States and, to a lesser extent, the mountain and western states. Accordingly, our Private Client Services revenue is derived primarily from our individual investor clients in these regions. Because of this concentration, a significant downturn in the economy in any of these regions independent of general economic and market conditions could materially and adversely affect our overall Private Client Services business.

Our Capital Markets business focuses primarily on the consumer, financial institutions, health care and technology industries. Such industries may experience a downturn independently of general economic and market conditions, or may face market conditions that are disproportionately worse than those impacting the economy and markets generally, which may adversely affect our business. In addition, block trades are increasingly being effected without an opportunity for us to pre-market the transaction. This increases the risk that we may be unable to resell the purchased securities at favorable prices, and concentration of risk may result in losses to us even when economic and market conditions are generally favorable for others in our industry.

Furthermore, recent financial bankruptcies and restatements at multiple public companies have called into question the integrity of the capital markets in general. In our experience, these scandals and related governmental initiatives, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the corporate governance rules and rule proposals issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission, the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. and the National Association of Securities Dealers, have diverted the attention of management of many clients away from capital markets transactions, such as mergers and acquisitions and securities offerings.

3

Our profitability may be adversely affected by our fixed costs and the possibility that we will be unable to scale back other costs in a time frame to match any decreases in revenue relating to changes in market and economic conditions.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO COMPETE SUCCESSFULLY WITH OTHER COMPANIES IN THE FINANCIAL SERVICES INDUSTRY.

The financial services industry is extremely competitive and our overall business will be adversely affected if we are unable to compete successfully. We compete generally on the basis of such factors as quality of advice and service, reputation, price, product selection and financial resources. In recent years, we have experienced significant price competition in areas of our business including pressure on debt underwriting discounts, as well as trading spreads and commissions. We believe that price competition in these and other areas will continue as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing fees, commissions or spreads. Many of these competitors are larger than our company, have greater financial resources and may be more willing to engage in lending activities to businesses in connection with the provision of financial advisory services.

Further, consolidation in the financial services industry fostered in part by changes in the regulatory framework in the United States also has increased competition, bolstering the capital base and geographic reach of some of our competitors. Examples of such consolidation in recent years include HSBC Holdings plc's acquisition of Household International, Inc. in 2002, Royal Bank of Canada's acquisition of Tucker Anthony Sutro in 2001, First Union Corporation's merger with Wachovia Corporation in 2001 and Chase Manhattan Corporation's acquisition of Hambrecht & Quist Group in 1999. Finally, the emergence of alternative trading systems via the Internet and other mediums through which securities and futures transactions are effected has increased competition. It appears that this trend toward using alternative trading systems is continuing to grow, which may adversely affect our commission and trading revenue, reduce our participation in the trading markets and our ability to access market information and result in the creation of new and stronger competitors.

We also face intense competition for qualified employees from businesses in the financial services industry. The performance of our business is highly dependent upon our ability to attract and retain highly skilled and motivated employees. For example, the primary sources of revenue in our Private Client Services business are commissions and fees earned on customer accounts managed by our financial advisors, who are regularly recruited by other firms and are able to change firms and take their client relationships with them. We found that the market downturn and speculation prior to the spin-off regarding our future increased competition for our Private Client Services financial advisors, and resulted in some attrition. Particularly, given the relatively small size of both our company and our employee base compared to some of our competitors and the geographic locations in which we operate, the performance of our business may be adversely affected to the extent we are unable to attract and retain our employees effectively.

OUR UNDERWRITING AND MARKET-MAKING ACTIVITIES MAY PLACE OUR CAPITAL AT RISK.

We may incur losses and be subject to reputational harm to the extent that, for any reason, we are unable to sell securities we purchased as an underwriter at the anticipated price levels. In addition, as an underwriter, we are subject to heightened standards regarding liability for material misstatements or omissions in prospectuses and other offering documents relating to offerings we underwrite. As a market maker, we may own large positions in specific securities. These undiversified holdings concentrate the risk of market fluctuations and may result in greater losses than would be the case if our holdings were more diversified.

AN INABILITY TO READILY DIVEST OR TRANSFER TRADING POSITIONS MAY RESULT IN FINANCIAL LOSSES TO OUR BUSINESS.

Timely divestiture or transfer of our trading positions can be impaired by decreased trading volume, increased price volatility, concentrated trading positions, limitations on the ability to transfer positions in highly specialized or structured transactions to which we may be a party and changes in industry and government regulations. Our reliance on timely divestiture or transfer increases our

4

vulnerability to price fluctuations or losses, since we may be forced to remain in a position longer than we anticipated if, for example, trading volume in that security declines due to significant company specific, market or geopolitical events.

USE OF DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AS PART OF OUR RISK MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES MAY PLACE OUR CAPITAL AT RISK, WHILE OUR RISK MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES THEMSELVES MAY NOT FULLY MITIGATE OUR MARKET RISK EXPOSURE.

Our Capital Markets business may use futures, options and swaps to hedge inventory. We do not use derivative instruments for speculative purposes. Our fixed income area manages a portfolio of interest rate swaps that hedge the residual cash flows resulting from a tender option bond program. Our fixed income area also provides swaps and other interest rate hedging products to institutional investors. Derivative products provided to customers are hedged. However, there are risks inherent in our use of these products, including counterparty exposure and termination risk. Counterparty exposure refers to the risk that the amount of collateral in our possession on any given day may not be sufficient to fully cover the current value of the swaps if a counterparty were to suddenly default. This risk exists despite the fact that all of our swaps are collateralized. Termination risk refers to risks associated with swaps used in connection with the tender option bond program, where changes in the value of the swaps may not mirror changes in the value of the cash flows they are hedging. It is possible that losses may occur from our current exposure to derivative and interest rate hedging products and expected increasing use of these products in the future.

We continue to refine our risk management techniques, strategies and assessment methods on an ongoing basis. However, our risk management techniques and strategies may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all economic market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that we fail to identify or anticipate. Some of our strategies for managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior. We apply statistical and other tools to these observations to quantify our risk exposure. Any failures in our risk management techniques and strategies to accurately quantify our risk exposure could limit our ability to manage risks. In addition, any risk management failures could cause our losses to be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate. Further, our quantified modeling does not take all risks into account. Our more qualitative approach to managing those risks could prove insufficient, exposing us to material unanticipated losses.

AN INABILITY TO ACCESS CAPITAL READILY OR ON TERMS FAVORABLE TO US COULD IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO FUND OPERATIONS AND COULD JEOPARDIZE OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION.

Ready access to funds is essential to our business. In the future we may need to incur debt or issue equity in order to fund our working capital requirements, as well as to make acquisitions and other investments. In addition to maintaining a cash position, we rely on bank financing as well as other funding sources such as the repurchase and securities lending markets for funds. Our access to funding sources could be hindered by many factors. Those factors that are specific to our business include the possibility that lenders could develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects if we incurred large trading losses or if the level of our business activity decreased due to a market downturn. Similarly, our access to funds may be impaired if regulatory authorities took significant action against us, or if we discovered that one of our employees had engaged in serious unauthorized or illegal activity.

OUR TECHNOLOGY SYSTEMS ARE CRITICAL COMPONENTS OF OUR OPERATIONS, AND FAILURE OF THOSE SYSTEMS MAY DISRUPT OUR BUSINESS, CAUSE FINANCIAL LOSS AND CONSTRAIN OUR GROWTH.

We typically transact thousands of securities trades on a daily basis across multiple markets. Our data processing, financial, accounting and other technology systems are essential to this task. A system malfunction impeding the processing of our clients' transactions could result in financial loss, liability to clients, regulatory intervention and constraints on our ability to grow. We outsource a substantial portion of our critical data processing activities, including trade processing and back office data processing. For example, we have entered into contracts with Thomson Financial, Inc. pursuant to which Thomson Financial handles our trade and back office processing, and Unisys Corporation, pursuant to which Unisys supports our data center and network management technology needs. We also contract with other third

5

parties for our market data services, which constantly broadcast news, quotes, analytics and other relevant information to our employees. We contract with other vendors to produce and mail our customer statements. In the event that any of these service providers fails to adequately perform such services or that the relationship between that service provider and us is terminated, we may experience a significant disruption in our operations, including our ability to timely and accurately process our clients' transactions or maintain complete and accurate records of those transactions.

Adapting or developing our technology systems to meet new regulatory requirements, client needs and industry demands also is critical for our business. The growth of the Internet and the introduction of new technologies present new challenges on a regular basis. We have an ongoing need to upgrade and improve our various technology systems, including our data processing, financial, accounting and trading systems. This need could present operational issues or require significant capital spending. It also may require us to make additional investments in technology systems and may require us to reevaluate the value and/or expected useful lives of our current technology systems, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

Secure processing, storage and transmission of confidential and other information in our computer systems and networks also is critically important to our business. We take protective measures and endeavor to modify them as circumstances warrant. However, our computer systems, software and networks may be vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses or other malicious code, and other events that could have a security impact. If one or more of such events occur, this potentially could jeopardize our or our clients' or counterparties' confidential and other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our computer systems and networks, or otherwise cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients', our counterparties' or third parties' operations. We may be required to expend significant additional resources to modify our protective measures or to investigate and remediate vulnerabilities or other exposures, and we may be subject to litigation and financial losses that are either not insured against or not fully covered through any insurance maintained by us.

OUR BUSINESS IS SUBJECT TO EXTENSIVE REGULATION THAT LIMITS OUR BUSINESS ACTIVITIES, AND A SIGNIFICANT REGULATORY ACTION AGAINST OUR COMPANY MAY HAVE A MATERIAL ADVERSE FINANCIAL EFFECT OR CAUSE SIGNIFICANT REPUTATIONAL HARM TO OUR COMPANY.

As a participant in the financial services industry, we are subject to complex and extensive regulation of many aspects of our business by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies, securities exchanges and other self-regulatory organizations and by foreign governmental agencies, regulatory bodies and securities exchanges. Generally, the requirements imposed by our regulators are designed to ensure the integrity of the financial markets and to protect customers and other third parties who deal with us. These requirements are not designed to protect our shareholders. Consequently, these regulations often serve to limit our activities, through net capital, customer protection and market conduct requirements and restrictions on the businesses in which we may operate or invest. Compliance with many of these regulations entails a number of risks, particularly in areas where applicable regulations may be unclear. In addition, regulatory authorities in all jurisdictions in which we conduct business may intervene in our business and we and our employees could be prohibited from engaging in some of our business activities, fined or otherwise disciplined for violations.

With the integrity of the financial markets being called into question, the current environment poses heightened risk of regulatory action, which could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business or could result in fines or reputational damage to our company. For example, regulatory authorities have recently focused intense scrutiny on research analysts' interaction with investment banking departments at securities firms. This scrutiny has led to increased restrictions on the interaction between research analysts and investment banking departments at securities firms. In addition, we and several other securities firms have reached settlement agreements with certain federal and state securities regulators and self-regulatory organizations to resolve investigations into equity research and its relationship to investment banking. Certain of these restrictions could adversely impact our businesses, at least in the short-term. This issue and others that face the financial services industry are complex and difficult and our reputation could be damaged if we fail, or appear to fail, to deal appropriately with them.

6

Moreover, new laws or regulations or changes in the interpretation or enforcement of existing laws or regulations may also adversely affect our business. For example, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and rule proposals of the SEC, the NYSE and the NASD necessitate significant changes to corporate governance and public disclosure. These provisions generally apply to companies with securities listed on U.S. securities exchanges and some provisions apply to non-U.S. issuers with securities traded on U.S. securities exchanges. To the extent that private companies forgo initial public offerings, non-U.S. issuers decline to list their securities in the United States or undertake merger or acquisition transactions, in order to avoid being listed in the United States and subject to these regulations, or companies fail to undertake merger or acquisition transactions due to such provisions, our business may be adversely affected.

REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR ABILITY TO EXPAND OR MAINTAIN PRESENT LEVELS OF OUR BUSINESS OR IMPAIR OUR ABILITY TO MEET OUR FINANCIAL OBLIGATIONS.

We are subject to the SEC's uniform net capital rule, Rule 15c3-1, and the net capital rule of the NYSE, which may limit our ability to make withdrawals of capital from Piper Jaffray & Co., our broker dealer subsidiary. The uniform net capital rule sets the minimum level of net capital a broker dealer must maintain and also requires that a portion of its assets be relatively liquid. The NYSE may prohibit a member firm from expanding its business or paying cash dividends if resulting net capital falls below its requirements. Our London-based broker dealer subsidiary is also subject to similar limitations under United Kingdom laws. As Piper Jaffray Companies is a holding company, we depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from our subsidiaries to fund dividend payments, if any, and to fund all payments on our obligations, including any debt obligations. These regulatory restrictions may impede access to funds that Piper Jaffray Companies needs to make payments on obligations, including debt obligations, or dividend payments. In addition, underwriting commitments require a charge against net capital and, accordingly, our ability to make underwriting commitments may be limited by the requirement that we must at all times be in compliance with the applicable net capital regulations. Piper Jaffray & Co. also is subject to certain notification requirements related to withdrawals of excess net capital.

OUR EXPOSURE TO LEGAL LIABILITY IS SIGNIFICANT, AND COULD LEAD TO SUBSTANTIAL DAMAGES AND RESTRICTIONS ON OUR BUSINESS GOING FORWARD.

We face significant legal risks in our businesses and the volume and amount of damages claimed in litigation, arbitrations, regulatory enforcement actions and other adversarial proceedings against financial services firms are increasing. These risks include potential liability under securities laws and regulations in connection with our investment banking and other corporate finance transactions. Further, companies in our industry are increasingly exposed to claims for recommending investments that are not consistent with a client's investment objectives or engaging in unauthorized or excessive trading. Our experience has been that adversarial proceedings against financial services firms typically increase in a market downturn. We are also subject to claims from disputes with our employees and our former employees under various circumstances. In addition, legal or regulatory matters involving our directors, officers or employees in their individual capacities may create exposure for us because we may be obligated or may choose to indemnify the affected individuals against liabilities and expenses they incur in connection with such matters to the extent permitted under applicable law. In addition, like other financial services companies, we may face the possibility of employee fraud or misconduct. The precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in all cases and we cannot assure you that we will be able to deter or prevent fraud or misconduct. Exposures from and expenses incurred related to any of the foregoing actions or proceedings could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and credit rating.

WE MAY SUFFER LOSSES IF OUR REPUTATION IS HARMED.

Our ability to attract and retain customers and employees may be adversely affected to the extent our reputation is damaged. If we fail to deal, or appear to fail to deal, with various issues that may give rise to reputational risk, we could harm our business prospects. These issues include, but are not limited to, appropriately dealing with potential conflicts of interest, legal and regulatory requirements, ethical issues,

7

money-laundering, privacy, record-keeping, sales and trading practices and the proper identification of the legal, reputational, credit, liquidity and market risks inherent in our products. Failure to appropriately address these issues could also give rise to additional legal risk to us, which could, in turn, increase the size and number of claims and damages asserted against us or subject us to regulatory enforcement actions, fines and penalties.

PROVISIONS IN OUR CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS AND OF DELAWARE LAW MAY PREVENT OR DELAY AN ACQUISITION OF OUR COMPANY, WHICH COULD DECREASE THE MARKET VALUE OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that are intended to deter abusive takeover tactics by making them unacceptably expensive to the raider and to encourage prospective acquirors to negotiate with our board of directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions include a classified board of directors and limitations on actions by our shareholders by written consent. In addition, our board of directors has the right to issue preferred stock without shareholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquiror. Delaware law also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15 percent or more of our outstanding common stock. We adopted a rights agreement in connection with the spin-off, which would impose a significant penalty on any person or group that acquires 15 percent or more of our outstanding common stock without the approval of our board of directors. We believe these provisions protect our shareholders from coercive or otherwise unfair takeover tactics by requiring potential acquirors to negotiate with our board of directors and by providing our board of directors with more time to assess any acquisition proposal, and are not intended to make our company immune from takeovers. However, these provisions apply even if the offer may be considered beneficial by some shareholders and could delay or prevent an acquisition that our board of directors determines is not in the best interests of our company and our shareholders.

8